Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
MINUTES - 12102019 - Fire Protection District
CALENDAR FOR THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS CONTRA COSTA COUNTY FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT BOARD CHAMBERS ROOM 107, ADMINISTRATION BUILDING, 651 PINE STREET MARTINEZ, CALIFORNIA 94553-1229 JOHN GIOIA, CHAIR CANDACE ANDERSEN, VICE CHAIR DIANE BURGIS KAREN MITCHOFF FEDERAL D. GLOVER DAVID J. TWA, CLERK OF THE BOARD AND COUNTY ADMINISTRATOR, (925) 335-1900 LEWIS T. BROSCHARD III , FIRE CHIEF PERSONS WHO WISH TO ADDRESS THE BOARD DURING PUBLIC COMMENT OR WITH RESPECT TO AN ITEM THAT IS ON THE AGENDA, WILL BE LIMITED TO TWO (2) MINUTES. The Board Chair may reduce the amount of time allotted per speaker at the beginning of each item or public comment period depending on the number of speakers and the business of the day. Your patience is appreciated. A closed session may be called at the discretion of the Board Chair. Staff reports related to open session items on the agenda are also accessible on line at www.co.contra-costa.ca.us. AGENDA December 10, 2019 1:00 P.M. Convene and call to order. CONSIDER CONSENT ITEMS (Items listed as C.1 through C. on the following agenda) – Items are subject to removal from Consent Calendar by request of any Director or on request for discussion by a member of the public. Items removed from the Consent Calendar will be considered with the Discussion Items. PRESENTATIONS PR.1 PRESENTATION honoring Fire Captain/Paramedic Gilbert Caravantes for 40 years of service. (Lewis T. Broschard III, Fire Chief) DISCUSSION ITEMS D.1 CONSIDER Consent Items previously removed. D.2 PUBLIC COMMENT (2 Minutes/Speaker) D.3 CONSIDER accepting a report from the Fire Chief providing a status summary for Contra Costa County Fire Protection District fire station construction projects. (Lewis T. Broschard III, Fire Chief) D.4 CONSIDER accepting a report from the Fire Chief providing a status summary for ongoing Fire District activities and initiatives. (Lewis T. Broschard III, Fire Chief) CONSENT ITEMS C. 1 APPROVE and AUTHORIZE the Purchasing Agent, on behalf of the Fire Chief, to execute a purchase order for thirty LUCAS Chest Compression System Bundles. (100% EMS Transport Fund) C. 2 APPROVE and AUTHORIZE the Fire Chief, or designee, to execute a lease amendment with Frank E. Nunes to extend the lease of 1019 Garcia Ranch Road, currently being used as Fire Station 19, through December 31, 2023. (100% CCCFPD General Operating Fund) C. 3 APPROVE and AUTHORIZE the Fire Chief, or designee, to execute a purchase contract with Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. for two fire engines and one ladder truck in an amount not to exceed $3,001,000, to execute the fifth lease schedule to Master Lease Agreement with PNC Equipment Finance, LLC in an amount not to exceed $3,500,000 with annual payments not to exceed $349,000 and a term not to exceed 10 years for the lease-purchase of the Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. fire engines and ladder truck, and to execute a three party agreement among PNC, the Fire District, and Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. (100% District revenue) C. 4 APPROVE and AUTHORIZE the Auditor-Controller, on behalf of the Contra Costa County Fire Protection District, to make a payment to the State of California Department of Health Care Services in the amount of $494,574 for the Ground Emergency Medical Transportation Quality Assurance Fee for ambulance transports in the third quarter of 2019. (100% CCCFPD EMS Transport Fund) GENERAL INFORMATION The Board meets in its capacity as the Board of Directors of the Contra Costa County Fire Protection District pursuant to Ordinance Code Section 24-2.402. Persons who wish to address the Board of Directors should complete the form provided for that purpose and furnish a copy of any written statement to the Clerk. Any disclosable public records related to an open session item on a regular meeting agenda and distributed by the Clerk of the Board to a majority of the members of the Board of Directors less than 72 hours prior to that meeting are available for public inspection at 651 Pine Street, First Floor, Room 106, Martinez, CA 94553, during normal business hours. All matters listed under CONSENT ITEMS are considered by the Board of Directors to be routine and will be enacted by one motion. There will be no separate discussion of these items unless requested by a member of the Board or a member of the public prior to the time the Commission votes on the motion to adopt. Persons who wish to speak on matters set for PUBLIC HEARINGS will be heard when the Chair calls for comments from those persons who are in support thereof or in opposition thereto. After persons have spoken, the hearing is closed and the matter is subject to discussion and action by the Board. Comments on matters listed on the agenda or otherwise within the purview of the Board of Directors can be submitted to the office of the Clerk of the Board via mail: Contra Costa County Fire Protection District Board of Directors, 651 Pine Street Room 106, Martinez, CA 94553; by fax: 925-335-1913. The District will provide reasonable accommodations for persons with disabilities planning to attend Board meetings who contact the Clerk of the Board at least 24 hours before the meeting, at (925) 335-1900; TDD (925) 335-1915. An assistive listening device is available from the Clerk, Room 106. Copies of recordings of all or portions of a Board meeting may be purchased from the Clerk of the Board. Please telephone the Office of the Clerk of the Board, (925) 335-1900, to make the necessary arrangements. Applications for personal subscriptions to the Board Agenda may be obtained by calling the Office of the Clerk of the Board, (925) 335-1900. The Board of Directors’ agenda and meeting materials are available for inspection at least 96 hours prior to each meeting at the Office of the Clerk of the Board, 651 Pine Street, Room 106, Martinez, California. Subscribe to receive to the weekly Board Agenda by calling the Office of the Clerk of the Board, (925) 335-1900 or using the County's on line subscription feature at the County’s Internet Web Page, where agendas and supporting information may also be viewed: www.co.contra-costa.ca.us ADVISORY COMMISSION The Contra Costa County Fire Protection District Advisory Fire Commission is scheduled to meet next on TBA. at the Administrative Offices, 4005 Port Chicago Highway, Suite 250, Concord, CA 94520. AGENDA DEADLINE: Thursday, 12 noon, 12 days before the Tuesday Board meetings. Glossary of Acronyms, Abbreviations, and other Terms (in alphabetical order): The Contra Costa County Fire Protection District has a policy of making limited use of acronyms, abbreviations, and industry-specific language in its Board of Supervisors meetings and written materials. Following is a list of commonly used language that may appear in oral presentations and written materials associated with Board meetings: AB Assembly Bill ABAG Association of Bay Area Governments ACA Assembly Constitutional Amendment ADA Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 AFSCME American Federation of State County and Municipal Employees ARRA American Recovery & Reinvestment Act of 2009 BAAQMD Bay Area Air Quality Management District BART Bay Area Rapid Transit District BayRICS Bay Area Regional Interoperable Communications System BGO Better Government Ordinance BOC Board of Commissioners CALTRANS California Department of Transportation CAER Community Awareness Emergency Response CAL-EMA California Emergency Management Agency CAO County Administrative Officer or Office CCE Community Choice Energy CBC California Building Code CCCPFD (ConFire) Contra Costa County Fire Protection District CCHP Contra Costa Health Plan CCTA Contra Costa Transportation Authority CCRMC Contra Costa Regional Medical Center CCWD Contra Costa Water District CFC California Fire Code CFDA Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance CEQA California Environmental Quality Act CIO Chief Information Officer COLA Cost of living adjustment ConFire (CCCFPD) Contra Costa County Fire Protection District CPA Certified Public Accountant CPF – California Professional Firefighters CPI Consumer Price Index CSA County Service Area CSAC California State Association of Counties CTC California Transportation Commission dba doing business as EBMUD East Bay Municipal Utility District ECCFPD East Contra Costa Fire Protection District EIR Environmental Impact Report EIS Environmental Impact Statement EMCC Emergency Medical Care Committee EMS Emergency Medical Services et al. et alii (and others) FAA Federal Aviation Administration FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency FTE Full Time Equivalent FY Fiscal Year GIS Geographic Information System HCD (State Dept of) Housing & Community Development HHS (State Dept of ) Health and Human Services HOV High Occupancy Vehicle HR Human Resources HUD United States Department of Housing and Urban Development IAFF International Association of Firefighters ICC International Code Council IFC International Fire Code Inc. Incorporated IOC Internal Operations Committee ISO Industrial Safety Ordinance JPA Joint (exercise of) Powers Authority or Agreement Lamorinda Lafayette-Moraga-Orinda Area LAFCo Local Agency Formation Commission LLC Limited Liability Company LLP Limited Liability Partnership Local 1 Public Employees Union Local 1 Local 1230 Contra Costa County Professional Firefighters Local 1230 MAC Municipal Advisory Council MBE Minority Business Enterprise MIS Management Information System MOE Maintenance of Effort MOU Memorandum of Understanding MTC Metropolitan Transportation Commission NACo National Association of Counties NEPA National Environmental Policy Act NFPA National Fire Protection Association OES-EOC Office of Emergency Services-Emergency Operations Center OPEB Other Post Employment Benefits OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration PACE Property Assessed Clean Energy PARS Public Agencies Retirement Services PEPRA Public Employees Pension Reform Act RFI Request For Information RFP Request For Proposal RFQ Request For Qualifications SB Senate Bill SBE Small Business Enterprise SEIU Service Employees International Union SUASI Super Urban Area Security Initiative SWAT Southwest Area Transportation Committee TRANSPAC Transportation Partnership & Cooperation (Central) TRANSPLAN Transportation Planning Committee (East County) TRE or TTE Trustee TWIC Transportation, Water and Infrastructure Committee UASI Urban Area Security Initiative UCOA United Chief Officers Association vs . versus (against) WAN Wide Area Network WBE Women Business Enterprise WCCTAC West Contra Costa Transportation Advisory Committee RECOMMENDATION(S): ADOPT Resolution No. 2019/4 honoring Fire Captain/Paramedic Gilbert Caravantes for 40 years of service with the Contra Costa County Fire Protection District, as recommended by the Fire Chief. APPROVE OTHER RECOMMENDATION OF CNTY ADMINISTRATOR RECOMMENDATION OF BOARD COMMITTEE Action of Board On: 12/10/2019 APPROVED AS RECOMMENDED OTHER Clerks Notes: VOTE OF SUPERVISORS Contact: Lewis T. Broschard III, Fire Chief (925) 941-3300 I hereby certify that this is a true and correct copy of an action taken and entered on the minutes of the Board of Supervisors on the date shown. ATTESTED: December 10, 2019 David J. Twa, County Administrator and Clerk of the Board of Supervisors By: , Deputy cc: PR.1 To:Contra Costa County Fire Protection District Board of Directors From:Lewis T. Broschard III, Chief, Contra Costa Fire Protection District Date:December 10, 2019 Contra Costa County Subject:Recognition of Fire Captain-Paramedic Gilbert Caravantes for 40 Years of Service RECOMMENDATION(S): ACCEPT a report from the Fire Chief providing a status summary for Contra Costa County Fire Protection District fire station construction projects. FISCAL IMPACT: Status report only. No fiscal impact. BACKGROUND: At the request of the Contra Costa County Fire Board of Directors, the Fire Chief is providing a report on the status and progress of District fire station construction projects. APPROVE OTHER RECOMMENDATION OF CNTY ADMINISTRATOR RECOMMENDATION OF BOARD COMMITTEE Action of Board On: 12/10/2019 APPROVED AS RECOMMENDED OTHER Clerks Notes: VOTE OF SUPERVISORS Contact: Lewis T. Broschard III, Fire Chief (925) 941-3300 I hereby certify that this is a true and correct copy of an action taken and entered on the minutes of the Board of Supervisors on the date shown. ATTESTED: December 10, 2019 David J. Twa, County Administrator and Clerk of the Board of Supervisors By: , Deputy cc: D.3 To:Contra Costa County Fire Protection District Board of Directors From:Lewis T. Broschard III, Chief, Contra Costa Fire Protection District Date:December 10, 2019 Contra Costa County Subject:Update on Fire Station Construction Projects - December 10, 2019 ATTACHMENTS Construction Project Update_December 2019 CONTRA COSTA COUNTY FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT December 10, 2019 TO: Board of Directors FROM: Lewis T. Broschard III, Fire Chief RE: Update on Fire Station Construction Projects ______________________________________________________________________ Fire Station 9 – Pacheco Planning reviews have been completed by Department of Conservation and Development planning staff, and the District is working to address any issues identified during planning. The CEQA documents are being finalized. The District intends to submit plans to the Department of Conservation and Development for review prior to year-end. District staff has initiated the search for the appropriate financing mechanism for construction. This process is ongoing. Fire Station 70 – San Pablo Construction is proceeding. By the end of the year, with cooperative weather, we expect to set large steel columns for the elevator shaft followed by a large concrete pour of the apparatus bay. We are still projecting a spring 2021 opening. Fire Station 86 – Bay Point Planning reviews have been completed by County Department of Conservation and Development planning staff, and the District is working to address any issues identified during planning. The CEQA documents are being finalized. The District intends to submit plans to the Department of Conservation and Development for review prior to year-end. District staff has initiated the search for the appropriate financing mechanism for construction. This process is ongoing. 4005 Port Chicago Highway, Suite 250 • Concord, CA 94520-1180 Telephone: (925) 941-3300 • Fax: (925) 941-3309 • www.cccfpd.org RECOMMENDATION(S): ACCEPT a report from the Fire Chief providing a status summary for ongoing Fire District activities and initiatives. FISCAL IMPACT: No fiscal impact. BACKGROUND: At the request of the Contra Costa County Fire Board of Directors, the Fire Chief is providing a report on the status and progress of the various District initiatives. APPROVE OTHER RECOMMENDATION OF CNTY ADMINISTRATOR RECOMMENDATION OF BOARD COMMITTEE Action of Board On: 12/10/2019 APPROVED AS RECOMMENDED OTHER Clerks Notes: VOTE OF SUPERVISORS Contact: Lewis T. Broschard III, Fire Chief (925) 941-3300 I hereby certify that this is a true and correct copy of an action taken and entered on the minutes of the Board of Supervisors on the date shown. ATTESTED: December 10, 2019 , County Administrator and Clerk of the Board of Supervisors By: , Deputy cc: D.4 To:Contra Costa County Fire Protection District Board of Directors From:Lewis T. Broschard, III, Chief, Contra Costa Fire Protection District Date:December 10, 2019 Contra Costa County Subject:Fire Chief's Report - December 10, 2019 ATTACHMENTS Fire Chief's December Report CONTRA COSTA COUNTY FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT December 10, 2019 TO: Board of Directors FROM: Lewis T. Broschard III, Fire Chief RE: Fire Chief’s Report ______________________________________________________________________ 2019 Fire Season. With heavy rains arriving on November 26, followed by several days of sustained rain, the District returned to a normal response plan early this month. As we have noted in recent years, our fire seasons continue to evolve and this was a long one, spanning 29 weeks. In that time, we fought 290 vegetation fires across the District, a nearly 15% increase over the previous season. Until the fire siege of October 26-27, only two of those fires burned to more than 10 acres. On October 27, eight major fires broke out across the County with two exceeding 10 acres in the District. Winter Season Hazards. As we transition from fall to winter, we expect to see an increase in traditional winter weather risks, including vehicle accidents, due to wet weather and both cooking- and heating-related structure fires. With this shift, the District is transitioning to winter season public education messaging which will replace the fire season messaging that was built around our highly successful Residents Guide to Wildfire Preparation and Evacuation. Pine Street High-Rise Training Drills. Beginning last month and running through mid- December, we are taking advantage of the vacant north wing as well as the elevators and vacant floors of the main administration building in an effort to hone every company’s skills in fighting high-rise fires. The sessions include workshops and hands-on training with real world high-rise alarm and fire suppression systems. Although we have multiple high-rise structures in the County, such fires, thankfully, occur very infrequently. These low frequency incidents are also very high risk, and this training is helping to better prepare our crews in the event they are called on to respond to a high-rise fire. NuStar Response and Investigation. Our Fire Investigation Unit (FIU) continues to lead the joint team that is working on this complex investigation. Onsite work was completed on November 22, and the team is now working offsite to collect and analyze data. Additionally, our Training and Safety Division supported an after action review of the incident conducted by Crockett-Carquinez Fire on November 14. The event was attended by numerous Con Fire members, as well as other agencies and jurisdictions contributing to Crockett-Carquinez Fire’s response. October 27 Fire Weather Event. We continue to analyze this unprecedented series of weather-related events and our responses to the events. While many things went right in that 18-hour period, there is always room for improvement. Facing the reality of ever- evolving fire seasons, we are acting deliberately to build on our successes. To this end, we conducted a formal after action review on December 4 and will publish the findings in a report to be shared with the county’s fire jurisdictions and across the region and state. 4005 Port Chicago Highway, Suite 250 • Concord, CA 94520-1180 Telephone: (925) 941-3300 • Fax: (925) 941-3309 • www.cccfpd.org Fire Chief’s Report – December 10, 2019 Page 2 PSPS Review. With our first season of new Public Safety Power Shutoffs under our belt, we are conducting a comprehensive review of our initial planning for and reactions to these events with an eye toward improvement. To allow us greater flexibility in our responses, one of the things we will be examining is the creation of tiered approaches based on the predicted severity of shutoffs. We will have more to report on this review later this winter. REACH Partnership. Our second Con Fire helicopter has arrived in state. Con Air 1 is now at Mather Field in Sacramento where it is being prepared for final certification and outfitted for operations. We anticipate Con Air 1 going into service sometime in late January or early February after pilot training has been completed at Mather Field. In conjunction with the arrival of Con Air 1, we will plan a media event to communicate the many positive attributes of this unique partnership. Academy 54 Update. Academy 54 has just completed week nine, the halfway mark of the 18-week academy. The 23 Recruits are focused and progressing well. This month, they will participate in their first structural live-fire training exercise. Academy 54 is scheduled to graduate on February 13, 2020. Academy 55 Recruitment. The District is currently interviewing candidates for a relatively small and abbreviated Academy which will be comprised of lateral firefighter-paramedics. These individuals will complete an abridged eight-week academy scheduled to begin in mid- April. US&R Search Dog. The District is considering adding a canine handler from our existing ranks of FEMA Urban Search and Rescue Task Force 4 personnel. This would provide a fully trained search dog and handler to the District. All expenses for care and training of the search dog would be reimbursed by FEMA. The District would provide the kennel and up to $500 annually for dog food reimbursement to our employee. In addition to wider support of our commitment to Task Force 4, the benefit to the District would be the immediate additional response capacity of a search dog while the handler is on duty and upon recall when requested. In the past, the District has requested search dogs for local responses in the event of building or structural collapse. RECOMMENDATION(S): APPROVE and AUTHORIZE the Purchasing Agent, on behalf of the Fire Chief, to execute a purchase order with American Medical Response, in an amount not to exceed $523,000, for the purchase of thirty (30) LUCAS Chest Compression System Bundles and ancillary power supply equipment. FISCAL IMPACT: Funds are budgeted in the EMS Transport Fund (fund 204000). BACKGROUND: The LUCAS Chest Compression System is an automatic mechanical CPR device that is used in the field, during patient transport, and in hospitals. There are many benefits to using these systems, including: APPROVE OTHER RECOMMENDATION OF CNTY ADMINISTRATOR RECOMMENDATION OF BOARD COMMITTEE Action of Board On: 12/10/2019 APPROVED AS RECOMMENDED OTHER Clerks Notes: VOTE OF SUPERVISORS Contact: Terry Carey, Assistant Chief 925-941-3300 I hereby certify that this is a true and correct copy of an action taken and entered on the minutes of the Board of Supervisors on the date shown. ATTESTED: December 10, 2019 David J. Twa, County Administrator and Clerk of the Board of Supervisors By: , Deputy cc: C. 1 To:Contra Costa County Fire Protection District Board of Directors From:Lewis T. Broschard III, Chief, Contra Costa Fire Protection District Date:December 10, 2019 Contra Costa County Subject:Purchase Order for Lucas Chest Compression Systems BACKGROUND: (CONT'D) provision of high quality CPR without degradation due to fatigue or personnel issues; reduction in or alleviation of caregiver fatigue; lowered stress due to eliminating the need to rotate personnel providing manual CPR; and increased safety for rescuers due to lessening the occurrence of awkward positions during patient transport – crews are able to remain in a static position during transport – possibly leading to a reduction in CPR-related injuries and injury-related healthcare costs. The Contra Costa County Fire Protection District currently has LUCAS Chest Compression Systems in service on five fire apparatus. Fire personnel enthusiastically utilize these devices, and when responding to a known CPR incident, frequently request the response of one of the apparatus equipped with the LUCAS Chest Compression System. The purchase of thirty LUCAS Chest Compression Systems will allow for each staffed District apparatus to include one in their apparatus inventory. The purchase of the LUCAS Chest Compression Systems will be through American Medical Response (AMR), the District's ambulance services sub-contractor. Utilizing AMR’s national purchasing agreement will allow for a significant cost savings. CONSEQUENCE OF NEGATIVE ACTION: If the LUCAS Chest Compression Systems are not purchased, District fire crews will lack the ability to provide consistently high quality compressions without human intervention. This deficiency can lead to the inability of our crews to provide sustained high quality CPR and also to an increase in first responder injuries. CHILDREN'S IMPACT STATEMENT: The LUCAS Chest Compression System is intended for use on patients aged 12 and older. RECOMMENDATION(S): APPROVE and AUTHORIZE the Fire Chief, or designee, to execute the First Amendment to Lease with Frank E. Nunes to extend, through December 31, 2023, the lease of an approximately 1,600 square foot building located at 1019 Garcia Ranch Road, Briones Valley, in unincorporated Martinez, currently being used as Fire Station 19. FISCAL IMPACT: The cost of the First Amendment to Lease will be $48,720 in rent payments during the first two-year term. The District will continue to budget for rent payments in its CCCFPD General Operating Fund Budget. BACKGROUND: The Contra Costa County Fire Protection District has used Fire Station 19 – Reserve Station since 1981 and wants to continue to lease the premises to provide ongoing fire protection services and EMS to the Briones community and surrounding rural areas. The rural location of Fire Station 19 is important in helping to control wildland fire in the area during fire season. APPROVE OTHER RECOMMENDATION OF CNTY ADMINISTRATOR RECOMMENDATION OF BOARD COMMITTEE Action of Board On: 12/10/2019 APPROVED AS RECOMMENDED OTHER Clerks Notes: VOTE OF SUPERVISORS Contact: Aaron J. McAlister, Deputy Fire Chief (925) 941-3300 x1101 I hereby certify that this is a true and correct copy of an action taken and entered on the minutes of the Board of Supervisors on the date shown. ATTESTED: December 10, 2019 David J. Twa, County Administrator and Clerk of the Board of Supervisors By: , Deputy cc: C. 2 To:Contra Costa County Fire Protection District Board of Directors From:Lewis T. Broschard III, Chief, Contra Costa Fire Protection District Date:December 10, 2019 Contra Costa County Subject:Amendment to Lease with Frank E. Nunes for Fire Station No. 19, District V CONSEQUENCE OF NEGATIVE ACTION: Without the Board’s approval to amend the lease for the continued operation of Fire Station 19, the District would either cease staffing a reserve station in this area or need to find another suitable rural location with potentially higher rent payments and associated expenses for moving and/or constructing a new building. ATTACHMENTS First Amendment to Lease_12-10-19 First Amendment to Lease This first amendment to lease is dated December 10, 2019 and is between Frank E. Nunes, Trustee of the Nunes Family Trust, (the “Lessor”) and the Contra Costa County Fire Protection District (the “District”). Recitals A. The Lessor and the District are parties to a lease dated April 28, 2015, under which the District is leasing from Lessor an approximately 1,600 square foot one-story building located at 1019 Garcia Ranch Road, Briones Valley in unincorporated Martinez, California (the “Lease”). B. The Lease expires by its terms on December 31, 2019. The parties desire to amend the Lease to provide the District with the ability to renew the Lease for a term of two years for each renewal period. The parties therefore agree as follows: Agreement 1. Section 2. Term is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 2. Term. The “Term” of this lease is comprised of an Initial Term and, at District’s election, Renewal Terms, each as defined below. a. Initial Term. The “Initial Term” is six years, commencing on January 1, 2014, and ending December 31, 2019. b. Renewal Terms. District has two options to renew this lease for a term of two years for each option (each, a “Renewal Term”) upon all the terms and conditions set forth herein. i. District will provide Lessor with written notice of its election to renew the Lease thirty days prior to the end of the Term. However, if District fails to provide such notice, its right to renew the Lease will not expire until fifteen working days after District’s receipt of Lessor’s written demand that District exercise or forfeit the option to renew. ii. Upon the commencement of a Renewal Term, all references to the Term of this lease will be deemed to mean the Term as extended pursuant to this Section. 2. Section 3. Rent. is amended as follows to reflect the monthly rental rates that will apply if the District elects to renew the Lease: 1 b. First Renewal Term. District shall pay Rent to Lessor monthly in advance during the first Renewal Term as follows: Period Monthly Rental January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 $2,000.00 January 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021 $2,060.00 c. Second Renewal Term. District shall pay Rent to Lessor monthly in advance during the second Renewal Term as follows: Period Monthly Rental January 1, 2022 through December 31, 2022 $2,122.00 January 1, 2023 through December 31, 2023 $2,186.00 Rent for any fractional month will be prorated and computed on a daily basis with each day’s rent equal to one-thirtieth (1/30) of the monthly Rent. Payments are to be mailed to: Contra Costa Federal Credit Union, 1111 Pine Street, Martinez, California 94553, Account No. 10675 or to any other location as may be designated by Lessor. 3. Section 5. Obligation to Pay Utilities. is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: Section 5. Obligation to Pay Utilities. District shall pay for all gas, electricity and refuse collection services provided to the Premises. Lessor shall pay for all water and sewer. 4. All other terms of the Lease remain unchanged. [Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank] 2 5. Landlord and District are causing this first amendment to be executed as of the date set forth in the introductory paragraph. DISTRICT CONTRA COSTA COUNTY FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT By____________________________ Lewis T. Broschard III Fire Chief RECOMMENDED FOR APPROVAL: By____________________________ Jessica L. Dillingham Principal Real Property Agent By____________________________ Stacey Sinclair Senior Real Property Agent APPROVED AS TO FORM: SHARON L. ANDERSON, COUNTY COUNSEL By____________________________ Kathleen M. Andrus Deputy County Counsel \\PW-DATA\grpdata\realprop\LeaseMgt\Stacey Sinclair\1019 Garcia Ranch Rd_Martinez_T00284\Lease Amendment_Garcia Ranch Road_Final.doc LESSOR FRANK E. NUNES By______________________ Frank E. Nunes, TRE 3 RECOMMENDATION(S): 1. APPROVE and AUTHORIZE the Fire Chief, or designee, to execute a purchase contract with Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. for the manufacture and sale of two (2) Type I fire engines, and one (1) 100-foot aerial ladder truck in an amount not to exceed $3,001,000, including indemnity by the Fire District. 2. APPROVE and AUTHORIZE the Fire Chief, or designee, to execute the fifth lease schedule to Master Lease Agreement with PNC Equipment Finance, LLC in an amount not to exceed $3,500,000, including finance charges, with annual payments not to exceed $349,000 and a term not to exceed 10 years for the lease-purchase of the Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. fire engines and ladder truck. 3. APPROVE and AUTHORIZE the Fire Chief, or designee, to execute a three party agreement among PNC Equipment Finance, LLC, Pierce Manufacturing, Inc., and the Fire District regarding delivery of the engines and initiation of the lease. APPROVE OTHER RECOMMENDATION OF CNTY ADMINISTRATOR RECOMMENDATION OF BOARD COMMITTEE Action of Board On: 12/10/2019 APPROVED AS RECOMMENDED OTHER Clerks Notes: VOTE OF SUPERVISORS Contact: Mike Quesada, Asst Fire Chief (925) 941-3300 I hereby certify that this is a true and correct copy of an action taken and entered on the minutes of the Board of Supervisors on the date shown. ATTESTED: December 10, 2019 David J. Twa, County Administrator and Clerk of the Board of Supervisors By: , Deputy cc: C. 3 To:Contra Costa County Fire Protection District Board of Directors From:Lewis T. Broschard III, Chief, Contra Costa Fire Protection District Date:December 10, 2019 Contra Costa County Subject:Fire Apparatus Acquisition and Lease-Purchase Program FISCAL IMPACT: The proposed order of three fire apparatus is valued at approximately $3,001,000, including sales tax and all associated charges. The purchase price for the three fire apparatus will be paid by PNC Equipment Finance, LLC under the Master Lease Agreement. The first payment in this lease schedule will be due in August 2020 and will be included in the District's FY 2020-21 recommended budget. The annual payment amount will be approximately $349,000 and the lease schedule term is ten years. The total cost of financing will not exceed $500,000. The annual interest rate is 3.01%. BACKGROUND: On December 9, 2014, the Board approved and authorized the Fire Chief to enter into a Master Lease Agreement with PNC Equipment Finance, LLC (“PNC”), and on December 23, 2014, the Contra Costa County Fire Protection District ("District") entered into the Master Lease Agreement (the “MLA”) with PNC. The MLA was used in 2014, 2015, and 2018 to finance the purchase of engines and ladder trucks from Pierce Manufacturing. The District now desires to finance the purchase of additional apparatus from Pierce by entering into a fourth lease schedule to the MLA. While the District has made significant capital purchases of fire apparatus in recent years, the need exists to continue replacement of front line engine and trucks. As the District has re-opened closed stations and projects to re-open additional stations, the demand for an expanded Type 1 engines fleet has increased. The District has a fleet of 37 Type I engines. Those engines are distributed as 26 frontline engines for primary response, two cross-staffed engines at fire stations staffed with aerial apparatus, and 11 reserve and training engines. The District spends a tremendous amount of resources in terms of time and dollars maintaining older, high mileage apparatus. The District has a fleet of 9 aerial apparatus. These aerial apparatus are distributed as 5 frontline aerials for primary response and 4 spares. The National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard 1901 (Standard for Automotive Fire Apparatus) and 1911 (Standard for the Inspection, Maintenance, Testing, and Retirement of In-Service Automotive Fire Apparatus) both recommend front-line apparatus be retired into a reserve status after 15 years of service. This is primarily for safety reasons. Older apparatus does not afford firefighters the same level of safety as modem apparatus due to cab designs, inherent safety features incorporated into modem fire apparatus design such as airbags, modem braking systems, and other considerations. The standards further recommend that all reserve apparatus be removed from service after no more than 25 years of total service. The standards comment on high use, mileage, and other factors as additional determinants to retire front-line apparatus sooner than 15 years. In our District the high use and mileage of our front-line apparatus suggest retirement sooner than 15 years. The acquisition of the apparatus in this order will accomplish several objectives. The new apparatus will have a direct and immediate impact on our ability to provide increased reliability for emergency response, as compared to our existing fleet, with reduced out-of-service time for maintenance and repairs. The new apparatus will have a direct and immediate impact on reducing our maintenance costs now and into the future as a result of not only the age of the apparatus but also the quality of apparatus being acquired. The new apparatus will enable the Fire District to comply with the recommendations of NFPA 1901 and 1911, increasing firefighter safety and fleet reliability. This additional investment in capital, on an annual basis, over the next ten years will enable the District to take another significant step forward in meeting one of the recommendations of the Fitch study, which identified the need to invest at least 4% of our budget into facilities and equipment each year. The need for safe, reliable, and modem fire apparatus is paramount to fulfilling the mission of the District. The funds needed for this lease-purchase schedule have been considered in future year budget planning. The annual payments represent less than half of one percent of the District's annual General Fund budget. The lease-purchase agreement allows the District to acquire a moderate order of apparatus with payments spread out over 10 years. The District has used this type of financing arrangement in the past for large orders of apparatus. The District relies on a diverse fleet of engine, truck, quint, squad, and rescue vehicles to fulfill our mission of providing safe, reliable, and efficient emergency services. If approved, new fire apparatus will begin arriving in January 2021 and will be in service shortly after delivery to stations throughout the District. Older apparatus will be removed from service or placed in reserve status. The integration of new apparatus into the fleet and the subsequent removal of older apparatus from frontline service will have a positive impact on reducing maintenance and repair costs, which will assist in offsetting a portion of the annual lease-purchase payments. Under the three party agreement, if Pierce does not deliver an engine to Golden State Fire Apparatus (GSFA) within the time set forth in the purchase contract between GSFA and the Fire District, Pierce will make certain payments under the lease. Under the purchase contract, the Fire District is obligated to indemnify GSFA for losses arising out of the Fire Districts use of the engines after delivery. CONSEQUENCE OF NEGATIVE ACTION: The District will not be able to acquire this new apparatus. The current age and condition of the fleet will continue to deteriorate and negatively impact our ability to provide safe, reliable, and effective emergency response. Maintenance costs would continue to increase having an adverse impact on the operational budget. Increases in out-of-service time for fire crews will increase as a result of mechanical breakdowns. ATTACHMENTS Apparatus Proposal PROPOSAL PREPARED FOR Contra Costa County Fire District Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Velocity 1500 GPM Pumpers HGAC FS12-17, Product Code TC06 107’ Velocity Tractor Drawn Aerial HGAC FS12-17, Product Code TA12 October 16, 2019 SALES CONSULTANT Ryan Wright Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. 7400 Reese Road Sacramento, CA 95828 916.330.1638 Office 209.613.3809 Cell ryan@goldenstatefire.com PARTS, SERVICE & SUPPORT Golden State Emergency Vehicle Service, Inc. 7400 Reese Road Sacramento, CA 95828 916.330.1638 Office parts@goldenstatefire.com 7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | Office 916.330.1638 | Fax 916.330.1649 www.goldenstatefire.com EXHIBIT A – PURCHASE DETAIL FORM CUSTOMER NAME Contra Costa County Fire District 2467 Waterbird Way Martinez, CA 94553 The Products include the following items in accordance with the specifications hereto attached: Fire apparatus and equipment 100% performance bond Pre-delivery inspection/services by GSFA Delivery to GSFA service center in Sacramento Final delivery from service center to Customer Demonstration and familiarization of the Product TERMS AND CONDITIONS 1. Payment Terms, 100% Pre-Payment at Time of Order – Customer shall pay the Grand Total within fifteen (15) calendar days of date on invoice to GSFA. Proposed delivery timeframe for the Product shall not begin until full payment is received. If payment is late, a daily finance charge of $250.00 may be added to the final invoice until such payment is received. If payment is not made, $117,092.98 plus state sales tax shall be added to the final invoice and due GSFA at time of delivery. Due to insurance liability, the Product(s) will not be left at the Customer’s location without full acceptance and payment or prior written agreement between the Customer and GSFA. 2. State Sales Tax – A sale occurs when the Customer takes title to or possession of an item (not when payment is received by GSFA). Consequently, this proposal is subject to the applicable state sales tax rate in effect when the Product is delivered to the Customer per the delivery terms. Customer is responsible for payment of any additional taxes required, likewise Customer is entitled to a refund if the tax rate is lowered! 3. Purchase Orders – If the Customer elects to issue a Purchase Order (PO) it shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828. Submitted Date: October 16, 2019 # Description Price A Two (2) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Velocity 1500 GPM Pumpers 1,482,531.06 B Discount for HGAC FS12-17, Product Code TC06 (Velocity Pumpers) (56,700.00) C Discount For 100% Pre-Payment at Time of Order (Velocity Pumpers) (60,070.14) D One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 107’ Velocity Tractor Drawn Aerial 1,469,300.99 E Discount for HGAC FS12-17, Product Code TA12 (107’ Velocity Tractor Drawn Aerial) (31,298.00) F Discount For 100% Pre-Payment at Time of Order (107’ Velocity Tractor Drawn Aerial) (57,022.84) SUBTOTAL 2,746,741.07 State Sales Tax @ 9.25% 254,073.54 GRAND TOTAL 3,000,814.61 Page 2 of 3 Proposal Details Report OptionCode Type Option ProposalText 0766611 Boiler Plates, Pumper Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. is pleased to submit a proposal to Contra Costa County Fire District for a Pierce® triple combination pumper per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed. This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications. PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in 1913. Since then we have been building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than 62,500 apparatus, including more than 33,900 on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 105 acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has 300,000 square feet of floor space situated on approximately 38 acres of land. Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market. Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification. In accordance with the current edition of NFPA 1901 standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment. Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment. GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system. QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D1.2-2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B2.1-2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000 and is performed to American Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Furthermore, all employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality. Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal. In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to insure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand. That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce. To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least fifteen (15) fire departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided. DELIVERY The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered. MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle. SAFETY VIDEO At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39-minute, professionally produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance. PERFORMANCE TESTS A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than 10/16/2019 Customer:Contra Costa County Fire Protection District Bid Number: 621 Representative Wright, Ryan Job Number: Requirements Manager:Organization:Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc Description: Velocity Pumpers (DUPLICATE Chassis:Velocity Chassis (Big Block), 2010 Body: Pumper, Short, Galvanneal, 2nd Gen 1621Bid #: ten (10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle. The apparatus will meet NFPA 1901 acceleration and braking requirements. SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT Pierce dealership support will be provided by Golden State Emergency Vehicle Service Inc. by operating in conjunction with a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within seventy five (75) miles of the fire department. In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000 square feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000 in parts dedicated to service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts. Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes. As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operators manual library is available for easy reference. Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel, dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a 24 hour 7 day a week toll free hot line, four (4) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year. LIABILITY The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract. INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance: Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000 General Aggregate $2,000,000 Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form: Each Accident Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000 UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance: Aggregate: $3,000,000 Each Occurrence: $3,000,000 The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies. The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met. Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best. All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions. Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder. INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance: Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer. UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum 2621Bid #: limits of umbrella liability insurance: Each Occurrence: $25,000,000 Aggregate: $25,000,000 The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies. The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met. Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best. All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions. Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder. 0661794 Single Source Compliance SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pumphouse (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) and body will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality. 0584456 Manufacture Location, Appleton, Wisconsin Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. 0584452 RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin 0588609 Vehicle Destination, US 0670275 Unit to be Similar in some Aspects, Excluding Pump Panel SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS The apparatus being proposed will be designed and built to match the match pump panel on job 32428 01-04 as much as possible. However, some variation may be necessary due to changes in our manufacturing processes or our product offering. Revisions in NFPA guidelines and/or other regulations may also affect our ability to match the previous unit. 0610784 Comply NFPA 1901 Changes Effective Jan 1, 2016, With Exceptions NFPA 2016 STANDARDS This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2016, except for fire department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions. Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus. All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than 48.00" above the ground must be defined by a 1.00" wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack. A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating. The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications. An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results. 0533347 Pumper/Pumper with Aerial Device Fire Apparatus 0588611 Vehicle Certification, Pumper 3621Bid #: 0661778 Agency, Apparatus Certification, Pumper/Tanker, U.L. NFPA COMPLIANCY Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA". VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third-party, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition of NFPA 1901. The certification will include: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus. A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. PUMP TEST Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the pump. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the pump manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department. GENERATOR TEST If the unit has a generator, Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the generator. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery. BREATHING AIR TEST If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and have the sample certified that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989, Standard on Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. 0000000 STF GSFA, Final Insp, ATW Factory, Major Airport, 4 Days and 3 nights FINAL INSPECTION FACTORY TRIP A final inspection trip to the manufacturing facility will be provided for five (5) Customer representative(s). The intent of this trip is to ensure that the apparatus is built to specification and to detect any deficiencies that require correction. The final inspection trip will have a duration of four (4) days and three (3) nights and be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between Golden State Fire Apparatus (GSFA). and the Customer. Costs for airfare, lodging, meals and ground transportation while at the manufacturers location will be the responsibility of GSFA. Air travel will be from one of the following airports: Sacramento, San Francisco or San Jose. Costs such as Customer ground transportation in California, Customer airport parking, Customer luggage fees and Customer incidentals while traveling to the factory will be the responsibility of the Customer. Flight reservations are non-refundable and in the event of a cancellation after booking, the Customer will be responsible for all costs associated with this cancellation, which may include not only the original ticket cost but also any change or cancellation fees imposed by the airline and/ or travel agency. Flight reservations are also non-transferable. 0007289 Delivery DELIVERY Said apparatus and equipment will be built and shipped in accordance with the specifications hereto. Delays due to strikes, war or international conflict, failures to obtain chassis, materials, or other causes beyond our control not preventing, within about Martinez, California working days after receipt of this order and the acceptance thereof at our office at Appleton, Wisconsin, and to be delivered to you at no later than 365 days from the date that the order is placed. ORDERED ON 1/25/18 WHICH RESULTS IN DELIVERY NO LATER THAN 1/25/19 IN MARTINEZ (GSFA NEEDS FOR A MINIMUM OF 30 CALENDAR DAYS FOR EQUIPMENT MOUNTING SO RFP NEEDS TO BE NO LATER THAN 12/26/18. The specifications herein contained will form a part of the final contract and are subject to changes desired by the purchaser, provided such alterations are interlined prior to the acceptance by the company of the order to purchase, and provided such alterations do not materially affect the cost of the construction of the apparatus. The proposal for fire apparatus conforms with all Federal Department of Transportation (DOT) rules and regulations in effect at the time of bid and with all National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Guidelines for Automotive Fire Apparatus as published at the time of bid, except as modified by customer specifications. Any increased costs incurred by first party because of future changes in or additions to said DOT or NFPA standards will be passed along to the customers as an addition to the price set forth above. Unless accepted within 30 days from date, the right is reserved to withdraw this proposition. 0093797 PENALTY CLAUSE IN CONTRACT 0799172 FLEET CUSTOMER 4621Bid #: 0536644 Customer Service Website AFTERMARKET SUPPORT WEBSITE Pierceparts.com will provide Pierce authorized dealer access to comprehensive information pertaining to the maintenance and service of their customer's apparatus. This tool will provide the Pierce authorized dealer the ability to service and support their customers to the best of their ability with factory support at their fingertips. Pierceparts.com is also accessible to the end user through the guest login. Limited access is available and vehicle specific parts information accessible by entering a specific VIN number. All end users should see their local authorized Pierce dealer for additional support and service. The website will consist of the following screens at the dealer level: My Fleet Screen The My Fleet screen will provide access to truck detail information on the major components of the vehicle, warranty information, available vehicle photographs, vehicle drawings, sales options, applicable vehicle software downloads, etc. Parts Screens The Parts screens will provide parts look-up capability of Pierce Manufacturing sourced items, with the aid of digital photographs, part drawings and assembly drawings. The parts search application will permit the searching of parts by item description or function group (major system category). The parts application will provide the ability to submit electronically a parts order, parts quote, or parts return request directly to Pierce Manufacturing for processing. Warranty Screen The Warranty screens will provide dealers the ability to submit electronically warranty claims directly to Pierce Manufacturing for reimbursement. My Reports Screens The My Reports screens will provide access to multiple dealer reports to allow the dealership to maintain communication with the customer on the status of orders, claims, and phone contacts. Technical Support Screens The Technical Support screens will provide access to all currently published Operation and Maintenance and Service Publications. Access to Pierce Manufacturing Service Bulletins and Work Instructions, containing information on current service topics and recommendations will be provided. Training The Training screens will provide access to upcoming training classes offered by Pierce Manufacturing along with interactive electronic learning modules (Operators Guides) covering the operation of major vehicle components will be provided. Access to training manuals used in Pierce Manufacturing training classes will be provided. About Pierce Access to customer service articles, corporate news, quarterly newsletters, and key contacts within the Customer Service Department will be provided. The current Customer Service Policy and Procedure Manual, detailing the operation of the Customer Service group will also be accessible. 0620362 Consortium, HGAC 0537375 Unit of Measure, US Gallons 0030006 Bid Bond Not Requested BID BOND NOT REQUESTED A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply: All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5% bid bond to accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S. Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract. Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail. 0582800 Performance Bond, 100 Percent w/25 Percent Warranty Bond, 1 Yr, and Payment Bond PERFORMANCE BOND, 1 YEAR The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required. Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to 25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (1) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter. 5621Bid #: 0000007 Approval Drawing APPROVAL DRAWING A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc. A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 0544889 Drawing, Pump Operators Panel, 1 Drawing, 2 Unit Order PUMP OPERATOR'S PANEL DRAWING A detailed drawing to scale of the pump operator's panel will be provided for approval prior to construction. This drawing will include all of the gauges and controls located on the pump operator's panel. This is a multiple unit order, and the customer will receive one (1) hard copy drawing total for all the units. 0622219 SP Drawing, Cab, Top View, Seating and EMS Cabinets, Reference Only,Multi Unit (2) DRAWING, CAB TOP VIEW On the sales drawing a top view of the cab seating and EMS cabinets will be provided. The top view will be a reference only of the seating and EMS cabinets in the order. This is a multiple unit order. The customer will receive one (1) drawing total for the two (2) truck order. 0774174 SP Drawing, Right Pump Panel, Non- Control Zone, Multiple Unit Order (2) DRAWING, RIGHT PUMP PANEL A detailed drawing to scale of the right pump panel will be provided for approval prior to construction. This drawing will include all of the items located on the right pump panel. This is a multiple unit order, and the customer will receive one (1) hard copy drawing total for (2) units. 0002928 Electrical Diagrams ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. 0564202 Velocity Chassis (Big Block), 2010 VELOCITY CHASSIS The Pierce Velocity® is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength and capacity for the intended load to be sustained and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab. 0021007 Maximum Overall Height MAXIMUM OVERALL HEIGHT The maximum overall height of the apparatus will be 9’ - 8.00”. 0021010 Maximum Overall Length MAXIMUM OVERALL LENGTH The maximum overall length of the apparatus will be 30’ - 6.00”. 0000110 Wheelbase WHEELBASE The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 184.50". 0000070 GVW Rating GVW RATING The gross vehicle weight rating will be 43,500 lbs
 . 0000203 Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375, Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF FRAME The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat-treated 0.38" thick steel with 3.50" wide flanges. 0020018 Frame Liner Not Req'd 6621Bid #: 0508848 Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non Drive, 19,500 lb, Imp/Vel FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE The Oshkosh TAK-4® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 19,500 lb. Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of 100,000-psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting will be made of 55,000-psi yield ductile iron. The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000-psi yield strength steel. Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations. There will be nine (9) grease fittings supplied, one (1) on each control arm pivot and one (1) on the steering gear extension. The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load. Camber at load will be 0 degrees for optimum tire life. The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free. Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided. The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle. The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase. The axle will have a third party certified turning angle of 45 degrees. Front discharge, front suction, or aluminum wheels will not infringe on this cramp angle. 0664942 SP Suspension, Front TAK-4, 19,500 lb, 5" Jounce Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF/Enf FRONT SUSPENSION Front Oshkosh TAK-4™ independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 19,500 lb. The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment. Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension. The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms. The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims. One can adjust for a lean within fifteen minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side. The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000 miles of inner city driving. 0087572 Shock Absorbers, KONI, TAK-4, Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF/Enf FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS KONI heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers will be provided on the front suspension. 0000322 Oil Seals, Front Axle FRONT OIL SEALS Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. 0582936 Tires, Front, Goodyear, G289 WHA, 315/80R22.50, 20 ply FRONT TIRES Front tires will be Goodyear® 315/80R22.50 radials, 20 ply G289 WHA tread, rated for 20,400 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed. 0019575 Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 9.00", Aluminum, Hub Pilot The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 9.00" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle. 0530464 Axle, Rear, Meritor RS24-160, 24,000 lb, Imp/Vel/Dash CF REAR AXLE The rear axle will be a Meritor™, Model RS-24-160, with a capacity of 24,000 lb. 0544253 Top Speed of Vehicle, 68 MPH TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 68 mph. 0555350 Suspen, Rear, Hendrickson FMX 242 EX, Air Ride, 24,000 lb REAR SUSPENSION Rear suspension will be a Hendrickson FMX 242 EX, air ride with a ground rating of 24,000 lb. The suspension will have the following features: - Heavy-duty shock absorbers to protect air springs from overextension - Heavy-duty torque rods and bushings - Premium, heavy-duty rubber bushings require no lubrication - Integrated stabilizer design results in greater stability - Low spring rate air springs for excellent ride quality - Dual height control valves to maintain level vehicle from side to side 7621Bid #: 0000485 Oil Seals, Rear Axle REAR OIL SEALS Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s). 0539392 Plug, Rear Axle Drain, Magnetic REAR AXLE DRAIN PLUG The rear axle drain plug will be magnetic. 0629346 Valves, Dump, Air Ride, Rear Axle, Park Brake Interlock REAR AIR RIDE SUSPENSION DUMP VALVES The rear air ride suspension will be supplied with a dump valve system provided by the custom chassis manufacturer. The control will be located inside the cab and at the pump panel. To prevent accidental activation of the valves, a 5 second timed delay will be built into the control circuit. The chassis back-up alarm will sound when the control is active. The parking brake must be applied before the control will be active. Release of the parking brake will automatically inflate the suspension. 0782552 Tires, Rear, Goodyear, Endurance RSA, 12R22.50, LRH, Single REAR TIRES Rear tires will be four (4) Goodyear 12R22.50 radials, load range H, Endurance RSA highway tread, rated for 27,120 lb maximum axle load and 75 mph maximum speed. 0019625 Wheels, Rear, Alcoa, 22.50" x 8.25", Aluminum, Hub Pilot, Single The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 8.25" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud 11.25" bolt circle. 0568081 Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads TIRE BALANCE All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights. 0602747 No Tire Pressure Indicator, Fire Department Omits, Non-NFPA 2016 Compliant TIRE PRESSURE INDICATOR NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 4.13.4 requires each tire be equipped with a visual indicator or monitoring system that indicates tire pressure. Per Fire Department specification, a tire pressure indicator is not on the apparatus as manufactured. This apparatus will be non-compliant to NFPA 1901 standards effective at time of contract execution. 0003245 Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S, Front Axle FRONT HUB COVERS Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided. 0001960 Axle Hub Covers, Rear, S/S, High Hat (Pair) REAR HUB COVERS A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers will be provided on rear axle hubs. 0052332 Covers, Lug Nut, Stainless Steel LUG NUT COVERS Stainless steel lug nut covers will be installed on all lug nuts. 0002045 Mud Flaps, w/logo front & rear MUD FLAPS Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels. 0031931 Valve, Extension Stabilizer System, Rear Duals STABILIZER SYSTEM (Rear Valve Stems) A valve stem stabilizer system will be provided on the rear duals. 0544802 Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding WHEEL CHOCKS There will be one (1) pair of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided. 0544806 Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44- E, Folding, Horizontal WHEEL CHOCK BRACKETS There will be one (1) pair of Zico, Model SQCH-44-H, horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be made of aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The brackets will be mounted forward of the left side rear tire and rearward of the left side rear tire. 8621Bid #: 0010670 ABS Wabco Brake System, Single rear axle ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM The vehicle will be equipped with a Meritor WABCO 4S4M, anti-lock braking system. The ABS will provide a 4-channel anti-lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti-lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control. 0030185 Brakes, Knorr/Bendix 17", Disc, Front, TAK-4 BRAKES The service brake system will be full air type. The front brakes will be Knorr/Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. The brake system will be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance. 0509206 Brakes, Meritor, EX225, Disc Plus, Rear, Single Axle The rear brakes will be Meritor™, Disc Plus, Model EX225, disc operated with automatic slack adjusters and a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. 0020784 Air Compressor, Brake, Cummins/Wabco 18.7 CFM BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR The air compressor will be a Cummins/WABCO with 18.7 cubic feet per minute output. 0000785 Brake Reservoirs, Three BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system will include: Bendix® dual brake treadle valve Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer Total air system capacity of 4,362 cubic inches Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi Spring set parking brake system Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (550 kPa) 1/4 turn drain valve on each air tank The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. 0587033 Air Dryer, Brake, AD-9 w/heat, 2010 - Bendix AD-9 air dryer, with heater and coalescing filter 0000790 Brake Lines, Nylon BRAKE LINES Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. 0020851 Not Required, Air Inlet 0643363 Outlet, Air, with Shut Off Valve, Location AIR OUTLET One (1) air outlet will be installed with a female coupling located in the driver side lower step well of cab. This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system, include an 85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line to prevent the brake system from losing all air, and include a quarter turn shut off valve mounted at the tank. The valve and hoses will be mounted to the tank as high as possible to ensure maximum clearance and protect the lines from being damaged by brush and rocks during off-road operations. 0586772 Box, Recessed, Alum Treadplate, for Air Fitting RECESSED BOX FOR AIR FITTING One (1) air outlet will have an aluminum treadplate recessed box provided. The box(es) will allow the air fitting to be recessed inside the stepwell to prevent damage. in the driver side lower step well of cab per job 32428 01-04. 0589828 SP Air Tanks, Mount High, Maximize Ground Clearance AIR TANK MOUNTING Air tanks will be installed to maximize ground clearance. Smaller tanks may be required to allow for them to be mounted higher for increased ground clearance. 9621Bid #: 0000845 Air Tank, Additional for Extra Capacity AIR TANK, ADDITIONAL An additional air tank with 1454 cubic inch displacement will be provided to increase the capacity of the main air brake system. This tank will be plumbed into the rear half of the brake system. The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. The output flow of the engine air compressor will vary with engine rpm. Full compressor output will only be achieved at governed engine speed. Engine speed will be limited by generators, pumps and other PTO driven options. 0758414 SP Air Tanks, Special Location AIR TANK, SPECIAL LOCATION Due to space constraints, two (2) air tanks will be located one tank inside the PS frame rail under the water tank and one located inside the pump house high. 0000810 All Wheel Lock-up ALL WHEEL LOCK-UP An all wheel lock-up system will be installed which will apply air to the front brakes and use the spring brake at the rear. A control switch will be provided for the driver on the instrument panel. The all wheel lock-up system will be operational only when the parking brake is applied, the truck transmission is in neutral and engine is running. 0642617 Air Line, S/S Braid, Air Governor To Air Dryer AIR LINE The air line from the air compressor governor to the air dryer will be stainless steel braid. 0764546 Engine, Cummins X12, 500 hp, 1695 lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2018, Velocity ENGINE The chassis shall be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below: Make: Cummins Model: X12 Power: 500 hp at 1900 rpm Torque: 1695 lb-ft at 1000 rpm Governed Speed: 2000 rpm Emissions Level: EPA 2018 Fuel: Diesel Cylinders: Six (6) Displacement: 720 cubic inches (11.8L) Starter: Delco 39MT™ Fuel Filters: Spin-on style primary filter with water separator and water-in-fuel sensor. Secondary spin-on style filter. The engine shall include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system shall give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system shall monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system shall illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected. 0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom HIGH IDLE A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation. The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 0687994 Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression Brake, Cummins Engine ENGINE BRAKE A Jacobs® engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low setting. The engine brake will activate when the system is on and the throttle is released. The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine. The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated. The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. 0552334 Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Horton Drive Master CLUTCH FAN A Horton® fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and fully engaged in "Pump" position. 10621Bid #: 0636640 Filters, Remote Mounted, Oil, Fuel, ISX12/ISX15, VEL/AXT REMOTE MOUNTED ENGINE FILTERS The engine fuel and oil filters will be remote mounted for ease of maintenance. 0123135 Air Intake, w/Ember separator, Imp/Vel ENGINE AIR INTAKE An air intake with an ember separator (to prevent road dirt, burning embers, and recirculating hot air from entering the engine) will be mounted at the front of the apparatus, on the passenger side of the engine. The ember separator will be mounted in the air intake with flame retardant, roto- molded polyethylene housing. It will be easily accessible by the hinged access panel at the front of the vehicle. 0794743 Exhaust System, 5", X12/X15 Engine, Horizontal, Right Side EXHAUST SYSTEM The exhaust system will include a Single Module™ aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the inlet of the aftertreatment device, and will be 5.00" in diameter. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipes between the turbo and aftertreatment device to minimize the heat loss to the aftertreatment device. The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels. A tailpipe diffuser will be provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. 0769434 SP Exhaust, Modified 20 Degree - Flush With Rubrail, Approval Req'd EXHAUST MODIFICATION The exhaust pipe will be brought out from under the body at a 20 degree angle to the rear. The diffuser will not be cut straight to the body, and the outer edge shall be flush with the body rubrail. There will be a minimum of 2.50" from the exhaust pipe to the under side of the body heat shield. The last 7.00" of the exhaust will be free of hangers and/or clamps. 0683310 Diffuser, Exhaust, Modified For Extraction, 5"x7"x5", Flush With Rub Rail, CARE EXHAUST MODIFICATION The exhaust pipe will be 90 degrees to the body. The diffuser will be reduced to 5.00" in the center to accommodate the fire department's air recovery system. The 5.00" extension pipe coming out of the end of the diffuser will be flush with the body rub rail. There will be a minimum of 4.00" clearance between the top of the 5.00" extension and the bottom of the body. There will be a minimum of 2.50" from the exhaust pipe to the under side of the body heat shield. The last 7.00" of the exhaust will be free of hangers and/or clamps. 0787999 Radiator, Impel/Velocity RADIATOR The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards. For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The core will be made of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes. The tubes will be brazed to aluminum headers. The radiator core will have a minimum frontal area of 1434 square inches. Supply tank made of glass-reinforced nylon and a return tank of cast aluminum alloy shall be crimped on to the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions. There will be a full steel frame around the entire radiator core assembly. The radiator core assembly will be isolated within the steel frame by rubber inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability. The radiator will be mounted in such a manner as to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven ground. The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators. The radiator assembly will include an integral deaeration tank permanently mounted to the top of the radiator framework, with a readily accessible remote-mounted overflow tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap. A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system. A heavy-duty fan will draw in fresh, cool air through the radiator. Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 0616439 Cooling Hoses, Gates Silicone COOLANT LINES Gates® silicone hoses will be used for all engine/heater coolant lines installed by the chassis manufacturer. The chassis manufacturer will also use Gates brand hose on other heater, defroster and auxiliary coolant circuits. There will be some areas in which an appropriate Gates product is not available. In those instances, a comparable silicone hose from another manufacturer will be used. Hose clamps will be stainless steel "constant torque type" to prevent coolant leakage. They will react to temperature changes in the cooling system and expand or contract accordingly while maintaining a constant clamping pressure on the hose. 11621Bid #: 0041669 Fuel Tank, 50 Gallon, Dual Fills FUEL TANK A 50 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at rear of chassis. The tank will be constructed of 12-gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps. A .75" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet will be located on the left hand and right hand side of the body and be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only". A .50" diameter vent will be provided running from top of tank to just below fuel fill inlets. The tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume. Servicing the fuel tank pick-up tubes and fuel gauge sending unit will be capable of being accomplished by draining fuel and dropping tank. 0001129 Lines, Fuel All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 0618791 DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, DS Fill, Forward of Axle, Common Air Bottle Door DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK A 4.5 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body forward of the rear axle. A 0.50" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet will be provided and marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only". The fill inlet will be located below the air bottle storage behind a common door on the driver side of the vehicle. The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing. The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing. 0552862 Fuel Pump for Repriming, Special Switch Location AUXILIARY FUEL PUMP An auxiliary electric fuel pump will be added to the fuel line for re priming the engine. A switch to operate the pump will be located in the engine compartment, on the dip stick bracket and accessible through access door - add a half moon protective guard for this switch. The switch shall be properly labeled. 0582243 Shutoff Valves, Fuel Line @ Primary Filter, Cummins FUEL SHUTOFF A fuel line shutoff valve will be installed on both the inlet and outlet of the primary fuel filter. 0553019 Cooler, Engine Fuel, Imp/Vel, AXT/Qtm/Sab/DCF/SFR/Enf FUEL COOLER An air to fuel cooler will be installed in the engine fuel return line. 0604578 SP Label, "DEF Fluid Only", Mounted Next to Fill Cap LABEL, DEF DOOR A label, reading "DEF Fluid Only" will be provided next to the fill cap on the inside of the door. 0627382 SP Label, "Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Only", Mounted On Inside Of Door Only, Qty FUEL DOOR LABEL two (2) fuel fill label(s), "Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Only" will be provided on the inside of the fuel fill door. 0783194 SP Fuel/Water Separator, Racor FG1000 Inline, 10 Micron Element, LA City FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR The engine will be equipped with a Racor, model FG1000 in-line fuel filter/water separator in addition to the engine fuel filters. The filter will include a ten (10) micron filter element. The filter will be installed near the inlet on the water pump (SEE PHOTOS). 0642582 Trans, Allison 5th Gen, 4000 EVS P, w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/DCF/SFR/Enf TRANSMISSION An Allison 5th generation, Model EVS 4000P, electronic, torque converting, automatic transmission will be provided. The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due. Two (2) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and 1 o'clock). A transmission temperature gauge with red light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel. 12621Bid #: 0625330 Transmission, Shifter, 5-Spd, Push Button, 4000 EVS TRANSMISSION SHIFTER A five (5)-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation. The transmission ratio will be: 1st 3.51 to 1.00 2nd 1.91 to 1.00 3rd 1.43 to 1.00 4th 1.00 to 1.00 5th 0.74 to 1.00 R 4.80 to 1.00 0684459 Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine, External TRANSMISSION COOLER A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature. 0024895 Mode, Downshift, Aggressive downshift to 2nd, w/engine brake, 5 speed DOWNSHIFT MODE (w/engine brake) The transmission will be provided with an aggressive downshift mode. This will provided earlier transmission downshifts to 2nd gear, resulting in improved engine braking performance. 0565656 Fluid, 4000/4500 Series Transmission,TranSynd synthetic, IPOS, Custom TRANSMISSION FLUID The transmission will be provided with TranSynd heavy duty synthetic transmission fluid. 0001375 Driveline, Spicer 1810 DRIVELINE Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810 universal joints. The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation. A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. 0614061 Chassis Cross Member w/Arch Facing Upward, Pumphouse CHASSIS CROSS MEMBER The chassis cross member within the pumphouse will be installed with the arch facing up to allow for additional clearance above. 0669988 Steering, Sheppard M110 w/Tilt, TAK-4, Eaton Pump, w/Cooler STEERING Dual Sheppard, Model M110, steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and an Eaton, Model VN20, hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings. A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations. 0001544 Not Required, Steering Assist Cylinder on Front Axle 0509230 Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke without Controls STEERING WHEEL The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 4- spoke design. 0690274 Logo/Emblem, on Dash LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH The dash panel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row. The first row of text will be: CONTRA The second row of text will be: COSTA The third row of text will be: FIRE-RESCUE 0513728 Tag/Label, On Chassis, In Cab TAG/LABEL The following three (3) tags or labels will be provided on keyrings, near the fill point of the following: Engine oil, Transmission fluid, Power Steering on the chassis or cab. The tag/label will be configured and read fluid specification : type and weight of fluid. 13621Bid #: 0654471 Cover, Rubber, Driveshaft Grease, DS Framerail GUARD, WIRES IN FRAME RAIL A rubber flap guard will be provided to protect the wires and relays around the u-joints of the driveshaft from grease build-up on the driver's side of the frame. 0569141 Bumper, 13" Extended, Steel Painted, Imp/Vel BUMPER A one piece bumper manufactured from .25" formed steel with a .38" bend radius will be provided. The bumper will be a minimum of 10.00" high with a 1.50" top and bottom flange, and will extend 13.00 " from the face of the cab. The bumper will be 102.00" wide with 45 degree corners and side plates. The bumper will be metal finished and painted job color. To provide adequate support strength, the bumper will be mounted directly to the front of the C channel frame. The frame will be a bolted modular extension frame constructed of 50,000 psi tensile steel. GRAVEL PAN A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and the cab face. The pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration. Documentation will be provided, upon request to show that the options selected have been engineered for fit up and approval for this modular bumper extension. A chart will be provided to indicate the option locations and will include but not be limited to the following options: air horns, mechanical sirens, speakers, hose trays with hose capacities, winches, lights, discharge and suction connections. 0616511 Tray, Hose, Center, 13" Bumper, Outside Air Horns, Imp/Vel CENTER HOSE TRAY A hose tray, constructed of aluminum, will be placed in the center of the bumper extension. The tray will have a capacity of 75' of 1.75" double jacket cotton-polyester hose. Black rubber grating will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes are also provided. 0630809 Cover, Aluminum Treadplate, One (1) D-Ring Latch, Hose Tray, Notched CENTER HOSE TRAY COVER A bright aluminum treadplate cover will be provided over the center hose tray. The cover will be "notched" allowing the hose to be pre connected to hose connection. The cover will be attached with a stainless steel hinge. A D-ring latch will secure the cover in the closed position and a pneumatic stay arm will hold the cover in the open position. The arm will be match job 32428 01-04 0510226 Lift & Tow Package, Imp/Vel, AXT, Dash CF LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS Mounted to the frame extension will be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts will be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems. The lift and tow mounts with eyes will be painted the same color as the frame. 0049963 Tow Eyes, Painted Black, Below Deck TOW EYES Two (2) painted steel tow eyes will be installed under the bumper and attached to the front frame members. The tow eyes will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 6,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow eyes will not be used for lifting of the apparatus. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will have a .25" radius. The tow eyes will be painted black. 0613843 SP Mounting Holes, For License Plate, Frt Bumper LICENSE PLATE (Mounting Holes) Four (4) mounting holes will be provided passenger's side of the front bumper for the customer to mount a license plate. 0030312 Trim, Hose Tray, Bumper, S/S Under Front Angle HOSE TRAY TRIM There will be stainless steel 45 degree shaped trim installed under the front angle(s0 of the bumper hose tray(s) to keep hose from catching on the angle for the cover. The trim will be provided on one (1) bumper hose tray(s). 0030434 Travel Stops, Front Inlet/Outlet Swivel, Qty & Location SWIVEL STOPS Installed on the front bumper extension will be one (1) sets of stainless steel rods to limit the travel of a front outlet or inlet swivel. Two (2) stainless steel rods, for each application, will be threaded into the bumper deck and mounted behind the front discharge . 0660435 Coating, Top Flange, Front Bumper, Outside Exterior, Rhino Lining, Black RHINO COATING - FRONT BUMPER Protective black Rhino Linings® coating will be provided on the outside exterior of the top front bumper flange. It will not be sprayed on the underside of the flange. The lining will be properly installed by an authorized Rhino Linings® dealer. 14621Bid #: 0651334 Cab, Velocity FR, 7000 CAB The Velocity cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and will be manufactured by Pierce Manufacturing. To provide quality at the source and single source customer support, the cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises. For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be of heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards. The cab will have 12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts) and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of 0.25" heavy wall extrusions joined by a solid A356-T6 aluminum joint casting. The B-pillar and C-pillar will also be constructed from 0.25" heavy wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two (2) 4.00" x 2.00" outer aluminum extrusions and two (2) 3.00" x 2.00" inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members will run from the floor to 7.50" x 3.50" x 0.125" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a 0.75" thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly. The front of the cab will be constructed of a 0.25" thick firewall, covered with a 0.125" front skin (for a total thickness of 0.38"), and reinforced with 24.50" wide x 10.00" deep x 0.50" thick supports on each side of the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will be welded to the A-pillar, 0.25" firewall, and engine tunnel, on the left and right sides. The cab floors will be constructed of 0.1875" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall with an additional 0.25" thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of 0.44" of structural material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with three (3) 0.50" plates bolted together that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the front of the cab to the 0.1875" thick engine tunnel, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab. The cab will be a full-tilt style. A 3-point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab. The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants. The overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) will be approximately 102.00". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight ratings, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed. The cab will have an interior width of not less than 93.50". The driver and passenger seating positions will have a minimum 24.00" clear width at knee level. To reduce injuries to occupants in the seated positions, proper head clearance will be provided. The floor-to-ceiling height inside the forward cab will be no less than 60.25". The floor-to-ceiling height inside the crew cab will be no less than 52.95" in the center position and 58.75" in the outboard positions. The crew cab will measure a minimum of 57.50" from the rear wall to the backside of the engine tunnel (knee level) for optimal occupant legroom. INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab walls, ceiling and engine tunnel will be insulated in all strategic locations to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation. The cab will be insulated with 2.00" insulation in the rear wall, 3.00" insulation in the side walls, and 1.50" insulation in the ceiling. FENDER LINERS Full-circular, aluminum inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided. PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD A one (1)-piece, safety glass windshield with more than 2,802 square inches of clear viewing area will be provided. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (3) layers: the outer light, the middle safety laminate, and the inner light. The 0.114" thick outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance. WINDSHIELD WIPERS Three (3) electric windshield wipers with a washer, in conformance with FMVSS and SAE requirements, will be provided. The wiper blades will be 21.65" long and together will clear a minimum of 1,783 square inches of the windshield for maximum visibility in inclement weather. The windshield washer fluid reservoir will be located at the front of the vehicle and be accessible through the access hood for simple maintenance. FAST SERVICE ACCESS FRONT TILT HOOD A full-width access hood will be provided for convenient access to engine coolant, steering fluid, wiper fluid, cab lift controls, headlight power modules, and ember separator. The hood will also provide complete access to the windshield wiper motor and components. The hood will be contoured to provide a sleek, automotive appearance. The hood will be constructed of two (2) fiberglass panels bonded together and will include reinforcing ribs for structural integrity. The hood will include air cylinders to hold the hood in open and closed positions, and a heavy duty latch system that will meet FMVSS 113 (Hood Latch System). The spring-loaded hood latch will be located at the center of the hood with a double-action release lever located behind the Pierce logo. The two (2)-step release requires the lever first be pulled to the driver side until the hood releases from the first latch (primary latch) then to the passenger side to fully release the hood (secondary latch). 15621Bid #: 0667982 Engine Tunnel, ISX, Impel/Velocity FR ENGINE TUNNEL To provide structural strength, the engine tunnel sidewalls will be constructed of .50" aluminum plate that is welded to both the .25" firewall and .38" heavy wall extrusion under the crew cab floor. To maximize occupant space, the top edges will be tapered. The engine tunnel will be insulated on both sides for thermal and acoustic absorption. The underside of the tunnel will be covered with 1.00" thick polyether foam that is reinforced with an aluminized face. Thermal rating for this insulation will be -40 degrees Fahrenheit to 300 degrees Fahrenheit. The insulation will keep noise (dBA) levels at or lower than the specifications in the current edition of the NFPA 1901 standards. 0677478 Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Aluminum Treadplate CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered. 0122466 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, w/Manual Override, Imp/Vel CAB LIFT A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided, consisting of an electric-powered hydraulic pump, fluid reservoir, dual lift cylinders, remote cab lift controls and all necessary hoses and valves. The hydraulic pump will have a backup manual override, for use in the event of an electrical failure. The cab lift controls will be located at the driver side front of the cab, easily accessible under the full width front access hood. The controls will include a permanently mounted raise/lower switch. For enhanced visibility during cab tilt operations, a remote control tether with on/off switch will be supplied on a coiled cord that will extend from 2.00' (coiled) to 6.00' (extended). The cab will be capable of tilting 42 degrees and 80 degrees with crane assist to accommodate engine maintenance and removal. The cab pivots will be located 46.00" apart to provide stability while tilting the cab. The rear of the cab will be locked down by a two (2)-point, automatic, hydraulic, double hook mechanism that fully engages after the cab has been lowered (self-locking). The dual 2.25" diameter hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the cab is in the tilt position. For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the driver side between the chassis and cab frame when cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered. Cab Lift Interlock The cab lift safety system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. 0550343 Special Circuit, Cab Tilt w/o Ignition Switch CAB TILT CIRCUIT The cab tilt mechanism will be operational with the battery switch on and with parking brake set. 0691738 SP Indicator, Cab Not Engaged Into Lockdown Latches, Tied to Do Not Move Truck Lt LOCKDOWN INDICATOR The "Do Not Move Truck" light and alarm will activate when the cab is not fully engaged into the lockdown latches. 0123176 Grille, Bright Finished, Front of Cab, Impel/Velocity GRILLE A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a formed bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab, and will serve as an air intake to the radiator. 0745806 SP Scuffplate, S/S, Right Side, Lift Up/Drp Dwn Cabinet Door(s), Each DOOR FRAME SCUFFPLATE There will be two (2)brushed stainless steel scuffplate(s) provided for the right side of the door frame located DS cab exterior access compartment (LS5) and PS cab exterior access compartment (RS5). Each scuffplate will be stainless steel with a .38" lip down. 0745807 SP Scuffplate, S/S, Left Side, Lift Up/Drp Dwn Cabinet Door(s), Each DOOR FRAME SCUFFPLATE There will be two (2)brushed stainless steel scuffplate(s) provided for the left side of the door frame located DS cab exterior access compartment (LS5) and PS cab exterior access compartment (RS5). Each scuffplate will be stainless steel with a .38" lip down. 0002224 Scuffplates, S/S At Cab Door Jambs, 4-Door Cab DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES All cab door jambs will be furnished with a brushed stainless steel scuffplate, mounted on the striker side of the jamb. 0529034 Scuffplates, S/S Corner Guard, Brushed, Rear Cab Corners SCUFFPLATES, REAR CAB CORNER GUARDS Both rear cab corners will be furnished with a full height, brushed stainless steel corner guard scuffplate. The guard will extend 1.00" from the corner to protect paint from damage when pulling items (such as booster hose) around the cab. 16621Bid #: 0527032 Trim, S/S Band, Across Cab Face, Rect Lights, Velocity FRONT CAB TRIM A band of 22 gauge brushed stainless steel trim will be installed across the front of the cab, from door hinge to door hinge. The trim band will be centered on the head lights and applied with two (2)-sided tape. A 0.625" self adhesive trim strip will be applied around the perimeter of the trim band. There will be brushed stainless steel corner covers provided over the painted cab corner where the cab turn signals are located. 0015440 No Chrome Molding, On side of cab 0569263 Mirrors, Retrac, West Coast Style, Remote, w/Remote Convex MIRRORS A Retrac Aerodynamic, Model 613295, dual vision, motorized, west coast style mirror with chrome finish will be mounted on each side of the front cab door with spring loaded retractable arms. The flat glass and convex glass will be adjustable with a remote control within reach of the driver. 0651313 Door, Half-Height, Velocity FR 4-Door Cab, Level Roof CAB DOORS The forward cab and crew cab doors will be the half-height style door. To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab doors will be a minimum of 43.59" wide x 64.71" high. The crew cab doors will measure a minimum of 37.87" wide x 64.71" high. The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of 0.125". The exterior door skins will be constructed from 0.090" aluminum. The forward cab door windows will include a 7.50" high x 10.00" wide drop area at the front to enhance visibility. A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model 751. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed. A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a 0.38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit. A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab and crew cab door. A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted. The cab steps at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the exterior of the cab. 0655511 Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel, Impel/Velocity 4-Door Cab Door Panels The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. The cab door panels will be removable. 0671014 Face Plate/s, Blank, Overhead, Imp/Vel, Dash CF BLANK FACE PLATE Blank face plate/s will be provided, in place of standard storage pockets, within the overhead console. 0643831 Controls, Electric Windows, All Cab Doors, Bat Sw, Impel/Velocity FR ELECTRIC WINDOW CONTROLS Each cab entry door will be equipped with an electrically operated tempered glass window. A window control panel will located on the door panel within easy reach of the respective occupant. Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second. The driver control panel will contain a control switch for each cab door's window. All other door control panels will contain a single switch to operate the window within that door. The window switches will be connected to the battery switch. The windows will only raise and lower when the battery switch is in the on position. 0555485 Steps, 4-Door Full Tilt Cab, Imp/Vel CAB STEPS The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 31.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 24.25" wide with an 8.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 18.00" in height and be limited to two (2) steps. 17621Bid #: 0770200 Handrail, Exterior, Hansen, Knurled, Alum, LED Backlit, 4-Door Cab CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS A Hansen knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. Each handrail will be provided with blue LED lights. The lights will be activated when the headlight switch is activated and the parking brake is applied. The LED lights may be load managed. 0509649 Lights, Cab and Crew Cab Access Steps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 1Lt Per Step STEP LIGHTS For reduced overall maintenance costs compared to incandescent lighting, there will be four (4) white LED step lights provided. The lights will be installed at each cab and crew cab door, one (1) per step. The lights will be located in the driver side front doorstep, driver side crew cab doorstep, passenger side front doorstep and passenger side crew cab doorstep. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15.00" x 15.00" square placed 10.00" below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30.00" x 30.00" square at the same 10.00" distance below the light. The lights will be activated when the adjacent door is opened. 0002140 Fenders, S/S on Cab FENDER CROWNS Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. 0673394 Handrail, Extra - 15-20" Long HANDRAILS (ADDITIONAL) There will be two (2) handrail(s) provided rear surface of the DS and PS rear facing compartments. Handrail is 16" long, mounted 5.50" up off of defroster and on far outboard edge of compartment (SEE PHOTOS FOR DETAILS). The handrail will be an anodized aluminum extrusion with a ribbed design to provide a positive gripping surface. 0592071 No Windows, Side of Crew Cab, Vel/Imp 0568605 Not Required, Interior Trim, No Cab Side Windows 0509286 Not Required, Windows Rear of Crew Cab, Imp/Vel 0558334 Not Required, Trim, Cab Rear Windows, No Rear Windows 0786279 Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Right Side, Privacy Dark Gray Window Tint The rollup window in the right side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0786290 Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Left Side, Privacy Dark Gray Window Tint The rollup window in the left side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0797556 SP Compt, Storage, Upper and Lower, (1) Ea Side C/C, 70/90" Vel/Imp STORAGE COMPARTMENT Provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the crew cab access doors, will be a storage compartment. The compartment will be divided into upper and lower sections by the cab floor. The upper section will be 9.50" wide x 13.12" high x 26.25" deep (driver side) and 24.00" deep (passenger side). The lower section on both sides will be 9.50" wide x 17.30" high x 22.00" deep. The compartment will extend from the bottom of the cab to top of the seat riser. The compartment interior will be painted spatter gray. The doors will be a painted single pan construction with mini D-ring latches. A rubber covered bumper will be used as a door stop. Compartment Light There will be four (4) white LED strip lights, one (1) horizontally mounted in each lower and upper exterior compartment. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. The automatic door switch will be installed in a bracket mounted at the cab floor divider in order for the switch to reach the single pan door. 0745808 Scuffplate, Inner Door Pan, Aux Cab Compts, Pair SCUFFPLATE A full-height brushed stainless steel scuffplate shall be installed on the inside of each of the auxiliary cab compartment door pans. 0745285 SP Roof, Safe-Stride Coating, Gray CAB ROOF COVERING The horizontal surface of the cab roof will be coated with gray Safe-Stride® material. The coating will extend from rear of the lightbar to the rear of the crew cab. 18621Bid #: 0123686 Drip Rail, Cab Roof, Impel/Velocity/Velocity SLT CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be constructed of bright polished extruded aluminum, and be bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof. 0199285 Visor, Exterior, Vel/Imp EXTERIOR VISOR The exterior sun visor will be a painted composite to match the job color. The five (5) forward facing marker lights will be mounted to the visor. 0629017 Work Surface, 3/16" Alum, Full Engine Tunnel, Lower Rear, Rear Lip, Vel/Imp FR WORK SURFACE There will be a work surface provided on the engine tunnel. The work surface will be cover the entire engine tunnel and will be constructed of .19" aluminum to allow the mounting of equipment. The work surface will be approximately 37.00" wide x 48.00" long, with a cutout for the driver side instrument panel. The work surface will start to the rear of the defroster inlet and continue horizontally to the flat portion at the rear of the engine tunnel. The work surface will drop to the lower flat portion of the engine tunnel and finish at the end of the engine tunnel. The lower portion of the work surface will be provided with a 3.00" lip. The work surface will be painted to match the cab interior. 0632381 SP Bracket, PAC, Pickhead Axe Hanger/Pocket and Handlelok Kit, PN 5012 TOOL MOUNT(S) There will be one (1) PAC Pickhead axe hanger/pocket kit(s), P/N K5012, provided which includes a Handlelok, P/N 1004, tool mounting bracket. The bracket(s) will be located in the cab. on the lower section of the false floor of the center forward facing EMS compartment (SEE PHOTO) for the axe included in option #7054. 0658289 Mounting Provisions, Computer, Tray, S/S, Straps, Slides, Sides COMPUTER MOUNTING There will be one (1) computer installation provision(s) installed in the recess area in front of the officer. The enclosure will be constructed of stainless steel. The enclosure will be three (3) sided with two (2) straps over the top, connected to footman loops. The three (3) sides will hold the computer in place when a front or side force is applied. The straps will secure the computer in place. The slides will be mounted vertically and will lock in the in and out positions. 0748671 Cab Interior, Vinyl, Velocity FR, CARE CAB INTERIOR With safety as the primary objective, the wrap-around style cab instrument panel will be designed with unobstructed visibility to instrumentation. The dash layout will provide the driver with a quick reference to gauges that allows more time to focus on the road. The center console will be a high impact ABS polymer and will be easily removable for access to the defroster. The center console will include louvers strategically located for optimal air flow and defrost capability to the windshield. The passenger side dashboard will be constructed of painted aluminum for durability and low maintenance. For enhanced versatility, the passenger side dash will include a flat working surface. To provide optional (service friendly) control panels, switches and storage modules, a painted aluminum overhead console will also be provided. To complete the cab front interior design, painted aluminum modesty panels will be provided under the dash on both sides of the cab. The driver side modesty panel will provide mounting for the battery switch and diagnostic connectors, while the passenger side modesty panel provides a glove box, and ground access to the main electrical distribution panel via quick quarter turn fasteners. To provide a deluxe automotive interior, the engine tunnel, side walls and rear wall will be covered by a leather grain vinyl that is resistant to oil, grease, and mildew. The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. The headliner panel will be a composition of an aluminum panel covered with a sound barrier and upholstery. The cab structure will include designated raceways for electrical harness routing from the front of the cab to the rear upper portion of the cab. Raceways will be extruded in the forward door frame, floor, walls and overhead in the area where the walls meet the ceiling. The raceways located in the floor will be covered by aluminum extrusion, while the vertical and overhead raceways will be covered by painted aluminum covers. The raceways will improve harness integrity by providing a continuous harness path that eliminates wire chafing and abrasion associated with exposed wiring or routing through drilled metal holes. Harnesses will be laid in place. CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY The cab interior upholstery will be 36 oz dark silver gray vinyl. All cab interior materials will meet FMVSS 302 (flammability of interior materials). 0667943 Cab Interior, Paint Color, Impel/Velocity FR CAB INTERIOR PAINT The following metal surfaces will be painted black, vinyl textured paint: Modesty panel in front of driver Vertical surface of dash in front of the officer (not applicable for recessed dash) Glove box in front of the officer (if applicable) Power distribution in front of the officer Rear heater vent panels The remaining cab interior metal surfaces will be painted fire smoke gray, vinyl texture paint. 19621Bid #: 0696871 Floor, Alum Cab & Rubber Crew Cab - AXT/Imp/Vel CAB FLOOR The driver and passenger cab flooring will be constructed with bright aluminum treadplate. The crew cab floor areas will be covered with Polydamp™ acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler. The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a .25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. 0667936 Heater/defroster, Dual Zone Control, Impel/Velocity FR CAB DEFROSTER To provide maximum defrost and heating performance, a 54,961 BTU heater-defroster unit with 558 SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The defroster unit will be strategically located under the center forward portion of the instrument panel. For easy access, a removable metal cover will be installed over the defroster unit. The defroster will include an integral aluminum frame air filter, high performance dual scroll blowers, and ducts designed to provide maximum defrosting capabilities for the 1-piece windshield. The defroster ventilation will be built into the design of the cab dash instrument panel and will be easily removable for maintenance. The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 hours, and a 2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield. The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J382 requirements. CAB/CREW CAB HEATER Two (2) 36,702 BTU auxiliary heaters with 276 SCFM (each unit) of air flow will be provided inside the crew cab, one (1) in each outboard rear facing seat riser. The heaters will include high performance dual scroll blowers, one (1) for each unit. Outlets for the heaters will be located below each rear facing seat riser and below the fronts of the driver and passenger seats, for efficient airflow. An extruded aluminum plenum will be incorporated in the cab structure that will transfer heat to the forward cab seating positions. The heater/defroster and crew cab heaters will be controlled by an integral electronic control panel. The heater control panel will allow the driver to control heat flow to the front and rear independently. The control panel will include variable adjustment for temperature and fan control, and be conveniently located on the dash in clear view of the driver. The control panel will include highly visible, progressive LED indicators for both fan speed and temperature. 0603346 Air Conditioning, Dual Zone Control, Hinge Acc Panel, Impel/Velocity FR AIR CONDITIONING Due to the large space inside the cab, a high-performance, customized air conditioning system will be furnished. A 19.10 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine. The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 64 degrees Fahrenheit in the forward section of the cab, and 69 degrees Fahrenheit in the rear section of the cab, at 50 percent relative humidity within 30 minutes. The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 4 hours. A roof-mounted condenser with a 63,000 BTU output that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be installed on the cab roof. The condenser cover and mounting legs to be painted to match the cab roof. The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel. The evaporator will include two (2) high performance cores and plenums with multiple outlets, one (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the cab. There will be a hinge on the forward edge of the filter cover and two (2) quarter turn fasteners with a knob on the rear edge to allow easy access. The evaporator unit will have a 49,000 BTU (4.08 tons) rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications. Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following: Four (4) will be directed towards the drivers location Four (4) will be directed towards the officers location Eight (8) will be directed towards crew cab area The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-134A and will be installed by a certified technician. The air conditioner will be controlled by dual zone integral electronic control panels for the heater, defroster and air conditioner. The cab control panel will be located in the center console. For ease of operation, the control panels will include variable adjustment for temperature and fan control. INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab walls, ceiling and engine tunnel will be insulated in all strategic locations to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation. The cab will be insulated with 2.00" insulation in the rear wall, 3.00" insulation in the side walls, and 1.50" insulation in the ceiling. Headliners will be constructed from a 0.20" high density polyethylene corrugated material. Each headliner will be wrapped with a 0.25" thick foil faced poly damp low emissivity foam insulation barrier for acoustic and thermal control. Designed for maximum sound absorption and thermal insulation, the rear cab wall will be insulated with a 1.50" thick open cell acoustical foam. The thermal protection of the foam will provide and R-value of 4 per 1.00" thickness. 0627910 Sun Visor, Vinyl/Fabric, Imp/Vel SUN VISORS There will be two (2) vinyl covered sun visors provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab. There will be a black plastic thumb latch provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed position. 20621Bid #: 0548173 Grab Handles, Driver and Passenger Door Post, Imp/Vel GRAB HANDLE A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver side and passenger side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handle will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield. 0693439 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto Sw, w/Fld Chk Dr Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED Trim ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model 3SC0CDCR, 12 volt DC, 3.00" white LED light(s) with Model 3FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination. These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised or when the dip stick door is opened. 0122516 Fluid Check Access, Imp/Vel ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface. The door will be 17.75" wide x 12.75" high and be flush with the wall of the engine tunnel. The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling. An additional port will be provided for filling the engine oil. The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush latch will be provided on the access door. 0537329 SP Map box, 3 bin/30 deg slant, W/ Velcro Straps Custom Chassis MAP BOX There will be one (1) map box/es with three (3) bins, open from top. The location required will be mount at pickup. The map box/es will be divided into three (3) bins, each being 12.50" wide x 3.00" high x 12.00" deep. Each bin will slant 30 degrees from horizontal and will include a velcro strap to secure binders. The map box/es will be constructed of .125" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. 0583039 Not Required, Side Roll and Frontal Impact Protection 0622619 Seating Capacity, 4 Seats SEATING CAPACITY The seating capacity in the cab will be four (4). 0697007 Seat, Driver, Pierce PS6, Premium, Air Ride, High Back DRIVER SEAT A Pierce PS6® seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include electric controls to adjust the rake (15 degrees), height (1.75" travel) and horizontal (7.00" travel) position. Electric controls will be located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have a reclining back, adjustable from 20 degrees back to 45 degrees forward. The seat back will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever, for lower back support, and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0696997 Seat, Officer, Pierce PS6, Premium, Air Ride, High Back OFFICER SEAT A Pierce PS6® seat will be provided in the cab for the officer. The seat will be a cam action type with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel-bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple passenger configurations, the seat will have a reclining back adjustable from 20 degrees back to 0 degrees forward. The seat back will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0002517 Not Required, Radio Compartment 21621Bid #: 0745384 SP Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 25 W x 36 H x 24 D,Sp H Liftup Ext Only,Sp Mtg,Imp/Vel REAR FACING LEFT SIDE CABINET A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the left side outboard position. The cabinet will be mounted off the edge of the seat riser. The cabinet will be 25.00" wide x 36.00" high x 24.00" deep. The cabinet will include one (1) infinitely adjustable shelf with a 0.75" flanged down lippainted to match the cab interior. The cabinet will include no louvers. The cabinet will provide access from outside the cab only with one (1) lift up double pan door painted to match the cab exterior with a non-locking D-Ring latch. The clear door opening will be 19.75" wide x 27.50" high. The door will be located on the side of the cab over the wheelwell and include a pneumatic stay arm to hold the door open. The exterior access will be provided with a polished stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door frame. The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior. Cabinet Light There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the left side of the exterior cabinet door opening and one (1) white LED strip light installed on the right side of the exterior cabinet door opening. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0102783 Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C, Center 0745382 SP Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 25 W x 36 H x 22 D,Sp H Liftup Ext Only,Sp Mtg,Imp/Vel REAR FACING RIGHT SIDE CABINET A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the right side outboard position. The cabinet will be mounted off the edge of the seat riser. The cabinet will be 25.00" wide x 36.00" high x 22.00" deep. The cabinet will include one (1) infinitely adjustable shelf with a 0.75" flanged down lippainted to match the cab interior. The cabinet will include no louvers. The cabinet will provide access from outside the cab only with one (1) lift up double pan door painted to match the cab exterior with a non-locking D-Ring latch. The clear door opening will be 19.75" wide x 27.50" high. The door will be located on the side of the cab over the wheelwell and include a pneumatic stay arm to hold the door open. The exterior access will be provided with a polished stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door frame. The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior. Cabinet Light There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the left side of the exterior cabinet door opening and one (1) white LED strip light installed on the right side of the exterior cabinet door opening. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0660826 Seat, Forward Facing C/C, DS Outboard, Pierce PS6, Hi-Back, Foldup, 9 Deg,17"Btm FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There will be one (1) forward facing, Pierce PS6® foldup seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. To provide improved ride comfort, and maximize accessibility to the crew cab, the seat will be a minimum of 17.00" from the front of the cushion to the face of the seat back and the seat back will be provided with 9 degree fixed recline angle. To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle, that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat back will be high back style. The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0783719 Cabinet, Forward Facing, Center, 42 W x 48 H x 14 D, Roll, Imp/Vel FORWARD FACING CENTER CABINET A forward facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the center position. The cabinet will be 42.00" wide x 48.00" high x 14.00" deep with one (1) Amdor rollup door with white finish, non-locking. The cabinet will be provided with a false floor stoage area at the bottom of the compartment. This decreases the clear door opening by 12.00", providing a secure and ventilated mounting location for customer installed and chassis components. The door begins at the false floor.. The frame to frame opening of the cabinet will be 39.50" wide x 42.75" high. The minimum clear door opening will be 36.75" wide x 36.87" high. The cabinet will include two (2) infinitely adjustable shelves with a 1.25" up-turned lippainted to match the cab interior. The cabinet will include no louvers. The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. Cabinet Light There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the right side of the interior cabinet door opening and one (1) white LED strip light installed on the left side of the interior cabinet door opening. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 22621Bid #: 0649959 Seat, Forward Facing C/C, PS Outboard, Pierce PS6, Base, SCBA, Foldup, 17" Btm FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There will be one (1) forward facing, foldup, Pierce PS6® seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. To provide improved ride comfort, and maximize accessibility to the crew cab, the seat will be a minimum of 17.00" from the front of the cushion to the face of the seat back and the seat back will be provided with 0 degree fixed recline angle. To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle, that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat back will be an SCBA back style. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location. The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0651182 Scuffplate, Cabinet, Interior Door Pan, Cab DOOR PAN SCUFFPLATE There will be a brushed stainless steel scuffplate on the interior door pan of two (2) cabinet door (s) located DS cab exterior access compartment (LS5) and PS cab exterior access compartment (RS5). 0661086 SP Pull Strap, Cabinet Door DOOR PULL STRAP There will be two (2) door(s), located DS cab exterior access compartment (LS5) and PS cab exterior access compartment (RS5), provided with a pull strap. 0617407 Matting, Turtle Tile, EMS Compt, 0.75" Thick MATTING IN EMS COMPARTMENT Turtle Tile vinyl grating will be provided in two (2) EMS compartments, DS cab exterior access compartment (LS5) and PS cab exterior access compartment (RS5) on the interior floor. Tile color will be red. 0752005 Lip, Top of Interior Cabinet, 4 Sides LIP ON CABINET There will be a 1.00" lip provided around the top perimeter of the cabinet. There will NOT be anything stored on the top portion without restraints There will be two (2) cabinets(s) provided with the lip one each on top of the DS and PS rear facing EMS compartments. 0511300 Upholstery, Seats In Cab, All Imperial 1200, Pierce PS6 SEAT UPHOLSTERY All Pierce PS6 seat upholstery will be gray woven with black Imperial 1200 material. 0543991 Bracket, Air Bottle, Hands-Free II, Cab Seats AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a "Hands-Free" auto clamp style bracket in its backrest. For efficiency and convenience, the bracket will include an automatic spring clamp that allows the occupant to store the SCBA bottle by simply pushing it into the seat back. For protection of all occupants in the cab, in the event of an accident, the inertial components within the clamp will constrain the SCBA bottle in the seat and will exceed the NFPA standard of 9G. There will be a quantity of one (1) SCBA brackets. 0603867 Seat Belt, ReadyReach SEAT BELTS All seating positions in the cab, crew cab and tiller cab (if applicable) will have red seat belts. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of NFPA 1901 and CAN/ULC - S515 standards. The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will also include the ReadyReach D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location. 0604867 Seat Belt Height Adjustment, 4 Seats, Imp/Vel, Dash CF SHOULDER HARNESS HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT All seating positions furnished with 3-point shoulder type seat belts will include a height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. A total of four (4) seating positions will have the adjustable shoulder harness. 0627014 Pick Not Required, Seat Belt Color Selected in Seat Belt Option 627339 0566156 Helmet Storage, In Cab Compartment HELMET STORAGE Helmet storage will be located in a fully enclosed and latched cab compartment. 23621Bid #: 0647638 Lights, Dome, Weldon Dual LED 4 Lts CAB DOME LIGHTS There will be four (4) Weldon 808* series, dual LED dome lights with grey bezels provided. Two (2) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two (2) lights will be installed and located, one (1) on each side of the crew cab. The color of the LED's will be red and white . The white LED's will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch. The color LED's will be controlled by the lens switch. 0628472 Light, Map, Overhead, Peterson M371S LED, Rectangular w/Switch 2lts OVERHEAD MAP LIGHTS There will be two (2) Peterson, Model M371S, rectangular LED adjustable map lights installed in the cab: One (1) overhead in front of the driving position. One (1) overhead in front of the passenger's position. Each light will include a switch on the light housing. The light switches will be connected directly to the battery switched power. 0602637 Portable Hand Light, Provided by Fire Dept, Pumper NFPA 2016 Classification PORTABLE HAND LIGHTS, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.4 requires two portable hand lights mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. The hand lights are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount these hand lights. 0695283 Handlight, Streamlight, Survivor, 90503, C4 LED, 12v, Orange, Steady Charge HAND HELD SPOTLIGHT There will be three (3) lights Streamlight, Model Survivor 90503, LED flashlights with chargers and AC/DC chords provided and installed (1) in LS5 (DS cab exterior access compartment), (1) inside the cab on top of the PS rear facing compartment and (1) in RS3 on the underside of the hydraulic ladder rack actuator box (SEE PHOTOS). The flashlights will be connected battery direct and will charge when the chassis batteries are charging. 0568369 Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges, Chrome Bezels, Impel/Velocity 2010, Dash CF CAB INSTRUMENTATION The cab instrument panel will consist of gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lights, alarms, control switches, and a diagnostic panel. The function of instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section directly forward of the driver. Gauge and switch panels will be designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership. GAUGES The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) ivory gauges with chrome bezels to monitor vehicle performance: - Voltmeter gauge (Volts) Low volts (11.8 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm High volts (15 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very low volts (11.3 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very high volts (16 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Tachometer (RPM) - Speedometer (Primary (outside) MPH, Secondary (inside) Km/H) - Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions) Low fuel (1/8 full) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very low fuel (1/32) fuel Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Engine oil pressure gauge (PSI) Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Front air pressure gauge (PSI) Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Rear air pressure gauge (PSI) Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Transmission oil temperature gauge (Fahrenheit) High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Engine coolant temperature gauge (Fahrenheit) High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions) Low fluid (1/8 full) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm All gauges and gauge indicators will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance. INDICATOR LAMPS To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be integral to the gauge assembly and are located above and below the center gauges. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have 24621Bid #: descriptive text or symbols. The following amber telltale lamps will be present: - Low coolant - Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable) - Check engine - Check trans (check transmission) - Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat) - Air rest (air restriction) - Caution (triangle symbol) - Water in fuel - DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration) - Trailer ABS (where applicable) - Wait to start (where applicable) - HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) - ABS (antilock brake system) - MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) - SRS (supplemental restraint system) fault (where applicable) - DEF (low diesel exhaust fluid level) The following red telltale lamps will be present: - Warning (stop sign symbol) - Seat belt - Parking brake - Stop engine - Rack down The following green telltale lamps will be provided: - Left turn - Right turn - Battery on The following blue telltale lamp will be provided: - High beam ALARMS Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present. Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present. Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively. INDICATOR LAMP AND ALARM PROVE-OUT Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance. CONTROL SWITCHES For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. Emergency master switch: A molded plastic push button switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. Pressing the switch will activate emergency response lights and siren control. A green lamp on the switch provides indication that the emergency master mode is active. Pressing the switch again disables the emergency master mode. Headlight / Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking lights and the headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch position will activate the headlights. Panel backlighting intensity control switch: A three (3)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position decreases the panel backlighting intensity to a minimum level as the switch is held. The second switch position is the default position that does not affect the backlighting intensity. The third switch position increases the panel backlighting intensity to a maximum level as the switch is held. The following standard controls will be integral to the gauge assembly and are located below the right hand gauges. All switches have backlit labels for low light applications. High idle engagement switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate and deactivate the high idle function when pressed and released. The "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged. "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement. The following standard controls will be provided adjacent to the cab gauge assembly within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications. Ignition switch: A three (3)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will disable the Command Zone audible alarm if held for three (3) to five (5) seconds. A green indicator lamp will be activated with vehicle ignition. Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation. 4-way hazard switch: A two (2)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate the 4-way hazard switch function. The second switch position will activate the 4-way hazard function. The switch actuator will be red and includes the international 4-way hazard symbol. Heater, defroster, and optional air conditioning control panel: A control panel with 25621Bid #: membrane switches will be provided to control heater/defroster temperature and heater, defroster, and air conditioning fan speeds. A green LED status bar will indicate the relative temperature and fan speed settings. Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight and windshield wiper/washer controls will be provided. The windshield wiper control will have high, low, and intermittent modes. Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided. Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel. CUSTOM SWITCH PANELS The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the overhead console on the driver's side, up to four (4) switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing the driver, up to four (4) switch panels in the overhead console on the officer's side and up to two (2) switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing the officer. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications. DIAGNOSTIC PANEL A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist. The diagnostic panel will include the following: - Engine diagnostic port - Transmission diagnostic port - ABS diagnostic port - SRS diagnostic port (where applicable) - Command Zone USB diagnostic port - ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) - Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) - Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) CAB LCD DISPLAY A digital four (4)-row by 20-character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel. The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (3) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function. The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature. The upper right section will display, along with other configuration specific information: - Odometer - Trip mileage - PTO hours - Fuel consumption - Engine hours The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm. The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist. 0509511 Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel, AXT, Dash CF, Enf MUX AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm shall be provided. 0032551 Light, Indicator, Cab Lock Downs,"Not Engaged" - Red indicator light on the cab dash that indicates whenever the cab locks are not fully engaged. 0562772 SP Speedometer, Class 1 w/LED, Per Instrument Panel Layout - Officer Speedometer, A Class I digital display speedometer will be provided per the instrument panel layout. 0668061 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus, Wln VTX609R Red LED "DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR There will be a Whelen, Model VTX609R, red LED indicator light with chrome trim located in the driving compartment. This light will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm when the parking brake is released. 26621Bid #: 0509042 Messages, Open Door/Do Not Move Truck, MUX w/Color Display DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone™, color display located within sight of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged). The following messages will be displayed (where applicable): Do Not Move Truck DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open) PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open) DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open) PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open) PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open) Rear Body Door Open DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down) PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down) Deck Gun Not Stowed Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed) Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed) Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed) Stabilizer Not Stowed Steps Not Stowed Handrail Not Stowed Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged. 0611681 Switching, Cab, Membrane, Impel/Velocity/Quantum, Dash CF, AXT WiFi MUX SWITCH PANELS The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight (8) membrane-type switches each rated for one million (1,000,000) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (8) switch assignments will include non-functioning black appliqués. Documentation will be provided by the manufacturer indicating the rated cycle life of the switches. The switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position above the windshield on the driver side overhead to allow for easy access. Additional switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position(s) above the windshield or in designated locations on the lower instrument panel layout. The switches will be membrane-type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever back lighting is activated and illuminated green whenever the switch is active. An active illuminated switch will flash when interlock requirements are not met or device is actively being load managed. For ease of use, a two (2)-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions. 0555915 Wiper Control, 2-Speed with Intermittent, MUX, Impel/Velocity WIPER CONTROL For simple operation and easy reach, the windshield wiper control will be an integral part of the directional light lever located on the steering column. The wiper control will include high and low wiper speed settings, a one (1)-speed intermittent wiper control and windshield washer switch. The control will have a "return to park" provision, which allows the wipers to return to the stored position when the wipers are not in use. 0560535 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 4th SPARE CIRCUIT There will be three (3) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate (3) in P1 side by side by side in the lower portion, on rear wall as far forward as possible (SEE PHOTO). Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover. Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0547505 Wiring, Spare, 10 A 12V DC 1st SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery switched power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 10 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate underneath the passenger's side forward facing outboard crew cab seat. Label wire "DRUG BOX". Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 27621Bid #: 0548006 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 2nd SPARE CIRCUIT There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate in the cab on the end of the instrument console (see instrument panel drawing for specific locations) and one on the PS EMS cabinet, above the dual USB (645619). Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0548007 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 3rd SPARE CIRCUIT There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate RUN WIRES ONLY one (1) EACH in D4 and P4 (aux compts) Locate these in the rear upper inside corner, in the way back of upper area. In P4 this'll be upper left hand corner. D4 upper right corner. These are to charge the Pelican model 9490 LED light. Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0548009 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC 1st SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery saver The negative wire will be connected to ground Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC Power and ground will terminate in the recess area in front of the officer (on the left vertical wall through a grommet) Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0583917 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 5th SPARE CIRCUIT There will be three (3) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate lower driver's side corner of the forward facing EMS cabinet on the side wall (SEE PHOTO). Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0585913 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 6 Circuit Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5025 2nd SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate back of officer side rear facing EMS cabinet in the outboard lower corner (SEE PHOTOS). Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model 5025, 6 circuit with negative bus bar. The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0699928 Wiring, Spare, 40 A 12V DC, 6 Circuit Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5025 1st SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 40 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate back of officer side rear facing EMS cabinet in the outboard lower corner (SEE PHOTOS). Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model 5025, 6 circuit with negative bus bar. The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 28621Bid #: 0708660 SP Wiring, Spare, 37.5 A 12V DC, Cust Install Radio, 30A Bat Dir, 7.5A Sw & Grnd CUSTOMER SUPPLIED RADIO WIRING There will be one (1) 12 volt combination wiring leads of which each will include one (1) direct battery, one (1) master battery switched and one (1) negative for use with radio equipment. Each lead will be 18.00" long and be provided this circuit to be used for two-way radio installation only. The leads will be clearly marked in a coil and terminate with butt splices. A breaker rated for 30 amps will be provided for circuit protection of the direct battery lead with a minimum of 10 gauge wire. A breaker rated for 7.5 amps will be provided for circuit protection of the master battery switched lead. The wires will be colored coded as follows: red for direct battery yellow for master battery switched black for ground 0767635 Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB Termination, Kussmaul 091-219-5 Sw Pnl 1st SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 6 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate in the switch panel one (1) at the end of the instrument console per job 32428 01-04. Termination will be a Kussmaul part number 091-219-5, switch panel dual USB charger socket. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0787001 Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB Termination Blue Sea 1045 2nd SPARE CIRCUIT There will be two (2) dual USB fast charge socket mounts installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 4.8 amps at 12 volts DC. The USB socket mount will be one (1) below the edge in front of the officer to the left of their knee per job 32428 01-04. One (1) on the PS rear facing compartment inboard side of cabinet on the outside of cabinet, rear upper corner below power point plug. Termination will be a Blue Sea Systems part number 1045 dual USB charger socket. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0797189 Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB Termination Blue Sea 1045 1st SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) dual USB fast charge socket mounts installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 4.8 amps at 12 volts DC. The USB socket mount will be in the cab, one (1) to left of officer and aft of VDR plug per job 32428 01-04. Termination will be a Blue Sea Systems part number 1045 dual USB charger socket. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0566101 Recess, Dash Panel, Officer Side, Vel/Imp RECESS, DASH PANEL The dash panel across from the officer will be recessed to accommodate the mounting of miscellaneous items. The recess will be 8.25" down x 7.81" back and 20.88" wide. 0643196 Radio, AM/FM/CD/WB, Jensen, Front Aux In / USB / Bluetooth STEREO RADIO A Jensen, heavy duty AM/FM/CD/Weatherband stereo radio, with front auxiliary input will be installed per switch panel layout . There will be 5.25" speakers installed one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the cab and one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the crew cab. The antenna will be a roof-mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof . The following features will be included: CD Player with Electronic Skip Protection (ESP) Full 7-Channel NOAA Weatherband Tuner with SAME technology Built-in Clock Audio CD, CD-R, R/W, MP3 CD compatible Radio Broadcast Data System Text Display Front panel USB input Front and Rear Auxiliary Audio Input Receives audio (A2DP/AVRCP) from Bluetooth enabled device Supports Bluetooth HFP to receive phone calls from BT-enabled phones Low battery alert (<10.8Vdc) Heavy Duty design with Conformal Coated Circuit Boards for maximum durability under all conditions 29621Bid #: 0537251 Bracket, Mounting, For Push Buttons, Officer Side, VEL/IMP MOUNTING BRACKET FOR PUSH BUTTON CONTROLS There will be a mounting bracket provided within easy reach of the officer next to the defrost air intake for the mounting of push button controls. The mounting bracket will be large enough to mount (4) four buttons from top to bottom: siren brake, air horn, mechanical siren, radio PTT) controls vertically, one in front of the other. The bracket will be fabricated from smooth aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. 0615386 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX INFORMATION CENTER An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing. The information center will have the following specifications: Operate in temperatures from -40 to 185 degrees Fahrenheit An Optical Gel will be placed between the LCD and protective lens Five weather resistant user interface switches Grey with black accents Sunlight Readable Linux operating system Minimum of 1000nits rated display Display can be changed to an available foreign language A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area. Programmed to read US Customary GENERAL SCREEN DESIGN Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used. If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur: An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages. A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol. HOME/TRANSIT SCREEN This screen will display the following: Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped) Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center) Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center) Seat Belt Monitoring Screen Seat Belt Monitoring Screen Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped) Digital Speedometer Active Alarms ON SCENE SCREEN This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped): Battery Voltage Fuel Oil Pressure Coolant Temperature RPM Water Level (if equipped) Foam Level (if equipped) Foam Concentration (if equipped) Water Flow Rate (if equipped) Water Used (if equipped) Active Alarms VIRTUAL BUTTONS There will be four (4) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels. PAGE SCREEN The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality: Diagnostics Faults Listed by order of occurrence Allows to sort by system Interlock Throttle Interlocks Pump Interlocks (if equipped) Aerial Interlocks (if equipped) PTO Interlocks (if equipped) Load Manager A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load. The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur. The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen. Systems Command Zone Module type and ID number Module Version 30621Bid #: Input or output number Circuit number connected to that input or output Status of the input or output Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Foam (if equipped) Pressure Controller (if equipped) Generator Frequency (if equipped) Live Data General Truck Data Maintenance Engine oil and filter Transmission oil and filter Pump oil (if equipped) Foam (if equipped) Aerial (if equipped) Setup Clock Setup Date & Time 12 or 24 hour format Set time and date Backlight Daytime Night time Sensitivity Unit Selection Home Screen Virtual Button Setup On Scene Screen Setup Configure Video Mode Set Video Contrast Set Video Color Set Video Tint Do Not Move The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicate Driver Side Cab Door Passenger's Side Cab Door Driver Side Crew Cab Door Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Driver Side Body Doors Passenger's Side Body Doors Rear Body Door(s) Ladder Rack (if applicable) Deck Gun (if applicable) Light Tower (if applicable) Hatch Door (if applicable) Stabilizers (if applicable) Steps (if applicable) Notifications View Active Alarms Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced Timer Screen HVAC (if equipped) Tire Information (if equipped) Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped) Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. 31621Bid #: 0606247 Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ Display Seat Belt Monitor VEHICLE DATA RECORDER There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided. The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line. The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs: Vehicle Speed - MPH Acceleration - MPH/sec Deceleration - MPH/sec Engine Speed - RPM Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle ABS Event - On/Off Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off Time - 24 Hour Time Date - Year/Month/Day Seat Belt Monitoring System A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone™ color display. The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to 10 seating positions indicating the status of each seat position per the following: Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when: The home screen is active: and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated. The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. 0662029 Intercom, Firecom 5200D Dual Radio, 4-Pos, D,O,2C INTERCOM SYSTEM There will be digital, dual radio interface, intercom located AS DIRECTED AT PRE- CONSTRUCTION in the cab. The front panel will have master volume, and squelch controls with illuminated indicators, allowing for independent level setting of radio and auxiliary audio devices. There will be two (2) radio listen only / transmit controls, allowing for simulcast interoperability with select, monitor, receive, and transmit indicators. There will be two (2) auxiliary audio inputs with select, and receive indicators. Headset jacks will be provided for the driver, officer, and two (2) crew positions located at both forward facing seats. The following Firecom components will be provided: One (1) 5200D Intercom Four (4) HM-10 Interior headset jacks All necessary power and station cabling 0006240 Cable, Radio to Intercom Interface, Firecom, 1 Radio RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE CABLE The apparatus manufacturer will supply and install one (1) radio interface cable before delivery of the vehicle. The radio equipment to be used by the customer will be: Motorola High Power , Model number APX8500 ALL BAND MP MOBILE (M37TSS9PW1AN). 0681393 Headset, Firecom, FH-54 Over Head, Intercom Only, Mic On/Off OVER THE HEAD HEADSET, INTERCOM ONLY There will be four (4) Firecom, Model FH-54 over the head, intercom only headset(s) provided driver's seat, officer seat, passenger's side outboard forward facing seat and passenger's side outboard rear facing seat. Each headset will feature: Coiled cord with rugged angled plug Noise cancelling electric microphone Flex boom rotates for left or right dress Adjustable volume control ComLeather ear seals with 24 dB noise reduction Microphone on/off button 32621Bid #: 0000000 STF Radio, Mobile, Bendix King KNGM150 (DTF - GSFA APPROVED) BENDIX KING RADIO One (1) Bendix King model KNGM150 radio will be provided with the following options: Relm Mobile Radio 5000 CH Digital P25/Analog, 50 Watts Dash Mount w/ Ext Speaker & Install Kit KAA0290 Relm KNG Mobile Microphone Allows Control of KNG Radio 0000000 STF Radio, Mobile, Motorola APX8500 (DTF - GSFA APPROVED) MOTOROLA RADIO One (1) Motorola APX8500 model M37TSS9PW1AN all band mobile radio will be provided with the following options: GA00580AA, ADD: TDMA OPERATION APX G51AT, ENH:SMARTZONE GA09001AA, ADD: WI-FI CAPABILITY G361AH, ENH: P25 TRUNKING SOFTWARE APX GA00268AB, ADD: RFID LABEL APX W432AG, ENH: SPKR INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX G444AH, ADD: APX CONTROL HEAD SOFTWARE G442AJ, ADD: APX O5 CONTROL HEAD G806BL, ENH: ASTRO DIGITAL CAI OP APX GA05509AA, DEL: DELETE UHF BAND GA01517AA, DEL: NO J600 ADAPTER CABLE NEEDED G66BC, ADD: DASH MOUNT 05 GA00318AF, ADD: 5Y ESSENTIAL SERVICE GA00250AA, ADD: WIFI/GNSS FLEXIBLE CABLE LMR195 GA01513AA, ADD: ALL BAND MOBILE ANTENNA (7/8/V/U) W22BA, ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APX 0681408 Hangers For Headsets, NFPA, Each HEADSET HANGERS There will be four (4) headset hanger(s) installed driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side outboard forward facing seat and passenger's side outboard forward facing seat. The hanger(s) will meet NFPA 1901, Section 14.1.11, requirement for equipment mounting. 0660403 Remote Intercom Head, Firecom 5200 INTERCOM SYSTEM REMOTE HEAD A Firecom, Model 5200DRH remote intercom head will be provided and mounted overhead of the officer in switch panel #5. 0685177 Remote Mount Two-way Radio Mic Per Customer Drawing REMOTE MICROPHONE LOCATION The two way radio microphone will be remote mounted on the cab switch panel on the end of the instrument console (SEE PHOTO IMG_6170) per customer layout. 0793529 SP Dash Switch, Firecom, Push-To-Talk PUSH-TO-TALK DASH SWITCH There will be two (2) FireCom, DM-1, Push-To-Talk dash mounted switch(s) provided and located (1) near driver left of information center (PHOTO IMG_6174) and (1) left of officer on the button mounting bracket option #537251 (PHOTO IMG_6152). 0559156 Install Customer Provided Two-Way Radio(s) TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION There will be one (1) customer supplied two way radio(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed remote head in switch assembly #4 above the officer, with the transceiver mounted behind the officer's seat on the vertical rear facing compartment wall. RADIO SHALL BE POWERED BY THE SPARE CIRCUIT DETAILED IN OPTION #0708660 per the shipping document. No antenna mount or whip will be included in this option. Specific radio shipping requirements will be followed. 0597940 Install Customer Provided Two-Way Radio Speaker(s) TWO WAY RADIO SPEAKER INSTALLATION There will be two (2) customer supplied two way radio speakers sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred third party installer to be installed (1) in the cab centered on the front portion of the headliner and (1) external speaker to be mounted on pump panel (behind gauge panel) and terminate wiring in cab behind officer's seat job 32428 01-04 (SEE PHOTOS). Specific shipping requirements will be followed. 33621Bid #: 0776385 SP Install Customer Provided Cat5 Ethernet Cable CAT 5 CABLE INSTALLATION There will be one (1) customer supplied Cat5 Ethernet cable sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer for installation. The cable will start at behind the officer's seat and terminate at below the PS forward facing fold-up seat base. No other components will be installed with this option. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. 0640003 Install Customer Provided Modem MOBILE RADIO MODEM INSTALLATION There will be one (1) customer supplied modem(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer to be installed as directed at pre-construction. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. 0660489 Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis, Fill in Blank Mounting and Cable Locations RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT There will be three (3) standard 1.125", 18 thread, NMO type antenna mounting base(s) installed all stubs are to be 18" behind A/C CONDENSOR, 18" between each other and 18" inboard from sides of cab per job 32428 01-04 on the cab roof with high efficiency, low loss, coaxial cable(s) routed within the cab / crew area to all antenna cables are to run down the PS of cab and terminate behind the officer's seat . A weatherproof cap will be installed on the mount. 0616417 SP Antenna, PCTel, GPSHPDLTEMIMO- SF, LTE MIMO/Dual WiFi/GPS Multiband GPS MULTIBAND ANTENNA There will be one (1) PCTel, Model GPSHPDLTEMIMO-SF, stud mount, low profile, multi-band antenna installed on the cab roof. The antenna will feature: Two (2) 4G LTE elements for 698-960MHz and 1710-2700MHz with 17.00' of Pro-Flex Plus 195 coaxial cable, each with SMA male connectors, routed to the mobile data terminal (MDT) Dual (MIMO 802.11n) broadband WiFi elements, 2.4-2.5GHz and 4.9-5.9GHz, with 17.00' of Pro- Flex Plus 195 coaxial cable, each with RP-SMA male connectors installed, routed to the WiFi device One (1) GPS element with 17.00' of RG-174/U coaxial cable with SMA male connector, routed to the mobile data terminal (MDT) 0653526 Camera, Pierce, Driver Mux, Rear Camera Only VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following: One (1) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse The camera images will be displayed on the driver's vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the active camera will be emitted by an amplified speaker with volume control in the blank panel to the right of the steering column. The following components will be included: One (1) SV-CW134639CAI, camera One (1) amplified speaker (if applicable) All necessary cables 0523921 Recess, Rear Vision Camera RECESS REAR CAMERA A rear camera recess will be provided in the center at the rear . 0615100 Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Diag LEDs, Vel, WiFi ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting. Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible. Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership. Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA. SOLID-STATE CONTROL SYSTEM A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J1939-11 recommended practices. The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX™ specifications providing a lower cost of ownership. For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes: Green LED indicator light for module power Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic 34621Bid #: Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field re programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters Complete operating and troubleshooting manuals USB connection to the main control module for advanced troubleshooting To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications: Module circuit board will meet SAE J771 specifications Operating temperature from -40C to +70C Storage temperature from -40C to +70C Vibration to 50g IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 16 volts DC The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical. CIRCUIT PROTECTION AND CONTROL DIAGRAM Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information. ON-BOARD ADVANCED/VISUAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information: Text description of active warning or caution alarms Simplified warning indicators Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm Red warning indication with steady tone alarm All control system modules, with the exception of the main control module, will contain on-board visual diagnostic LEDs that assist in troubleshooting. The LEDs will be enclosed within the sealed, transparent module housing near the face of the module. One LED for each input or output will be provided and will illuminate whenever the respective input or output is active. Color- coded labels within the modules will encompass the LEDs for ease of identification. The LED indicator lights will provide point of use information for reduced troubleshooting time without the need for an additional computer. TECH MODULE WITH WIFI An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE 802.11 b/g/n capabilities while communicating at 2.4 Gigahertz. The module will provide an external antenna connection allowing a line of site communication range of up to 300 feet with a roof mounted antenna. The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone™, control and information system. The data logging capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone™, control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data logger will provide up to 2 Gigabytes of data storage. A USB connection will be provided on the Tech Module. It will provide a means to download data logger information and update software in the device. PROGNOSTICS A software based vehicle tool will be provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events. The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone, color display and/or wireless enabled device to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals. Prognostics will include: Engine oil and filter Transmission oil and filter Pump oil (if equipped) Foam oil (if equipped) Aerial oil and filter (if equipped) ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS An advanced, Windows-based, diagnostic software program will be provided for this control system. The software will provide troubleshooting tools to service technicians equipped with a Windows-based computer or wireless enabled device. The service and maintenance software will be easy to understand and use and have the ability to view system input/output (I/O) information. INDICATOR LIGHT AND ALARM PROVE-OUT SYSTEM A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. VOLTAGE MONITOR SYSTEM A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels. The alarm will activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes. DEDICATED RADIO EQUIPMENT CONNECTION POINTS There will be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following: 12-volt 40-amp battery switched power 12-volt 60-amp ignition switched power 12-volt 60-amp direct battery power There will also be a 12-volt 100-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center. ENHANCED SOFTWARE 35621Bid #: The solid-state control system will include the following software enhancements: All perimeter lights and scene lights (where applicable) will be deactivated when the parking brake is released. Cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors close. The dome lights will dim after ten (10) seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. Cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors close. The dome lights will dim after ten (10) seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. EMI/RFI PROTECTION To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source. The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter requirements. EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high- powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. 0624254 Electrical System, Velocity ELECTRICAL All 12-volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal. Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids. Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines: All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof. Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body. Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work. Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug). All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area. All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon (1890) applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal. All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108, will be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments. An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order. The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. 0597472 SP Batteries, (6) AC Delco Grp 31, 950 CCA each, Threaded Studs BATTERY SYSTEM Six (6) 12 volt, AC Delco, group 31 batteries that include the following features will be provided: 950 CCA, cold cranking amps 190 amp reserve capacity High cycle Rating of 5700 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit 1140 minutes of reserve capacity Threaded Studs Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a 45 degree tilt capacity. The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance. 36621Bid #: 0008621 Battery System, Single Start, All Custom Chassis BATTERY SYSTEM There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel. MASTER BATTERY SWITCH There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system. An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system. 0123174 Battery Compartment, Imp/Vel BATTERY COMPARTMENTS The batteries will be stored in well-ventilated compartments that are located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery compartments will be constructed of 3/16" steel plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of three (3) group 31 batteries in each compartment. The compartments will include formed fit heavy-duty roto-molded polyethylene battery tray inserts with drains on each side of the frame rails. The batteries will be mounted inside of the roto-molded trays. JUMPER STUDS One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be installed on the battery box on the driver's side. This will allow enough room for easy jumper cable access. 0637577 Charger, Sngl Sys, Kussmaul, Pump Plus 1200, 091-9-12V-1200-194-WT- ** BATTERY CHARGER/ AIR COMPRESSOR There will be a Kussmaul Pump Plus 1200, Model 091-9-12V-1200194-WT-XX, 40 amp single output battery charger/air compressor with Model 091-194-IND-WT-XX watertight digital display provided. The color of the charge indicator will be red. The 12-volt air compressor will be installed to maintain the air system pressure when the vehicle is not in use. There will be an auto pump timer installed between the pressure switch and the pump that will allow the pump to run for one hour than shut down for one hour. The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet. 0022776 Location, Charger/Compr, w/Location Feature Battery charger/compressor will be under center forward facing ems compt, to match previous. 0536099 Location, Bat Chrg Ind, Driver's Step Area The battery charger indicator will be located in the driver's step area. 0016856 Shoreline, 15A 120V, Kussmaul Auto Eject, 091-55-15-120, Super KUSSMAUL AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE There will be one (1) Kussmaul Model 091-55-15-120, 15 amp 120 volt AC shoreline inlet(s) provided to operate the dedicated 120 volt AC circuits on the apparatus without the use of the generator. The shoreline inlet(s) will include red weatherproof flip up cover(s). There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting. The shoreline(s) will be connected to Kussmaul 1200 battery charger AND Kussmaul model 091- 92-12 "battery saver - low ripple. Receptacle to be a dual gang receptacle per thread number 553-EP300377-16 . There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment. There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following: Line Voltage Current Ratting (amps) Phase Frequency 0026800 Shoreline Location The shoreline receptacle will be located on the driver side of cab, to the front of cab door. 0793788 SP Receptacle, For Shoreline, Dual Gang SHORELINE RECEPTACLE There will be a dual gang receptacle box as a connection installed for the shoreline receptacle. 0673241 Saver, Battery, Kussmaul 091-195- 12, 20 Amp BATTERY SAVER There will be one (1) Kussmaul, Model 091-195-12, 20 amp battery saver will be provided. The battery saver will be located in the cab next to the battery charger/air compressor (which is in the false floor area of option #199533, center forward facing EMS cabinet). The Kussmaul model 091-92-12 low ripple battery saver is wired to the positive "+" side of the battery charger. The items to be connected to this device are 20 amp, 12 volt spare wiring in front of officer for tablet wiring. This device will be connected to the 120 volt AC shoreline inlet. This device will be connected to the chassis batteries to charge items when the shoreline is not plugged in. 37621Bid #: 0647729 Alternator, 320 amp, Delco Remy 40SI ALTERNATOR A Delco Remy®, Model 40SI, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 320 amps, as measured by SAE method J56. The alternator will feature an integral regulator and rectifier system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257 degrees Fahrenheit (125 degrees Celsius). The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. 0580123 SP Fan, Electrical Component Cooling 120 Volt, In EMS Cabinet, Qty Feature FAN, ELECTRICAL COOLING There will be one (1) 120v electrical cooling fan(s) with guard to exhaust the heat buildup due to the battery chargers stored in the EMS cabinet, located in the center forward facing EMS cabinet, DS of cabinet - MAKE SURE THIS IS WIRED TO THE SHORELINE PER JOB 32428 01-04. The fan(s) will vent the heat outward from the compartment. Fan(s) to be wired to the auto transfer switch so they will run at all times, either off the shoreline, or off the generator. 0686615 Set Command Zone Clock To Pacific Standard Time 0048324 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX, With Out Switch ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12-volt electrical system, automatically reduces the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restores the shed electrical loads when the low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system. The ELM will monitor the vehicle's voltage while at the scene (parking brake applied). The system will include the following features: System voltage monitoring. Load Managing will not start for 30 seconds after engine start up. Five (5) minute cycle time, to prevent load activation and quick deactivation. Automatic High Idle Activation, to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake. If enabled, Load Man Hi-Idle On will display on the information center. Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels. Priority levels can be set for individual outputs. Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed. The information center shows system voltage. Green indicator in the Indicator Light display, Load Manager is active. The information center includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following: Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition. Individual load managed item condition: ON = not shed SHED = shed OVRD = overridden SEQUENCER A warning light sequencer will be provided that automatically turns the emergency lights on and off in a preset sequence. The sequencer will be wired in conjunction with the emergency master light switch. When the switch is activated the lights will be turned on in sequence one by one at 1/2 second intervals thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. Sequenced light switch LED's will flash while waiting for activation. When turned off, the same process will deactivate the warning lights in sequence to allow a gradual decrease in alternator output, rather than dumping the load. The on/off switch for this system will be removed. 0780484 Headlights, Rect LED, HiViz FT-4X6- 4KIT, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel HEADLIGHTS There will be a HiViz part number FT-4X6-4KIT, that includes four (4) 4.00" high x 6.00" long rectangular LED lights with parking lamp illumination around the outside of the lamps mounted in the front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille: the outside lamp on each side will contain a part number FT-4X6-HL with low beam LEDs the inside lamp on each side will contain a part number FT-4X6-H with high beam LEDs the lights will be controlled through the headlight switch 0648425 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab Crn, Imp/Vel/AXT/Qtm/DCF DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen 600® series, LED combination directional/marker lights provided. The lights will be located on the outside cab corners, next to the headlights. The color of the lenses will be the same color as the LED's. 0648074 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front, P25 LED 7 Lts CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS There will be seven (7) amber LED lights provided to indicate the presence and overall width of the vehicle in the following locations: Three (3) amber LED identification lights will be installed in the center of the cab above the windshield. Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each outboard side of the cab above the windshield. Two (2) amber LED marker lights will be installed, one (1) on each side above the cab doors. 38621Bid #: 0620054 Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED 2lts INTERMEDIATE LIGHT There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED turn signal marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light. 0563675 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING There will be three (3) Truck-Lite®, Model 33050R, LED lights used as identification lights recessed and located at the rear of the apparatus per the following: As close as practical to the vertical centerline Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart Red in color All at the same height There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 33050R, LED lights recessed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following: To indicate the overall width of the vehicle One (1) each side of the vertical centerline As near the top as practical Red in color To be visible from the rear All at the same height There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 33050R, LED lights recessed on the side of the apparatus as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following: To indicate the overall length of the vehicle One (1) each side of the vertical centerline As near the top as practical Red in color To be visible from the side All at the same height There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One (1) each side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground. There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One (1) each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground. Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements. 0551870 Lights, Tail, Wln M6BTT* Red LED Stop/Tail & M6T* Amber LED Dir w/Flange REAR FMVSS LIGHTING The rear stop/tail and directional LED lighting will consist of the following: Two (2) Whelen®, Model M6BTT, red LED stop/tail lights Two (2) Whelen, Model M6T, amber LED arrow turn lights The lights shall be provided with color lenses. Each light will be installed separately at the rear with Whelen, Model M6FC, chrome flanges. 0551758 Lights, Backup, Wln M6BUW, LED, Flange Feature Two (2) Whelen Model M6BUW, LED backup lights, will be provided with a flange. 0664481 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED LICENSE PLATE BRACKET There will be one (1) license plate bracket mounted on the rear of the body. A white LED light will illuminate the license plate. A polished stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear. 0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040 BACK-UP ALARM A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels. 0578264 Flash Pattern, California Title13, LED Warning Lights WARNING LIGHT FLASH PATTERN The flash pattern of all the exterior warning lights will be set to meet the certified California, Title XIII flash pattern by either the light manufacturer's default flash pattern or by a conversion change to the certified flash pattern. 0090531 Light, Marker, Truck-Lite, 35200, LED, Recessed, Qty Feature, Feature Location MARKER LIGHTS There will be two (2) lights of Truck-Lite, model 35200, LED, marker lights installed on this apparatus. The marker lights will be wired to the running lights of the vehicle. The lights will be located at the rear lower body corners, one each side in the rubrail . These lights will be installed either recessed or with metal flanges to protect them from most damage. Yellow lights will be installed in any location forward of the rear most point of the vehicle. A single red light will be installed at the rear most point only. 39621Bid #: 0769420 Lights, Perimeter Cab, Amdor AY-LB- 12HW020 LED 4Dr CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS There will be four (4) Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens each, 20.00" white LED strip lights provided, one (1) for each cab door. These lights will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the exit doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter scene lights. 0769572 Lights, Perimeter Pump House, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 LED 2lts PUMP HOUSE PERIMETER LIGHTS There will be two (2) Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens each, 20.00" LED weatherproof strip lights with brackets provided under the pump panel running boards, one (1) each side. If the combination of options in the vehicle does not permit clearance for a 20.00" light, a 12.00" version of the Amdor light will be installed. The lights will be controlled by the same means as the body perimeter lights. 0770056 Lights, Perimeter Body, Amdor AY- LB-12HW020 LED 2lts, Rear Step BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS There will be two (2) Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens, 20.00" long, white LED's, 12 volt DC lights provided at the rear step area of the body, one (1) each side shining to the rear. The perimeter scene lights will be activated when a switch within reach of the driver is activated and the parking brake is applied. 0556360 Lights, Step, P25 LED 4lts, Pump Pnl Sw STEP LIGHTS Four (4) white LED step lights will be provided. One (1) step light will be provided on each side, on the front compartment face and two (2) step lights at the rear to illuminate the tailboard. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15.00" x 15.00" square placed 10.00" below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30.00" x 30.00" square at the same 10.00" distance below the light. These step lights will be actuated with the pump panel light switch. All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of NFPA 1901. 0511749 Light, Step, Additional, P25 LED ADDITIONAL STEP LIGHT Additional lighting will be provided by white LED step lights. The step lights will be installed one in the cargo campartment and one on the front sheet above the crosslays.. The quantity of additional step lights will be two (2) lights. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. The additional step lights will be activated by the same means as the standard step lights. 0550452 Lights, Side Scene, Zico ZQL-SS- LED, Stainless 1st SCENE LIGHTS There will be two (2) Ziamatic, Model Model ZQL-SS-LED, LED scene light(s) with stainless steel housing, installed on the side of the apparatus, in the rear wheel well panels, one (1) each side. Lights should be at a 45 degree angle to light the ground behind the rear wheels. . A control for the light(s) selected above will be the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel no additional switch location no additional switch location no additional switch location These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0565827 Special Switching, 12V Side Scene Lights, Reverse Activation Emerg Master ON SPECIAL SWITCHING FOR SCENE LIGHTS There will be one (1) 12V white lights located on the sides of the apparatus the Zico fender lights (option 550452) on each side of the body that will be activated when the emergency master switch is on and the vehicle is shifted into reverse. Both conditions will be required for the 12V white lights to turn on. The lights will be deactivated if the emergency master switch is off, or if the vehicle is shifted out of reverse. 0649319 Special Switching, 12V Rear Scene Lights, Reverse Activation, Emerg Master ON SPECIAL SWITCHING FOR SCENE LIGHTS The 12 volt scene lights located at the rear of the apparatus the scene light portion of the Whelen 9V2 lights on the rear bulkheads (option 619975) will be controlled by the features that have been selected. These lights will also be activated when the battery switch is on, the emergency master switch is on and the transmission is shifted into reverse. 0601288 SP Bracket, Lights, 2" Mounts 2" brackets will be used for mounting the Pole Mounted Fld/Spt lights on the back of the cab 40621Bid #: 0640627 Light, Wln, 12V PCPSM1* Pioneer LED Fld/Spt, Surface Mount 2nd 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Whelen, Model PCPSM1*, 12 volt surface mounted LED combination spot/flood light(s) located one (1) on the passenger's side of cab centered above the exterior access door (P5). The lights will be mounted with black flange(s). The light(s) selected above will be controlled by the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel no additional switch location a switch at the driver's side pump panel a switch at the passenger's side switch panel These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0640629 Light, Wln, 12V PCPSM1* Pioneer LED Fld/Spt, Surface Mount 1st 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Whelen, Model PCPSM1*, 12 volt surface mounted LED combination spot/flood light(s) located one (1) on the driver's side of cab centered above the exterior access door (D5). The lights will be mounted with black flange(s). The light(s) selected above will be controlled by the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel a switch at the passenger's side switch panel a switch at the driver's side pump panel no additional switch location These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0618234 Light, Visor, Wln, 12V PSL2* Pioneer LED Spotlt 1st 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Whelen® Pioneer™, Model PSL2*, 12 volt DC LED floodlight(s) provided on the front visor, centered. The housing(s) painted parts of this light assembly to be black. The lights will be steady burning with the selected switch features. The light will be controlled by the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel a switch at the pump operator's panel a switch at the passenger's side switch panel no additional switch location These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0532358 Not Required, Deck Lights, Other Hose Bed & Rear Lighting 0645677 Lights, Not Required, Rear Work, Alt. 12 Volt Lights At Rear Body 0774308 Lights, Wln, P*H2* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 2nd 12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS There will be one (1) Whelen® Model P*H2*, 17,750 lumens 12 volt DC powered lights with white LEDs and a combination of flood and spot optics installed on the apparatus located, PS back of cab with the lighthead positioned so that it stows just above the cab roof. In addition, assuming that the light stows facing out towards the side - the lighthead shall not stick out any further than the cab side. The light(s) to be installed on push up side mount, outside pole length to be 12.00" long with handle holder and sensor connecting the pole to the Do Not Move Truck Indicator circuit. The painted parts of this light assembly to be black. The lights will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the driver's side pump panel. The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0774309 Lights, Wln, P*H2* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st 12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS There will be one (1) Whelen® Model P*H2*, 17,750 lumens 12 volt DC powered lights with white LEDs and a combination of flood and spot optics installed on the apparatus located, DS back of cab with the lighthead positioned so that it stows just above the cab roof. In addition, assuming that the light stows facing out towards the side - the lighthead shall not stick out any further than the cab side. The light(s) to be installed on push up side mount, outside pole length to be 12.00" long with handle holder and sensor connecting the pole to the Do Not Move Truck Indicator circuit. The painted parts of this light assembly to be black. The lights will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the driver's side pump panel. The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 41621Bid #: 0645873 Lights, Hose Bed, Sides, Dual LED Light Strips, Amdor XX9951 4lts HOSE BED LIGHTS There will be four (4) Amdor LumaBar SuperBright, Model XX9951, 20.00" long white 12 volt DC LED light strips provided to light the hose bed area. These lights will be installed under a full length stainless steel shield to protect the lights and wiring. One (1) will be installed on the driver's side, side of the hose bed three (3) feet from the front of the hose bed. One (1) will be installed on the driver's side, side of the hose bed three (3) feet from the rear of the hose bed. One (1) will be installed on the passenger's side, side of the hose bed three feet from the rear of the hose bed. One (1) will be installed on the passenger's side, side of the hose bed three (3) feet from the front of the hose bed. The lights will be controlled when the hosebed cover is raised. 0763248 Lights, Walk Surf, Amdor AY-LB- 12HW0**, LED, Cargo Areas WALKING SURFACE LIGHTS There will be Two (2) Amdor®, Model AY-LB-12HW0**, white 12 volt DC LED strip light(s) provided in the cargo area(s) to illuminate the interior surface of the cargo area(s). Light(s) will be match job 32428 01-04. The light will be activated when the body step lights are on. 0007883 Switch, Master, Pump Panel Lights SWITCH, MASTER FOR PUMP PANEL LIGHTS A master on/off switch will be provided for the pump panel lights. The switch will be located inside the cab within easy reach of the driver. 0060100 Pumper, Short, Galvanneal, 2nd Gen 0554271 Body Skirt Height, 20" 0028294 Tank, Water, 500 Gallon, Poly, Short WATER TANK Booster tank will have a capacity of 500 gallons and be constructed of polypropylene plastic by United Plastic Fabricating, Incorporated. Tank joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out. Tank will be baffled in accordance with NFPA bulletin 1901 requirements. Baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water between compartments. Longitudinal partitions will be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and will extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow for positive welding. Transverse partitions will extend from 4.00" off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top cover. All partitions will interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides. Tank top will be constructed of .50" polypropylene. It will be recessed .38" and will be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions. Tank top will be sufficiently supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions. Construction will include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and welded to the transverse partitions. Two (2) of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes. A sump that will be sized dependent on the tank to pump plumbing will be provided at the bottom of the water tank. Sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet. Tank will be installed in a fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel. Sufficient crossmembers will be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers will be constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing. Tank will "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on. Stops or other provision will be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle. Mounting system will be approved by the tank manufacturer. 0003405 Overflow, 4.00" Water Tank, Poly Fill tower will be constructed of .50" polypropylene and will be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00" long. Fill tower will be furnished with a .25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover. An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. 0028104 Foam Cell Required 0010011 Fill Dome Special Location The water tank fill dome will be located as close to the DS wall as possible to maximize storage up top. 0093423 SP Fill Dome Special Location (Foam Tank) The foam tank fill dome will be located as close to the DS wall as possible to maximize storage up top. 42621Bid #: 0084432 Modified Poly Tank, Ext'd Over Rear Compt The water tank will be extended to the rear of the truck, over the rear compartment. 0024432 Modified Poly Tank for Single Full Depth Compt 0633066 Sleeve, Through Tank SLEEVE, PLUMBING, THROUGH TANK One (1) sleeve will be provided in the water tank for a 3.00" pipe to the rear. 0553729 Not Required, Restraint, Water Tank, Heavy Duty 0003429 Not Required, Direct Tank Fill 0003424 Not Required, Dump Valve 0048710 Not Required, Jet Assist 0030007 Not Required, Dump Valve Chute 0514778 Not Required, Switch, Tank Dump Master 0126632 Hose Bed, Galv, Pumper HOSE BED The hose bed will be fabricated of 12-gauge galvanneal steel. The sides will not form any portion of the fender compartments. Upper and rear edges of side panels will have a double break for rigidity. The upper inside area of the beavertails will be covered with brushed stainless steel to prevent damage to painted surface when hose is removed. Flooring of the hose bed will be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats will be a minimum of 0.50" x 4.50" with spacing between slats for hose ventilation. 0003481 Hose Bed Capacity, Special Hose bed will accommodate (DS to PS) 800' x 5.00" / 800' x 2.50" / 200' x 1.75" single stacked / 200' x 2.50" pre-connect. 0680455 Divider, Hose Bed, .25" Unpainted, (6) Bolts HOSE BED DIVIDER Three (3) adjustable hosebed dividers will be furnished for separating hose. Each divider will be constructed of a .25" brushed aluminum sheet. Partition will be fully adjustable by sliding in tracks, located at the front and rear of the hose bed. Divider will be held in place by tightening six (6) bolts in (3) locations. Two (2) bolts at the front of the divider, two (2) bolts at the back of the divider and two (2) bolts in the middle of the divider. Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads. Flat surfaces will be sanded for uniform appearance, or constructed of brushed aluminum. 0604577 SP Compt, Backboard, Bottom of 4-Way Hose Bed Cover, Fully Enclosed, Deflector BACKBOARD COMPARTMENT One (1) backboard compartment will be fabricated of bright aluminum treadplate and mounted to the underside of the bright aluminum treadplate hose bed cover, on the passenger's side. Compartment(s) size will be make compartment with CLEAR INSIDE dimensions as follows: 74"L x 18"W x 4"D (note actual size of backboard is 72"L x 16.5"W x 2.5"D) and will have a bright aluminum treadplate drop-down door at the rear.Compartment(s) will be fully sealed all the way around. A Deflector will be at the front of the backboard compartment(s) to prevent hose from getting hung up when off-loading. 0010133 Cross-Divider, Hose Bed A cross-divider will be provided just behind the fill tower. The divider will be bolted to the side sheet. 0568827 SP Tool Storage, Alum Cover Split, Front of Hose Bed, Fill Dome Access,Amdor Lights TRANSVERSE TOOL COMPARTMENT, FRONT OF HOSE BED A storage area will be provided at the front portion of the hose bed. A cross-divider will be installed approximately 24.00" behind the front sheet of the hose bed. The compartment will be the full width and height of the hosebed. Two (2) bright aluminum treadplate covers will be provided above the entire storage compartment. These covers will be properly reinforced to support the weight of firefighters. If access to water tank fill tower is blocked by the hose bed cover, then a hinged door will be provided in it so that tank may be filled without raising cover doors. A chrome plated handle and two (2) recessed lift and turn latches will be provided for each cover. Two (2) Amdor LED light strips will be provided on each side of the compartment door opening. 43621Bid #: 0530804 Cover, Hose Bed, Alum Treadplate HOSE BED COVER A two (2) section hose bed cover, constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate will be furnished. The cover will be hinged with full length stainless steel piano hinge. The sides will be slanted down. The cover will be reinforced so that it can support the weight of a man walking on the cover. The cover is designed with the left cover opening first. If access to the water tank fill tower is blocked by the hose bed cover, then a hinged door will be provided in it so that the tank may be filled without raising cover doors. Chrome grab handles and four (4) gas filled cylinders will be provided to assist in opening and closing the cover. A handrail is to be provided at the rear, in the center of the support, to assist in opening the cover. 0699946 Safety Cable(s), Hose Bed Cover SAFETY CABLE FOR HOSE BED COVER There will be two (2) safety cable(s) provided for the hosebed cover to provide additional support. 0649080 Gas Cylinders, 180 lb, Aluminum Hose Bed Cover HOSE BED COVER CYLINDERS The gas filled cylinders will be 180 lb to assist in opening and closing the cover. 0592478 SP Flap, Rear of Alum Hose Bed Cover, Vinyl, Paddle Seat Belt Buckles, Split A pair of black vinyl flaps will be installed on the rear of the bright aluminum treadplate hose bed cover, with a chain weight and paddle seat belt buckles will be provided at the rear of the cover. The two flaps will overlap at the center with velcro. 0695399 Running Boards, 14.75" Deep, Front and Rear 45 Degree Corners RUNNING BOARDS Running boards will be fabricated of .125" bright aluminum treadplate. Each running board will be supported by a welded 2.00" square tubing and channel assembly, which will be bolted to the pump compartment substructure. Running boards will be 14.75" deep and spaced .50" away from the pump panel. The front and rear outside corner of the running board will be finished with a 45 degree corner where it lines up with the body. A splash guard will be provided above the running board treadplate. 0689410 Tailboard, 20" Deep, Extended Substructure, Angled Corners TAILBOARD The tailboard will also be constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate and spaced .50" from the body, as well as supported by a structural steel assembly. The tailboard area will be 20.00" deep. The outboard sides of the tailboard will be angled at 45 degrees beginning at the point where the body meets the tailboard at the forward outboard edge angling rearward to the rear edge of the tailboard. The exterior side will be flanged down and in for increased rigidity of tailboard structure. 0690037 Wall, Rear, Smooth Aluminum/Body Material REAR WALL, SMOOTH ALUMINUM/BODY MATERIAL The rear facing surfaces of the center rear wall will be smooth aluminum. The bulkheads, the surface to the rear of the side body compartments, will be smooth and the same material as the body. Any inboard facing surfaces below the height of the hosebed will be aluminum diamondplate . 0599409 SP Tow Bar, Under Tailboard, Spaced Forward From Edge ofTailboard, 4" TOW BAR A tow bar shall be installed under the tailboard at center of truck 4.00" in from the rear of the tailboard. Tow bar shall be fabricated of 1.00" CRS bar rolled into a 3.00" radius. Tow bar assembly shall be constructed of .38" structural angle. When force is applied to the bar, it shall be transmitted to the frame rail. Tow bar assembly shall be designed and positioned to allow up to a 30 degree upward angled pull of 17,000 lb, or a 20,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. Tow bar design shall have been fully tested and evaluated using strain gauge testing and finite element analysis techniques. 0744350 SP Mounting Tube, Hydrant Wrench MOUNTING TUBE A mounting tube will be provided at the rear tailboard for storing a hydrant wrench. The mounting tube will be located on the inboard surface of the RS rear beavertail below the fixed step (SEE PHOTO). 44621Bid #: 0003560 Construction, Compt, Galv, Pumper COMPARTMENTATION Body and compartments will be fabricated of galvanneal steel. Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders. Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance. Side compartment flooring will be 12 gauge and of the sweep out design, with the floor higher than the compartment door lip. The side compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again .75" to form an angle. Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion, formed bright aluminum treadplate, or polished stainless steel. The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear, and outward side. These covers will have the corners TIG welded. Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops. Front facing compartment walls will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate. All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury. UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM Due to the severe loading requirements of this pumper, a method of body and compartment support suitable for the intended load will be provided. The backbone of the support system will be the chassis frame rails, which is the strongest component of the chassis and designed for sustaining maximum loads. The support system will include .375" thick steel vertical angle supports bolted to the chassis frame rails with .625" diameter bolts. Attached to the bottom of the steel vertical angles will be horizontal angles, with gussets welded to the vertical members, which extend to the outside edge of the body. A steel frame will be mounted on the top of these supports to create a floating substructure, which results in a 500 lb equipment support rating per lower compartment. The floating substructure will be separated from the horizontal members with neoprene elastomer isolators. These isolators will reduce the natural flex stress of the chassis from being transmitted to the body. The isolators will have a broad load range, proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail safe design and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes. The neoprene isolators will be installed in a modified V three (3)-point mounting pattern to reduce the natural flex of the chassis being transmitted to the body. AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards. LOUVERS Louvers will be stamped into compartment walls to provide the proper airflow inside the body compartments and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. Where these louvers are provided, they will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate. TESTING OF BODY DESIGN Body structural analysis has been fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis, model analysis, stress coating and strain gauging have been performed with special attention given to fatigue, life and structural integrity of the cab, body and substructure. The body will be tested while loaded to its greatest in-service weight. The criteria used during the testing procedure will include: - Raising opposite corners of the vehicle tires 9.00", simulating the twisting a truck may experience when driving over a curb. - Making a 90 degree turn while at 20 mph, simulating aggressive driving conditions. - Driving the vehicle at 35 mph on a washboard road. - Driving the vehicle at 55 mph on a smooth road. - Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph, on rough pavement. Evidence of actual testing techniques will be made available upon request. 0557520 LS 145" Rollup, Full Height Front & Rear, 5" Longer than Std Short Body LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION The left side compartmentation will consist of three rollup door compartments. A full height, rollup door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 27.50" wide x 66.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 25.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 21.75" wide x 56.88" high. A rollup door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 66.50" wide x 32.88" high x 12.00" deep. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 58.25" wide x 23.13" high. A full height, rollup door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 47.75" wide x 67.63" high x 12.00" deep. A section of this compartment will be 25.88" deep for the first 31.50" width x 26.00" height directly behind the rear wheels. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 44.75" wide x 57.88" high. The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. 45621Bid #: 0613773 SP RS 145" Rollup, Full Height Front & Rear, 5" Longer than Std Short RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION The right side compartmentation will consist of three rollup door compartments. A full height, rollup door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 27.50" wide x 66.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 25.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 21.75" wide x 56.88" high. A rollup door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 66.50" wide x 32.88" high x 12.00" deep. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 58.25" wide x 23.13" high. A full height, rollup door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 47.75" wide x 67.63" high x 12.00" deep. A section of this compartment will be 25.88" deep for the first 31.50" width x 26.00" height directly behind the rear wheels. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 44.75" wide x 57.88" high. The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand 0594005 Doors, Rollup, Amdor, Side Compartments SIDE COMPARTMENT ROLLUP DOOR(S) There will be six (6) compartment doors installed on the side compartments, double faced, aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by AMDOR™ brand rollup doors. Door(s) will be constructed using 1.00" extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools. The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement. Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One (1) fin will be designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression. The doors will be mounted in a one (1)-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials. Bottom panel flange of rollup door will be equipped with two (2) cut-outs to allow for easier access with gloved hands. A polished stainless steel lift bar to be provided for each roll-up door. The lift bar will be located at the bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals. All injection molded rollup door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 nylon. Each rollup door will have a 3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door. The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00". A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 0013671 Compt, Rear, Rollup, 30.75" FF, 25.88" D REAR COMPARTMENTATION A roll-up door compartment above the rear tailboard will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 40.00" wide x 33.63" high x 25.88" deep. The spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. A louvered, removable access panel will be furnished on the back wall of the compartment. The rear compartment will be open into the rear side compartments. The clear door opening of this compartment will be a minimum of 33.25" wide x 23.88" high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. 46621Bid #: 0594003 Door, Amdor, Rollup, Rear Compartment ROLLUP REAR COMPARTMENT DOOR The rear compartment will have a rollup door. The door will be double faced, aluminum construction, satin aluminum and manufactured by AMDOR™ brand rollup doors. The door will be constructed using 1.00" extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools. The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement. Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One (1) fin will be designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression. The door will be mounted in a one (1)-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials. Bottom panel flange of rollup door will be equipped with two (2) cut-outs to allow for easier access with gloved hands. A polished stainless steel lift bar to be provided for each roll-up door. The lift bar will be located at the bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals. All injection molded rollup door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 Nylon. The door will have a 3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door. The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00". A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 0554992 Body Modification, 5" Reduced Depth Rear Compt BODY MODIFICATION FROM STANDARD The following body modifications will be required for the installation of a single axle air ride suspension: - Rear compartment will be 5.00" shorter in depth. - Special water tank mounting required if applicable. 0026023 Scuffplate, S/S Around Air Bottle Fender Compt Openings SCUFFPLATE A polished stainless steel scuffplate will be furnished around the opening for all of the air bottle fender compartments. 0622067 SP Scuffplate, S/S On Rear Outside Edge of Body SCUFFPLATE A pair of brushed stainless steel scuffplates will be furnished full height each side of the rear outer corners of the body. 0019845 Guard, Drip Pan, S/S, Rollup Door DOOR GUARD There will be seven (7) compartment doors that will include a guard/drip pan designed to protect the roll-up door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed all compartments with rollup doors. 0518559 Keyed Locks for Roll-Up Doors, Key Style 751 KEYED LOCK(S) A keyed lock will be furnished for one (1) compartment door. The compartmentation, to have a keyed lock, will be compartment P1 . 0636819 Trim, Rollup Door, Painted Job Color, by Amdor ROLL-UP DOOR TRIM The exterior of the aluminum trim around the door opening will be painted to match job color. There will be six (6) compartments with the trim painted. 0616670 Lights, Compt, Pierce LED, Dual Light Strips, Each Side of Door, Pumper/Tanker COMPARTMENT LIGHTING There will be seven (7) compartment(s) with two (2) white 12 volt DC LED compartment light strips. The dual light strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. There will be two (2) light strips per compartment. The dual light strips will be in all body compartment (s). Any remaining compartments without light strips will have a 6.00" diameter Truck-Lite, Model: 79384 light. Each light will have a number 1076 one filament, two wire bulb. Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0551978 SP Notch, Cargo Compt, Top Flange, RS NOTCH CARGO COMPARTMENT SIDESHEET The cargo compartment sidesheet on the right side of the unit will be notched for access to the reel. A hose reel style roller assembly will be provided on the bottem of the notch. 0663066 SP Stay Arm, Pneumatic, Add to Cargo Compt Doors STAY ARM A pneumatic stay arm will be added to the tool storage doors (option #568827) at the front of the hose bed two (2) 47621Bid #: 0569021 SP Cover, Alum 4-Way, for Husky Hyd. Hoses ALUMINUM COVER IN CARGO AREA An aluminum treadplate cover will be installed over the exposed hydraulic hoses in the cargo area for the foam system fluid reservior. 0018700 Floor, Split for Access, Aluminum Treadplate CARGO FLOOR, SPLIT The bright aluminum treadplate flooring in the cargo compartment will be split into two (2) or more pieces for easier access to the pump and plumbing without removing any other items and will support the weight of a fire fighter. 0638392 SP Punch Pattern, Cargo Floor CARGO FLOOR, PUNCHED The bright aluminum treadplate flooring in the cargo compartment will incorporate the star punching design to create an aggressive tread. 0687135 Shelf Tracks, Unpainted MOUNTING TRACKS There will be four (4) sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in LS1, LS2, RS1 and RS3. These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s), and will be full height of the compartment. The tracks will be unpainted with a natural finish. 0600350 Shelves, Adj, 500 lb Capacity, Full Width/Depth, Predefined Locations ADJUSTABLE SHELVES There will be five (5) shelves with a capacity of 500 lb provided. The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum painted spatter gray with 2.00" sides. Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track. The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts. The location(s) will be in LS1 at the depth transition point to the left of the partition, in RS1 in the lower third, in RS3 in the upper third, in RS1 in the upper third and in LS2 centered between the floor and ceiling. 0622945 Shelves, Adjustable, Full Width/Depth, Low/Special Side Height ADJUSTABLE SHELVES There will be one (1) shelf provided D1 upper portion. The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum painted spatter gray. A capacity rating will not be available on this item due to a reduced side height being less than 2.00". Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track. Each shelf will as wide and as deep as the compartment space shall allow. The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts. The side height of the shelf/shelves will be as follows: Front: 1.00" high Rear: 2.00" high Left & Right Sides: 2.00" high 0638569 Shelves, Fixed, 500 lb Capacity, Full Width/Depth, Painted Spatter Gray FIXED SHELVES There will be one (1) shelf with a capacity of 500 lb provided. The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum with 2.00" sides. Each shelf will be painted spatter gray to match the compartment interior. Each shelf will be fixed in its location in the compartment The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts or angles bolted to the compartment as the engineer or shop floor see fit. The location will be in D3 directly on top of the CTEACH cabinet. 0647045 Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out, Full Width/Full Depth, 500lb, 2.00" Sides, 2G SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY There will be one (1) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) with 2.00" sides provided P3. Each tray will be rated for up to 500lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of a minimum .13" aluminum. The finish will be painted spatter gray. The trays will be designed for maximum compartment width and depth. There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250lb each provided. The pair of slides will have a safety factor rating of 2. To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117. To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50lb force for push-in or pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition. Proof of compliance will be provided upon request. Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 48621Bid #: 0613608 SP Toolboard, Slide-out, Alum, .188", Peg Board, Notch, Slide-Out Tray Mounted TOOLBOARD An aluminum toolboard will be provided. It will be a minimum of 0.188" thick with .203" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers between holes. A cut out/notch will be provided in the toolboard 8.00" high (from the top of the Turtle Tile) X as wide as feasible possible as to not compromise the structural integrity of the toolbaord. A 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the pegboard. The board will be installed on centered on the tray. The board will not be adjustable. The tray is not included in this option. There will be One (1) toolboard(s) provided. The toolboard(s) will be with a dual action finish and installed P3 running side to side on the rear most edge of the tray (SEE PHOTO). 0529812 Access Panel, Compartment Wall, 1/4 Turn Fasteners ACCESS PANEL A removable access panel will be provided P3 on the back (water tank) wall . This panel will be start access panel directly above the frame rail and extend it up 30.00" x full width and will be held in place with 1/4 turn fasteners. It will provide access to water tank components that require maintenance and calibration . 0004005 Alum Treadplate on Compt Floor COMPARTMENT FLOOR SCUFFPLATE Aluminum treadplate will be provided on the floor of two (2) compartments. The locations will be, D1 and R1. The edges of the treadplate will be completely caulked before installation to prevent corrosion. 0558497 Drawer Assembly, CTECH, Three Drawers, Up To 24" Wide DRAWER ASSEMBLY A slideout drawer assembly will be installed D3 as far forward as possible, so the drawers still open. The clear dimensions of the first drawer starting at the top will be 3.25" with a face plate that is 4.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the second drawer will be 7.75" with a face plate that is 8.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the third drawer will be 7.75" with a face plate that is 8.00" high x 21.00" deep. Each drawer will be the same width and not exceed 24.00". The drawers will have a capacity of 250 pounds. The drawers will be mounted in a cabinet housing constructed of light gray powder coated aluminum with anodized aluminum frames. The housing will be 24.00" deep, and completely enclose the drawer. A full-length aluminum extruded rail will be provided at the top edge of each drawer. This rail will act as the latching mechanism as well as the handle for each drawer. There will be a total of one (1) provided. 0625794 Cable, Door Stop DOOR STOP CABLE two (2) door stop cable will be provided on the one (1) on the DS air bottle compartment forward of the rear axle (option 648325) and one (1) on the PS air bottle compartment forward of the rear axle (option 622393) match job 32428 01-04 door to prevent the door from contacting other options. 0003934 Dust Filter, Compt Louvers COMPARTMENT DUST FILTERS A total of five (5) body compartment louvers will have a removable dust filter installed to restrict road dirt from easily entering the compartment and will be installed D1, D3, P1, P3 and R1. 0028026 Matting, Turtle Tile, Compt Shelving only MATTING, COMPARTMENT SHELVING Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in eight (8) shelves. The locations are, each shelf and tray . The color of the Turtle Tile will be red. 0659383 Matting, Turtle Tile w/Ramp, Compt Floors MATTING, COMPARTMENT FLOOR Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in three (3) compartments on the compartment floor. The locations are, D2, P1 and P2. The Turtle Tile will be red and the leading edge of the matting will include the beveled edge. The beveled edge will be red . 0003908 Partition, Trans Rear Compt PARTITION, TRANSVERSE REAR COMPARTMENT One (1) partition will be bolted in place to separate right side rear compartment from the rear tailboard compartment. 0600281 Partition, Vertical Compartment, Predefined Locations VERTICAL COMPARTMENT PARTITION One (1) partition will be provided. The partition construction will consist of .125" aluminum painted spatter gray. Each partition will be the full vertical height of the compartment. The location(s) will be in LS1, 32.00" from the forward door frame. 49621Bid #: 0755528 Toolboard, Back Wall Mounted, 3/16" Alum, Special TOOLBOARD There will be 3/16" thick aluminum toolboard (no holes) with a dual action finish installed on the back wall of one (1) compartment(s). The toolboard will be mounted using two (2) horizontal tracks. Retainers will be used to mount the toolboard to the tracks. The toolboard will be located in the LS3 and mounted upper portion only, full height/depth. 0758542 SP Pull Strap, 1", Color RESTRAINT PULL STRAP one (1) 1.00" wide black nylon straps will be attached to the seat belt buckles located under cab hood, attached under the bolts used for the hood latch. The strap(s) will be used to pull open the restraint. 0775959 SP Strap, Nylon w/Velcro Hook & Loop, 2" wide STRAP There will be one (1) black 2.00" wide nylon strap(s) that will provide positive restraint by hooking through a footman loop, similar to what is used with a hose bed flap. The strap(s) will be located in RS1 on the hydraulic ladder rack box to hold two (2) Customer Furnished oxygen cylinders (SEE PHOTO). The strap(s) will have a Velcro® fastener. 0024016 Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side & Rear of Body RUB RAIL Bottom edge of the side and rear of the body compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail. Trim will be 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity. The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage. 0784811 Fender Crowns, Rear, Stainless, w/Removable Liner BODY FENDER CROWNS Polished stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings with a dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion. The fender crowns will be held in place with stainless steel screws that thread directly into a composite nut and not directly into the parent body sheet metal to eliminate dissimilar metals contact and greatly reduce the chance for corrosion. Rubber welting will be provided between the body and crown. BODY FENDER LINER A painted fender liner will be provided. The liners will be removable to aid in the maintenance of rear suspension components. 0602222 Hose, Hard Suction, 6.0", 10.0', Clear Corrugated, Kochek HARD SUCTION HOSE Two (2) lengths of 6.00" Kochek Fire Grade clear corrugated hard suction hose, reinforced with a black spiral helix, 10' in length, will be provided. The hose will be equipped with a long handle female coupling on one (1) end and a rocker lug male coupling on the other end. Couplings will be black anodized hard coated aluminum. 0035476 Troughs, H.S.H., LS, Aluminum, Double HOSE TROUGHS Troughs for hard suction hose will be provided on top of the left side body compartments. Troughs will be V-shaped and located side by side. The hose will be held in place by chrome plated, quarter turn, spring loaded clamps. Troughs will be constructed of aluminum and painted job color. 0621021 Handrails, Side Pump Panels, Per Print, Hansen Knurled Alum LED Backlit HANDRAILS The handrails will be Hansen LED backlit knurled aluminum. The handrails will be lit with a blue LED light. The handrails will be activated with the headlight switch activated and the parking brake applied. Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces. Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails. Handrails will be provided to meet NFPA 1901 section 15.8 requirements. The handrails will be installed as noted on the sales drawing. 0786434 SP Handrails, Beavertail, Hansen, Knurled Aluminum, LED Backlit, Left Side Only HANDRAILS One (1) Hansen, LED lit, knurled aluminum vertical handrail will be located on the left side rear beavertail. The handrail will be lit with a blue LED light. The hand rail will be activated with the headlight switch activated and the parking brake applied. 0625966 Handrail, Rear, Below Hose Bed, Full Width, Hansen, Knurled Aluminum LED Backlit One (1) full width horizontal handrail will be provided below the hose bed at the rear of the apparatus. The handrail will be Hansen LED backlit knurled aluminum. The handrail will be lit with a blue LED light. The handrail will be activated with the headlight switch activated and the parking brake applied. 50621Bid #: 0609286 Handrail, Extra - 15-20" Long, Hansen Knurled Alum LED Backlit - One (1) handrail, will be provided mounted on top of the left side sheet forward. The handrails will be Hansen LED backlit knurled aluminum. The handrails will be lit with a blue LED light. The handrails will be activated with the headlight switch activated and the parking brake applied. Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces. Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails. 0622393 Compt, Air Pack in Fender Panel AIR PACK STORAGE A total of one (1) air pack compartment(s) will be provided and located The full Air Pack compartment shall be located on the passenger's side of the body forward of the rear axle. The air pack compartment(s) will be tapered to match the profile of the space available in the fender. The compartment(s) will be approximately 15.50" wide at the top and 5.00" wide at the bottom for the wheel cutout. The compartment(s) will be 15.50" tall at the body side compartment and 6.00" tall at the wheel cutout. The compartment(s) will be 26.00" deep and have a drain hole. Inside the compartment, black rubber matting will be provided. A painted stainless steel hinged door with a Southco raised trigger C2 chrome lever latch will be provided to contain the air pack. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal. 0648325 Compt, Air Bottle, Double, Common Triple Door, Fender Panel AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Double) A quantity of three (3) air bottle compartments, 15.25" wide x 7.75" tall x 26.00" deep, will be provided on the left side forward of the rear wheels. The triangular door shall cover the double air bottle opening and the DEF tank access., on the right side forward of the rear wheels and on the right side rearward of the rear wheels. The triangular door shall cover the double air bottle opening and the fuel tank access. . A painted stainless steel door with a Southco raised trigger C2 chrome lever latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal. Inside the compartment, "W" shaped insert formed of composite materials will be provided. AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP A strap shall be provided in the air bottle compartment to help contain the air bottle when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap shall wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment. 0744503 SP Holder, Air Bottle, Zico Model UN-6- 30-2-SFPHS, Mounted in Compt w/Tracks AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS Two (2) brackets will be provided for mounting air bottles. Each bracket will be a Ziamatic, model UH-6-30-2-SFPHS, be mounted on tracks, and be used for adjusting the location of the bracket within the compartment. Install one (1) in LS3 and one (1) in RS3 on the toolboard (SEE PHOTOS). 0602940 Ladder, Extension, Provided by Fire Dept, Pumper/Pumper w/Aerial, NFPA 2016 EXTENSION LADDERS PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.8.1.2 requires an extension ladder. The extension ladder is not on the apparatus as manufactured. There will be one (1) extension ladder(s) provided and installed by the fire department. The ladder(s) will be a 24' Duo-Safety 900-A, two (2)-section. 0602718 Ladder, Roof,Provided by Fire Department,Pumper/Pumper w/Aerial Device,NFPA 2016 ROOF LADDER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.8.1.2 requires a minimum of one (1) roof ladder. The roof ladder is not on the apparatus as manufactured. There will be one (1) roof ladder(s) provided and installed by the fire department. The ladder(s) will be a 14' Duo-Safety 775-A. 51621Bid #: 0015036 Rack, Ladders, Hydraulic, Right Side, Air Clamps HYDRAULIC LADDER RACK Ground ladders will be mounted above the right side of the hose body in a specially designed swing-down cradle. This cradle will be electric/hydraulic operated. The system design will have been life cycle tested for at least 14 years of dependable service. An independent hydraulic pump powered by a 12-volt electric motor will operate the hydraulics. The hydraulic pump and reservoir will be accessible from the ground through a stainless steel inspection door. The ladder rack will incorporate two hydraulic rotary actuators, one each located inside the front compartment and the rear compartment. The actuators will be completely enclosed within each compartment to eliminate any pinch points while operating the ladder rack. Lifting arms will be attached outside the compartment body to the front and rear actuator. The rack can be designed in certain situations to provide lifting capabilities up to 500 lb. The maximum height of the rack from the ground in the lowered position will be no more than 47.00". The electric control panel will have a master switch on/off switch, an actuation switch, an operation indicator light and operation instructions. The electric controls will be located in such a manner to allow the operator full view of the area into which the ladders will be lowered. Two (2) air operated safety locks will be furnished to securely maintain the ladder bracket assembly in the travel position. These air operated safety locks will be controlled from the ladder rack control panel. An enclosure is not required here, as an enclosure is provided in the "Bracket, Rear Warning, Hose Bed Lts Location Category" for the mounting of the rear warning lights. Ladders will be secured to the brackets with two (2) locks retaining the roof ladder and the extension ladder. The locks will be such that when the roof ladder is removed, the clamps can be moved a half turn to hold the extension ladder in place. LADDER RACK INTERLOCK AND NOT STOWED INDICATOR LIGHT An interlock will be provided to prevent operation of the ladder rack unless the apparatus parking brake has been activated. A steady red indicator light will be located on the cab instrument panel and illuminated when the hydraulic ladder rack is not in the stowed position. The light will be labeled "Ladder Rack". In addition, the "Do Not Move Apparatus" light located in the cab will be activated when the hydraulic ladder rack is not in the stowed position. 0748596 SP Lights, Hyd Lad Rack Deployed, Wln 2FA00ZAR HYDRAULIC LADDER RACK DEPLOYED LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen® Model 2FA00ZAR, 4" diameter lights with amber LED's and amber lenses installed on the ladder rack. These lights will be mounted with Whelen Model 2GROMMET black rubber grommets, and installed in polished aluminum boxes, provided per the following: One (1) light installed on the front of the hydraulic ladder rack One (1) light installed on the rear of the hydraulic ladder rack The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the hydraulic ladder rack is not in the stowed position. 0602903 Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety 585A, w/Mtg, Provided by Fire Dept, Pumper NFPA 2016 FOLDING LADDER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.8.1.2 requires a folding ladder. The folding ladder is not on the apparatus as manufactured. There will be one (1) 10' aluminum Series 585-A Duo-Safety folding ladder provided by the fire department. The ladder will be installed in the pike pole/folding ladder compartment. 0024499 Arm, Rear, Offset, Hydraulic Rack 2000, Recess Light The rear hydraulic rack arm will have an offset to not block the rear upper zone warning lights. 0024798 Arms, Raise Pivot Point, 6", Hydraulic Ladder Rack The ladder rack pivot point will be raised 6.00" on the passenger's side to change the lifting capacity of the rack. 0092058 Cover, Alum Treadplate, Over Ladder Rack Air Lock LADDER LOCK COVER There will be two (2) aluminum treadplate cover(s) provided over the one over each lock on the PS hydraulic ladder rack air lock(s). 0564381 Hydraulic Pump, Ladder Rack, Special Location HYDRAULIC LADDER RACK PUMP LOCATION The hydraulic pump for the ladder rack will be located in the pumphouse. An access door will be provided to fill the pump. 0602877 Pike Pole, Pumper, Provided by Fire Department, NFPA 2016 PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 5.9.4 requires one (1) 8 ft or longer pike pole mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The pike pole is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike pole. The pike pole(s) will be a Nupla 10' pike pole. 0602875 Pike Pole, 6', Pumper, Provided by Fire Department, NFPA 2016 6' PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 5.9.4 requires one (1) 6' pike pole or plaster hook mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The pike pole is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike pole. The pike pole(s) will be a Nupla 6' pike pole. 52621Bid #: 0605424 SP Compt, (3) Pike & (1) Foldg Ladder, Below Tee, Alum Treadplate Door, LS PIKE POLE/FOLDING LADDER COMPARTMENT One (1) pike pole compartment will be provided, recessed below the water tank tee at the rear of body, on the left side. The compartment will be equipped with three (3) pvc tubes to hold three (3) pike poles and a stainless steel trough for the folding ladder. The door will be made of aluminum treadplate and have a lift and turn latch. 0593083 Step, Folding, Front of Body, Left Side Only, w/LED, Trident STEP A folding step will be provided on the left side front bulkhead. The step will be a bright finished, non-skid step with a luminescent coating that is rechargeable from any light source and can hold a charge for up to 24 hours. The step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface. The step can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. 0581886 Steps, Folding, Rear of Body, w/LED, Trident, LS Only REAR FOLDING STEPS Bright finished, non-skid folding steps with a luminescent coating that is rechargeable from any light source and can hold a charge for up to 24 hours will be provided at the rear on the left side. Each step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface. The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. 0592990 Step, Folding - Extra, Body Only, Luminescent w/LED, Trident Three (3) additional folding steps will be located two (2) on the driver's side front bulkhead and one (1) on the DS rear 18" off the top of the intermediate step . The step(s) will be bright finished, non-skid, with a luminescent coating. The luminescent coating is rechargeable from any light source and can hold a charge for up to 24 hours. Each step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface. The step(s) can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. 0598951 SP Step,Full Width,Rear Of Body, 8",TAN Light Recessed W/Compt Access "Contra Costa An 8.00" deep, full width bright aluminum tread plate step will be provided at the rear of the body. The step will be located per job 32428 01-04. A recess will be supplied for a TAN Traffic light, within the rear facing flange of the step. The pike pole compartment on the left side will be accessible through the step. 0014441 Pump, Hale, QMAX-150, 1500 GPM, Single Stage MIDSHIP FIRE PUMP Midship fire pump will be a Hale QMAX-150, 1500 gpm single (1) stage midship mounted centrifugal type. Pump will be the class "A" type. Pump will deliver the percentage of rated discharges at the pressures indicated below: - 100% of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure. - 100% of rated capacity at 165 psi net pump pressure. - 70% of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure. - 50% of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure. Entire pump and both suction and discharge passages will be hydrostatically tested to a pressure of 500 psi. Pump will be fully tested at the pump manufacturer's factory to the performance requirements as outlined by the current NFPA 1901 standards and will be free from objectionable pulsation and vibration. Pump body and related parts will be of fine grain, alloy cast iron with a minimum tensile strength of 30,000 psi (2041.2 bar). All moving parts in contact with water will be of high quality bronze or stainless steel. Pump body will be horizontally split, on a single plane in two (2) sections, for easy removal of entire impeller assembly, including wear rings and bearings from beneath the pump, without disturbing pump piping or the mounting of the pump in the chassis. Pump will have one (1) double suction impeller. The pump body will have two (2) opposed discharge volute cutwaters to eliminate radial unbalance. Pump impeller will be hard, fine grain bronze of the mixed flow design, accurately machined, hand-ground, and individually balanced. The vanes of the impeller intake eyes will be hand- ground and polished to a sharp edge. They will be of sufficient size and design to provide ample reserve capacity utilizing minimum horsepower. Impeller clearance rings will be bronze and easily renewable without replacing impeller or pump volute body. They will be of the wrap-around double labyrinth design for maximum efficiency. Pump shaft will be electric furnace heat-treated, corrosion resistant stainless steel. It will be super-finished under packing with galvanic corrosion (zinc separators in packing) protection for longer shaft life. Pump shaft will be sealed with double oil seal to keep road dirt and water out of drive unit. Pump shaft will be rigidly supported by three (3) bearings for minimum deflection. A high lead bronze sleeve bearing will be located immediately adjacent to the impeller (on the side opposite of the drive unit). The sleeve bearing will be automatically oil lubricated and pressure balanced to exclude foreign material. The remaining bearings will be heavy-duty, deep groove ball bearings in the gearbox and will be splash lubricated. 53621Bid #: 0014481 Seal, Graphite Packing Glands, Hale PUMP PACKING The pump shaft will have one (1) packing gland located on inlet side of the pump and will be of the split design for ease of repacking. The packing gland will be a full-circle threaded design to exert uniform pressure on packing and prevent "cocking" and uneven packing load when it is tightened. The packing gland will be easily adjusted by hand (with a rod or screwdriver, no special tools or wrenches required). The packing rings will be of a unique, permanently lubricated, long-life graphite composition and have sacrificial zinc foil separators to protect the pump shaft from galvanic corrosion. 0014477 Trans, Pump, Hale, Gear PUMP TRANSMISSION The drive unit will be cast and completely manufactured and tested at the Hale Products, Inc. factory. The pump drive unit will be of sufficient size to withstand up to 16,000 foot/ pounds of torque from the engine in both the road and pump operating conditions. The drive unit is will be designed with ample lubrication reserve to maintain the proper operating temperature. The gearbox drive shafts will be of heat treated chrome nickel steel and 2.75" in diameter on both the input and output drive shafts. They will be designed to withstand the full torque of the engine in both road and pump operating conditions. All gears, both drive and pump, will be of the highest quality, electric furnace, chrome nickel steel. Bores will be ground to size and teeth integrated, crown-shaved and hardened, to give an extremely accurate gear for long life, smooth, quiet running and higher load carrying capability. An accurately cut spur design will be provided to eliminate all possible end thrust. Pierce Manufacturing will select the pump ratio to provide the maximum performance with the engine and transmission selected. Three (3) green warning lights will be provided to indicate to the operator(s) when the pump has completed the shift from Road to Pump position. Two (2) lights will be located in the truck driving compartment and one (1) light on pump operator's panel adjacent to the throttle control. 0635600 Pumping Mode, Stationary Only PUMPING MODE An interlock system will be provided to ensure that the pump drive system components are properly engaged so that the apparatus can be safely operated. The interlock system will be designed to allow stationary pumping only. 0604324 Pump Shift, Air w/Manual Override, Split Shaft, Interlocked, Hale AIR PUMP SHIFT Pump shift engagement will be made by a two (2) position sliding collar, actuated pneumatically (by air pressure), with a three (3) position air control switch located in the cab. A manual back-up shift control will also be located on the left side pump panel. Two (2) indicator lights will be provided adjacent to the pump shift inside the cab. One (1) green light will indicate the pump shift has been completed and be labeled "pump engaged". The second green light will indicate when the pump has been engaged and the chassis transmission is in pump gear. This indicator light will be labeled "OK to pump". Another green indicator light will be installed adjacent to the hand throttle on the pump panel and indicate either the pump is engaged and the road transmission is in pump gear, or the road transmission is in neutral and the pump is not engaged. This light will be labeled "Warning: Do not open throttle unless light is on". The pump shift will be interlocked to prevent the pump from being shifted out of gear when the chassis transmission is in gear to meet NFPA requirements. The pump shift control in the cab will be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements. 0003148 Transmission Lock-up, EVS TRANSMISSION LOCK-UP The direct gear transmission lock-up for the fire pump operation will engage automatically when the pump shift control in the cab is activated. 0004547 Auxiliary Cooling System AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. The heat exchanger will be cylindrical type and will be a separate unit. The heat exchanger will be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. Exchanger will be plumbed to the master drain valve. 0014486 Not Required, Transfer Valve, Stage Pump 0746501 Valve(s), Relief Intake, Elkhart INTAKE RELIEF VALVE - PUMP There will be One (1) Elkhart Style 40 relief valve(s) installed on the suction side of the pump preset at 125 psig. The relief valve(s) will have a working range of 75 psi to 250 psi. The outlet will terminate below the frame rails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter and will have a "do not cap" warning tag. The relief valve pressure control will be located behind an access door at the right side pump panel. 54621Bid #: 0569020 SP Controller, Pressure, FRC, Pump Boss, PBA200, Audible Alarm PRESSURE CONTROLLER A Fire Research Pump Boss Model PBA200 pressure governor will be provided. A pressure transducer will be installed in the water discharge manifold on the pump. The display panel will be located at the pump operator's panel. An audible alarm will be provided. 0072153 Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air Operated PRIMING PUMP The priming pump will be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered, high efficiency, multistage venturi based AirPrime System, conforming to standards outlined in the current edition of NFPA 1901. All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be of brass and stainless steel construction. One (1) priming control will open the priming valve and start the pump primer. 0044552 Line, 0.50" Recirculating w/Check Valve RECIRCULATING LINE WITH CHECK VALVE A 0.50" diameter recirculating line, from the pump to the water tank, will be furnished with a control installed at the pump operator's control panel. A check valve will be provided in this line to prevent the back flow of water from the tank to the pump if the valve is left in the open position. 0604521 SP Foam/Pump Drains, Location PUMP DRAIN LOCATION The foam/pump drains will be located DS, as far back under the front step as possible per job 32428 01-04. 0658552 Thermal Relief Valve, TRV120-L w/Red Warning Light, Hale Pump THERMAL RELIEF VALVE A Hale TRV120-L thermal protection device will be included on the pump that monitors pump water temperature and opens to relieve water to cool the pump when the temperature of the pump water exceeds 120 Degrees F (49 C). The thermal protection device will include a red warning light. The warning light with a test switch will be mounted on the pump operator panel. The discharge line will be 3/8 inch diameter tubing plumbed to ground. 0780364 Manuals, Pump, (2) Total, Electronic Copies PUMP MANUALS There will be a total of two (2) pump manuals provided by the pump manufacturer and furnished with the apparatus. The manuals will be provided by the pump manufacturer in the form of two (2) electronic copies. Each manual will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts. 0603129 Plumbing, Stainless Steel and Hose, Single Stage Pump PLUMBING, STAINLESS STEEL AND HOSE All inlet and outlet lines will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe, flexible polypropylene tubing or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi-tensile polyester braid. All hose's will be equipped with brass or stainless steel couplings. All stainless steel hard plumbing will be a minimum of a schedule 10 wall thickness. Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings. Plumbing manifold bodies will be ductile cast iron or stainless steel. All piping lines are to be drained through a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain valves. All drain lines will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame. All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing. All piping, hose and fittings will have a minimum of a 500 PSI hydrodynamic pressure rating. 0795135 Plumbing, Stainless Steel, w/Foam System FOAM SYSTEM PLUMBING All piping that is in contact with the foam concentrate or foam/water solution will be stainless steel. The fittings will be stainless steel or brass. Cast iron pump manifolds will be allowed. 0004645 Inlets, 6.00" - 1250 GPM or Larger Pump MAIN PUMP INLETS A 6.00" pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump. 0519389 Cap, Main Pump Inlet, Long Handle, NST, (1) Fire Department, (1) Pierce MAIN PUMP INLET CAP Fire Department will provide one (1) cap for the main pump inlet. The contractor will provide one (1) cap for the main pump inlet. The cap will have National Standard Threads and be chrome plated. This cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates a patent pending thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. 55621Bid #: 0755923 Valve, Ball Intake Relief, Akron Revolution INLET VALVES WITH INTAKE RELIEF VALVE There will be One (1) Akron Brass Revolution 7982 (30 degree swivel inlet) manually operated aluminum ball intake valve(s) provided driver's side . The inlet connection will be 4.50" FNST and the outlet connection will be 6.0" FNST swivel long handle . A 12.5" diameter handwheel will be included to operate valve open and close functions. A position indicator will be included to indicate position of the ball. The ball intake valve will be equipped with an adjustable pressure relief valve. The relief valve will have a working range of 50 PSI to 250 PSI. A 3/4" bleeder/drain valve will be provided on the ball intake valve to exhaust excess air or water from the valve. The Intake Valve will be constructed of lightweight, corrosion-resistant, hard-anodized aluminum and stainless steel. To protect against corrosion, the casting will be coated with a powder coat finish and all components on the wet side of the valve will be constructed from stainless steel. 0084610 Valves, Akron 8000 series- All VALVES All ball valves will be Akron® Brass. The Akron valves will be the 8000 series heavy-duty style with a stainless steel ball and a simple two-seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve. Valves will have a ten (10) year warranty. 0004660 Inlet, Left Side, 2.50" LEFT SIDE INLET There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the left side pump panel, terminating with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter. The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0004680 Inlet, Right Side, 2.50" RIGHT SIDE INLET There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the right side pump panel, terminating with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter. The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0004686 Valve, Inlet(s) Recess Behind Panel, Side Cntrl The location of the valve for the two (2) inlets will be behind the pump panel. 0562953 SP Hale Anode, Zinc, Inlet/Outlet, Pump, Painted, Drilled ANODE, INLET Two (2) sacrificial zinc anodes will be provided in the water pump to protect the pump from corrosion. One (1) will be install on the suction side and one (1) on the discharge side of the pump. The anodes will be painted yellow for easy identification. A small hole will be drilled in each anode to indicate that the anode should be replaced when it starts to leak. 0004700 Control, Inlet, at Valve INLET CONTROL The side auxiliary inlet(s) will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the inlet valve. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. 0092569 No Rear Inlet (Large Dia) Requested 0092696 Not Required, Cap, Rear Inlet 0064116 No Rear Inlet Actuation Required 0009648 No Rear Intake Relief Valve Required on Rear Inlet 0092568 No Rear Auxiliary Inlet Requested 0563738 Valve, .75" Bleeder, Aux. Side Inlet, Swing Handle INLET BLEEDER VALVE A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet. The valves will be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel. The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 56621Bid #: 0014751 Tank to Pump, (1) 3.00" Valve, 3.00" Plumbing, Reverse Linkage TANK TO PUMP The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with heavy duty piping and a quarter turn 3.00" full flow line valve with the control remotely located at the operator's panel. The tank to pump line will run straight (no elbows) from the pump into the front face of the water tank and down into the tank sump. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing. The control on the pump panel will be "in" when the valve is open and "out" when the valve is closed. A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank. 0004905 Outlet, Tank Fill, 1.50" TANK REFILL A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re-circulation line will be provided, using a quarter-turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. 0004940 Outlet, Left Side, 2.50" LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS There will be two (2) discharge outlets with a 2.50" valve on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. 0092570 Not Required, Outlets, Left Side Additional 0004945 Outlet, Right Side, 2.50" RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS There will be two (2) discharge outlets with a 2.50" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. 0092571 Not Required, Outlets, Right Side Additional 0613744 SP Outlet, 4" w/4" Right LARGE DIAMETER DISCHARGE OUTLET There will be a 4.00" discharge outlet with a 4.00" Akron valve installed on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 4.00" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. 0649939 Outlet, Front, 1.50" w/2" Plumbing FRONT DISCHARGE OUTLET There will be one (1) 1.50" discharge outlet piped to the front of the apparatus and located on the top of the left side of the front bumper. Plumbing will consist of 2.00" piping and flexible hose with a 2.00" ball valve with control at the pump operator's panel. A fabricated weldment made of stainless steel pipe will be used in the plumbing where appropriate. The piping will terminate with a 1.50" NST with 90 degree stainless steel swivel. There will be Petcock quarter turn drains provided at all low points of the piping. 0708956 SP Outlet, Rear, 2.50", Special, Lengthen 3" REAR DISCHARGE OUTLET There will be one (1) discharge outlet piped to the rear of the hose bed, left side, installed so that proper clearance is provided for spanner wrenches and elbows/adapters will be allowed to rotate 360 degrees without interference. The pipe shall be 3" longer than standard, from the rear wall. Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel. 0092574 Not Required, Outlet, Rear, Additional 0004990 Outlet, Front HB, 2.50" w/2.50" Plumbing FRONT OF HOSE BED DISCHARGE OUTLET There will be one (1) discharge outlet discharge(s) piped to the front of the hose bed and located in the 200' x 2.50" pre-connect bed down low. Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping with a 2.50" full-flow ball valve controlled at the pump operator's panel. The discharge(s) will terminate with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. 0752078 Caps/Plugs for 1.00" to 3.00" Discharges/Inlets, S/S Cable DISCHARGECAPS/ INLET PLUGS Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with S/S cables will be furnished for all discharge outlets 1.00" thru 3.00" in size, besides the pre-connected hose outlets. Chrome plated, rocker lug, plugs with S/S cables will be furnished for all auxiliary inlets 1.00" thru 3.00" in size. The caps and plugs will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected (no exception). 57621Bid #: 0514979 Valve, .75 Bleeder, Discharges, Swing Handle, Including Deluge Discharge OUTLET BLEEDERS A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. The valves will be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel. The handles will be chrome plated with visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to. The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0005091 Elbow, Left Side Outlets, 45 Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH LEFT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the left side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. 0035094 Not Required, Elbow, Left Side Outlets, Additional 0025091 Elbow, Right Side Outlets, 45 Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the right side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. 0089584 Not Required, Elbow, Right Side Outlets, Additional 0045091 Elbow, Rear Outlets, 45 Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH REAR OUTLET ELBOWS The 2.50" discharge outlets located at the rear of the apparatus will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. 0085695 Not Required, Elbow, Rear Outlets, Large, Additional 0566073 Elbow, Large Dia Outlet, 30 Deg, 4.00" FNST x 4.50" MNST LARGE DIAMETER OUTLET ELBOWS The 4.00" outlet will be furnished with a 4.00" (F) National Standard hose thread swivel x 4.50" (M) National Standard hose thread elbow adapter with cap. 0005080 Reducer, 2.50" FNST x 1.50" MNST, w/Cap REDUCER There will be five (5) adapters with 2.50" FNST x 1.50" MNST threads and a 1.50" chrome plated cap installed on two on the driver side, two on the passenger side and one on the PS rear discharge . 0031732 SP Control, Outlets, Horizontal Swing Control, Akron, Hale Pumps DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS The discharge outlets will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve or an indicator will be provided to show when the valve is closed. SWING CONTROLS There will be four (4) discharge outlets controlled by an Akron locking horizontal swing style control. The controls will be Akron SZ handles or the Akron 7592 remote control. These controls will be located on the following dischargesthe two (2) 2.50" on the DS, one (1) 2.50" on the PS and the passenger side 4" discharge (option #0613744). 0095958 Deluge Outlet, Special Height/Location The deluge gun outlet will be located off center towards the PS. 58621Bid #: 0767002 Outlet, 3.00" Deluge, Elec, Dual Akron 9333 Controllers, w/TFT XG18 DELUGE RISER A 3.00" deluge riser will be installed above the pump in such a manner that a monitor can be mounted and used effectively. Piping will be installed securely so no movement develops when the line is charged. This outlet will be located in the cargo area. The riser will be gated with an electrically actuated 3.00" valve. The valve will be controlled by two (2) Akron 9333 electric valve controllers. One (1) will be provided on the pump operators panel and one (1) will be located near the deluge riser in the cargo area. The electric controls must be of a true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting. The units must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as well and an optional one touch full open feature to operate the valve actuator. The controllers will provide position indication on a full color, backlit LCD display. They will have manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto dimming option. TELESCOPIC PIPING The deluge riser piping will include a manual Task Force Tips XG18 extend-a-gun extension. This extension will be telescopic to allow the deluge gun to be raised 18.00" increasing the range of operation. A position sensor will be provided on the telescopic piping that will activate the "do not move vehicle" light inside the cab when the monitor is in the raised position. 0744522 SP Monitor, TFT Crossfire XFC-42, 4.50" NST Portable Base, Shaper, Quad Stack Tips MONITOR A monitor package will be properly installed on the deluge riser. The monitor package will include a 1250 GPM monitor with a 10.00" stream shaper and quad stack tips. A SAFE-TAK portable base unit with a single 4.50" NST inlet will be provided. The monitor will be painted painted as provided by monitor manufacturer. 0047175 No Additional Nozzle Req'd 0046857 Deluge Mount, For TFT Crossfire Monitor, TFT Manual Extend-A-Gun Only The deluge riser Extend-a-Gun will have provisions for direct mounting a Task Force Tips CrossFire monitor. 0790531 SP Crosslay, 1.50", Spl Cap, 68" From Ground, Spl Config, 25" Deep, Bent Floor CROSSLAY HOSE BEDS Two (2) crosslays with 1.50" outlets will be provided. Each bed to be capable of carrying While the crosslays are 25" high, the center divider should only be 22" high. Crosslay #1 = 5.00"W clear inside to hold 200' x 1.75". Crosslay #2 = 5.00"W clear inside to hold 200' x 1.75" but will have a special depth of 25". Each bed will be plumbed with 2.00" i.d. pipe and gated with a 2.00" quarter turn ball valve. Outlets to be equipped with a 1.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel located in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus. The swivels will be located a maximum of 10 inches in from the side of the pump house. The crosslay controls will be at the pump operator's panel. The center crosslay dividers will be fabricated of .25" aluminum and will provide adjustment from side to side. The divider will be unpainted with a DA finish. The remainder of the crosslay bed will be painted job color. Stainless steel vertical scuffplates will be provided at hose bed ends (each side of vehicle). Bottom of hose bed ends (each side) will also be equipped with a stainless steel scuffplate. Crosslay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. Crosslay bed flooring will not exceed 68.00" from ground. The crosslay bed flooring will be cut in 5" and bent to create a ramp just outboard of the swivels. The ramp in bed one will be bent down 1.75". The ramp in bed two will be bent down to the channel. Durasurf will be added to the ramps. 0029196 Not Required, 2.50" Crosslay 0029260 Not Required, Speedlays 0500535 Not Required, Hose Restraint, Crosslay 0750536 Hose Restr, Spdly, Not Required, No Spdly 0562453 SP Cover, Crosslay, Alum Treadplate, (2) Hold Open Devices CROSSLAY COVER A hinged aluminum treadplate cover will be installed over the crosslay hose beds. It will include a latch at each end of the cover to hold it securely in place, a chrome grab handle at each end for opening and closing the cover and a foam rubber gasket where the cover comes into contact to a painted surface. Two (2) hold open devices will be provided with the cover, one device at each end. 59621Bid #: 0665910 SP Crosslays Outlets, Swivel Locations CROSSLAY SWIVEL LOCATION The location of the swivels per crosslay will be forward crosslay swivel is 18" in from drivers side. Rear crosslay bed swivel is 18" in from passenger side. 0500415 SP Flap, Crosslay Ends, Strap W/ Footman Loops, Velcro Bottom and Quarter Turn Top CROSSLAY COVER A black vinyl cover with two web straps with velcro and footman loops along the bottom edge and quarter turn fasteners at the top corners will be provided over the ends of the crosslay hose beds. 0709855 SP Crosslay Swivel, Enlarged Holes CROSSLAY SWIVEL The crosslay swivel holes will be enlarged as much as possible to allow for easier access to disconnect the crosslay hose. 0005216 Reel, Booster, Aluminum - Over Pump, Left Side BOOSTER HOSE REEL A Hannay electric rewind booster hose reel will be installed over the pump in a recessed open compartment on the left side of the apparatus. Reel will be fabricated of aluminum and have highly polished end discs. A polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly will be mounted on the reel side of the apparatus. Discharge control will be provided at the pump operator's panel. Plumbing to the reel will consist of 1.50" Aeroquip hose and a 1.50" valve. 0005280 Switches, Reel Rewind - (1) Each Pump Panel Reel motor will be protected from overload with a circuit breaker rated to match the motor. Two (2) electric rewind control switches will be provided, one (1) installed on each pump panel. 0015300 No booster Hose Required (1) Reel 0073876 Capacity, Hose Reel 200' of .75"Capacity of the hose reel will be 200 feet of .75" booster hose. 0007428 Nozzle for Booster Reel Not Req'd 0638511 SP Cutout for Reel Access, (2), w/ S/S Trim HOSEREEL ACCESS Two (2) cutouts will be provided in the side sheet next to each booster hose reel. Each cutout will allow access to the hose and provide a window to view the reel. Stainless steel trim will be mounted horizontally and vertically around each cutout. 0622237 Roller Assembly, Additional There will be two (2) additional polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly mounted one (1) on the PS side sheet and one (1) towards the center of the vehicle in the cargo area just on the other side of the reel. 0592429 SP Linkage, Reverse, Hose Reel The control on the pump panel will be "in" when the valve is open and "out" when the valve is closed. This style control will be provided on one (1) hose reel(s). 0047283 Cover, Reel Motor Solenoid & Wiring Cover An aluminum 4-way cover shall be installed over the hose reel motor solenoid and wiring. The cover will protect the solenoid and wiring from damage. 0095358 Foam Sys, Husky 12, Single Agent FOAM PROPORTIONER A Pierce Husky™ 12 foam proportioning system will be provided that is an on demand, automatic proportioning, single point, direct injection system suitable for all types of Class A and B foam concentrates, including the high viscosity (6000 cps), alcohol resistant Class B foams. Operation will be based on direct measurement of water flow, and remain consistent within the specified flows and pressures. The system will automatically balance and proportion foam solution at rates from .1 percent to 9.9 percent regardless of variations in water pressure and flow, up to the maximum rated capacity of the foam concentrate pump. The design of the system will allow operation from draft, hydrant, or relay operation. This will provide a versatile system to meet the demands at a fire scene. System Capacity The system will have the ability to deliver the following minimum foam solution flow rates that meet or exceed NFPA requirements at a pump rating of 250 psi. 200 gpm @ 6 percent 400 gpm @ 3 percent 1200 gpm @ 1 percent The foam concentrate setting may be adjusted in .1 percent increments from .1 percent to 9.9 percent. Typical settings are .3 percent, .5 percent and 1.0 percent (The maximum capacity will be limited to the plumbing and water pump capacity). Control System The system will be equipped with a digital electronic control display located on the pump operators panel. Push button controls will be integrated into the panel to turn the system on/off, control the foam percentage, direct which foam to use on a multi-tank system, and to set the 60621Bid #: operation modes (automatic, manual, draft, calibration, or flush). The percent of injection will have presets for Class A or Class B foam. These presets can be changed at the fire department as desired. The percent of injection will be able to be easily changed at the scene to adjust to changing demands. In order to minimize the use of abbreviations and interpretations, system information will be displayed on the panel by way of .50 tall LEDs that total 14 characters (two (2) lines of seven (7) each). System on and foam pump on indicator lights will also be included. Information displayed will include mode of operation (automatic, manual, draft, calibration, or flush), foam supply selected (Class A or Class B), water total, foam total, foam percentage, remaining gallons, and time remaining. The control display will direct a microprocessor, which receives input from the systems water flow meter while also monitoring the position of the foam concentrate pump. The microprocessor will compare the values of the water flow versus the position/rate of the foam pump, to ensure the proportion rate is accurate. One (1) check valve will be installed in the plumbing to prevent foam from contaminating the water pump. Low Level Foam Tank The control head will display a warning message when the foam tank in use is below a quarter tank. Hydraulic Drive System The foam concentrate pump will be powered by a hydraulic drive system, which is automatically activated, whenever the vehicle water pump is engaged. A large parasitic electric load used to power the foam pump can cause an overload of the chassis electrical system. Hydraulic oil cooler will be provided to automatically prevent overheating of the hydraulic oil, which is detrimental to system components. The oil/water cooler will be designed to allow continuous system operation without allowing hydraulic oil temperature to exceed the oil specifications. The hydraulic oil reservoir will be of four (4) gallons minimum capacity and will also be of sufficient size to minimize foaming and be located to facilitate checking oil level or adding oil without spillage or the need to remove access panels. Foam Concentrate Pump The foam concentrate pump will be of positive displacement, self-priming; linear actuated design, driven by the hydraulic motor. The pump will be constructed of brass body; chrome plated stainless steel shaft, with a stainless steel piston. In order to increase longevity of the pump, no aluminum will be present in its construction. A relief system will be provided which is designed to protect the drive system components and prevent over pressuring the foam concentrate pump The foam concentrate pump will have minimum capacity for 12 gpm with all types of foam concentrates with a viscosity at or below 6000 cps including protein, fluoroprotein, AFFF, FFFP, or AR-AFFF. The system will deliver only the amount of foam concentrate flow required, without recirculating foam back to the storage tank. Recirculating foam concentrate back to the storage tank can cause agitation and premature foaming of the concentrate, which can result in system failure. The foam concentrate pump will be self-priming and have the ability to draw foam concentrate from external supplies such as drums or pails. External Foam Concentrate Connection An external foam pick-up will be provided to enable use of a foam agent that is not stored on the vehicle. The external foam pick-up will be designed to allow continued operation after the on- board foam tank is empty. The external foam pick-up will be designed to allow use with training foam or colored water for training purposes. Panel Mounted Strainer / External Pick-Up Connection A bronze body strainer / connector unit will be provided. The unit will be mounted to the pump panel. The external foam pick-up will be one (1) 1.00" male connection with chrome-plated cap integrated to a 2.00" strainer cleanout cap. A check valve will be installed in the pick-up portion of the cleanout cap. A basket style stainless steel screen will be installed in the body of the strainer / connector unit. Removal of the 2.00" cleanout cap will be all that is required to gain access to and remove the stainless steel basket screen. The strainer / connector unit will be ahead of the foam concentrate pump inlet port to insure that all agents reaching the foam pump has been strained. Pick-Up Hose A 1.00" flexible hose with an end for insertion into foam containers will be provided. The hose will be supplied with a 1.00" female swivel NST thread swivel connector. The hose will be shipped loose. Discharges The foam system will be plumbed to six (6) discharges. The discharges capable of dispensing foam will be #1 crosslay (orange), #2 crosslay (red), booster reel (beige), front discharge (green), PS No. 2 discharge (white), and PS rear discharge (purple). System Electrical Load The foam proportioning will not impose an electrical load on the vehicle electrical system any greater than five (5) amps at 12VDC. Foam Supply Valve An electric valve will be used for the foam supply valve. The foam supply valve will be controlled at the foam system control head for ease of operation. The supply valve will be electric, remote controlled, to eliminate air pockets in the foam tank supply hose. Maintenance Message A message will be displayed on the control head to advise when system maintenance needs to be performed. The message will display interval for cleaning the foam strainer, cleaning for the water strainers, and changing the hydraulic oil. Flush System The system will be designed such that a flush mode will be provided to allow the system to flush all foam concentrate with clear water. The flush circuit control logic will ensure the foam tank supply valve is closed prior to opening the flush valve. The flush valve will be operated at the foam system control head for ease of operation. The valve will be electrically controlled and located as close to the foam tank supply valve as possible. A manual flush drain valve will be labeled and located under the left side running board. 0012126 Not Required, CAF Compressor 61621Bid #: 0552481 Refill, Foam Tank, Single Tank, Husky 12, Class A Foam SINGLE FOAM TANK REFILL The foam system's proportioning pump will be used to fill the Class A foam tank. This will allow use of the auxiliary foam pick-up to pump the foam from pails or a drum on the ground into the foam tank. A foam shut-off switch will be installed in the fill dome of the tank to shut the system down when the tank is full. The fill operation will be controlled by a mode in the foam system controller stating TANK FILL. While the proportioner pump is filling the tank, the controller will display FILL TANK. When the tank is full, as determined by the float switch in the tank dome, the pump will stop and the controller will display TANK FULL. 0592428 SP Foam Tank Shut Off Valve, 1.50" "Contra Costa" FOAM TANK DRAIN The foam tank shut off will be a 1.50" 1/4 turn valve located inside the pump compartment accessible through a door on the passenger's side pump panel . 0031896 Demonstration, Foam System, Dealer Provided 0708816 SP Foam Cell, 20 Gallon, Not Reduce Water, Left Hinged Cover, Latch FOAM TANK The foam tank will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of 20 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class A foam. The foam cell will not reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid. The lid shall be hinged at the left side, it shall also have a latch to hold the lid down. 0505016 Drain, 1.00", Foam Tank #1, Husky 12 Foam System FOAM TANK DRAIN A system of 1.00" foam tank drains will be provided, integrated into the foam systems strainer and tank to foam pump valve management system. The tank to pump hoses running from the tank(s) to the panel mounted strainer will 1.00" diameter. The foam system controller will have a mode that allows for a given foam valve to be opened at will. Flow of foam from the tank valve to the strainer will be usable as a tank drain mode. An adaptor will be supplied, that allows the 1.00" foam intake screen to assembly to be used as a drain outlet. The standard supplied 1.00" foam pick up hose will be attached to the screen assembly by way of the adapter. The drain mode will allow the operator to open and close the tank valve as required from the control head, to drain foam and re-fill foam containers through the connected hose, without foam spillage beneath the vehicle. 0091079 Not Required, Foam Tank #2 0091112 Not Required, Foam Tank #2 Drain 0005498 Pump House, Side Control, 52" PUMP COMPARTMENT The pump compartment will be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. It will be a fabricated assembly of steel tubing, angles and channels which supports both the fire pump and the side running boards. The pump compartment will be mounted on the chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits in a four point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist. Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels will be removable from the chassis in a single assembly. PUMP MOUNTING Pump will be mounted to a substructure which will be mounted to the chassis frame rail using rubber isolators. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump. PUMP CONTROL PANELS (Side Control) All pump controls and gauges will be located at the left side of the apparatus and properly marked. The pump panel on the right side will be removable with lift and turn type fasteners. The left side will be fastened with screws. The control panels will be 52.00" wide. The gauge and control panels will be two (2) separate panels for ease of maintenance. The side gauge panel will be hinged at the bottom with a full length stainless steel hinge. The fasteners used to hold the panel in the upright position will be quarter turn type. Vinyl covered cable or chains will be used to hold the gauge panel in the dropped position. Polished stainless steel trim collars will be installed around all inlets and outlets. All push/pull valve controls will have 1/4 turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push/pull control rods will be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to the pump panel. Push/pull valve controls will be capable of locking in any position. The control rods will pull straight out of the panel and will be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding. The identification tag for each valve control will be recessed in the face of the tee handle. All discharge outlets will have color coded identification tags, with each discharge having its own unique color. Color coding will include the labeling of the outlet and the drain for each corresponding discharge. All line pressure gauges will be mounted in individual chrome plated castings with the identification tag recessed in the casting below the gauge. All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels. Mounting of the castings and identification bezels will be done with a threaded peg cast on the back side of the bezel or screws. 62621Bid #: 0594577 Pump Panel Configuration, Match Previous Unit, as Close as Possible PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION The left side and right side pump panel configurations will match those on match job 32428 01-04 . Option differences may be evident and an identical match is not possible. An as close as possible similarity will be the intent. 0005525 Material, Pump Panels, Side Control Brushed Stainless PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL The pump and gauge panels will be constructed of stainless steel with a brushed finish. A polished aluminum trim molding will be provided on both sides of the pump panel. 0708935 SP Panel, Pump Access - Right Side and Front, Extra Latches The right side pump panel shall be removable and fastened with swell type fasteners. There shall be a sufficient amount of swell type fasteners provided to prevent any type of rattling or movement of the right side pump panel. On the front of the pump house structure, provisions shall be provided for access to the pump. 0035500 Raised Pump House Structure, Side Control 0583824 Light, Pump Compt, Wln 3SC0CDCR LED White PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model 3SC0CDCR, 3.00" white 12 volt DC LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, flange(s) installed in the pump compartment. There will be a switch accessible through a door on the pump panel included with this installation. 0586382 Gauges, Engine, Included With Pressure Controller Engine monitoring graduated LED indicators will be incorporated with the pressure controller. Also provided at the pump panel will be the following: - Master Pump Drain Control 0005601 Throttle Included w/ Pressure Controller 0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with Pressure Controller 0745568 Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To Pump, Green OK TO PUMP INDICATOR LIGHT There will be a green indicator light installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in Ok To Pump mode. 0568684 Access, Drain Valves, Grouped Together, Located on a Removable Panel PUMP PANEL ACCESS DRAIN VALVES All the drain valves will be installed and grouped together. The drain valves will be located on a removable panel. match job 32428 01-04. 0087818 Compartment, Equipment Rack, Lift Control, Pump Panel, S/S Spring- Loaded Door COMPARTMENT, HYDRAULIC LADDER RACK CONTROL PANEL A compartment shall be provided at the pump panel, right side. This compartment shall be large enough to house the control panel for the hydraulic ladder rack . A stainless steel spring-loaded door shall be provided. 0708954 SP Garnish Rings, Pump Panel, Brushed S/S IPOS GARNISH RINGS All of the garnish rings on the pump panels shall be brushed stainless steel in place of the standard polished stainless steel. 0708979 SP Access Doors, Pump Panel, Brushed S/S IPOS PUMP PANEL, ACCESS DOOR All of the access doors on the pump panels shall be brushed stainless steel in place of the standard polished stainless steel. 0080713 Control, Air Horn At Pump Panel w/Red Button, Labeled "Evacuation" AIR HORN BUTTON An air horn control button will be provided at the pump operator's control panel. This button will be red in color and properly labeled "Evacuation". 0081262 Drains, RS, Keep Area Under Main Inlet Clear RIGHT SIDE DRAINS The drains on the right side pump panel will be located to keep the area under the main pump inlet clear for customer installed piston intake valve. 63621Bid #: 0007518 Drains, Above Running Boards, LS & RS DRAINS, ABOVE RUNNING BOARDS, LS & RS Both the left side and right side drains will be installed above the running boards, on the pump panels. 0066121 Drains, LS, Keep Area Under Main Inlet Clear DRAINS, LEFT SIDE The drains on the left side pump panel will be located to keep the area under the main pump inlet clear for customer installed piston intake valve. 0708953 SP Gauge Panel, Vertically Hinged, Special, Contra Costa HINGED GAUGE PANEL/SPEAKER GRILLE The pump gauge panel shall be vertically hinged with quarter turn lift and turn latches for access. The hinged gauge panel shall have a louvered radio speaker grille integrated part of the gauge panel. All trim pieces that attach to this panel must be attached with screws or bolts/nuts. No glue on trim pieces are allowed. 0708936 SP Cover, 4-way, Elec Valve Controller In Cargo Area COVER An aluminum 4-way cover with hinge shall be provided over the electric valve controller in the cargo area for the deluge outlet. 0604561 SP Pump Panel Control Handle Orientation, LS, Special HANDLE ORIENTATION The swing control handles on the left side pump panel will be installed so that the closed positions are outward. Handles on the left will be to the left when closed. Handles on the right will be on the right when closed. See attached photo. 0514231 Pump Panel Trim Rings, Oversized for Valve Removal, LS, Only OUTLET TRIM RINGS The left side discharges and auxiliary inlet valves will be recessed behind the panel and have larger holes provided in the pump panel to facilitate removal of the valves without removing the complete pump panel. Stainless steel trim plates will be provided to trim the holes. 0708849 SP Wiring Information, RS Pmp Pnl, As Few Plugs As Practical WIRING INFORMATION FOR THE RIGHT SIDE PUMP PANEL The wiring installed on the right side removable panel(s) will be consolidated into as few weather resistant quick disconnect plug(s) as practical. 0556650 SP Switch Panel, Pump Panel, Layout Info LEFT SIDE: #1 Light, #2 Panel light switch, #3 Reel Rewind, #4 DS Tele-light, #5 PS Tele-light, #6 Front Floodlight. RIGHT SIDE: #1 DS Scene, #2 PS Scene, #3 Rear Scene, #4 Pump Engaged Light, #5 Air Suspension, #6 Evacuation Horn.. 0001493 Tag, Special Wording, Discharge SPECIAL LABEL There will be three (3) special label/s provided and installed Passengers side large dia discharge, the Passenger Side Rear Discharge Water-Foam, Passenger side 2 1/2 Pre-Connect. Each label will be worded as follows, Passengers side large dia discharge will read "NO.5 LDH DISCHARGE" (blue). The Passenger Side Rear Discharge will read "NO.6 REAR DISCHARGE" (purple) Passenger side 2 1/2 Pre-Connect will read "REAR 1 3/4" PRE-CONNECT".. 0001750 Tag, Special Colors COLOR CODED NAME TAGS There will be six (6) outlet discharges with special color coded name tags. These tags will be used for labeling the discharge pressure gauges, controls, outlets and drains. #1 crosslay (orange), #2 crosslay (red), booster reel (beige), front discharge (green), PS No. 2 discharge (white), and No.6 rear discharge (purple). 0604559 SP Tag, Warning Labels, Location TAG The labels on the DS PP will be together on the bottom of the panel. 0080580 Test Port, Pump, Mechanical RPM Counter, Hale Pump - A pump RPM test port 0005690 Gauges, 6.00" Master, Class 1, 30"-0 -600psi VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1 Incorporated ©. The gauges will be a minimum of 6.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering, with a pressure range of 30.00"-0-600#. The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel. Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One will be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have 0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and polished stainless steel plugs. They will be marked with a label. 64621Bid #: 0027896 Gauge, 3.50" Pressure, Class 1, Special PRESSURE GAUGES The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be interlube filled and manufactured by Class 1©. The gauges will be a minimum of 3.50" in diameter and will have white faces with black markings. Gauges will be compound type with a vacuum/pressure range of 30.00" 0-400 psi. The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical. 0604123 Gauge, Water Level, FRC, WLA 300- A00, TankVision Pro, w/Remote Light Driver WATER LEVEL GAUGE A Fire Research TankVision Pro model WLA300-A00 water tank indicator gauge shall be installed on the pump operators panel. The gauge kit shall include an electronic indicator module, a pressure sensor, and a 10' sensor cable. The gauge shall show the volume of water in the tank on nine (9) easy to see super bright RGB LEDs. A wide view lens over the LEDs shall provide for a viewing angle of 180 degrees. The gauge case shall be waterproof, manufactured of Polycarbonate/Nylon material, and have a distinctive blue label. The program features shall be accessed from the front of the indicator module. The program shall support self-diagnostics capabilities, self-calibration, six (6) programmable colored light patterns to display tank volume, adjustable brightness control levels and a data link to connect remote indicators. Low water warnings shall include flashing LEDs at 1/4 tank and down chasing LEDs when the tank is almost empty. The gauge shall receive an input signal from an electronic pressure sensor. The sensor shall be mounted from the outside of the water tank near the bottom. No probe shall be placed on the interior of the tank. Wiring shall be weather resistant and have automotive type plug-in connectors. REMOTE LIGHT DRIVER A Fire Research TankVision model WLA290-A00 remote light driver shall be installed. The driver shall provide four (4) separate outputs to control additional water level lights around the apparatus. The lights shall show 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, and full tank. When power is applied the driver shall run a test and cycle each remote light on and off. When the tank is less than 1/4 full the 1/4 tank light shall blink. 0750438 Water Level Gauge, Wln PSTANK2, LED 1-Light, 4-Level WATER LEVEL GAUGE There will be two (2) additional water level indicator(s), Whelen®, Model PSTANK2, LED module with black trim, installed one (1) each side rearward of crew cab doors. This light module(s) will include four (4) colored levels, and function similar to the water level indicator located at the operators panel: First green module indicates a full water level Second blue module indicates a water level above 3/4 full Third amber module indicates a water level above 1/2 full Last red module indicates a water level above 1/4 full and empty Above 1/4 this light will be steady burning At empty this light will be flashing The flash rate will be determined by the main water level tank sensor. This module will be activated when the pump is in gear. 0021212 Light, Low Level Foam FOAM LEVEL LIGHT A low level tank indicator will be installed on the pump operator's panel. One (1) light will be provided to indicate when the foam concentrate drops to low level. 0682503 Light Shield/Step 8" LED, P25 LED Step Light STEP/LIGHT SHIELD There will be an aluminum treadplate stepping surface no less than 8.00" deep and properly reinforced to support a man's weight, installed over the pump operators panel. There will be 12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the step to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house. One (1) pump panel light will come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode. There will be a light activated above the pump panel light switch when the parking brake is applied. This is to afford the operator some illumination when first approaching the control panel. There will be one (1) white LED, step light provided above this step. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each step light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15.00" x 15.00" square placed 10.00" below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30.00" x 30.00" square at the same 10.00" distance below the light. The step light will be activated by the pump panel light switch. 0757269 SP Light Shield, S/S, DS LED, Under Crosslay, Narrow ADDITIONAL LIGHT SHIELD An additional polished, 16 gauge stainless steel light shield as narrow as practical will be provided below the driver's side cross lays. There will be white LED light(s) as needed installed under the light shield to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. The lights will be operated from a switch on the pump panel. 0546331 Air Horn, (1) Grover, Stutter Tone, 24.50" Long, In Bumper AIR HORN SYSTEM One (1) chrome finish, stutter tone, Grover, Model 1510, air horn approximately 24.50" long will be provided and recessed in the front bumper. The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air in the brake system. 65621Bid #: 0606839 Location, Air Horn, Bumper, Left Side, Outside Frame, Inboard (Pos #6) Air Horn Location The air horn will be located on the left side of the bumper, just outside of the frame rail. 0016065 Control, Air Horn, Horn Ring, PS Chrome Push Button AIR HORN CONTROL The air horns will be actuated by a chrome push button located on the officer's side of the engine tunnel and by the horn button in the steering wheel. The driver will have the option to control the air horns or the chassis horns from the horn button by means of a selector switch located on the instrument panel. 0797192 SP Siren, Wln 295SLSC1, w/Detachable Mic Cord, Switched Battery ELECTRONIC SIREN A Whelen, Model: 295SLSC1, electronic siren with detachable noise canceling microphone will be provided. This siren to be active when the battery switch is on. 0510206 Location, Elect Siren, Recessed Overhead In Console Electronic siren head will be recessed in the overhead console above the engine tunnel on the officer side. 0076156 Control, Elec Siren, Head Only The electronic siren will be controlled on the siren head only. No horn button or foot switches will be provided. 0601306 Speaker, (1) Wln, SA315P, w/Pierce Polished Stainless Steel Grille, 100 watt SPEAKER There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model SA315P, black nylon composite, 100-watt, speaker with through bumper mounting brackets and polished stainless steel grille provided. The speaker will be connected to the siren amplifier. 0601555 Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper, Recessed, Left Side, Outside Frame,Outbrd (Pos 7) The speaker will be recessed in the left side of the front bumper, towards the outside. 0778347 SP Siren, Federal Q2B, Bat Dir, Chrome Push Button Siren Brake IPOS, Location AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN There will be a Federal Signal Model Q2B mechanical siren furnished on the front of the apparatus. The siren will be energized from a battery direct circuit through a 2-gauge cable to a solenoid that is energized from the emergency master switch. Additional customer selectable controls will be included for the momentary activation of this siren. The siren brake button will be a chrome push button located overhead of the driver and outboard of switch panel #1 per 32428 01-04. 0578974 Siren, Mechanical, Recessed In Grille, Imp/Vel The mechanical siren will be mounted recessed in the front grille. The siren mounting will include a reinforcement plate. 0681882 SP Control, Mech Siren, DS Foot Sw Location, PS Push Button MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROLS The mechanical siren will be actuated by one (1) foot switch located on the driver's side as far to the left (close to the door) as possible and a push button switch on the officer's side. 0693597 Microphone Extension, Wln Model CCMICX20, 20' SIREN MICROPHONE EXTENSION There will be a Whelen®, Model CCMICX20, 20 foot microphone extension provided. 0022899 Switch, Second Siren Brake, Chrome Push Button A second siren brake switch will be installed on the officer side dash of cab. The switch will be a chrome push button style. 66621Bid #: 0607632 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 81", RRRRWRRROptRRRWRRRR FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS There will be one (1) 81.00" Whelen Freedom IV LED lightbar mounted on the cab roof. The lightbar will include the following: One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side end position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side front corner position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side first front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side second front position. One (1) white flashing LED module in the driver's side third front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fourth front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fifth front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side sixth front position. One (1) 795 LED traffic light controller set to national standard high priority in the center positions. One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side sixth front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fifth front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fourth front position. One (1) white flashing LED module in the passenger's side third front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side second front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side first front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side front corner position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side end position. There will be clear lenses and colored filters included on the lightbar. The following switches may be a installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar: a switch to control the flashing LED modules. the traffic light controller by a cab switch with emergency master control. no momentary switch to activate the traffic light controller. The white flashing LED modules and the traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is applied. The ten (10) red flashing LED modules in the front positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0595396 Light, Front Zone, Wln M6* & M6R Sdy Burn 2 Lts, Colored Lens, 4lts Q Bezel FRONT ZONE LOWER WARNING LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M6* LED flashing warning lights and two (2) Whelen, Model M6R LED steady burning warning lights installed on the cab face, above the headlights, mounted in a common bezel. The driver's side front outside warning light to be red. The driver's side front inside steady burning warning light to be red. The passenger's side front inside steady burning warning light to be red. The passenger's side front outside warning light to be red. All four (4) lights will include a lens color that is the same as the LED's. There will be a switch located in the cab, on the switch panel, to control the four (4) lights. The driver's side inside lights may be load managed if colored or disabled if white, when the parking brake is set. 0558676 Daytime Running Lights, Headlights, Qtm, Vel/Imp, Enf/AXT-MUX, DCF (Low Beam) DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS (HEADLIGHTS) The low-beam headlights used as daytime running lights will be activated with the following measures: Ignition switch is turned on. Parking brake is released. These lights will be deactivated with any one of the following measures: Headlight switch is turned on. High-beam flash is turned on. Parking brake is set. 0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating HEADLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side. There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on. The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi-beam headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set. 0747228 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**, M6**, M6**, 6Lts SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING There will be six (6) Whelen®, Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim installed per the following: Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side on the bumper extension. The driver's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs. Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side of cab rearward of crew cab doors. The driver's side, side middle light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side middle light to include red warning LEDs. Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side above rear wheels. The driver's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs. The warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs. There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 67621Bid #: 0698466 Lights, Door Interior Flash, 4 Dr Cab, Wln 0S*00FCR LED INTERIOR CAB DOOR WARNING LIGHTS There will be four (4) Whelen®, Model 0S*00FCR, amber LED flashing lights provided, one (1) light located inside of each cab and crew cab door pan, as far to the outside as practical. Each light will be activated by the door jam switch of the associated door. The lights will flash whenever the corresponding door is open. 0653165 Lights, Side, Wln WION* LED, Recessed in Cab Steps, 4lts, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Vel SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There will be four (4) Whelen, Model WION* wide angle flashing LED warning lights with Whelen, Model IONK1B black bail mounts provided: One (1) recessed in the driver's side cab step on the front, vertical surface, below bottom of door. One (1) recessed in the driver's side crew cab step on the front, vertical surface, below bottom of door. One (1) recessed in the passenger's side crew cab on the front, vertical surface, below bottom of door. One (1) recessed in the passenger's side cab step on the front, vertical surface, below bottom of door. The color of the lights will be red. These lights will be activated with the emergency master. These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0672936 Lights, Side, Wln WIONSMC* LED, Chrome Flange, Mounted In Rub Rail, 2nd SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen, Model WIONSMC* LED light(s) provided and located in the body rub rails In the rubrail at the rear of the body, centered one (1) each side under the stop/tail/turn lights.. The lights will NOT be mounted with the rubber gasket behind the light which will allow the light(s) to fit in the rub rails. The color of each light will be red LED with a clear lens. Each light will be provided with a chrome plated ABS flange. The light(s) will be activated with the emergency master. 0672937 Lights, Side, Wln WIONSMC* LED, Chrome Flange, Mounted In Rub Rail, 1st SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There will be four (4) Whelen, Model WIONSMC* LED light(s) provided and located in the body rub rails In the rubrail, centered under compartments D1, D3, P1 and P3.. The lights will NOT be mounted with the rubber gasket behind the light which will allow the light(s) to fit in the rub rails. The color of each light will be red LED with a clear lens. Each light will be provided with a chrome plated ABS flange. The light(s) will be activated with the emergency master. 0540777 Lights, Rear Zone Lower, Wln M6* LED, Colored Lens REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING Two (2) Whelen, Model M6* LED flashing warning lights with bezels will be located at the rear of the apparatus. The driver's side rear light to be amber. The passenger's side rear light to be red. Both lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's. There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0006700 Mounting, Lights, Recess In Rear Bulkhead (pair) MOUNTING, RECESS LIGHT There will be one (1) pair of upper rear warning lights, on the rear bulkheads, recessed into the body. The lights will be flush to the compartment sheet and will be installed on each rear bulkhead. The recess shall accomodate the Whelen M9V2R light on each side. 0619975 SP Lights, Rear/Side Up Zone, Wln M6** Side, M9V2** Rear, Scene Swts 4lts REAR AND SIDE ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS There will be four (4) Whelen®, LED flashing warning lights with LED scene lights and chrome flange provided at the rear of the apparatus. One (1) Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 1.38" deep light installed on the driver's side, side of the apparatus as high and close to the rear as practical. The side rear upper light(s) on the driver's side to be red. One (1) Model M9V2**, 6.50" high x 10.38" long x 2.63" deep combination warning and scene light installed on the driver's side, rear of the apparatus as high and close to the outside as practical. The rear upper light(s) on the driver's side to be red. One (1) Model M9V2**, 6.50" high x 10.38" long x 2.63" deep combination warning and scene light installed on the passenger's side, rear of the apparatus as high and close to the outside as practical. The rear upper light(s) on the passenger's side to be red. One (1) Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 1.38" deep light installed on the passenger's side, side of the apparatus as high and close to the rear as practical.The side rear upper light(s) on the passenger's side to be red. The flashing warning lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's. The scene lights will include a clear lens. There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing warning lights. The rear scene lights will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and driver's side pump panel. The scene lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0006551 Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper Zone Blocking 68621Bid #: 0537807 Mtg, Rear Warn Lts, Side Sheets & Rear of Body Bulkheads REAR LIGHT MOUNTING The rear warning lights will be mounted on the rear side sheet flange and rear bulkhead of the body as high as possible with all wiring totally enclosed. 0791528 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL65, 36.00" Long, TACTL5 TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model TAL65, 36.00" long x 2.87" high x 2.25" deep, amber LED traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus. The Whelen, Model TACTL5, control head will be included with this installation. The controller will be energized when the battery switch is on. The auxiliary flash to be activated when the emergency master switch is on. 0529858 Location, Traf Dir Lt, Recessed Within Trdplt Step This traffic directing light will be recessed within a treadplate step at the rear of the apparatus. 0530282 Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller, Overhead Switch Panel DS Right End The traffic directing light control head will be located in the driver side overhead switch panel in the right panel position. 0519934 Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool System 0649753 Not Required, PTO Driven Hydraulic Tool System 0750454 SP Holder Assembly, Triple, w/(1) Hydrant and (2) Spanner Wrenches, Red Head 148-3 one (1) triple holder assembly, Red Head #148-3, with two (2) 101 spanner wrenches and one (1) 105 hydrant wrench shall be provided as directed at pre-construction. 0007150 Bag of Nuts and Bolts LOOSE EQUIPMENT The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit: - One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit. 0744351 SP Wrench, Hydrant, Kochek K09 HYDRANT WRENCH Qty, Kochek model K09 adjustable hydrant wrench(s) will be provided. 0591285 SP Bracket, Mounting, Akron 373 E-Z - LOK, Location Feature AKRON EZ-LOK BRACKET one (1) Akron model 373 E-Z - LOK mount bracket(s) will be mounted on the inboard surface of the RS rear beavertail below the fixed step (SEE PHOTO) . 69621Bid #: 0602516 NFPA Required Loose Equipment, Pumper, NFPA 2016, Provided by Fire Department NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.3 and 5.9.4 will be provided by the fire department. 800 ft (60 m) of 2.50" (65 mm) or larger fire hose. 400 ft (120 m) of 1.50" (38 mm), 1.75" (45 mm), or 2.00" (52 mm) fire hose. One (1) handline nozzle, 200 gpm (750 L/min) minimum. Two (2) handline nozzles, 95 gpm (360 L/min) minimum. One (1) smoothbore of combination nozzle with 2.50" shutoff that flows a minimum of 250 gpm. One (1) SCBA complying with NFPA 1981 for each assigned seating position, but not fewer than four (4), mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus or stored in containers supplied by the SCBA manufacturer. One (1) spare SCBA cylinder for each SCBA carried, each mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus or stored in a specially designed storage space(s). One (1) first aid kit. Four (4) combination spanner wrenches. Two (2) hydrant wrenches. One (1) double female 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads. One (1) double male 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads. One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections. Two (2) salvage covers each a minimum size of 12 ft x 14 ft (3.7 m x 4.3 m). One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207, Standard for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front. Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro-reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro-reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the 6.00" (152 mm) band. Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities. One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED). Four (4) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983, Standard on Fire Service Life Safety Rope and System Components (if equipped with an aerial device). If the supply hose carried does not use sexless couplings, an additional double female adapter and double male adapter, sized to fit the supply hose carried, will be carried mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. If none of the pump intakes are valved, a hose appliance that is equipped with one or more gated intakes with female swivel connection(s) compatible with the supply hose used on one side and a swivel connection with pump intake threads on the other side will be carried. Any intake connection larger than 3.00" (75 mm) will include a pressure relief device that meets the requirements of 16.6.6. If the apparatus does not have a 2.50" National Hose (NH) intake, an adapter from 2.50" NH female to a pump intake will be carried, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the intake. If the supply hose carried has other than 2.50" National Hose (NH) threads, adapters will be carried to allow feeding the supply hose from a 2.50" NH thread male discharge and to allow the hose to connect to a 2.50" NH female intake, mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the discharge or intake. 0602407 Soft Suction Hose, Provided by Fire Department, Pumper NFPA 2016 Classification SOFT SUCTION HOSE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.8.2.1 requires a minimum of 20' of suction hose or 15' of supply hose will be carried. Hose is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide suction or supply hose. 0760277 SP Strainer, 6.00" Kochek, Barrel Strainer 6.00 inch Chrome STRAINER There will be one (1) chrome 6.00" Kochek Model BS60C barrel strainer provided. 0007054 Axe(s), Flathead w/Fiberglass Handle AXE(S) There will be a total of One (1) axe provided. Each axe will be a flathead axe with a fiberglass handle and blade shield. 0602531 Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, Pumper, NFPA 2016, Provided by Dealer DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY DEALER NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.4 requires one (1) approved dry chemical portable fire extinguisher with a minimum 80-B:C rating mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The dealer will provide and mount the extinguisher. 0602359 Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized Water, Pumper, NFPA 2016, Provided by Dealer WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY DEALER NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.4 requires one (1) 2.5 gallon or larger water extinguisher mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The dealer will provide and mount the extinguisher. 70621Bid #: 0602679 Axe, Flathead, Pumper NFPA 2016 Classification, Provided by Fire Department FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 5.9.4 requires one (1) flathead axe mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe. 0602668 Axe, Pickhead, Pumper, Provided by Dealer, NFPA 2016 PICKHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY DEALER NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 5.9.4 requires one (1) pickhead axe mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The dealer will provide and mount the axe. 0774247 SP Paint, Two Tone, Cab, Metallic Upper Only, w/Special Shield PAINT The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows: Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate. Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment - All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature 3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion. A final pure water rinse will be applied to all metal surfaces. Surfacer Primer - The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a two- component high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded. Finish Sanding - The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultra- smooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat. Sealer Primer - The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated. Basecoat Paint - Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment. Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacture. Specifications are written to define cyclic corrosion testing, physical strengths, durability and minimum appearance requirements must be met in order for an exterior paint finish to be considered acceptable as a Pierce quality finish. Each batch of basecoat color is checked for a proper match before painting of the cab and the body. After the cab and body are painted, the color is verified again to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment is used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications are used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading is used to determine a good color match within each family color. All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly. The cab will be two-tone, with the upper section and a special shield design painted metallic Grey #479 with the lower section of the cab and body painted Red #644. Paint break and shield design to be clarified on the lettering and striping print. PAINT - ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT Contractor will meet or exceed all current State regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions: Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free. Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals. Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a 99.99% efficiency factor. Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98.00%. Water wash systems will be 99.97% efficient Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean. Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner. Empty metal paint containers will be to recover the metal. Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse. Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his State EPA rules and regulations. 71621Bid #: 0646897 Paint Chassis Frame Assy, E-Coat, Standard PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY The chassis frame assembly will be finished with a single system black top coat before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc. Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint: Two (2) C-channel frame rails Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted not e-coated are: Cross members Axles Suspensions Steering gear Battery boxes Bumper extension weldment Frame extensions Body mounting angles Rear Body support substructure (front and rear) Pump house substructure Air tanks Steel fuel tank Castings Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. 0693797 No Paint Required, Aluminum Front Wheels 0693792 No Paint Required, Aluminum Rear Wheels 0007230 Compartment, Painted, Spatter Gray COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks. 0612909 SP Reflective Band, 2" Vinyl- 6" Reflective, w/1.0" Gap VINYL & REFLECTIVE STRIPES Two (2) stripes will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body. The band will consist of a 2.00" Dark Charcoal Metallic vinyl stripe at the top, with a 1" gap, then a 6.00" Black reflective stripe on the bottom. 0510041 Reflective across Cab Face, Imp/Vel The reflective band provided on the cab face will be below the headlights on the fiberglass. 0536954 Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Diamond Grade, Pumper REAR CHEVRON STRIPING There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus. The rear surface, excluding the rear compartment door, will be covered. The colors will be red and fluorescent yellow green diamond grade. Each stripe will be 6.00" in width. This will meet the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1901, which states that 50% of the rear surface will be covered with chevron striping. 0027341 Jog, In Reflective Stripe, Single or Multiple JOG(S) IN REFLECTIVE BAND The reflective band located on each side of the apparatus body will contain one (1) jog(s) and will be angled at approximately a 45 degrees when installed. 0017359 Stripe, Black Outline, Vinyl on Reflective Band REFLECTIVE STRIPE OUTLINE A black outline will be applied on the top and the bottom of the reflective band. There will be one (1) set of outline stripes required. 0087355 Stripe, Reflective, 6" Inside Compt Door REFLECTIVE STRIPE INSIDE COMPARTMENT DOOR A 6.00" black reflective stripe will be provided inside two (2) compartment doors. inside each exterior EMS access door on the cab (D5 and P5). 0065687 Stripe, Reflective, Cab Doors Interior CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE A 6.00" x 16.00" black reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel. This stripe will meet the NFPA 1901 requirement. 0680371 Stripe, Gold Leaf, Two-Tone Paint Break with Shield, IPO Chrome Molding CAB STRIPE There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe provided on both sides of the cab in place of the chrome molding and on the cab face with shield. 72621Bid #: 0027372 Lettering Specifications, (GOLD STAR Process) LETTERING The lettering will be totally encapsulated between two (2) layers of clear vinyl. 0686414 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 2.00", (21-40) LETTERING Twenty-one (21) to forty (40) genuine gold leaf lettering, 2.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided. 0685985 Lettering, Reflective, 12.00", Each LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 12.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be six (6) letters provided. 0686013 Lettering, Reflective, 6.00", Each LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 6.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be three (3) letters provided. 0686018 Lettering, Reflective, 5.00", Each LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 5.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 12 letters provided. 0686042 Lettering, Reflective, 2.00", Each LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 2.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 17 letters provided. 0686084 Lettering, Reflective, 3.00", Each LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 11 letters provided. 0686256 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 4.00", Each LETTERING There will be genuine gold leaf lettering, 4.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be eight (8) letters provided. 0686288 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 3.00", Each LETTERING There will be genuine gold leaf lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 22 letters provided. 0037227 Lettering, Reflective, Reverse Cut Into Reflective Band REFLECTIVE LETTERING 18 letters, 5.00" high will be cut into the reflective stripe to allow the painted surface to form the letter. The letters will be one (1) each side of body on the D1 and P1 doors. 0020216 Lettering, Reverse Cut Into Reflective Band, Additional REFLECTIVE LETTERING three (3) letters, 4.00" high will be cut into the reflective stripe to allow the painted surface to form the letter. 0645076 Plate, Painted Alum. for Lettering/Numerals PAINTED PLATE(S) FOR LETTERING/NUMERALS There will be one (1) painted aluminum plate(s) provided for department lettering. They will be mounted on top of cab roof per LSP print and will be 36"H x 38"W in size. 0655896 Sign Kit, Painted, Holder and Insert, Each SIGN KIT FOR LETTERING/NUMERALS four (4) painted stainless steel plate(s) and holder(s) will be provided for department lettering. They will be mounted one (1) front bumper, one (1) each side of cab on exterior access door and one (1) at the rear. Reference approved LSP print for specific locations and approximately 8.00”H x 14.00”W in size. 0594393 SP Emblem, "Waiving American Flag With Pole, Pair (mirror images) "AMERICAN FLAG" EMBLEMS There will be one (1) pair of color imaged emblems, 10.00" wide, featuring a "Waiving American Flag" with pole and 9-11-01, installed one each side of cab on the upper portion of the exterior access door for the EMS compartment. The pair will be mirror images of each other. 0695610 Emblem, Reflective, Per Dept. Submittal, Each EMBLEM There will be two (2) reflective emblem(s), approximately 14.00" - 16.00" in size, installed one each side front cab door. the emblem will be modeled after the department submitted information (art, patch, etc). 73621Bid #: 0771998 Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, (1) Hard Copy & (1) USB, Multi Unit Order, Custom FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUAL One (1) custom parts manuals for the complete fire apparatus will be provided in hard copy with the completed unit. One (1) USB flash drive will also be provided that will include all of the information from the above manual. The manual will contain the following: Job number Part numbers with full descriptions Table of contents Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly Parts section sorted in Alphabetical order Instructions on how to locate parts The manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. This is a multiple unit order. The customer will receive one (1) hard copy manual and one (1) USB total for the two (2) truck order. SERVICE PARTS INTERNET SITE The service parts information included in this manual is also available on the Pierce website. The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly. 0771950 Manual, Chassis Service, (1) Hard Copy, (1) USB,Multi Unit Order,Custom CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS There will be two (2) chassis service manuals containing parts and service information on major components provided. There will be one (1) hard copy and one (1) USB flash drive copy provided with the completed unit. The manual will contain the following sections: Job number Table of contents Troubleshooting Front Axle/Suspension Brakes Engine Tires Wheels Cab Electrical, DC Air Systems Plumbing Appendix The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. This is a multiple unit order. The customer will receive one (1) hard copy and one (1) USB flash drive total for the two (2) truck order. 0771977 Manual, Chassis Operation, (2) Hard Copy & (1) USB, Multi Unit Order, Custom CHASSIS OPERATION MANUALS There will be two (2) hard copies and one (1) USB flash drive provided that will include all of the same information. This is a multiple unit order. Two (2) hard copy manuals and one (1) manual on USB flash drive total will be supplied for the two (2) truck order. 0030008 Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus, WA0008 ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal. 0595239 (No Pick Required) 0696698 Warranty, Engine, Cummins, 5 Year, WA0181 ENGINE WARRANTY A Cummins five (5) year limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA0181, is included with this proposal. 0684953 Warranty, Steering Gear, Sheppard M110, 3 Year WA0201 STEERING GEAR WARRANTY A Sheppard three (3) year limited steering gear warranty shall be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package. 0595767 Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Velocity/Impel, Dash CF, WA0038 FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce custom chassis frame and crossmembers limited warranty certificate, WA0038, is included with this proposal. 0595698 Warranty, Axle, 3 Year, TAK-4, WA0050 FRONT AXLE THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY The Pierce TAK-4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA0050, is included with this proposal. 74621Bid #: 0777368 Warranty, Axle, 2 Year, Meritor, General Service, WA0328 REAR AXLE TWO (2) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor axle limited warranty certificate, WA0046, is included with this proposal. 0652758 Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3 Year, Meritor Wabco, WA0232 ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor Wabco™ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal. 0019914 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom Cab, WA0012 TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal. 0595813 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, Pro- Rate, WA0055 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal. 0524627 Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX, WA0014 FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA0014, is included with this proposal. 0695416 Warranty, Pierce Camera System, WA0188 CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY A Pierce fifty four (54) monthwarranty will be provided for the camera system. 0647720 Warranty, Pierce LED Strip Lights, WA0203 COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY The Pierce 12 volt DC LED strip lights limited warranty certificate, WA0203, is included with this proposal. 0046369 Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission, Standard Custom, WA0187 TRANSMISSION WARRANTY The transmission will have a five (5) year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission. Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations. 0685945 Warranty, Transmission Cooler, WA0216 TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. 0688798 Warranty, Water Tank, Lifetime, UPF, Poly Tank, WA0195 WATER TANK WARRANTY A UPF poly water tank limited warranty certificate, WA0195, is included with this proposal. 0596025 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body, WA0009 TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal. 0693126 Warranty, AMDOR, Roll-up Door, 10 Year/5 Year Painted, WA0185 ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY An AMDOR roll-up door limited warranty will be provided. The roll-up door will be warranted against manufacturing defects for a period of ten (10) years. A five (5) year limited warranty will be provided on painted roll up doors. The limited warranty certificate, WA0185, is included with this proposal. 0639211 Warranty, Pump, Hale, 5 Year Parts, 2 Year Labor, WA0248 PUMP WARRANTY A Hale pump limited warranty certificate, WA0248, is included with this proposal. . 0648675 Warranty, 10 Year S/S Pumbing, WA0035 TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY The Pierce apparatus plumbing limited warranty certificate, WA0035, is included with this proposal. 0657846 Warranty, Foam System, Husky 12, WA0231 FOAM SYSTEM WARRANTY The Husky 12 foam system limited warranty certificate, WA0231, is included with this proposal. 0595820 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, Pro- Rate, WA0057 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal. 75621Bid #: 0595421 Warranty, Goldstar, 3 Year, Apparatus, WA0018 THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The Pierce Goldstar gold leaf lamination limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0018, is included with this proposal. 0683627 Certification, Vehicle Stability, CD0156 VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1901, current edition, section 4.13, Vehicle Stability. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. 0764540 Certification, Engine Installation, Velocity, Cummins X12, 2018 ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. 0686786 Certification, Power Steering, CD0098 POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. 0667417 Certification, Cab Integrity, Velocity FR, CD0009 CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab integrity certification with this proposal. The certification will state that the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third-party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state-licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below: European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29. SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks. SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks. Roof Crush The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,050 lb. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of 10 metric tons. Additional Roof Crush The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 100,000 lbs. This value exceeds the ECE 29 criteria by nearly 4.5 times. Side Impact The same cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 13,275 lb moving barrier slams into the side of the cab at 5.5 mph at a force of 13,000 ft-lbs. This test is part of the SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident. Frontal Impact The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft-lbs of force using a moving barrier in accordance with SAE J2420. Additional Frontal Impact The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,200 ft-lbs of force using a moving barrier, (twice the force required by SAE J2420). The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area. 0548950 Certification, Cab Door Durability, Velocity/Impel, CD0001 CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 0548967 Certification, Windshield Wiper Durability, Impel/Velocity, CD0005 WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 0667411 Certification, Electric Window Durability, Velocity/Impel FR, CD0004 ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete 30,000 complete up-down cycles and still function normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear. 76621Bid #: 0549273 Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and Mounting, Imp/Vel/Vel SLT, CD0018 SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages. The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. 0667416 Certification, Cab Heater and Defroster, Velocity/Impel FR, CD0015 CAB DEFROSTER CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles.The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria. CAB HEATER CERTIFICATION Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. The cab heaters will warm the cab 75 F from a cold- soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J381. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria. 0667415 Certification, Cab Air Conditioning Performance, Velocity/Impel FR, CD0016 CAB AIR CONDITIONING PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATION Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100 degrees Fahrenheit to an average of 67 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar air conditioning system has been tested and has met these criteria. The certification will be available at the time of delivery. 0545073 Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current Edition AMP DRAW REPORT The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system. The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following: Documentation of the electrical system performance tests. A written load analysis, which will include the following: The nameplate rating of the alternator. The alternator rating under the conditions specified per: Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per: Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load. Each individual intermittent load. All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). 0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance 0799248 Appleton/Florida BTO 0000018 PUMPER, 2ND GEN 0000012 PIERCE CHASSIS 0004713 ENGINE, OTHER 0046396 EVS 4000 Series TRANSMISSION 0020012 HALE PUMP 0020009 POLY TANK 0028048 FOAM SYSTEM 77621Bid #: 0020006 SIDE CONTROL 0020007 AKRON VALVES 0020015 ABS SYSTEM 0658751 PUMPER BASE 78621Bid #: Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0012 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This warranty applies only to the cab tubular support and mounting structures and other structural components of the cab of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus. This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity Custom Cab Ten (10) Years - or - 100,000 Miles Warranty Period Ends After: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: The Pierce Custom Cab shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. No specific exclusions apply Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: One (1) Year Material and Workmanship Basic Apparatus Twelve (12) months.Warranty Period Ends After: The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first.Warranty Begins: Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY PARTICIPATING OEM SALES DISTRIBUTOR SALES LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following terms, conditions, and limitations. WHAT IS COVERED WARRANTY APPLIES — This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period. REPAIRS COVERED — The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission’s option, to correct any transmission malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances. TOWING — Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission. PAYMENT TERMS — Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in section “APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE.” OBTAINING REPAIRS — To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or Dealer to perform necessary repairs. TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION — Labor costs for the removal and re-installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty. WARRANTY PERIOD — The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser, with the following exception: Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers). If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty. APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE WARRANTY LIMITATIONS (Whichever occurs first) ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE PAID BY THE CUSTOMER APPLICABLE MODELS Months Transmission Miles Or Kilometers Parts Labor MT, MD 3000, 3200, 3500, 3700 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Hydraulic Controls 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge AT, 1000 Series, 2000 Series, 2400 Series 0–36 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Electronic Controls 0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge HD 1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS 2350 EVS, 2500 EVS, 2550 EVS, 3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000, 4000 EVS, 4500, 4500 EVS, 4700, 4700 EVS, 4800, 4800 EVS 0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge Page 1 of 2 WHAT IS NOT COVERED DAMAGE DUE TO ACCIDENT, MISUSE, or ALTERATION — Defects and damage caused as the result of any of the following are not covered: — Flood, collision, fire, theft, freezing, vandalism, riot, explosion, or objects striking the vehicle; — Misuse of the vehicle; — Installation into unapproved applications and installations; — Alterations or modification of the transmission or the vehicle, and — Damage resulting from improper storage (refer to long-term storage procedure outlined in the applicable Allison Service Manual) — Anything other than defects in Allison Transmission material or workmanship NOTE: This warranty is void on transmissions used in vehicles currently or previously titled as salvaged, scrapped, junked, or totaled. CHASSIS, BODY, and COMPONENTS — The chassis and body company (assemblers) and other component and equipment manufacturers are solely responsible for warranties on the chassis, body, component(s), and equipment they provide. Any transmission repair caused by an alteration(s) made to the Allison transmission or the vehicle which allows the transmission to be installed or operated outside of the limits defined in the appropriate Allison Installation Guideline is solely the responsibility of the entity making the alteration(s). DAMAGE CAUSED by LACK of MAINTENANCE or by the USE of TRANSMISSION FLUIDS NOT RECOMMENDED in the OPERATOR’S MANUAL — Defects and damage caused by any of the following are not covered: — Failure to follow the recommendations of the maintenance schedule intervals applicable to the transmission; — Failure to use transmission fluids or maintain transmission fluid levels recommended in the Operator’s Manual. MAINTENANCE — Normal maintenance (such as replacement of filters, screens, and transmission fluid) is not covered and is the owner’s responsibility. REPAIRS by UNAUTHORIZED DEALERS — Defects and damage caused by a service outlet that is not an authorized Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer are not covered. USE of OTHER THAN GENUINE ALLISON TRANSMISSION PARTS — Defects and damage caused by the use of parts that are not genuine Allison Transmission parts are not covered. EXTRA EXPENSES — Economic loss and extra expenses are not covered. Examples include but are not limited to: loss of vehicle use; inconvenience; storage; payment for loss of time or pay; vehicle rental expense; lodging; meals; or other travel costs. “DENIED PARTY” OWNERSHIP — Warranty repair parts and labor costs are not reimbursed to any participating or non-participating OEMs, dealers or distributors who perform warranty work for, or on behalf of, end users identified by the United States as being a “denied party” or who are citizens of sanctioned or embargoed countries as defined by the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control. Furthermore, warranty reimbursements are not guaranteed if the reimbursement would be contrary to any United States export control laws or regulations as defined by the U.S. Department of Commerce, the U.S. Department of State, or the U.S. Department of Treasury. OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO CONSUMERS AS DEFINED by the MAGNUSON-MOSS WARRANTY ACT This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. Allison Transmission does not authorize any person to create for it any other obligation or liability in connection with these transmissions. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLICABLE TO THESE TRANSMISSIONS IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY. PERFORMANCE OF REPAIRS AND NEEDED ADJUSTMENTS IS THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY UNDER THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST WAGES OR VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES) RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY.** ** Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty will last or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO OTHER END-USERS THIS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO THE ALLISON TRANSMISSION MODELS LISTED ABOVE AND IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ALLISON TRANSMISSION DOES NOT AUTHORIZE ANY PERSON TO CREATE FOR IT ANY OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH TRANSMISSIONS. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. QUESTIONS If you have any questions regarding this warranty or the performance of warranty obligations, you may contact any Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer or write to: Allison Transmission, Inc. P.O. Box 894 Indianapolis, IN 46206-0894 Attention: Warranty Administration PF-9 Form SE0616EN (201009) Page 2 of 2 Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0014 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This limited warranty applies to all of the control modules for the Command Zone system, including the full color graphic displays. Related wire harnesses, cables and connectors are not covered under this limited warranty and are instead covered under the Pierce One Year Basic Apparatus Limited Warranty. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship Command Zone Electronics Five (5) YearsWarranty Period Ends After: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: Command Zone control modules shall be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/22/2010 WA0018 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This warranty does not cover damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual). Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship Goldstar® Gold Leaf Lamination Three (3) YearsWarranty Period Ends After: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: Each Goldstar® gold leaf lamination shall be free from defects in material and workmanship. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This limited warranty excludes brake pads, brake rotors, seal boots and shock absorbers. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. Three (3) Years -or- 30,000 Miles Warranty Period Ends After: Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.12/16/2013 WA0050 THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship TAK-4 Independent Front Suspension Limited WarrantyLimited WarrantyLimited WarrantyLimited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: The TAK-4 Front Independent Suspension and Steering Gears shall be free from defects in material and workmanship. 1. LIMITED WARRANTY (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity Chassis Frame & Crossmembers Fifty (50) Years (Expected Life of Apparatus) Warranty Period Ends After: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: Custom chassis frame rail and cross members manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/16/2010 WA0038 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion Cab Ten (10) YearsWarranty Period Ends After: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: Exterior surfaces of the cab painted by Pierce shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0055 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any: Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking 0-72 months 100% 73-96 months 50% 97-120 months 25% Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100% 37-84 months 50% 85-120 months 25% Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice 0-36 months 100% 37-48 months 50% 49-72 months 25% 73-120 months 10% Corrosion Perforation 0-120 months 100% This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty. Items not covered by this warranty include: (a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual). (b) UV paint fade. (c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0057 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any: Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking 0-72 months 100% 73-96 months 50% 97-120 months 25% Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100% 37-84 months 50% 85-120 months 25% Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice 0-36 months 100% 37-48 months 50% 49-72 months 25% 73-120 months 10% Corrosion Perforation 0-120 months 100% This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty. Items not covered by this warranty include: (a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual). (b) UV paint fade. (c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion Custom Body Ten (10) YearsWarranty Period Ends After: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: Exterior surfaces of the body shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0009 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This warranty applies only to the body tubular support and mounting structures and other structural components of the body of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus. This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity Apparatus Body Ten (10) Years - or - 100,000 Miles Warranty Period Ends After: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: The apparatus body shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Hale, Inc. - Warranty Statement Page 1 Effective January 1, 2013 Hale, Inc. 607 N.W. 27th Ave. Ocala, FL 34475-5623 1-800-220-HALE www.haleproducts.com www.class1.com Warranty Statement Subject to the following general and specific terms and conditions, Hale, Inc. (“Hale”) hereby warrants to the original Purchaser* that Products sold under Hale and Class 1 brands will be free of defects in material and workmanship for the applicable Warranty Period. General terms and conditions applicable for all Products are set forth under the heading General Terms and Conditions below. Product specific terms and conditions, including Warranty Periods and Warranty Coverages, are set forth in the Tables following the General Terms and Conditions. General Terms and Conditions The following limitations, exclusions, procedures and other terms and conditions shall apply for all Products: Warranty is voided if: Product is used for an application, with products or in a manner other than the application, products and manner for which such Product is designed and intended Product is subjected to a use, service, condition or environment other than a use, service, condition or environment for which such Product is designed and intended Product is not properly installed Product is not properly maintained in accordance with Hale’s instruction manual and industry standards Product is altered, modified, serviced (except routine maintenance performed in accordance with Hale’s instruction manual for Product and Industry accepted standards and guidelines), or repaired by a person other than Hale or a person authorized by Hale to make such alteration or modification or perform such service or repair Hale is not paid the full amount of the purchase price for Product when due No Warranty covers: Ordinary wear and tear Failure due to compliance with a specification or design provide or required by Purchaser Failure due to improper operation, excess pressure, excess voltage or other similar cause Failure due to operator error Damage during or after shipment and failure attributable thereto or resulting there from Failure attributable to or resulting from the failure or substandard, inadequate or improper performance of any part, component or equipment not supplied by Hale Failure attributable to or resulting from the failure or substandard, inadequate or improper performance of any third party (e.g., not Hale or Class 1 brand) part, component, product or equipment, whether or not combined, packaged, incorporated, installed or used with a Hale or Class 1 brand part, component, product or equipment. Hale shall have no obligation under any Warranty unless Purchaser or its customer promptly notifies Hale of the failure giving rise to the Warranty claim, such notice is received by Hale within the applicable Warranty Period, and Hale is provided with such information, data and records (including, but not limited to, in service date, run hours, and service and repair records) as Hale may reasonable request in evaluating the Warranty claim. The notice of failure must be given in writing, identify the Product claimed to be defective (including serial number, if any), and describe in reasonable detail the circumstances surrounding the failure. Repaired Product and replacement Product shall be warranted only for the remainder of the original Warranty Period. * The “Purchaser” is the original purchaser from Hale, whether the original purchaser is a distributor, dealer or other reseller, an OEM, or an end user. Hale, Inc. - Warranty Statement Page 2 Effective November 1, 2012 Hale reserves the right to use reconditioned parts for W arranty repairs and to use reconditioned Products for Warranty replacements. Hale shall have the right to physically inspect Product claimed to be defective. If requested by Hale, Purchaser shall deliver the Product claimed to be defective to Hale at its manufacturing facility or to another party or location designated by Hale. In such event, Hale shall issue to Purchaser a Return Materials Authorization (RMA) for the Product to be delivered. The Product must be delivered to Hale within 30 days of issuance of the RMA. The RMA number must be included with the Product when delivered to Hale. Failure to make timely delivery to Hale of the Product claimed to be defective shall void any Warranty. Purchaser or its customer shall be responsible for all freight and shipping changes in connection with the delivery of Product claimed to be defective to Hale at its manufacturing facility or to another party or location designated by Hale and the delivery of repaired or replacement Product or parts to Purchaser. Product claimed to be defective must be shipped by Purchaser freight prepaid. Repaired and replacement Product and parts therefore will be shipped to Purchaser freight collect. Purchaser shall bear all risk of loss or damage during shipment. If requested to do so by Purchaser, Hale may, at its sole option and in its sole discretion, supply a replacement Product or part to Purchaser prior to making a final determination as to whether Warranty Coverage is available. If Hale ultimately determines that no Warranty Coverage is available for the Product claimed to be defective, whether the determination is based on the Warranty being voided, the Product failure being due to a cause not covered by the Warranty, the failure to make a timely and proper Warranty claim, or otherwise, Purchaser or its customer will be required to purchase the replacement Product or part that has been supplied to it by Hale at the price at which Purchaser is then entitled to purchase such Product or part under the Supply Agreement. If Hale ultimately determines that no Warranty Coverage is available for a Product claimed to be defective, whether the determination is based on the Warranty being voided, the Product failure being due to a cause not covered by the Warranty, the failure to make a timely and proper Warranty claim, or otherwise, Purchaser shall have the option of either (i) having the Product returned to it freight collect, without repair or replacement, or (ii) if Hale determines that the Product is repairable, have the Product repaired by Hale or another party designated by it on a time and materials basis at Hale’s then current standard charges for non-warranty repairs and then returned to Purchaser freight collect. HALE’S WARRANTY AS SET FORTH HEREIN IS HALE’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON- INFRINGMENT ALL OF WHICH OTHER WARRANTIES ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED. THE RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SET FORTH HEREIN ARE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE RIGHTS AND REMEDIES AGAINST HALE. EXCEPT FOR THE SPECIFIC LIABILITIES AND OBLIGATIONS PROVIDED HEREIN, HALE SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY OR OBLIGATION WITH RESPECT TO ANY PRODUCT CLAIMED TO BE DEFECTIVE IN ANY MANNER. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL HALE BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST OR UNREALIZED SALES, REVENUES, PROFITS, INCOME, COST SAVINGS OR BUSINESS, LOST OR UNREALIZED CONTRACTS, LOSS OF GOODWILL, DAMAGE TO REPUTATION, LOSS OF PROPERTY, LOSS OF INFORMATION OR DATA, LOSS OF PRODUCTION, DOWNTIME, OR INCREASED COSTS, IN CONNECTION WITH ANY PRODUCT, EVEN IF HALE IS ADVISED OR PLACED ON NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES AND NOTWITHSTANDING THE FAILURE OF ANY ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY PRODUCT. Hale, Inc. - Warranty Statement Page 3 Effective November 1, 2012 Warranty Period Warranty Coverage ** Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. At time pump is ordered, original Purchaser may take Standard Warranty at no charge or purchase Extended Warranty for an additional charge which will be quoted by Hale at original purchaser's request at time of order. Under Standard Warranty, Hale will cover parts and labor for first 2 years of Warranty Period and parts only (no labor) for remainder of the Warranty Period . Under Extended Warranty (if purchased by original Purchaser), Hale will cover parts and labor for the full Warranty Period. When labor is covered, Service Provider will be reimbursed at Hale's then current standard labor hours and rates for labor to make repair (if not repaired by Hale) and to remove defective Product and re-install repaired or replacement Product. Hale's approval of repair estimate is required prior to performance of repair work. If applicable, actual mileage will be reimbursed at Hale's then current mileage reimbursement rate. Marine, Refueller and Other Applications Earlier of (i) 2 years from the date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser, or (ii) 2,000 run hours . Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. If not used for rental or contracting, 2 years from the date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser. Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. Repair labor is included, but any other labor (including removal and re- installation) and mileage are excluded. Service Provider will be reimbursed at Hale's then current standard labor hours and rates for labor to make repair (if not repaired by Hale). Hale's written authorization of repair estimate is required prior to performance of repair work. If used for rental or contracting, earlier of (i) 6 months from date of shipment to original Purchaser, or (ii) 1,000 run hours. Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. If not used for rental or contracting, 3 years from the date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser. Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. If used for rental or contracting, earlier of (i) 6 months from date of shipment to original Purchaser, or (ii) 1,000 run hours. Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. Cross-Chassis Skids Trailer Units Earlier of (i) 12 months from date of shipment to original Purchaser, or (ii) 1,000 run hours. Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. HALE, INC. (January 1, 2013) Product Specific Warranty Terms and Conditions Product * Pumps Mid-Ship, Rear Mount, and Booster (Excludes all Engine Driven Units) Fire Service Applications (non-Marine) Earlier of (i) 5 years from in service date of vehicle or equipment in which Product is initially installed, or (ii) 5- 1/2 years from date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser. Pump Ends Backpacks Floats HP Portables Engine Driven Units *** Hale, Inc. - Warranty Statement Page 4 Effective November 1, 2012 Warranty Period Warranty Coverage ** Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed (including cracks resulting from stress and rust through of panels) during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. Pump modules are built to original Purchaser's specification or design. Although individual Hale and Class 1 components used for pump modules comply with NFPA standards, pump modules are not NFPA compliant. Original Purchaser is solely responsible for (i) ensuring finished pump houses are NFPA complaint and adhere to industry accepted standards and guidelines, and (ii) supplying manuals that include appropriate directions, instructions and warnings concerning pump house operation. Foam CAFS Systems, FoamLogix Proportioners, and EZ Fill 1 year from the date of shipment to original Purchaser. Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. Pump Repair & Replacement Parts 90 days from date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser. Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. Pressure Gauges 3 years from date of shipment of Product to the original Purchaser. Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. Plumbing 2 years from date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser. Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. SVS “Torrent” Valves 10 years from date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser on everything except seal. 2 years from date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser on seal. Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. Class 1 Valves 10 years from date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser on everything except seal. No warranty on seal. Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. Electronics 2 years from date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser. Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. ** For each Product, Hale will have the option to refund to Purchaser (in cash or by credit) the purchase price Hale was paid for such Product, less depreciation determined on a straight line basis over the Warranty Period, in lieu of repair or replacement (including, when applicable, labor). The decision whether to repair, replace or refund (and, if there is a refund, whether to refund in cash or by credit) shall be made by Hale in its sole discretion. Pump Modules Pump Body Weldments, Stainless Manifolds, and Fabricated Panels 10 years from the date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser * When Products are combined to form a module or package, each Product will have its own separate Warranty Period and Warranty Coverage. Valves *** All engine related service, performance and warranty issues will be handled by the engine OEM or their local distributor. HALE, INC. Product Specific Warranty Terms and Conditions (January 1, 2013) Product * Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Ten (10) Year Material and Workmanship Pierce 12V LED Strip Light Limited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Pierce 12V LED strip lights installed on the apparatus occuring during the warranty period. 1. LIMITED WARRANTY (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This limited warranty does not apply to related wire harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. Ten (10) YearWarranty Period Ends After: Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 7/5/2011 WA0203 THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. Warranty Begins: Stainless steel piping shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion.(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. Ten (10) Years - or - 100,000 Miles Warranty Period Ends After: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Ten (10) Year Material and Workmanship Stainless Steel Piping 1. LIMITED WARRANTY The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. Pierce’s obligation under this warranty is limited to repairing or replacing without charge, as Pierce may elect, the stainless steel piping or components which Pierce determines to have failed due to defective material and workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion. This warranty does not cover the use of fluoroprotein (FP) type foam. The sodium chloride within FP foam can cause long-term damage to system components if not thoroughly flushed immediately after use. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.3/22/2012 WA0035 THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. )LUHDQG5HVFXH$SSDUDWXV Coverage: 7KUHH <HDU0DWHULDODQG:RUNPDQVKLS 0HULWRU:DEFR$%6%UDNH6\VWHP Limited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: The Meritor Wabco ABS brake system shall be covered by Meritor Wabco as indicated in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty coverage description /,0,7(':$55$17< (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. Three (3) YearWarranty Period Ends After: The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty description shall apply. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 (;&/86,212)&216(48(17,$/$1',1&,'(17$/'$0$*(6 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. %8<(5 6(;&/86,9(5(0('< Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.2/25/2013 WA0232 THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. ',6&/$,0(562):$55$17,(6 capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. Warranty Model Year 2018 Vehicles SIMPLER IS BETTER Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the full details of your coverage can be challenging. This straightforward approach allows you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications will be covered in your region. Our component warranty coverage is provided according to vocation/usage categories listed below. • Linehaul covers high mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) on well maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction. • General Service covers moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) on well maintained public roads (less than 10 percent off-road) typically with less than three (3) stops per mile. • Heavy Service (Vocational) covers vehicles with more than 10 percent off-road OR moderate to frequent starts/stops typically with more than three (3) stops per mile. • Off-Highway Service covers lower mileage operations. Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use. 2 3 Linehaul Service ...............................................................................................4 General Service ................................................................................................4 Heavy Service ..................................................................................................5 Industrial/Off-Highway Service ........................................................................6 Terms and Conditions ......................................................................................7 How to Read Warranty Coverage (Example) Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) Unl=Unlimited P=Parts Only P&L=Parts & Labor 3 300 P CONTENTS Effective Model Year 2018 Vehicles 5 Heavy Service Vehicles Meritor WABCO Components1 ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 3/300/P&L ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic 2/200/P&L Electronic Braking System (EBS) 3/300/P&L Electronic Stability Control (ESC) 3/300/P&L Roll Stability Control (RSC) 3/300/P&L Air Dryers (ALL) 1/100/P&L Leveling Valves 1/100/P&L Air Brake Valves 1/100/P&L Emission Valves (SCR) 2/200/P&L Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L Air Compressors (ALL)2 1/100/P&L OnGuard™ 3/300/P&L OnGuardACTIVE™ 3/300/P&L OnLane™ Lane Departure Warning 3/300/P&L Blind Spot Detection 3/300/P&L OptiRide™ 2/200/P&L Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS) 3/300/P&L Trailer Control Line Filter3 1/100/P&L Trailer ABS Valve3 3/300/P&L 1 WABCO and Meritor WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by Meritor WABCO. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will be applied when a Meritor WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a Meritor WABCO Trailer ABS valve. • Airport Rescue Fire (ARF) • Airport Shuttle • Asphalt Truck • Block Truck • Bottom Dump Trailer Combination • Cementing Vehicle • City Bus • Commercial Pick-Up • Concrete Pumper • Construction Material Hauler • Crash Fire Rescue (CFR) • Mixer • Demolition • Drill Rig • Dump • Emergency Service • Equipment Hauling • Flatbed Trailer Hauler • Flatbed Truck • Fracturing Truck • Front Loader • Geophysical Exploration • Hopper Trailer Combinations • Landscaping Truck • Liquid Waste Hauler • Log Hauling • Lowboy • Michigan Special Gravel Trains • Michigan Special Log Hauler • Michigan Special Steel Hauler • Michigan Special Waste Vehicle • Municipal Dump • Newspaper Delivery • Package Delivery • Pick-up and Delivery • Rapid Intervention Vehicle (RIV) • Rear Loader • Recycling Truck • Residential Pick-Up/Waste • Rigging Truck • R o l l - O ff • Scrap Truck • Semi-End Dump • Sewer/Septic Vacuum • Shuttle Bus • Side Loader • Snowplow/Snowblower • Steel Hauling • Tanker • Tank Truck • Tractors with Pole Trailers • Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps • Transfer Dump • Transfer Vehicle • Transit Bus • Trolley • Utility Truck • Winch Truck Heavy Service Typically Is • On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) OR • Moderate to frequent starts/stops typically more than three (3) stops per mile HEAVY SERVICE (VOCATIONAL) WARRANTY INFORMATION 7 Coverage Exclusions Product Description All The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered product due to the following: (1) damage to the product or its component parts caused by incorrect use, installation, maintenance or repair, including without limitation (a) improper fit of mating components or brackets, (b) damaged threads, (c) cut, broken, chafed, pinched or otherwise damaged wiring (sensors, harnesses and connectors), (d) damaged sensors from removal when seized in block, or associated with sensor adjustments/ alignments, and (e) damage resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine Meritor WABCO components or materials; (2) damage to the product, its component parts, or diminished product or component part performance due to incorrect operation, deviation from approved conditions or misapplication; (3) any unauthorized disassembly of the product or its component parts including without limitation (a) obliterated, defaced or missing WABCO or Meritor WABCO name plate, serial numbers or label identifying the device as a Meritor WABCO product or WABCO component, (b) changes to sealed adjusting screws, and (c) opening or attempted repair of non-serviceable components; (4) malfunction of the component due to internal contamination out of the vehicle system including without limitation (a) water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a non-genuine air dryer cartridge or (b) valve failures due to contamination in air system, (5) complaints associated with noise, (6) damage resulting from corrosion (including oxidation of electrical devices and connections). Air Dryers Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only. Air System Components Normal wear items; Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs, valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals. ABS, Electronic Stability Control (ESC), Roll Stability Control (RSC), OptiRide™, OnGuard™ and OnLane™, collectively “Electronics” Failure of electronic components due to overvoltage condition, improper grounding, electrostatic discharge (ESD), improper shielding, electromagnetic interference (EMI), or other wiring or installation issues. Malfunctions and failure codes caused by other electronic subsystem failures (data bus, engine, transmission, dashboard, etc.) Hydraulic Components For certain components, brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4 is used as the operating medium. Use of any other fluid will void all warranties associated with that component. For hydraulic braking applications the brake fluid is considered a maintenance item. Maintenance intervals are listed in TB-1367. Coverage Limitations Product Description All Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, 1/Unl/P. For vehicles that operate full- or part-time outside of the United States and Canada, a 1-Year/Unlimited Miles parts only (1/Unl/P) will apply. TOOLBOX™ Software Proper diagnostics of Meritor WABCO Electronics may require the latest version of TOOLBOX™. Additional labor due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™. TOOLBOX™ software, and/or the time to purchase or install latest version of TOOLBOX™ are not covered under product warranty. TERMS AND CONDITIONS 8 TERMS AND CONDITIONS (1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty? Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems warrants to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins from the original in-service date to the limits provided and runs concurrently with any warranties provided by OEMs and/or any service contracts that cover the components listed in this publication, if any. If the components listed in this publication are covered by an OEM warranty and/or service contract, then the OEM’s warranty and/ or service contract shall supersede Meritor WABCO’s warranty and Owner shall comply with all OEM’s warranty and/or service contract requirements for claims under such OEM’s warranty and/or service contract until those agreements expire. Once those agreements expire and provided the Meritor WABCO warranty has not expired under the terms stated above, the Meritor WABCO warranty would be in effect until its expiration date. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed previously in this publication. Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. Additional diagnostic time due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™, time to purchase or install latest version of TOOLBOX™ are the responsibility of the authorized Meritor WABCO service location and are not covered under product warranty. Components installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Meritor WABCO through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Meritor WABCO components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with Meritor WABCO directly. Failure to notify Meritor WABCO of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Meritor WABCO as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Meritor WABCO or through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under Meritor WABCO’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor WABCO, approvals. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty. (4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? In addition to the items listed on page 7, this warranty does not cover normal wear and tear, or service items; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (a) improper handling, storage, installation, adjustment, repair or modification including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by Meritor WABCO, (b) accident, fire or other casualty, natural disaster, road debris, negligence, misuse, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the brake system capacity), or (c) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from maintenance intervals, approved lubricants, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by Meritor WABCO. (5) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Meritor WABCO’s option. Meritor WABCO reserves the right to require that all applicable covered components are available and/or returned to Meritor WABCO for review and evaluation. (6) DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY. THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SOME STATES LIMIT OR DO NOT ALLOW THE DISCLAIMER OF IMPLIED OR OTHER WARRANTIES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO THE EXTENT SUCH STATE’S LAW IS APPLICABLE TO THESE TERMS. (7) LIMITATION OF REMEDIES. IN NO EVENT SHALL MERITOR WABCO BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCI- DENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, TOW- ING, DOWNTIME, LOST PRODUCTIVITY, CARGO DAMAGE, TAXES, LOST PROFITS, COSTS OF PROCUREMENT OF A SUBSTITUTE COMPONENT OR ANY OTHER LOSSES OR COSTS RESULTING FROM A COVERED COMPONENT. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO THE EXTENT SUCH STATE’S LAW IS APPLICABLE TO THESE TERMS. (8) TIME LIMIT ON COMMENCING LEGAL ACTION. ANY LEGAL ACTION OR CLAIM ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO THIS WARRANTY, IN CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, MUST BE COMMENCED WITHIN ONE YEAR FROM THE ACCRUAL OF THAT CAUSE OF ACTION, OR BE BARRED FOREVER. (9) To Obtain Service. If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Meritor WABCO or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Meritor WABCO service location. The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Meritor WABCO for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by Meritor WABCO, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Meritor WABCO component covered by this warranty. (10) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between Meritor WABCO and the Owner about warranty and no Meritor, Meritor WABCO employee, or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Meritor WABCO unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of Meritor WABCO. meritorwabco.com ©2017 Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems is a joint venture of Meritor™ and WABCO For more information on Meritor WABCO Warranty, call our OnTrac Customer Service team at 866-OnTrac1 (866-668-7221) or visit meritorwabco.com. Litho in USA. Revised 06/17. SP-1375 (47865/11900) Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems 2135 West Maple Road, Troy, Michigan 48084, USA Phone: 866-ONTRAC1 (866-668-7221) Fax: 248-435-8002 This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This warranty does not cover repair due to accidents, misuse, and excessive vibration, flying debris, storage damage (freezing), negligence or modification. This warranty is void if any modification or repairs are performed without authorization. This also voids any future warranty. This warranty does not cover cost of maintenance or repairs due to lack of required maintenance services as recommended. Performance of the required maintenance and use of proper fluids are the responsibility of the owner. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. One (1) Year & Five (5) YearWarranty Period Ends After: Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.1/30/2013 WA0231 THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: One (1) Year Material and Workmanship Foam System & Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship Control Head Limited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Limited warranty 1 year parts and labor for for the foam system and 5 years parts and labor for the control head. 1. LIMITED WARRANTY (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: Warranty Begins: The transmission cooler shall be free from component or structural failures caused by defects in material and/or workmanship. Collateral damage up to $10,000 per occurrence is available for the first three (3) years. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. Five (5) Years on Oil Cooler and three (3) years on collateral damage coverage Warranty Period Ends After: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship - Transmission Oil Cooler Three (3) Year Collateral Damage Coverage 1. LIMITED WARRANTY The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: The date of delivery to the first retail purchaser. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This warranty does not cover repair due to accidents, misuse, and excessive vibration, flying debris, storage damage (freezing), negligence or modification. This warranty is void if any modification or repairs are performed without authorization. This also voids any future warranty. This warranty does not cover cost of maintenance or repairs due to lack of required maintenance services as recommended. Performance of the required maintenance and use of proper fluids are the responsibility of the owner. Towing is covered to the nearest distributor or authorized dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission. Labor costs for the removal and reinstallation of goods may be covered when necessary to make repairs. Please contact your OEM for authorization. Replacement of cooler during the warranty period is limited to 100% of reasonable labor costs up to a maximum of $700 to remove, replace, or repair the oil cooler. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.2/22/2012 WA0216 THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. United Plastic Fabricating, Inc. (hereinafter called “UPF”) warrants each POLY-TANK®, Booster/Foam Tank POLYSIDE® Wetside Tank, Integrator Tank/Body, ELLIPSE™ Elliptical Tank, Ellip-T-Tank Tank and DEFENDER™ Skid Tank to be free from defects in material and workmanship for the service life of the original vehicle (vehicle must be actively used in an emergency re- sponse for fire suppression). All UPF Tanks must be installed and operated in accordance with the UPF Installation and Operating Guidelines. Failure to do so can void the warranty. Every UPF Tank is inspected and tested before leaving our facility. Should your UPF Tank require service, please notify UPF via email, fax, in writing or by calling UPF at 1-978-975-4520. Please provide the serial number, a de- scription of the service request, the location along with the phone number and name of the contact person. Our goal is to have scheduled work completed within a reasonable time period. Under a valid warranty claim, UPF will cover the cost to repair the UPF Tank including the customary and reasonable costs to make the tank accessible such as the removal and reinstallation of the tank if authorized in advance (pre-approved) by UPF. The warranty will not cover tanks that have been im- properly installed, operated, misused, abused, or modified from its intended or designed use. Serial number must not have been altered, defaced or re- moved. Tanks that are not stored or installed properly which results in the tank suffering UV damage will not be covered by this agreement. Should UPF determine that the service claim is valid under this warranty for a tank located outside of the United States and Canada, UPF will assume the costs for labor and material for the warranty repair as described above plus all travel costs to the U.S. port of embarkation. Costs for airline travel outside of the U.S. and Canada will not be the responsibility of UPF. In the event the tank shall become stationed in an area of the world that is considered to be a war zone or where unsafe conditions exist for the safe passage of United States Nationals, as reported by the United States Depart- ment of State, (http://www.state.gov), and a request to perform service or warranty repairs, UPF reserves the right to refuse to honor such requests. It is the purchaser’s responsibility to relocate the tank to an area where such repairs can be performed without undue risk to UPF employees or their des- ignee. UPF will make every reasonable effort to support our products though alternative means. For Ellipse™ elliptical tanks, a separate five year warranty provided by the subcontractor is applied to the sub-frames, chute linings (rubber isolation strips) and metal components. The stainless steel wrap provided by UPF shall be warranted by the subcontractor performing the wrap installation in accordance with their warranty in place at the time of the installation. UPF will not be liable for any warranty costs associated with the wrap, sub-frames, chute linings (rubber isolation strips) and metal components but will assist with all claims on behalf of its customer. For PolySide® wetsided tanks and Integrator™ Tank/Body units, all polypro- pylene components related to the tank shall carry the standard UPF lifetime FOR: POLY-TANK®, POLYSIDE®, INTEGRATOR™, ELLIPSE™, ELLIP-T-TANK™ & DEFENDER™WARRANTYUNITED PLASTIC FABRICATING, INC. LIFETIME SERVICE WARRANTY Continued on back Effective 1 August, 2009 service warranty. Other polypropylene components, including but not limited to compartments, wheel wells, fenders and other body related components shall be warranted by UPF for a period of ten years. The warranty for the PolySide® and Integrator™ units excludes paint or hardware, which shall be covered by the manufacturer of the paint/hardware. All UPF tanks 50 gallons or less utilized for non-fire applications and installed on specialty vehicles such as ATVs, trailers, boats, etc. are covered under a separate warranty policy available from UPF. Further, UPF Protector™ foam and water trailers are warranted under a separate warranty policy available from UPF. This UPF warranty is transferable within the United States only with prior writ- ten approval by UPF (except an original apparatus manufacturer may assign this warranty to the first titled owner/lessee of the apparatus). UPF will NOT reimburse any unnecessary work and/or work that has not been pre-approved. Any and all third party charges must be pre- authorized and approved in writing by UPF prior to commencing the work. Any unauthorized third party repairs, alterations, actions or modi- fications will not be covered and can void the warranty. UPF will be the sole determining authority as to whether a service claim will be valid and covered under this warranty. In no event will UPF be liable for an amount in excess of the purchase price of the booster/foam tank at the time of manufacture or for any loss or dam- age, whether direct, indirect, incidental, consequential, or otherwise arising out of failure of its product. Loss of contents (water, foam, etc.) shall not be the responsibility of UPF. Further, UPF is not responsible for costs associated with service repairs to chassis, sub-frames, bodies, valves, dumps, hoses, pressure vacuum vents, and other components (i.e. liquid level transducers, etc.). Further, UPF will not cover the cost for travel of the vehicle to and from a repair facility. This warranty contains the entire warranty. It is the sole warranty and price agreements or representation, whether oral or written, are either merged herein or expressly cancelled. UPF neither assumes, nor authorizes any per- son supposing to act on its behalf to change, nor assume for it, any warranty or liability concerning its product. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. Some states do not allow exclusion or limitation or incidental or consequential damage, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. Since some states do not allow limitations on the length of an implied warranty, the above limitation may not apply to you. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, WHICH EX- TEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION OF THE FACE HEREOF. THERE IS NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR A WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ADDITION- ALLY, THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITIES ON THE PART OF UPF.FOR: POLY-TANK®, POLYSIDE®, INTEGRATOR™, ELLIPSE™, ELLIP-T-TANK™ & DEFENDER™WARRANTYUNITED PLASTIC FABRICATING, INC. POLY-TANK®,& POLYSIDE® are registered trademarks of UPF, Inc. INTEGRATOR™, ELLIPSE™, ELLIP-T-TANK™ & DEFENDER™ are trademarks of UPF, Inc. © 08/01/09 UPF, Inc. Printed in the USA 2 6 0 0 A M E R I C A N D R I V E • A P P L E T O N , W I 5 4 9 1 2 -2 0 1 7 • 9 2 0 -832-3 000 P I E R C E M A N U F A C T U R I N G I N C . B U L L E T I N TO: All Dealer Service Representatives From: Kevin Hanegraaf DATE: January 4, 2010 RE: UPF Tank Warranty Policy – Truck in Accident Service Topic #292 To keep the UPF tank warranty valid on trucks that have been involved in a vehicular accident, it is UPF’s policy that the customer must remove the tank from the truck and send it back to one of UPF’s facilities for inspection. In the event that this does not take place, the warranty will be considered null and void. The customer must remove and send the tank back to UPF for inspection in order to maintain the original warranty coverage, at which time it will be: - Filled with water - Visually inspected - Ultraviolet spark tested on articulating test stand in the dark - Recommendation for repairs if necessary provided by UPF - Fully evaluated and repaired by UPF If your customer chooses to leave the tank on the truck and wants a technician to inspect and/or repair the tank in the field, then the warranty is no longer in effect. This direction is upheld by UPF because the technician cannot inspect the entire tank when it is still installed on the truck. Note: This memo is intended to relay the information Pierce has received on UPF’s tank warranty for trucks that are in a vehicular accident. In the event of an actual claim, we direct you to consult with UPF’s service Manager Maura Watts (800-638-8265 x253) Effective March 15, 2010 AMDOR Inc. TERMS OF BUSINESS AND GENERAL INFORMATION Warranty: All AMDOR Inc. roll-up door products are warranted for a period of 10 years from the date of delivery (with the exception of wet paint adhesion - please see below). AMDOR Inc. liability covers the replacement or repair of any component that fails due to defects in material and / or workmanship during the coverage period. We accept no liability for claims made for damages to any part (or parts) of a vehicle and / or machine (of any type) or injury claims by a person or persons assumed or alleged to have been brought about by the use or misuse of any product supplied by AMDOR Inc. Warranty coverage does not extend to door attachments including (but not limited to) decals, emblems, stripes and adhesives. In order to initiate the claims process please contact your authorized representative of AMDOR Inc. Warranty claims must be accompanied by a written description providing full and reasonable details as to the nature of the defect. Upon receipt of your claim arrangements will be made to inspect the defective product (if necessary). Justified warranty claims will be repaired, exchanged, or credited to the customer's account at AMDOR Inc.'s discretion. All warranty claims must be approved in writing by the Customer Service Manager for AMDOR Inc. There are no exceptions to this clause. Limited warranty coverage includes the labor associated with the disassembly and assembly of products deemed to be defective by AMDOR Inc. Labor allowances are based on a set time schedule as determined by AMDOR Inc. The maximum allowable hourly labor rate is $ 50. All warranty labor claims must be approved in writing by an authorized representative of AMDOR Inc. prior to commencement of work. Allowances for removal and installation: Curtain replacement: 3/4 hour Balancer replacement: 1 hour Door ajar switch 3/4 hour Bottom Panel Assembly: 1/2 hour Slat replacement: 3/4 hour Door removal and replacement 1 1/2 hours Items authorized for return must be accompanied by a Return Goods Authorization (RGA) number. We will accept collect shipments of items deemed to be defective provided that they are returned via the most economical carrier. Should items be returned by means other than the most economical carrier the difference will be charged back to the sender. AMDOR Inc. reserves the right to reject any claim when a product has been opened, interfered with or modified. Claims may also be rejected when damage to the product (or any sub-assembly) has been brought about by accident, misuse, abuse, vandalism, incorrect installation, temperature extremes, chemical exposure or any factor other than regular operating conditions. Limited Wet Paint Match Adhesion Warranty AMDOR Inc. warrants wet paint finishes applied by AMDOR utilizing our approved factory paint specification. All wet paint match colors must be approved in writing by an authorized OEM representative. AMDOR Inc. will provide a color spray out for this purpose. The time required for shipping and consideration of initial color spray outs will be considered over and above stated lead times. Warranty coverage will extend for a period of not less than 5 years from the date of delivery as determined by AMDOR Inc.'s Packing Slip. AMDOR reserves the right to determine whether individual units will be replaced and / or repaired by an AMDOR approved vendor. An allowance will be made for labor associated with the disassembly and assembly of individual units at the prescribed hourly rate of $ 50 per hour. Compensation for labor will not exceed the maximum time allowance permitted for door removal and replacement. Written approval including specified allowance for time must be obtained from AMDOR prior to initiating work. Warranty coverage will extend to the following visible paint system defects: 1./ Loss of mechanical adhesion as evidenced by peeling, cracking or blistering which exposes the substrate material. 2./ Corrosion of the substrate due to paint system failure. 3./ Fading which results in a substantial departure from the primary AMDOR approved body color. Wet paint adhesion limited warranty coverage will be excluded when damages to the system are determined by AMDOR Inc. to be a result of the following: 1./ Damage caused through the use of attachments including (but not limited to) decals, labels, adhesives, non factory approved coatings. 2./ Loss of gloss, discoloration or damage due to improper maintenance (including but not limited to) mechanical wash systems, pressure washers, steam cleaners, non approved wash or polishing agents. 3./ Abuse, acts of nature, excessive heat / cold, chemical exposure, vandalism and / or accidents. 4./ Scratches, chips, abrasions, or dents from any source. This document supercedes all previous written and / or verbal warranties provided by AMDOR Inc. and / or it's affiliates. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 1/11/2011 WA0188 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This limited warranty does not apply to related wire harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: 54 Months Material and Workmanship Camera System Fifty - Four (54) monthsWarranty Period Ends After: The date of delivery.Warranty Begins: This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Sharpvision camera system installed on the apparatus occuring during the warranty period. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Cummins Warranty Worldwide Fire Apparatus/Crash Trucks Coverage Products Warranted This Warranty applies to new diesel Engines sold by Cummins and delivered to the first user on or after April 1,2007,that are used in fire apparatus truck and crash truck*applications Worldwide. Base Engine Warranty The Base Engine Warranty covers any failures of the Engine which result,under normal use and service, from a defect in material or factory workmanship (Warrantable Failure).This Coverage begins with the sale of the Engine by Cummins and ends five years or 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers),whichever occurs first,after the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user. Engine aftertreatment components included in the Cummins Critical Parts List (CPL)and marked with a Cummins part number are covered under Base Engine Warranty. Additional Coverage is outlined in the Emission Warranty section. These Warranties are made to all Owners in the chain of distribution and Coverage continues to all subsequent Owners until the end of the periods of Coverage. Cummins Responsibilities Cummins will pay for all parts and labor needed to repair the damage to the Engine resulting from a Warrantable Failure. Cummins will pay for the lubricating oil,antifreeze, filter elements,belts,hoses and other maintenance items that are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure. Cummins will pay for reasonable labor costs for Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to repair a Warrantable Failure. Cummins will pay reasonable costs for towing a vehicle disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the nearest authorized repair location.In lieu of the towing expense,Cummins will pay reasonable costs for mechanics to travel to and from the location of the vehicle,including meals,mileage and lodging when the repair is performed at the site of the failure. Owner Responsibilities Owner is responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Engine as specified in Cummins Operation and Maintenance Manuals.Owner is also responsible for providing proof that all recommended maintenance has been performed. Before the expiration of the applicable Warranty, Owner must notify a Cummins distributor,authorized dealer or other repair location approved by Cummins of any Warrantable Failure and make the Engine available for repair by such facility.Except for Engines disabled by a Warrantable Failure,Owner must also deliver the Engine to the repair facility. Service locations are listed on the Cummins Worldwide Service Locator at cummins.com. Owner is responsible for the cost of lubricating oil, antifreeze,filter elements and other maintenance items provided during Warranty repairs unless such items are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure. Owner is responsible for communication expenses, meals,lodging and similar costs incurred as a result of a Warrantable Failure. Owner is responsible for non-Engine repairs and for ‘‘downtime’’expenses,cargo damage,fines,all applicable taxes,all business costs and other losses resulting from a Warrantable Failure. Owner is responsible for a $100 (U.S.Dollars) deductible per each service visit under this plan in the 3rd,4th and 5th years of Base Engine Warranty.The deductible will not be charged during the first 2 years of the Base Engine Warranty. Limitations Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse or neglect,including,but not limited to:operation without adequate coolants or lubricants;overfueling; overspeeding;lack of maintenance of lubricating, cooling or intake systems;improper storage,starting, warm-up,run-in or shutdown practices;unauthorized modifications of the Engine. Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty. Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by incorrect oil,fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel,oil or diesel exhaust fluid. This Warranty does not apply to accessories supplied by Cummins which bear the name of another company.Such non-warranted accessories include,but are not limited to:alternators,starters,fans,air conditioning compressors,clutches,filters, transmissions,torque converters,vacuum pumps, power steering pumps,fan drives and air compressors. Cummins branded alternators and starters are covered for the first two years from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user,or the expiration of the Base Engine Warranty,whichever occurs first. Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption are not covered beyond the duration of the Coverage or 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers)or 7,000 hours from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user, whichever of the three occurs first.Before a claim for excessive oil consumption will be considered,Owner must submit adequate documentation to show that consumption exceeds Cummins published standards. Failures of belts and hoses supplied by Cummins are not covered beyond the first year from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user or the duration of the Warranty,whichever occurs first. Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new Cummins parts,Cummins approved rebuilt parts or repaired parts.Cummins is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by Cummins. A new Cummins or Cummins approved rebuilt part used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the identity of the part it replaced and is entitled to the remaining Coverage hereunder. Cummins Inc.reserves the right to interrogate Electronic Control Module (ECM)data for purposes of failure analysis. CUMMINS DOES NOT COVER WEAR OR WEAROUT OF COVERED PARTS. CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. THIS WARRANTY AND THE EMISSION WARRANTY SET FORTH HEREINAFTER ARE THE SOLE WARRANTIES MADE BY CUMMINS IN REGARD TO THESE ENGINES.CUMMINS MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES,EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,OR OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. This Warranty gives you specific legal rights,and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. Emission Warranty Products Warranted This Emission Warranty applies to new Engines marketed by Cummins that are used in the United States**in vehicles designed for transporting persons or property on a street or highway.This Warranty applies to Engines delivered to the first user on or after September 1,1992. Coverage Cummins warrants to the first user and each subsequent purchaser that the Engine is designed, built and equipped so as to conform at the time of sale by Cummins with all U.S.federal emission regulations applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free from defects in material or factory workmanship which would cause it not to meet these regulations within the longer of the following periods:(A)Five years or 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers)of operation, whichever occurs first,as measured from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user or (B)The Base Engine Warranty. If the vehicle in which the Engine is installed is registered in the state of California,a separate California Emission Warranty also applies. Limitations Failures,other than those resulting from defects in material or factory workmanship,are not covered by this Warranty. Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse or neglect,including,but not limited to:operation without adequate coolants or lubricants;overfueling; overspeeding;lack of maintenance of lubricating, cooling or intake systems;improper storage,starting, warm-up,run-in or shutdown practices;unauthorized modifications of the Engine. Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty. Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by incorrect oil,fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel,oil or diesel exhaust fluid. Cummins is not responsible for non-Engine repairs, ‘‘downtime’’expenses,cargo damage,fines,all applicable taxes,all business costs or other losses resulting from a Warrantable Failure. Cummins Inc. Box 3005 Columbus, IN 47202-3005 U.S.A. Bulletin 3381161 Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 08/09 ©2001 Cummins Inc. CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. *Airport operated crash trucks and fire department operated trucks employed to respond to fires, hazardous material releases,rescue and other emergency-type situations. **United States includes American Samoa,the Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands,Guam, Puerto Rico and the U.S.Virgin Islands. Cummins Inc. Box 3005 Columbus,IN 47202-3005 U.S.A. Bulletin 3381161PrintedinU.S.A.Rev.08/092001CumminsInc. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor warranty description shall apply. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. Two (2) YearWarranty Period Ends After: Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 8/22/2017 WA0328 THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Two (2) Year Material and Workmanship Meritor Axles Limited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: The Meritor axle shall be covered by Meritor as indicated in the attached Meritor warranty coverage description 1. LIMITED WARRANTY (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: MERITOR® COMMERCIAL VEHICLE SYSTEMS WARRANTY/MODEL YEAR 2018 VEHICLES Advantage Program Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting www.meritor.com or by contacting Meritor at 866-OnTrac1 (866-668-7221). 2 Linehaul .............................................................................................................3-4 General Service ...................................................................................................5-6 Heavy Service ......................................................................................................7-8 Off-Highway Service ................................................................................................9 Terms and Conditions ............................................................................................10 How to Read Warranty Coverage Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) Unl=Unlimited P=Parts Only P&L=Parts & Labor Notice: Models or components that are approved for use by Meritor’s vocational guidelines contained in Meritor Publication TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P). Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P). Effective Model Year 2018 Vehicles WARRANTY INFORMATION CONTENTS n Auto Hauler n Bulk Hauler n Chip Hauler (Truck)* n Doubles n Flatbed n General Freight n Grain Hauler n Livestock Hauler n Moving Van n Pipe Hauler n Refrigerated Freight n Tanker n Triples FD-965 FF-941 FF-942 FF-943 FF-944 FF-961 FF-966 FF-967 FG-941 FG-943 MFS-10-122A MFS-10-143A-N MFS-10-144A-N MFS-12-122A-N MFS-12-122B-N MFS-12-122C-N MFS-12E-122A-N MFS-12-132B-N MFS-12-132C-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-12E-143A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-13-122A-N MFS-13-122B-N MFS-13-122C-N MFS-13-132B-N MFS-13-132C-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-14-122A-N MFS-14-143A-N n High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) n Well maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction n Greater than 30 miles between starting and stopping Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. * Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideration. Linehaul Vehicles Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/750/P&L Linehaul Typically Is RPL 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L 155N 1/Unl/P 92N 1/Unl/P Drivelines RS-19-144/145/A MS-19-14X MS-21-144 RS-21-145 RS-21-160 RS-23-160 RS-23-161 RS-23-186 Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/750/P&L 1 These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. RT-34-144/P/A RT-40-145/A RT-40-160/P1,2 RT-46-160/P1,2 RT-46-164EH/P1,2 RT-50-160/P1,2 MA-40-165 MA-40-175 MT-34-14X/P MT-40-14X/P MT-40-14X/P MT-40-144/P MT-40-943 MT-40-943-SP RZ-1662 RZ-188 Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/750/P&L LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION 3 Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P, 1/100/L LX500 Feature1 5/750/P&L Q+ Drum Brake™ 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L ASA 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P STEELite X30 Drum Brake™2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 5/500/P, 1/Unl/L 1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 3/500/P&L. 2 Based on stamped wear diameter max. MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)1 Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L Curbing Damage Warranty2 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L Bushings 7/700/P, 5/500/L PinLoc Air Controls 1/100/P&L PinLoc Actuator 3/300/P&L MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram) Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L Bushings 7/700/P, 5/500/L MTA (Trailing Arm) Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L Air Springs & Rebound Straps 2/200/P, 1/100/L Bushings 5/500/P, 3/300/L 1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl P&L when torqued by Meritor (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame rails, crossmembers, and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage. Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferrable to another trailer VIN, and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped, or otherwise not salvageable. TQ, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 5/750/P&L 1 For brake components and ABS Coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. MTIS Components 3/500/P&L Beam and Brackets 5/500/P, 1/100/L Wheel End Systems1 Standard System2 1/100/P&L PreSet by Meritor3 5/500/P&L AxlePak54 5P/L AxlePak75 7P/L 1 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 2 When installed by Meritor. 3 Requires approved hubcap stating PreSet by Meritor on hubcap face. 4 When specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/500P, 3/500L. 5 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 7/750P, 3/500L. (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) Brake Components Trailer Air Suspension Systems TAG/Pusher Axles1 Meritor Tire Inflation System by PSI Trailer Axles 4 LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION n Aerial Ladder Truck n Aerial Platform n Ambulance n Auto Hauler n Beverage Truck n Chip Hauler n Cross Country Coach n Flatbed n Front Engine Commercial Chassis n Front Engine Integral Coach n General Freight n Intercity Coach n Intermodal Chassis n Livestock Hauler n Meat Packer n Moving Van n Municipal Truck n Newspaper Delivery n Pick-Up and Delivery n Pipe Hauler n Platform Auto Hauler n Pumper n Rear Engine Integral Coach n Recreational Vehicles n Refrigerated Freight n School Bus n Stake Truck n Tanker n Tanker Truck n Tour Bus n Wrecker FD-965 FF-941 FF-942 FF-943 FF-944 FF-946 FF-961 FF-966 FF-967 FG-941 FH-941 FH-9461 FL-941 FL-943 MFS-6-151A-N MFS-6-153B-N MFS-6-162B-N MFS-6-153C-N MFS-6-162C-N MFS-7-113C-N MFS-7-153C-N MFS-7-163C-N MFS-8-113B-N MFS-8-143A-N MFS-8-153B-N MFS-8-163B-N MFS-10-122A MFS-10-143A-N MFS-10-144A-N MFS-12-122A-N MFS-12E-122A-N MFS-12-122B-N MFS-12-122C-N MFS-12-132B-N MFS-12-132C-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-12E-143A-N MFS-13-122A-N MFS-13-122B-N MFS-13-122C-N MFS-13-132B-N MFS-13-132C-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-14-122A-N MFS-14-143A-N MFS-16-122A-N MFS-16-143A-N MFS-18-133A-N MFS-18-135A-N MFS-18-193A-N MFS-20-133A-N MFS-20-135A-N MFS-20H-193A-N MFS-22H-135A-N MFS-22H-193A-N n Lower mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) n Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road) n An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. RT-40-160/P RT-46-160/P RT-46-164EH/P RT-50-160/P General Service Vehicles Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L General Service Typically Is Rear Drive Tandem – 3/Unl/P&L RPL 4/400/P, 1/Unl/P&L MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L 155N 1/Unl/P 92N 1/Unl/P Drivelines MS-17-13X MS-17-14X MS-19-13X MS-19-14X RS-17-144/145/A RS-19-144/145/A MS-21-13X MS-21-14X MS-21-144 MS-23-17X RS-21-145/A RS-21-160 RC-22-145 RC-22-145/A RC-23-160 RC-23-161 RC-23-1621 RC-23-1651 RS-23-160 RS-23-161 RS-23-186 RS-24-160 RC-25-160 RS-26-185 MS-26-616 MS-26-616-SP RS-30-185 MS-30-616 MS-30-616-SP RS-35-380 71162 71163 79163 Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L 1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Meritor. MT-34-14X/P RT-34-144/P/A MT-40-14X/P MT-40-144/P RT-40-145/A MT-44-14X/P RT-44-145/P RT-46-169 MT-52-616 RT-52-1851 MT-58-616 RT-58-1851 MT-70-380 RZ-166 RZ-188 Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L 1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION 1 Can also be used with reduced steer angles in tag position in Coach Applications. 5 Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L LX500 Feature1 3/Unl/P&L Cam P3 2/200/P Cam 3/Unl/P Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L Q+ Drum Brake ™3 2/200/P&L ASA 3/Unl/P ASA3 2/200/P Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P STEELite X30 Drum Brake™2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 2/Unl/P&L 1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/Unl/P. 2 Based on stamped wear diameter max. 3 Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only. Beam and Brackets1 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Wheel End Systems2 Standard System3 1/Unl/P&L AxlePak54 5P/L AxlePak75 7P/L 1 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L 2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 3 When installed by Meritor. 4 When specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/500P, 3/500L. 5 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 7/750P, 3/500L. (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) Beam & Brackets 6/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Wheel End Systems1 Standard System 1/Unl/P&L AxlePak7 7P/L Beam and Brackets 7P/1L 1 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)1 Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Curbing Damage Warranty2 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Bushings 7/700/P, 5/500/L PinLoc Air Controls 1/Unl/P&L PinLoc Air Actuator 3/Unl/P&L MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram) Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Bushings 7/700/P, 5/500/L MTA (Trailing Arm) Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Bushings3 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl P&L when torqued by Meritor 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame rails, crossmembers, and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage. Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferrable to another trailer VIN, and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped, or otherwise not salvageable. 3 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L MTIS Components 3/500/P&L TQ, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets1 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L MC12002, MC14002, MC16003, FH946 2/Unl/P&L (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 1 3/UNL/P&L if sold with PreSet by Meritor. Brake Components Trailer Axles Chassis Axles (2000 Series/ChassiPak) Trailer Air Suspension Systems Meritor® Tire Inflation System by PSI TAG/Pusher Axles 6 GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION Heavy Service Vehicles n Airport Rescue Fire (ARF) n Airport Shuttle n Asphalt Truck n Block Truck n Bottom Dump Trailer Combination n Cementing Vehicle n City Bus n Commercial Pick-Up n Concrete Pumper n Construction Material Hauler n Crash Fire Rescue (CFR) n Mixer n Demolition n Drill Rig n Dump n Emergency Service n Equipment Hauling n Flatbed Trailer Hauler n Flatbed Truck n Fracturing Truck n Front Loader n Geophysical Exploration n Hopper Trailer Combinations n Landscaping Truck n Liquid Waste Hauler n Log Hauling n Lowboy n Michigan Special Gravel Trains n Michigan Special Log Hauler n Michigan Special Steel Hauler n Michigan Special Waste Vehicle n Municipal Dump n Rapid Intervention Vehicle (RIV) n Rear Loader (Refuse) n Recycling Truck n Residential Pick-Up (Refuse) n Rigging Truck n Roll-Off n Scrap Truck n Semi-End Dump n Sewer/Septic Vacuum n Shuttle Bus n Side Loader n Snowplow/Snowblower n Steel Hauling n Tanker n Tank Truck n Tractors with Pole Trailers n Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps n Transfer Dump n Transfer Vehicle n Transit Bus n Trolley n Utility Truck n Winch Truck n Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) n On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) n Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/ or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. Heavy Service Typically Is FD-965 FF-941 FF-942 FF-943 FF-944 FF-946 FF-961 FF-966 FF-967 FG-941 FG-943 FH-941 FH-946 FL-941 FL-943 MFS-6-151A-N MFS-6-153B MFS-6-162B MFS-6-162C MFS-7-113C-N MFS-7-153C-N MFS-7-163C-N MFS-8-113B-N MFS-8-153B-N MFS-8-163B-N MFS-10-122A MFS-10-143A-N MFS-10-144A-N MFS-12-122 MFS-12-122B-N MFS-12-122C-N MFS-12E-122 MFS-12-132B-N MFS-12-132C-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-12-155 MFS-13-122 MFS-13-122B-N MFS-13-122C-N MFS-13-132B-N MFS-13-132C-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-13-155 MFS-14-122 MFS-14-143A-N MFS-16-122A-N MFS-16-143A-N MFS-18-133A-N MFS-18-135A-N MFS-18-193A-N MFS-20-133A-N MFS-20-135A-N MFS-20H-193A-N MFS-22H-135A-N MFS-22H-193A-N RF-16-145 RF-21-160 MX-10-120 MX-10-120 EVO MX-12-120 MX-12-120 EVO MX-14-120 MX-16-120 MX-18-120 MX-17-140 MX-19-140 MX-21-140 MX-21-160 MX-23-160 MX-810 MS-17-14X RS-17-144/145/A MS-19-14X RS-19-144 MS-21-114 MS-21-14X RS-21-145 RS-21-145/A RS-21-160 RC-22-145 RC-23-160 RH-23-160 RS-23-160 RC-23-161 RS-23-161 RS-23-186/380 RC-23-162 RC-23-165 RS-24-160 RS-25-160 MS-26-616 MS-26-616-SP RS-26-185/380 MS-30-616 MS-30-616-SP RS-30-185/380 MS-35-380 RS-38-380 RC-25-160 RC-26-633 MT-58-616 MT-58-616-SP 71162 71163 79163 Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L RPL 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/P&L 92N 1/Unl/P&L MXL 1/Unl/P&L Drivelines HEAVY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION 7 MT-34-14X/P RT-34-144/P/A MT-40-14X/P RT-40-145/A MT-44-14X/P RT-44-145/P RT-46-169 MT-52-616 MT-52-616-SP RT-52-185/3801,2 MT-58-616 MT-58-616-SP RT-58-185/3801,2 RT-70-380 MT-70-380 RZ-166 RZ-188 Cam P 3/Unl/P Cam P3 2/100/P Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L Q+ Drum Brake™2 2/100/P&L ASA 3/Unl/P ASA2 2/100/P Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P EX+ Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L 1 Based on stamped wear diameter max. 2 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. 3 Warranty for all non-Meritor ASAs supplied by Meritor for all Heavy Service vocations is 1/100/P. RT-40-160/P/A3 RT-46-160/P/A1,3 RT-46-164EH/P/A2,3 RT-50-160/P/A3 1 U.S. only. Canadian warranty = 1/Unl/P for combination vehicles only. 2 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 3 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. MTA (Trailing Arm) Major Structural Components1 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Bushings1 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L 1 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) MTC-4208 MTC-4210 MTC-4213 T-2111 T-2119 MTIS Components 3/500/P&L MC26000 71063 79063 Beam and Brackets1 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Wheel End Systems2 Standard System3 1/Unl/P&L 1 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. 2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 3 When installed by Meritor. (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 1 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L Brake Components Rear Drive Tandem – 3/Unl/P&L Trailer Air Suspension Systems Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P Meritor Tire Inflation System by PSI Center Non-drive Axles – 2/Unl/P&L Trailer Axles 8 HEAVY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION Industrial And Off-Highway Service Vehicles n Load-On/Load-Off n Port Tractor n Rail Yard Spotter n Roll-On/Roll-Off n Stevedoring Tractor n Trailer Spotter n Yard Jockey n All-Terrain Crane n Rough Terrain Crane n Forestry n Material Handling n Specialized Heavy Haul n Specialized Mining n Excavator n Compactor n Fertilizer Spreader n Snow Blower n Mining n Rail Car Mover n Loader n Tow Tractor n Pushback Tractor n Low mileage operation n Low speed vehicle speed restriction n Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use n Six (6) starts/stops per mile (typical) Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. MOR MOX MOC RPL MXL MOR MOX MOC MOT Cam P 3/Unl/P Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L ASA 3/Unl/P Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P FF - 941 FF - 943 FF - 961 FF - 966 FG - 941 FG - 943 FL - 941 FL - 943 MFS-12-143A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-14-143A-N MFS-16-122A-N MFS-16-143A-N MFS-18-133A-N MFS-18-135A-N MFS-18-193A-N MFS-20-133A-N MFS-20-135A-N MFS-20H-193A-N MFS-22H-135A-N MFS-22H-193A-N MON-Z0 FAMILY MT-44-14X/P MT-52-616 MT-52-616-SP MT-58-616 MT-58-616-SP MT-70-380 RT-44-145/P RT-46-160/P RT-46-164EH/P RT-50-160/P RZ-166 RS-23-186 RS-23-380 RS-24-160 RS-24-160-SP MS-30-616 MS-30-616-SP RS-30-185 RS-30-380 MS-35-380 Industrial And Off-Highway Service Typically Is Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P Drivelines – 1/Unl/P Planetary Axles – 1/Unl/P Brake Components Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P Rear Drive Tandem Axles – 2/Unl/P Rear Drive Single Axles – 1/Unl/P OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION 9 Coverage Exclusions Product Description All The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion. For axle assemblies supplied by Meritor with suspension and in- terface brackets designed and/or attached by non-Meritor parties, Meritor warranty coverage does not apply to the brackets, bracket attachment methods, and field issues caused by brackets or bracket attachments to any covered component unless specified in a separate OEM agreement. Front Axles King Pin Bushings. Rear Axles Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton. ASA Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over-torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies. Cam Brake Brake lining wear and brake shoe “rust-jacking.” Disc Brake Pad wear, rotor wear. Coverage Limitations Product Description All Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P). Front Axles Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. Rear Axles Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Meritor. If yoke is not installed by Meritor, then Meritor does not warrant pinion seals. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. Rear Axles The Meritor® breather part number A-2297-C-8765 with A-3196-J-1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and/or loss of lube in axles. Cam Brake Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity. STEELite X30 Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum. Disc Brake Warranty coverage for boots, seals, bushings and pins is 2/200/P. Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P. Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Meritor representative for specific details. 10 TERMS AND CONDITIONS For more information: call Ontrac at 866-668-7221 or visit meritor.com ©2017 Meritor, Inc. Litho in USA, SP-95155 Revised 01-17 (47865/11900) Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC 2135 West Maple Road Troy, Michigan 48084 USA Vehicle models, brands and names depicted herein are the property of their respective owners, and are not in any way associated with Meritor, Inc., or its affiliates. TERMS AND CONDITIONS (1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty? Meritor Inc. warrants to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on-highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM’s vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement. Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as re- placements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information about lubrication and maintenance, see Meritor publication Maintenance Manual Number l and the applicable Meritor maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Meritor through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Meritor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with Meritor directly. Failure to notify Meritor of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Meritor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Meritor or through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under Meritor’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty. (4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (I) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by Meritor), (II) accident, natural disaster, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the axle and/or driveline capacity), or (III) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by Meritor. For vehicles that operate full or part time outside of the United States and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) will apply. (5) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Meritor’s option. Meritor reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are available and/or returned to Meritor for review and evaluation. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty. THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE. (7) Limitation of Remedies. In no event shall Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect, or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes, or any other losses or costs resulting from a defective covered component. (8) To Obtain Service. If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Meritor service location. The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Meritor for an evalu- ation of the claim. When authorized by Meritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Meritor component covered by this warranty. (9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Meritor. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Meritor and the Owner. Proposal Details Report OptionCode Type Option ProposalText 0766599 Boiler Plates, Tiller Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. is pleased to submit a proposal to Contra Costa County Fire District for a Pierce® Tractor-Drawn Aerial Ladder per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed. This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications. PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in 1913. Since then we have been building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than 62,500 apparatus, including more than 33,900 on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 105 acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has 300,000 square feet of floor space situated on approximately 38 acres of land. Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market. Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification. In accordance with the current edition of NFPA 1901 standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment. Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment. GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system. QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D1.2-2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B2.1-2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000 and is performed to American Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Furthermore, all employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality. Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal. In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to insure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand. That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce. To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least fifteen (15) fire departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided. DELIVERY The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered. MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle. SAFETY VIDEO At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39-minute, professionally produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance. PERFORMANCE TESTS A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than 10/16/2019 Customer:Contra Costa County Fire Protection District Bid Number: 620 Representative Wright, Ryan Job Number: Requirements Manager:Organization:Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc Description: 107' Velocity Tiller (SIMILAR TO Chassis:Velocity Tractor Chassis (Tiller), (Big Block), 2010 Body: Aerial, Tiller, Alum Body 1620Bid #: ten (10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle. The apparatus will meet NFPA 1901 acceleration and braking requirements. SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT Pierce dealership support will be provided by Golden State Emergency Vehicle Service Inc. by operating in conjunction with a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within seventy five (75) miles of the fire department. In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000 square feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000 in parts dedicated to service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts. Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes. As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operators manual library is available for easy reference. Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel, dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a 24 hour 7 day a week toll free hot line, four (4) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year. LIABILITY The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract. INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance: Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000 General Aggregate $2,000,000 Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form: Each Accident Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000 UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance: Aggregate: $3,000,000 Each Occurrence: $3,000,000 The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies. The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met. Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best. All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions. Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder. INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance: Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer. UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum 2620Bid #: limits of umbrella liability insurance: Each Occurrence: $25,000,000 Aggregate: $25,000,000 The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies. The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met. Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best. All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions. Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder. 0584456 Manufacture Location, Appleton, Wisconsin Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. 0584452 RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin 0588609 Vehicle Destination, US 0018180 Single Source Compliance, Aerials SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pump house (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) body and aerial device will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality. 0670275 Unit to be Similar in some Aspects, Excluding Pump Panel SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS The apparatus being proposed will be designed and built to match the 28750. However, some variation may be necessary due to changes in our manufacturing processes or our product offering. Revisions in NFPA guidelines and/or other regulations may also affect our ability to match the previous unit. 0610784 Comply NFPA 1901 Changes Effective Jan 1, 2016, With Exceptions NFPA 2016 STANDARDS This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2016, except for fire department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions. Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus. All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than 48.00" above the ground must be defined by a 1.00" wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack. A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating. The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications. An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results. 0533349 Aerial Fire Apparatus 0588613 Vehicle Certification, Aerial w/o Pump 3620Bid #: 0681279 Agency, Apparatus Certification, Aerial w/o Pump, U.L. NFPA COMPLIANCY Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA". VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third-party, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition of NFPA 1901. The certification will include: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus. A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. INSPECTION CERTIFICATE A third party inspection certificate for the aerial device will be furnished upon delivery of the aerial device. The certificate will be Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Type 1 and will indicate that the aerial device has been inspected on the production line and after final assembly. Visual structural inspections will be performed on all welds on both aluminum and steel ladders. On critical weld areas, or on any suspected defective area, the following tests will be conducted: - Magnetic particle inspection will be conducted on steel aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. Magnets will be placed on each side of the weld while iron powder is placed on the weld itself. The powder will detect any crack that may exist. This test will conform to ASTM E709 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device. - A liquid penetrant test will be conducted on aluminum aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. This test will conform to ASTM E165 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device. - Ultrasonic inspection will conducted on all aerials to detect any flaws in pins, bolts and other critical mounting components. In addition to the tests above, functional tests, load tests, and stability tests will be performed on all aerials. These tests will determine any unusual deflection, noise, vibration, or instability characteristics of the unit. GENERATOR TEST If the unit has a generator, the generator will be tested, approved, and certified by Underwriters Laboratories at the manufacturer's expense. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery. BREATHING AIR TEST If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and certify that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989, Standard on Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. 0000000 STF GSFA, Midpoint, ATW Factory, Major Airport, 3 Days and 2 nights MIDPOINT, FACTORY TRIP A midpoint inspection trip to the manufacturing facility will be provided for six (6) Customer representative(s). The intent of this trip is to monitor the progress of construction. The midpoint inspection trip will have a duration of three (3) days and two (2) nights and be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between Golden State Fire Apparatus (GSFA) and the Customer. Costs for airfare, lodging, meals and ground transportation while at the manufacturers location will be the responsibility of GSFA. Air travel will be from one of the following airports: Sacramento, San Francisco or San Jose. Costs such as Customer ground transportation in California, Customer airport parking, Customer luggage fees and Customer incidentals while traveling to the factory will be the responsibility of the Customer. Flight reservations are non-refundable and in the event of a cancellation after booking, the Customer will be responsible for all costs associated with this cancellation, which may include not only the original ticket cost but also any change or cancellation fees imposed by the airline and/ or travel agency. Flight reservations are also non-transferable. 0000000 STF GSFA, Final Insp, ATW Factory, Premium Airport, 4 Days and 3 nights FINAL INSPECTION FACTORY TRIP A final inspection trip to the manufacturing facility will be provided for seven (7) Customer representative(s). The intent of this trip is to ensure that the apparatus is built to specification and to detect any deficiencies that require correction. The final inspection trip will have a duration of four (4) days and three (3) nights and be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between Golden State Fire Apparatus (GSFA). and the Customer. Costs for airfare, lodging, meals and ground transportation while at the manufacturers location will be the responsibility of GSFA. Air travel will be from one of the following airports: Oakland, Redding, Eureka, Fresno or Reno. Costs such as Customer ground transportation in California, Customer airport parking, Customer luggage fees and Customer incidentals while traveling to the factory will be the responsibility of the Customer. Flight reservations are non-refundable and in the event of a cancellation after booking, the Customer will be responsible for all costs associated with this cancellation, which may include not only the original ticket cost but also any change or cancellation fees imposed by the airline and/ or travel agency. Flight reservations are also non-transferable. 0645881 SP Drawing, Display Shelves/Trays/Etc for Transverse Compartment A door open view on the AD drawing will be provided of the LS5/RS6, we also want to LS4/RS5< LS2 and RS3 to be shown on the drawing with the amount of detail in those compartments compartment along with all the drawers, shelves, trays, partitions,and misc. equipment that is provided in the compartment. 0093797 PENALTY CLAUSE IN CONTRACT 4620Bid #: 0799172 FLEET CUSTOMER 0536644 Customer Service Website AFTERMARKET SUPPORT WEBSITE Pierceparts.com will provide Pierce authorized dealer access to comprehensive information pertaining to the maintenance and service of their customer's apparatus. This tool will provide the Pierce authorized dealer the ability to service and support their customers to the best of their ability with factory support at their fingertips. Pierceparts.com is also accessible to the end user through the guest login. Limited access is available and vehicle specific parts information accessible by entering a specific VIN number. All end users should see their local authorized Pierce dealer for additional support and service. The website will consist of the following screens at the dealer level: My Fleet Screen The My Fleet screen will provide access to truck detail information on the major components of the vehicle, warranty information, available vehicle photographs, vehicle drawings, sales options, applicable vehicle software downloads, etc. Parts Screens The Parts screens will provide parts look-up capability of Pierce Manufacturing sourced items, with the aid of digital photographs, part drawings and assembly drawings. The parts search application will permit the searching of parts by item description or function group (major system category). The parts application will provide the ability to submit electronically a parts order, parts quote, or parts return request directly to Pierce Manufacturing for processing. Warranty Screen The Warranty screens will provide dealers the ability to submit electronically warranty claims directly to Pierce Manufacturing for reimbursement. My Reports Screens The My Reports screens will provide access to multiple dealer reports to allow the dealership to maintain communication with the customer on the status of orders, claims, and phone contacts. Technical Support Screens The Technical Support screens will provide access to all currently published Operation and Maintenance and Service Publications. Access to Pierce Manufacturing Service Bulletins and Work Instructions, containing information on current service topics and recommendations will be provided. Training The Training screens will provide access to upcoming training classes offered by Pierce Manufacturing along with interactive electronic learning modules (Operators Guides) covering the operation of major vehicle components will be provided. Access to training manuals used in Pierce Manufacturing training classes will be provided. About Pierce Access to customer service articles, corporate news, quarterly newsletters, and key contacts within the Customer Service Department will be provided. The current Customer Service Policy and Procedure Manual, detailing the operation of the Customer Service group will also be accessible. 0620362 Consortium, HGAC 0535579 Not Required, Unit of Measure, (no pump, no tank) 0030006 Bid Bond Not Requested BID BOND NOT REQUESTED A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply: All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5% bid bond to accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S. Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract. Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail. 5620Bid #: 0582800 Performance Bond, 100 Percent w/25 Percent Warranty Bond, 1 Yr, and Payment Bond PERFORMANCE BOND, 1 YEAR The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required. Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to 25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (1) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter. 0000007 Approval Drawing APPROVAL DRAWING A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc. A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 0672031 Drawing, Cab, Top View, Seating and EMS Cabinets, Reference Only DRAWING, CAB TOP VIEW On the sales drawing a top view of the cab seating and EMS cabinets will be provided. The top view will be a reference only of the seating and EMS cabinets in the order. 0002928 Electrical Diagrams ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. 0564218 Velocity Tractor Chassis (Tiller), (Big Block), 2010 VELOCITY CHASSIS The Pierce Velocity® chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility, eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy duty service, with adequate strength and capacity for the intended load to be sustained and the type of service required. 0021007 Maximum Overall Height MAXIMUM OVERALL HEIGHT The maximum overall height of the apparatus will be 134.00" (11'-2.00"). 0021010 Maximum Overall Length MAXIMUM OVERALL LENGTH The maximum overall length of the apparatus will be 695.75" (57' - 11.75") NEW. 0523786 Angle of Approach ANGLE OF APPROACH The angle of approach will be 14 degrees. This will be effective with the truck in a unloaded state. 0523787 Angle of Departure ANGLE OF DEPARTURE The angle of departure will be 13.50 degrees. This will be effective with the truck in a unloaded state. 0000110 Wheelbase WHEELBASE The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 153.00". 0000070 GVW Rating GVW RATING The gross vehicle weight rating will be 75,300 pounds. 0000203 Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375, Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF FRAME The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat-treated 0.38" thick steel with 3.50" wide flanges. 0020018 Frame Liner Not Req'd 6620Bid #: 0542905 Axle, Front, Meritor FL-943, 21,500#, w/assist FRONT AXLE The front axle will be a reverse "I" beam type with inclined king pins. It will be a Meritor™ axle, Model FL-943, with a rated capacity of 21,500 lb. The turning angle will be 39 degrees to the right and 45 degrees to the left. A viewing window will be provided on each side of the axle for checking the oil level. STEERING CRAMP ANGLE CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide, at time of bid, a letter from an independent third party testing agency stating they approve the steering cramp angle. Highly specialized options may limit the cramp. 0199681 Suspension, Front, Standens, Taper Leaf, 21,500 lb, Imp/Vel/Enf FRONT SUSPENSION The front springs will be a Standens, three (3)-leaf, taper leaf design, 54.00" long x 4.00" wide, with a ground rating of 21,500 lb. The two (2) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin. The top leaf will also wrap the rear spring hanger pin. Both the front and rear eyes will be Berlin style wraps that will place the eyes in the horizontal plane within the main leaf. This will reduce bending stress from acceleration and braking. A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication. 0000319 Shock Absorbers on Front Axle, Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel SHOCK ABSORBERS To provide a smoother ride, the front axle will be furnished with Monroe® Gas-Magnum® 65 heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers. 0000322 Oil Seals, Front Axle FRONT OIL SEALS Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. 0594821 Tires, Front, Goodyear, G296 MSA, 425/65R22.50, 20 ply FRONT TIRES Front tires will be Goodyear® 425/65R22.50 radials, 20 ply G296 MSA tread, rated for 22,800 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed. 0019611 Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 12.25", Aluminum, Hub Pilot The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc type wheels with a ten (10)stud, 11.25" bolt circle. 0530467 Axle, Rear, Meritor RS30-185, 31,000 lb, Imp/Vel/Dash CF REAR AXLE The rear axle will be a Meritor™, Model RS-30-185, with a capacity of 31,000 lb. 0602744 Top Speed of Vehicle, Non-NFPA 2016 Compliant TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE NFPA 1901, 2016 edition requires limits on the top speed of vehicles. NFPA 4.15.2 requires that the maximum top speed of fire apparatus with a GVWR over 26,000 lb will not exceed either 68 mph or the manufacturer's maximum fire service speed rating for the tires installed on the apparatus, whichever is lower. NFPA 4.15.3 requires that if the combined water tank and foam agent tank on the fire apparatus exceed 1250 gallons or the GVWR of the vehicle is over 50,000 lb, the maximum top speed of the apparatus will not exceed either 60 mph or the manufacturer's maximum fire service speed rating for the tires installed on the apparatus, whichever is lower. It is the intention of the standard to improve safety by limiting the speed of all apparatus to 68 mph, and tankers or heavy apparatus to 60 mph. By requesting an exception to this requirement, the purchasing authority is consciously choosing to operate their apparatus at speeds above the limits designated as safe speeds by the NFPA Technical Committee on Fire Department Apparatus. The top speed of the apparatus as manufactured exceeds the NFPA requirements. Per fire department specification of a top speed that exceeds NFPA requirements, the apparatus will be non-compliant to NFPA 1901 standards at time of contract execution. A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach an approximate top speed of 65 MPH. 0555352 Suspen, Rear, Hendrickson FMX 312 EX, Air Ride, 31,000 lb REAR SUSPENSION Rear suspension will be a Hendrickson FMX 312 EX, air ride with a ground rating of 31,000 lb. The suspension will have the following features: - Heavy-duty shock absorbers to protect air springs from overextension - Heavy-duty torque rods and bushings - Premium, heavy-duty rubber bushings require no lubrication - Integrated stabilizer design results in greater stability - Low spring rate air springs for excellent ride quality - Dual height control valves to maintain level vehicle from side to side 0000485 Oil Seals, Rear Axle REAR OIL SEALS Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s). 7620Bid #: 0000482 Driver Controlled Differential Lock, Single Axle DRIVER CONTROL DIFFERENTIAL LOCK (DCDL) A rear axle will be equipped with a driver controlled differential lock (DCDL). The control will be located within easy reach of the driver. An indicator light will be provided next to the control switch. 0539392 Plug, Rear Axle Drain, Magnetic REAR AXLE DRAIN PLUG The rear axle drain plug will be magnetic. 0582088 Tires, Rear, Goodyear, G291, 315/80R22.50, 20 ply, Single REAR TIRES Rear tires will be four (4) Goodyear 315/80R22.50 radials, 20 ply G291, rated for 33,080 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed. 0019668 Wheels, Rear, Alcoa, 22.50" x 9.00", Aluminum, Hub Pilot, Single The tires will be mounted on Alcoa© 22.50" x 9.00" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud 11.25" bolt circle. 0568081 Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads TIRE BALANCE All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights. 0602747 No Tire Pressure Indicator, Fire Department Omits, Non-NFPA 2016 Compliant TIRE PRESSURE INDICATOR NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 4.13.4 requires each tire be equipped with a visual indicator or monitoring system that indicates tire pressure. Per Fire Department specification, a tire pressure indicator is not on the apparatus as manufactured. This apparatus will be non-compliant to NFPA 1901 standards effective at time of contract execution. 0003245 Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S, Front Axle FRONT HUB COVERS Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided. 0003246 Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S, Tiller Axle HUB COVERS (Tiller Axle) Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the tiller trailer axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided. 0001960 Axle Hub Covers, Rear, S/S, High Hat (Pair) REAR HUB COVERS A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers will be provided on rear axle hubs. 0052332 Covers, Lug Nut, Stainless Steel LUG NUT COVERS Stainless steel lug nut covers will be installed on all lug nuts. 0602141 SP Extender, Valve Stem, 180 Degree, Single Axle, Pair, Tiller Tractor EXTENDER, VALVE STEM A pair of 180 degree valve stem extenders will be installed on the valve stems of the tractor's rear outside tires. The extender will allow the tire pressure monitor cap to face the outside. 0002045 Mud Flaps, w/logo front & rear MUD FLAPS Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels. 0020257 Mud flaps, w/Logo, Tiller Trailer MUD FLAPS Mud flaps will be installed behind the tiller trailer wheels of the apparatus. 0031931 Valve, Extension Stabilizer System, Rear Duals STABILIZER SYSTEM (Rear Valve Stems) A valve stem stabilizer system will be provided on the rear duals. 0646362 Chocks, Wheel, Worden HWGY- SB, Super Gripper WHEEL CHOCKS There will be two (2) pairs of Worden Safety Products, Model HWGY-SB, wheel chocks provided. Heavy Duty, large molded aluminum wheel chock with solid bottom, yellow powder coat finish. 8620Bid #: 0602326 SP Mounting, Chocks, Treadplate Pocket, Open Top, Fender Panel, Tiller, Together WHEEL CHOCK STORAGE The wheel chocks will be stored in an open top storage box. The storage box will be fabricated from bright aluminum treadplate. The storage box will be located to the rear of the tractor drive axle on the fender panel. One (1) storage box will be provided one (1) pair on the LS and one (1) pair on the RS, both chocks in 1 box. The wheel chocks will drop in from the top and be held in place with a retaining strap. A rubber matting will be provided to help reduce movement and noise. Drain holes will be provided. 0020670 ABS Wabco Brake System, Single Axle, Tiller ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco tractor 4S4M and tiller tractor 2S2M anti-lock braking system. The chassis ABS will provide four (4) channel anti-lock braking control on the front and rear axle. The trailer ABS will provide two (2) channel anti-lock braking control on the tiller axle. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti-lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control. A tiller trailer ABS fault lamp will be provided in the tiller cab and the chassis cab. Two (2) connectors are provided to read the diagnostics for each ABS system. The two (2) diagnostic systems communicate on different protocols requiring different diagnostics - SAEJ1587 versus J1939. 0508676 Brakes, Meritor, EX225, 17", Disc Plus, Front BRAKES The service brake system will be full air type by Meritor™. Front brakes will be Model EX225 Disc Plus, disc type with automatic pad wear adjustment and 17.00" ventilated rotors for improved stopping distance. 0000740 Brakes, Meritor, Cam, Rear, 16.50 x 8.63" The rear brakes will be Meritor™ 16.50" x 8.63" cam operated with automatic slack adjusters. Dust shields cannot be provided. 0020784 Air Compressor, Brake, Cummins/Wabco 18.7 CFM BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR The air compressor will be a Cummins/WABCO with 18.7 cubic feet per minute output. 0000786 Brake Reservoirs, Four BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system will include: Bendix® dual brake treadle valve Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer Total air system capacity of 5,198 cubic inches Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi Spring set parking brake system Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (550 kPa) 1/4 turn drain valve on each air tank The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. 0587033 Air Dryer, Brake, AD-9 w/heat, 2010 - Bendix AD-9 air dryer, with heater and coalescing filter 0000790 Brake Lines, Nylon BRAKE LINES Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. 0020851 Not Required, Air Inlet 0643363 Outlet, Air, with Shut Off Valve, Location AIR OUTLET Two (2) air outlets will be installed with a female coupling located one (1) below compartment LS3 and one (1) below compartment RS4 (specific locations to be determined at pre-construction). This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system, include an 85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line to prevent the brake system from losing all air, and include a quarter turn shut off valve mounted at the tank. The valve and hoses will be mounted to the tank as high as possible to ensure maximum clearance and protect the lines from being damaged by brush and rocks during off-road operations. 9620Bid #: 0614491 SP Outlet, Air, with shut off valve Recessed, Location Feature AIR OUTLET Two (2) air outlets will be installed with a female coupling and shut off valve, located recessed in the driver side and passenger side lower step well of cab . This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include an 85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line to prevent the brake system from losing all air. A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment. 0070810 All Wheel Lockup (Aerial/Tanker Chassis) ALL WHEEL LOCK-UP An additional all wheel lock-up system will be installed which applies air to the front brakes only. The standard spring brake control valve system will be used for the rear. 0797636 SP Air Tanks, Special Location, Tiller AIR TANK, SPECIAL LOCATION Due to space constraints, four (4) air tanks will be located mounted vertically next to the steering reservoir (leaving transverse area of reservoir compartment open) per job 32966. 0589828 SP Air Tanks, Mount High, Maximize Ground Clearance AIR TANK MOUNTING Air tanks will be installed to maximize ground clearance. Smaller tanks may be required to allow for them to be mounted higher for increased ground clearance. 0642617 Air Line, S/S Braid, Air Governor To Air Dryer AIR LINE The air line from the air compressor governor to the air dryer will be stainless steel braid. 0795318 Engine, Cummins X15, 600 hp, 1850 lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2017, Velocity ENGINE The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below: Make: Cummins® Model: X15 Power: 600 hp at 1800 rpm Torque: 1850 lb-ft at 1200 rpm Governed Speed: 2100 rpm Emissions Level: EPA 2017 Fuel: Diesel Cylinders: Six (6) Displacement: 912 cubic inches (14.9L) Starter: Delco 39MT+™ Fuel Filters: Frame mounted spin-on style primary filter with water separator and water-in-fuel sensor The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected. 0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom HIGH IDLE A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation. The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 0687994 Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression Brake, Cummins Engine ENGINE BRAKE A Jacobs® engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low setting. The engine brake will activate when the system is on and the throttle is released. The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine. The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated. The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. 10620Bid #: 0552334 Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Horton Drive Master CLUTCH FAN A Horton® fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and fully engaged in "Pump" position. 0636640 Filters, Remote Mounted, Oil, Fuel, ISX12/ISX15, VEL/AXT REMOTE MOUNTED ENGINE FILTERS The engine fuel and oil filters will be remote mounted for ease of maintenance. 0123135 Air Intake, w/Ember separator, Imp/Vel ENGINE AIR INTAKE An air intake with an ember separator (to prevent road dirt, burning embers, and recirculating hot air from entering the engine) will be mounted at the front of the apparatus, on the passenger side of the engine. The ember separator will be mounted in the air intake with flame retardant, roto- molded polyethylene housing. It will be easily accessible by the hinged access panel at the front of the vehicle. 0794743 Exhaust System, 5", X12/X15 Engine, Horizontal, Right Side EXHAUST SYSTEM The exhaust system will include a Single Module™ aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the inlet of the aftertreatment device, and will be 5.00" in diameter. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipes between the turbo and aftertreatment device to minimize the heat loss to the aftertreatment device. The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels. A tailpipe diffuser will be provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. 0683310 Diffuser, Exhaust, Modified For Extraction, 5"x7"x5", Flush With Rub Rail, CARE EXHAUST MODIFICATION The exhaust pipe will be 90 degrees to the body. The diffuser will be reduced to 5.00" in the center to accommodate the fire department's air recovery system. The 5.00" extension pipe coming out of the end of the diffuser will be flush with the body rub rail. There will be a minimum of 4.00" clearance between the top of the 5.00" extension and the bottom of the body. There will be a minimum of 2.50" from the exhaust pipe to the under side of the body heat shield. The last 7.00" of the exhaust will be free of hangers and/or clamps. 0787999 Radiator, Impel/Velocity RADIATOR The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards. For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The core will be made of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes. The tubes will be brazed to aluminum headers. The radiator core will have a minimum frontal area of 1434 square inches. Supply tank made of glass-reinforced nylon and a return tank of cast aluminum alloy shall be crimped on to the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions. There will be a full steel frame around the entire radiator core assembly. The radiator core assembly will be isolated within the steel frame by rubber inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability. The radiator will be mounted in such a manner as to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven ground. The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators. The radiator assembly will include an integral deaeration tank permanently mounted to the top of the radiator framework, with a readily accessible remote-mounted overflow tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap. A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system. A heavy-duty fan will draw in fresh, cool air through the radiator. Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 0616439 Cooling Hoses, Gates Silicone COOLANT LINES Gates® silicone hoses will be used for all engine/heater coolant lines installed by the chassis manufacturer. The chassis manufacturer will also use Gates brand hose on other heater, defroster and auxiliary coolant circuits. There will be some areas in which an appropriate Gates product is not available. In those instances, a comparable silicone hose from another manufacturer will be used. Hose clamps will be stainless steel "constant torque type" to prevent coolant leakage. They will react to temperature changes in the cooling system and expand or contract accordingly while maintaining a constant clamping pressure on the hose. 11620Bid #: 0041669 Fuel Tank, 50 Gallon, Dual Fills FUEL TANK A 50 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at rear of chassis. The tank will be constructed of 12-gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps. A .75" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet will be located on the left hand and right hand side of the body and be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only". A .50" diameter vent will be provided running from top of tank to just below fuel fill inlets. The tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume. Servicing the fuel tank pick-up tubes and fuel gauge sending unit will be capable of being accomplished by draining fuel and dropping tank. 0001129 Lines, Fuel All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 0763582 DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, DS Fill, Forward of Rear Axle, Tiller DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK A 4.5 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body forward of the rear axle. A 0.50" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet will be located on the driver's side of the body and be covered with a hinged polished stainless steel door that is marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only". The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing. The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing. 0552862 Fuel Pump for Repriming, Special Switch Location AUXILIARY FUEL PUMP An auxiliary electric fuel pump will be added to the fuel line for re priming the engine. A switch to operate the pump will be located in the engine compartment, on the dip stick bracket and accessible through access door - add a half moon protective guard for this switch. The switch shall be properly labeled. 0582243 Shutoff Valves, Fuel Line @ Primary Filter, Cummins FUEL SHUTOFF A fuel line shutoff valve will be installed on both the inlet and outlet of the primary fuel filter. 0553019 Cooler, Engine Fuel, Imp/Vel, AXT/Qtm/Sab/DCF/SFR/Enf FUEL COOLER An air to fuel cooler will be installed in the engine fuel return line. 0627382 SP Label, "Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Only", Mounted On Inside Of Door Only, Qty FUEL DOOR LABEL two (2) fuel fill label(s), "Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Only" will be provided on the inside of the fuel fill door. 0604578 SP Label, "DEF Fluid Only", Mounted Next to Fill Cap LABEL, DEF DOOR A label, reading "DEF Fluid Only" will be provided next to the fill cap on the inside of the door. 0567427 Fuel Lines, Extended, PAL/Tiller FUEL LINES The fuel lines for the fuel tank will be approximately 4' longer than standard. This will allow the lines to be coiled above the fuel tank and aid in an easier removal of the fuel tank if necessary. 0783194 SP Fuel/Water Separator, Racor FG1000 Inline, 10 Micron Element, LA City FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR The engine will be equipped with a Racor, model FG1000 in-line fuel filter/water separator in addition to the engine fuel filters. The filter will include a ten (10) micron filter element. The filter will be installed near the inlet on the water pump (SEE PHOTOS). 0642533 Trans, Allison 5th Gen, 4500 EVS P, w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/DCF/Enf TRANSMISSION An Allison 5th generation, Model EVS 4500P, electronic, torque converting, automatic transmission will be provided. The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due. Two (2) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and 1 o'clock). A transmission temperature gauge with red light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel. 0693570 Transmission, Shifter, 6-Spd, Push Button, 4500 EVS, AXT, Qtm, Dash CF TRANSMISSION SHIFTER A six (6)-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation. The transmission ratio will be 1st - 4.70 to 1.00, 2nd - 2.21 to 1.00, 3rd - 1.53 to 1.00, 4th - 1.00 to 1.00, 5th - 0.76 to 1.00, 6th - 0.67 to 1.00, R - 5.55 to 1.00. 12620Bid #: 0684459 Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine, External TRANSMISSION COOLER A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature. 0522824 Mode, Downshift, Aggressive downshift to 3rd, w/engine brake, 6 speed DOWNSHIFT MODE (w/engine brake) The transmission will be provided with an aggressive downshift mode. This will provide earlier transmission downshifts to 3rd gear from 6th gear, resulting in improved engine braking performance. 0565656 Fluid, 4000/4500 Series Transmission,TranSynd synthetic, IPOS, Custom TRANSMISSION FLUID The transmission will be provided with TranSynd heavy duty synthetic transmission fluid. 0001375 Driveline, Spicer 1810 DRIVELINE Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810 universal joints. The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation. A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. 0669989 Steering, Ross TAS-85 w/tilt, Eaton Pump, w/ Cooler STEERING A Ross, Model TAS-85, steering gear, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and an Eaton, Model VN20, hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braided lines with crimped fittings. A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations. 0001545 Steering Assist Cylinder on Front Axle STEERING ASSIST CYLINDER ON FRONT AXLE To aid in the steering of the apparatus, the front axle will be equipped with a Ross power assist cylinder. 0509230 Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke without Controls STEERING WHEEL The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 4- spoke design. 0690274 Logo/Emblem, on Dash LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH The dash panel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row. The first row of text will be: CONTRA The second row of text will be: COSTA The third row of text will be: FIRE-RESCUE 0513728 Tag/Label, On Chassis, In Cab TAG/LABEL The following three (3) tags or labels will be provided on keyrings, near the fill point of the following: Engine oil, Transmission fluid, Power Steering on the chassis or cab. The tag/label will be configured and read Fluid specification : Type and weight of fluid. 0654471 Cover, Rubber, Driveshaft Grease, DS Framerail GUARD, WIRES IN FRAME RAIL A rubber flap guard will be provided to protect the wires and relays around the u-joints of the driveshaft from grease build-up on the driver's side of the frame. 0791425 SP Hitch, Receiver, Front, (2) Tubes, Thru Bumper Face, Custom Chassis HITCH RECEIVERS Two (2) hitch receivers will be provided at the front of the vehicle. Both receivers will be located inboard of the frame extension, one (1) each side, through the bumper face. The hitch receivers will be designed for use with a portable winch, maximum straight pull rating of 10,000 pounds. 13620Bid #: 0633464 Bumper, Non-Extended, Steel, Painted, Imp/Vel BUMPER A one (1) piece bumper manufactured from .25" formed steel with a .38" bend radius will be provided. The bumper will be a minimum of 10.00" high with a 1.50" top and bottom flange. The bumper will be 95.28" wide with 45 degree corners. The bumper will be metal finished and painted job color. To provide adequate support strength, the bumper will be mounted directly to the front of the C channel frame. The frame will be a bolted modular extension frame constructed of 50,000 psi tensile steel. GRAVEL PAN A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and the cab face. The pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration. Documentation will be provided, upon request, to show that the options selected have been engineered for fit-up and approval for this modular bumper extension. A chart will be provided to indicate the option locations and will include but not be limited to the following options: air horns, mechanical sirens, speakers, hose trays (with hose capacities), winches, lights, discharge and suction connections. 0510226 Lift & Tow Package, Imp/Vel, AXT, Dash CF LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS Mounted to the frame extension will be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts will be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems. The lift and tow mounts with eyes will be painted the same color as the frame. 0522573 Tow Hooks Not Required, Due to Lift and Tow Package TOW HOOKS No tow hooks are to be provided. This truck will be equipped with a lift and tow package with integral tow eyes. 0613843 SP Mounting Holes, For License Plate, Frt Bumper LICENSE PLATE (Mounting Holes) Four (4) mounting holes will be provided passenger's side of the front bumper for the customer to mount a license plate. 0660435 Coating, Top Flange, Front Bumper, Outside Exterior, Rhino Lining, Black RHINO COATING - FRONT BUMPER Protective black Rhino Linings® coating will be provided on the outside exterior of the top front bumper flange. It will not be sprayed on the underside of the flange. The lining will be properly installed by an authorized Rhino Linings® dealer. 14620Bid #: 0647245 Cab, Velocity FR, 6000 CAB The Velocity cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and will be manufactured by Pierce Manufacturing. To provide quality at the source and single source customer support, the cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises. For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be of heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards. The cab will have 12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts) and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of 0.25" heavy wall extrusions joined by a solid A356-T6 aluminum joint casting. The B-pillar and C-pillar will also be constructed from 0.25" heavy wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two (2) 4.00" x 2.00" outer aluminum extrusions and two (2) 3.00" x 2.00" inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members will run from the floor to 7.50" x 3.50" x 0.125" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a 0.75" thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly. The front of the cab will be constructed of a 0.25" thick firewall, covered with a 0.125" front skin (for a total thickness of 0.38"), and reinforced with 24.50" wide x 10.00" deep x 0.50" thick supports on each side of the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will be welded to the A-pillar, 0.25" firewall, and engine tunnel, on the left and right sides. The cab floors will be constructed of 0.1875" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall with an additional 0.25" thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of 0.44" of structural material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with three (3) 0.50" plates bolted together that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the front of the cab to the 0.1875" thick engine tunnel, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab. The cab will be a full-tilt style. A 3-point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab. The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants. The overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) will be approximately 102.00". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight ratings, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed. The cab will have an interior width of not less than 93.50". The driver and passenger seating positions will have a minimum 24.00" clear width at knee level. To reduce injuries to occupants in the seated positions, proper head clearance will be provided. The floor-to-ceiling height inside the forward cab will be no less than 60.25". The floor-to-ceiling height inside the crew cab will be no less than 52.95" in the center position and 58.75" in the outboard positions. The crew cab will measure a minimum of 47.50" from the rear wall to the backside of the engine tunnel (knee level) for optimal occupant legroom. INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab walls, ceiling and engine tunnel will be insulated in all strategic locations to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation. The cab will be insulated with 2.00" insulation in the rear wall, 3.00" insulation in the side walls, and 1.50" insulation in the ceiling. FENDER LINERS Full-circular, aluminum inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided. PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD A one (1)-piece, safety glass windshield with more than 2,802 square inches of clear viewing area will be provided. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (3) layers: the outer light, the middle safety laminate, and the inner light. The 0.114" thick outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance. WINDSHIELD WIPERS Three (3) electric windshield wipers with a washer, in conformance with FMVSS and SAE requirements, will be provided. The wiper blades will be 21.65" long and together will clear a minimum of 1,783 square inches of the windshield for maximum visibility in inclement weather. The windshield washer fluid reservoir will be located at the front of the vehicle and be accessible through the access hood for simple maintenance. FAST SERVICE ACCESS FRONT TILT HOOD A full-width access hood will be provided for convenient access to engine coolant, steering fluid, wiper fluid, cab lift controls, headlight power modules, and ember separator. The hood will also provide complete access to the windshield wiper motor and components. The hood will be contoured to provide a sleek, automotive appearance. The hood will be constructed of two (2) fiberglass panels bonded together and will include reinforcing ribs for structural integrity. The hood will include air cylinders to hold the hood in open and closed positions, and a heavy duty latch system that will meet FMVSS 113 (Hood Latch System). The spring-loaded hood latch will be located at the center of the hood with a double-action release lever located behind the Pierce logo. The two (2)-step release requires the lever first be pulled to the driver side until the hood releases from the first latch (primary latch) then to the passenger side to fully release the hood (secondary latch). 15620Bid #: 0667982 Engine Tunnel, ISX, Impel/Velocity FR ENGINE TUNNEL To provide structural strength, the engine tunnel sidewalls will be constructed of .50" aluminum plate that is welded to both the .25" firewall and .38" heavy wall extrusion under the crew cab floor. To maximize occupant space, the top edges will be tapered. The engine tunnel will be insulated on both sides for thermal and acoustic absorption. The underside of the tunnel will be covered with 1.00" thick polyether foam that is reinforced with an aluminized face. Thermal rating for this insulation will be -40 degrees Fahrenheit to 300 degrees Fahrenheit. The insulation will keep noise (dBA) levels at or lower than the specifications in the current edition of the NFPA 1901 standards. 0677478 Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Aluminum Treadplate CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered. 0122466 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, w/Manual Override, Imp/Vel CAB LIFT A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided, consisting of an electric-powered hydraulic pump, fluid reservoir, dual lift cylinders, remote cab lift controls and all necessary hoses and valves. The hydraulic pump will have a backup manual override, for use in the event of an electrical failure. The cab lift controls will be located at the driver side front of the cab, easily accessible under the full width front access hood. The controls will include a permanently mounted raise/lower switch. For enhanced visibility during cab tilt operations, a remote control tether with on/off switch will be supplied on a coiled cord that will extend from 2.00' (coiled) to 6.00' (extended). The cab will be capable of tilting 42 degrees and 80 degrees with crane assist to accommodate engine maintenance and removal. The cab pivots will be located 46.00" apart to provide stability while tilting the cab. The rear of the cab will be locked down by a two (2)-point, automatic, hydraulic, double hook mechanism that fully engages after the cab has been lowered (self-locking). The dual 2.25" diameter hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the cab is in the tilt position. For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the driver side between the chassis and cab frame when cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered. Cab Lift Interlock The cab lift safety system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. 0691738 SP Indicator, Cab Not Engaged Into Lockdown Latches, Tied to Do Not Move Truck Lt LOCKDOWN INDICATOR The "Do Not Move Truck" light and alarm will activate when the cab is not fully engaged into the lockdown latches. 0550343 Special Circuit, Cab Tilt w/o Ignition Switch CAB TILT CIRCUIT The cab tilt mechanism will be operational with the battery switch on and with parking brake set. 0123176 Grille, Bright Finished, Front of Cab, Impel/Velocity GRILLE A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a formed bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab, and will serve as an air intake to the radiator. 0745806 SP Scuffplate, S/S, Right Side, Lift Up/Drp Dwn Cabinet Door(s), Each DOOR FRAME SCUFFPLATE There will be two (2)brushed stainless steel scuffplate(s) provided for the right side of the door frame located LS7 and RS7. Each scuffplate will be stainless steel with a .38" lip down. 0745807 SP Scuffplate, S/S, Left Side, Lift Up/Drp Dwn Cabinet Door(s), Each DOOR FRAME SCUFFPLATE There will be two (2)brushed stainless steel scuffplate(s) provided for the left side of the door frame located LS7 and RS7. Each scuffplate will be stainless steel with a .38" lip down. 0002224 Scuffplates, S/S At Cab Door Jambs, 4-Door Cab DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES All cab door jambs will be furnished with a brushed stainless steel scuffplate, mounted on the striker side of the jamb. 0529034 Scuffplates, S/S Corner Guard, Brushed, Rear Cab Corners SCUFFPLATES, REAR CAB CORNER GUARDS Both rear cab corners will be furnished with a full height, brushed stainless steel corner guard scuffplate. The guard will extend 1.00" from the corner to protect paint from damage when pulling items (such as booster hose) around the cab. 16620Bid #: 0527032 Trim, S/S Band, Across Cab Face, Rect Lights, Velocity FRONT CAB TRIM A band of 22 gauge brushed stainless steel trim will be installed across the front of the cab, from door hinge to door hinge. The trim band will be centered on the head lights and applied with two (2)-sided tape. A 0.625" self adhesive trim strip will be applied around the perimeter of the trim band. There will be brushed stainless steel corner covers provided over the painted cab corner where the cab turn signals are located. 0015440 No Chrome Molding, On side of cab 0569263 Mirrors, Retrac, West Coast Style, Remote, w/Remote Convex MIRRORS A Retrac Aerodynamic, Model 613295, dual vision, motorized, west coast style mirror with chrome finish will be mounted on each side of the front cab door with spring loaded retractable arms. The flat glass and convex glass will be adjustable with a remote control within reach of the driver. 0651313 Door, Half-Height, Velocity FR 4-Door Cab, Level Roof CAB DOORS The forward cab and crew cab doors will be the half-height style door. To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab doors will be a minimum of 43.59" wide x 64.71" high. The crew cab doors will measure a minimum of 37.87" wide x 64.71" high. The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of 0.125". The exterior door skins will be constructed from 0.090" aluminum. The forward cab door windows will include a 7.50" high x 10.00" wide drop area at the front to enhance visibility. A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model 751. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed. A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a 0.38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit. A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab and crew cab door. A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted. The cab steps at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the exterior of the cab. 0655511 Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel, Impel/Velocity 4-Door Cab Door Panels The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. The cab door panels will be removable. 0671014 Face Plate/s, Blank, Overhead, Imp/Vel, Dash CF BLANK FACE PLATE Blank face plate/s will be provided, in place of standard storage pockets, within the overhead console. 0643831 Controls, Electric Windows, All Cab Doors, Bat Sw, Impel/Velocity FR ELECTRIC WINDOW CONTROLS Each cab entry door will be equipped with an electrically operated tempered glass window. A window control panel will located on the door panel within easy reach of the respective occupant. Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second. The driver control panel will contain a control switch for each cab door's window. All other door control panels will contain a single switch to operate the window within that door. The window switches will be connected to the battery switch. The windows will only raise and lower when the battery switch is in the on position. 0555485 Steps, 4-Door Full Tilt Cab, Imp/Vel CAB STEPS The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 31.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 24.25" wide with an 8.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 18.00" in height and be limited to two (2) steps. 17620Bid #: 0770200 Handrail, Exterior, Hansen, Knurled, Alum, LED Backlit, 4-Door Cab CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS A Hansen knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. Each handrail will be provided with blue LED lights. The lights will be activated when the headlight switch is activated and the parking brake is applied. The LED lights may be load managed. 0509649 Lights, Cab and Crew Cab Access Steps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 1Lt Per Step STEP LIGHTS For reduced overall maintenance costs compared to incandescent lighting, there will be four (4) white LED step lights provided. The lights will be installed at each cab and crew cab door, one (1) per step. The lights will be located in the driver side front doorstep, driver side crew cab doorstep, passenger side front doorstep and passenger side crew cab doorstep. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15.00" x 15.00" square placed 10.00" below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30.00" x 30.00" square at the same 10.00" distance below the light. The lights will be activated when the adjacent door is opened. 0002140 Fenders, S/S on Cab FENDER CROWNS Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. 0032086 Tractor 5th Wheel and Fender Skirts, Single, Tiller, No Tire Chains FIFTH WHEEL The fifth wheel will be designed to allow the tiller trailer to pivot fore & aft and be rotated. The fifth wheel will also be capable of full operation up to a 14 degree break over angle. A fifth wheel lockout system will be provided to limit motion during aerial operations. The fifth wheel lockout system, when activated, will prevent movement between the upper and lower plates of the fifth wheel assembly. In the normal road travel condition the cylinder mounted solenoid valves will be open and will allow transfer of oil between the front and rear pair of cylinders. When the stabilizers are in their proper supporting position and as the aerial leaves the boom support, the solenoid valves will close. The closed valves will allow no oil to be transferred and the fifth wheel assembly will become rigid. A fill and a gauge port will be provided on the top of the trailer goose neck for maintenance. FENDER PANELS The chassis behind the cab will be assembled with fender panels over the wheels, running boards and steps for access to the turntable and decking over the frame rails. The fender panels will be fabricated of .125"-5052 aluminum with a 38,000 psi tensile strength. Fender design will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance. Stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings. A rubber welting will be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion. The area over the frame rails between the cab and fifth wheel will be covered with aluminum treadplate to serve as a walkway area. The walkway area will be properly reinforced with a steel substructure attached to the frame rails. Running boards will be installed on each side directly behind the cab for access to the walkway area behind the cab and the turntable. The running boards will be covered with aluminum treadplate. 0673394 Handrail, Extra - 15-20" Long HANDRAILS (ADDITIONAL) There will be two (2) handrail(s) provided rear surface of the DS and PS rear facing compartments. Handrail is 16" long, mounted 5.50" up off of defroster and on far outboard edge of compartment (SEE PHOTOS FOR DETAILS). The handrail will be an anodized aluminum extrusion with a ribbed design to provide a positive gripping surface. 0592071 No Windows, Side of Crew Cab, Vel/Imp 0568605 Not Required, Interior Trim, No Cab Side Windows 0509286 Not Required, Windows Rear of Crew Cab, Imp/Vel 0558334 Not Required, Trim, Cab Rear Windows, No Rear Windows 0786279 Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Right Side, Privacy Dark Gray Window Tint The rollup window in the right side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0786290 Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Left Side, Privacy Dark Gray Window Tint The rollup window in the left side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 18620Bid #: 0745285 SP Roof, Safe-Stride Coating, Gray CAB ROOF COVERING The horizontal surface of the cab roof will be coated with gray Safe-Stride® material. The coating will extend from rear of the lightbar to the rear of the crew cab. 0123686 Drip Rail, Cab Roof, Impel/Velocity/Velocity SLT CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be constructed of bright polished extruded aluminum, and be bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof. 0199285 Visor, Exterior, Vel/Imp EXTERIOR VISOR The exterior sun visor will be a painted composite to match the job color. The five (5) forward facing marker lights will be mounted to the visor. 0629017 Work Surface, 3/16" Alum, Full Engine Tunnel, Lower Rear, Rear Lip, Vel/Imp FR WORK SURFACE There will be a work surface provided on the engine tunnel. The work surface will be cover the entire engine tunnel and will be constructed of .19" aluminum to allow the mounting of equipment. The work surface will be approximately 37.00" wide x 48.00" long, with a cutout for the driver side instrument panel. The work surface will start to the rear of the defroster inlet and continue horizontally to the flat portion at the rear of the engine tunnel. The work surface will drop to the lower flat portion of the engine tunnel and finish at the end of the engine tunnel. The lower portion of the work surface will be provided with a 3.00" lip. The work surface will be painted to match the cab interior. 0658289 Mounting Provisions, Computer, Tray, S/S, Straps, Slides, Sides COMPUTER MOUNTING There will be one (1) computer installation provision(s) installed in the recess area in front of the officer. The enclosure will be constructed of stainless steel. The enclosure will be three (3) sided with two (2) straps over the top, connected to footman loops. The three (3) sides will hold the computer in place when a front or side force is applied. The straps will secure the computer in place. The slides will be mounted vertically and will lock in the in and out positions. 0748671 Cab Interior, Vinyl, Velocity FR, CARE CAB INTERIOR With safety as the primary objective, the wrap-around style cab instrument panel will be designed with unobstructed visibility to instrumentation. The dash layout will provide the driver with a quick reference to gauges that allows more time to focus on the road. The center console will be a high impact ABS polymer and will be easily removable for access to the defroster. The center console will include louvers strategically located for optimal air flow and defrost capability to the windshield. The passenger side dashboard will be constructed of painted aluminum for durability and low maintenance. For enhanced versatility, the passenger side dash will include a flat working surface. To provide optional (service friendly) control panels, switches and storage modules, a painted aluminum overhead console will also be provided. To complete the cab front interior design, painted aluminum modesty panels will be provided under the dash on both sides of the cab. The driver side modesty panel will provide mounting for the battery switch and diagnostic connectors, while the passenger side modesty panel provides a glove box, and ground access to the main electrical distribution panel via quick quarter turn fasteners. To provide a deluxe automotive interior, the engine tunnel, side walls and rear wall will be covered by a leather grain vinyl that is resistant to oil, grease, and mildew. The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. The headliner panel will be a composition of an aluminum panel covered with a sound barrier and upholstery. The cab structure will include designated raceways for electrical harness routing from the front of the cab to the rear upper portion of the cab. Raceways will be extruded in the forward door frame, floor, walls and overhead in the area where the walls meet the ceiling. The raceways located in the floor will be covered by aluminum extrusion, while the vertical and overhead raceways will be covered by painted aluminum covers. The raceways will improve harness integrity by providing a continuous harness path that eliminates wire chafing and abrasion associated with exposed wiring or routing through drilled metal holes. Harnesses will be laid in place. CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY The cab interior upholstery will be 36 oz dark silver gray vinyl. All cab interior materials will meet FMVSS 302 (flammability of interior materials). 0667943 Cab Interior, Paint Color, Impel/Velocity FR CAB INTERIOR PAINT The following metal surfaces will be painted black, vinyl textured paint: Modesty panel in front of driver Vertical surface of dash in front of the officer (not applicable for recessed dash) Glove box in front of the officer (if applicable) Power distribution in front of the officer Rear heater vent panels The remaining cab interior metal surfaces will be painted fire smoke gray, vinyl texture paint. 19620Bid #: 0696871 Floor, Alum Cab & Rubber Crew Cab - AXT/Imp/Vel CAB FLOOR The driver and passenger cab flooring will be constructed with bright aluminum treadplate. The crew cab floor areas will be covered with Polydamp™ acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler. The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a .25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. 0667936 Heater/defroster, Dual Zone Control, Impel/Velocity FR CAB DEFROSTER To provide maximum defrost and heating performance, a 54,961 BTU heater-defroster unit with 558 SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The defroster unit will be strategically located under the center forward portion of the instrument panel. For easy access, a removable metal cover will be installed over the defroster unit. The defroster will include an integral aluminum frame air filter, high performance dual scroll blowers, and ducts designed to provide maximum defrosting capabilities for the 1-piece windshield. The defroster ventilation will be built into the design of the cab dash instrument panel and will be easily removable for maintenance. The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 hours, and a 2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield. The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J382 requirements. CAB/CREW CAB HEATER Two (2) 36,702 BTU auxiliary heaters with 276 SCFM (each unit) of air flow will be provided inside the crew cab, one (1) in each outboard rear facing seat riser. The heaters will include high performance dual scroll blowers, one (1) for each unit. Outlets for the heaters will be located below each rear facing seat riser and below the fronts of the driver and passenger seats, for efficient airflow. An extruded aluminum plenum will be incorporated in the cab structure that will transfer heat to the forward cab seating positions. The heater/defroster and crew cab heaters will be controlled by an integral electronic control panel. The heater control panel will allow the driver to control heat flow to the front and rear independently. The control panel will include variable adjustment for temperature and fan control, and be conveniently located on the dash in clear view of the driver. The control panel will include highly visible, progressive LED indicators for both fan speed and temperature. 0601514 Air Conditioning, Dual Zone Control, Hinge Acc Pnl, Velocity FR w/ ISX15 Engine AIR CONDITIONING A high-performance, customized air conditioning system will be furnished inside the cab and crew cab. A 13.10 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine. A roof-mounted condenser with a 63,000 BTU output that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be installed on the cab roof. The condenser cover and mounting legs to be painted to match the cab roof. The evaporator unit will be installed in the cab, located in the center of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel. The evaporator will include two (2) high performance cores and plenums with multiple outlets, one (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the cab. There will be a hinge on the forward edge of the filter cover and two (2) quarter turn fasteners with a knob on the rear edge to allow easy access. The evaporator unit will have a 49,000 BTU rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications. Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following: Four (4) will be directed towards the drivers location Four (4) will be directed towards the officers location Eight (8) will be directed towards crew cab area The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-134A and will be installed by a certified technician. The air conditioner will be controlled by dual zone integral electronic control panels for the heater, defroster and air conditioner. The cab control panel will be located in the center console. For ease of operation, the control panels will include variable adjustment for temperature and fan control. INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab walls, ceiling, and engine tunnel will be insulated in all strategic locations to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation. The cab will be insulated with 2.00" insulation in the rear wall, 3.00" insulation in the side walls, and 1.50" insulation in the ceiling. Headliners will be constructed from a 0.20" high density polyethylene corrugated material. Each headliner will be wrapped with a 0.25" thick foil faced poly damp low emissivity foam insulation barrier for acoustic and thermal control. For ease of installation and removal, all headliners will be held in place by a dual lock fastening system. Designed for maximum sound absorption and thermal insulation, the rear cab wall will be insulated with 1.50" thick open cell acoustical foam. The thermal protection of the foam will provide an R-value of four (4) per 1.00" thickness. 0627910 Sun Visor, Vinyl/Fabric, Imp/Vel SUN VISORS There will be two (2) vinyl covered sun visors provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab. There will be a black plastic thumb latch provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed position. 0548173 Grab Handles, Driver and Passenger Door Post, Imp/Vel GRAB HANDLE A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver side and passenger side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handle will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield. 20620Bid #: 0693439 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto Sw, w/Fld Chk Dr Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED Trim ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model 3SC0CDCR, 12 volt DC, 3.00" white LED light(s) with Model 3FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination. These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised or when the dip stick door is opened. 0122516 Fluid Check Access, Imp/Vel ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface. The door will be 17.75" wide x 12.75" high and be flush with the wall of the engine tunnel. The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling. An additional port will be provided for filling the engine oil. The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush latch will be provided on the access door. 0537329 SP Map box, 3 bin/30 deg slant, W/ Velcro Straps Custom Chassis MAP BOX There will be one (1) map box/es with three (3) bins, open from top. The location required will be rear edge of upper portion of work surface 9.50" from driver side with opening facing towards the officer seat. The map box/es will be divided into three (3) bins, each being 12.50" wide x 3.00" high x 12.00" deep. Each bin will slant 30 degrees from horizontal and will include a velcro strap to secure binders. The map box/es will be constructed of .125" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. 0583039 Not Required, Side Roll and Frontal Impact Protection 0699999 Not Required, Frontal Impact Protection, 2010 0699998 Not Required, Side Roll Protection Package, 2010 0622617 Seating Capacity, 6 Seats SEATING CAPACITY The seating capacity in the cab will be six (6). 0697007 Seat, Driver, Pierce PS6, Premium, Air Ride, High Back DRIVER SEAT A Pierce PS6® seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include electric controls to adjust the rake (15 degrees), height (1.75" travel) and horizontal (7.00" travel) position. Electric controls will be located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have a reclining back, adjustable from 20 degrees back to 45 degrees forward. The seat back will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever, for lower back support, and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0696997 Seat, Officer, Pierce PS6, Premium, Air Ride, High Back OFFICER SEAT A Pierce PS6® seat will be provided in the cab for the officer. The seat will be a cam action type with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel-bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple passenger configurations, the seat will have a reclining back adjustable from 20 degrees back to 0 degrees forward. The seat back will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0002517 Not Required, Radio Compartment 21620Bid #: 0745384 SP Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 25 W x 36 H x 24 D,Sp H Liftup Ext Only,Sp Mtg,Imp/Vel REAR FACING LEFT SIDE CABINET A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the left side outboard position. The cabinet will be mounted off the edge of the seat riser. The cabinet will be 25.00" wide x 36.00" high x 24.00" deep. The cabinet will include one (1) infinitely adjustable shelf with a 1.25" flanged down lippainted to match the cab interior. The cabinet will include no louvers. The cabinet will provide access from outside the cab only with one (1) lift up double pan door painted to match the cab exterior with a non-locking D-Ring latch. The clear door opening will be 19.75" wide x 27.50" high. The door will be located on the side of the cab over the wheelwell and include a pneumatic stay arm to hold the door open. The exterior access will be provided with a brushed stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door frame. The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior. Cabinet Light There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the left side of the exterior cabinet door opening and one (1) white LED strip light installed on the right side of the exterior cabinet door opening. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0102783 Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C, Center 0745382 SP Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 25 W x 36 H x 22 D,Sp H Liftup Ext Only,Sp Mtg,Imp/Vel REAR FACING RIGHT SIDE CABINET A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the right side outboard position. The cabinet will be mounted off the edge of the seat riser. The cabinet will be 25.00" wide x 36.00" high x 22.00" deep. The cabinet will include one (1) infinitely adjustable shelf with a 1.25" flanged down lippainted to match the cab interior. The cabinet will include no louvers. The cabinet will provide access from outside the cab only with one (1) lift up double pan door painted to match the cab exterior with a non-locking D-Ring latch. The clear door opening will be 19.75" wide x 27.50" high. The door will be located on the side of the cab over the wheelwell and include a pneumatic stay arm to hold the door open. The exterior access will be provided with a brushed stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door frame. The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior. Cabinet Light There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the left side of the exterior cabinet door opening and one (1) white LED strip light installed on the right side of the exterior cabinet door opening. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0122718 Seat, Forward Facing C/C, DS Outboard, Flip Up Cushion, Imp/Vel FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There will be one (1) forward facing flip-up seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will have a plywood backing covered with foam padded upholstery. The seat bottom will be constructed of a piece of plywood covered with foam rubber and upholstery. The bottom cushion will have its bottom covered with brushed stainless steel for a pleasant appearance when the seat bottom is in the up position. To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0123165 Seat, Forward Facing C/C, Center, (2) Pierce PS6, Premium, Hi-Back FORWARD FACING CENTER SEATS There will be two (2) forward facing, Pierce PS6® seats provided at the center position in the crew cab. The seat backs will be a high back style with 7.5 degree fixed recline angle, and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seats will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seats will be furnished with 3-point, shoulder type seat belts. The seat belts will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0122731 Seat, Forward Facing C/C, PS Outboard, Flip Up Cushion, Imp/Vel FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There will be one (1) forward facing flip-up seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will have a plywood backing, covered with foam padded upholstery. The seat bottom will be constructed of a piece of plywood covered with foam rubber and upholstery. The bottom cushion will have its bottom covered with brushed stainless steel, for a pleasant appearance when the seat bottom is in the up position. To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle, that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0651182 Scuffplate, Cabinet, Interior Door Pan, Cab DOOR PAN SCUFFPLATE There will be a brushed stainless steel scuffplate on the interior door pan of two (2) cabinet door (s) located LS7 and RS7. 22620Bid #: 0661086 SP Pull Strap, Cabinet Door DOOR PULL STRAP There will be two (2) door(s), located LS7 and RS7, provided with a pull strap. 0752005 Lip, Top of Interior Cabinet, 4 Sides LIP ON CABINET There will be a 1.00" lip provided around the top perimeter of the cabinet. There will NOT be anything stored on the top portion without restraints There will be two (2) cabinets(s) provided with the lip one each on top of the LS and RS rear facing EMS compartments . 0617407 Matting, Turtle Tile, EMS Compt, 0.75" Thick MATTING IN EMS COMPARTMENT Turtle Tile vinyl grating will be provided in two (2) EMS compartments, LS7 and RS7 on the interior floor. Tile color will be red. 0511300 Upholstery, Seats In Cab, All Imperial 1200, Pierce PS6 SEAT UPHOLSTERY All Pierce PS6 seat upholstery will be gray woven with black Imperial 1200 material. 0511471 No SCBA Brackets Required In Cab Seats, Imp/Vel, AXT 2010, Qtm 2010, Dash CF 0603867 Seat Belt, ReadyReach SEAT BELTS All seating positions in the cab, crew cab and tiller cab (if applicable) will have red seat belts. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of NFPA 1901 and CAN/ULC - S515 standards. The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will also include the ReadyReach D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location. 0604863 Seat Belt Height Adjustment, 6 Seats, Imp/Vel, Dash CF SHOULDER HARNESS HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT All seating positions furnished with 3-point shoulder type seat belts will include a height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. A total of six (6) seating positions will have the adjustable shoulder harness. 0627014 Pick Not Required, Seat Belt Color Selected in Seat Belt Option 627339 0602464 Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire Department, NFPA 2016 HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 14.1.7.4.1 requires a location for helmet storage be provided. There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets. 0647638 Lights, Dome, Weldon Dual LED 4 Lts CAB DOME LIGHTS There will be four (4) Weldon 808* series, dual LED dome lights with grey bezels provided. Two (2) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two (2) lights will be installed and located, one (1) on each side of the crew cab. The color of the LED's will be red and white . The white LED's will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch. The color LED's will be controlled by the lens switch. 0628472 Light, Map, Overhead, Peterson M371S LED, Rectangular w/Switch 2lts OVERHEAD MAP LIGHTS There will be two (2) Peterson, Model M371S, rectangular LED adjustable map lights installed in the cab: One (1) overhead in front of the driving position. One (1) overhead in front of the passenger's position. Each light will include a switch on the light housing. The light switches will be connected directly to the battery switched power. 0625194 Handlts, (4) Koehler, BrightStar, Responder 510318, light & charger, 12vdc HAND HELD SPOTLIGHT There will be four (4) Koehler, Model 510318, hand held lights with orange bodies and 12 volt charger units mounted as directed at pre-construction. The chargers will be hard wired to the chassis battery system. 23620Bid #: 0554191 Handlight, Streamlight, Fire Vulcan, 44451, C4 LED, Tail Lights, 12v, Orange ADDITIONAL HAND HELD LIGHT There will be three (3) lights additional 12v Streamlight, Model #44451, Fire Vulcan LED light(s) will be provided and mounted two (2) in crew cab and one (1) in D3 with specific location to be determined at pre-construction. Each light will be provided with a 12 volt direct wire vehicle mounting rack. Each light housing will be orange in color and be provided with a single C4 LED bulb and two (2) "ultra bright blue tail-light LEDs". The tail-light LEDs will have a dual mode of blinking or steady. 0568369 Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges, Chrome Bezels, Impel/Velocity 2010, Dash CF CAB INSTRUMENTATION The cab instrument panel will consist of gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lights, alarms, control switches, and a diagnostic panel. The function of instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section directly forward of the driver. Gauge and switch panels will be designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership. GAUGES The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) ivory gauges with chrome bezels to monitor vehicle performance: - Voltmeter gauge (Volts) Low volts (11.8 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm High volts (15 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very low volts (11.3 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very high volts (16 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Tachometer (RPM) - Speedometer (Primary (outside) MPH, Secondary (inside) Km/H) - Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions) Low fuel (1/8 full) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very low fuel (1/32) fuel Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Engine oil pressure gauge (PSI) Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Front air pressure gauge (PSI) Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Rear air pressure gauge (PSI) Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Transmission oil temperature gauge (Fahrenheit) High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Engine coolant temperature gauge (Fahrenheit) High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions) Low fluid (1/8 full) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm All gauges and gauge indicators will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance. INDICATOR LAMPS To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be integral to the gauge assembly and are located above and below the center gauges. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols. The following amber telltale lamps will be present: - Low coolant - Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable) - Check engine - Check trans (check transmission) - Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat) - Air rest (air restriction) - Caution (triangle symbol) - Water in fuel - DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration) - Trailer ABS (where applicable) - Wait to start (where applicable) - HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) - ABS (antilock brake system) - MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) - SRS (supplemental restraint system) fault (where applicable) - DEF (low diesel exhaust fluid level) The following red telltale lamps will be present: - Warning (stop sign symbol) - Seat belt - Parking brake - Stop engine - Rack down The following green telltale lamps will be provided: - Left turn - Right turn 24620Bid #: - Battery on The following blue telltale lamp will be provided: - High beam ALARMS Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present. Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present. Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively. INDICATOR LAMP AND ALARM PROVE-OUT Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance. CONTROL SWITCHES For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. Emergency master switch: A molded plastic push button switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. Pressing the switch will activate emergency response lights and siren control. A green lamp on the switch provides indication that the emergency master mode is active. Pressing the switch again disables the emergency master mode. Headlight / Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking lights and the headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch position will activate the headlights. Panel backlighting intensity control switch: A three (3)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position decreases the panel backlighting intensity to a minimum level as the switch is held. The second switch position is the default position that does not affect the backlighting intensity. The third switch position increases the panel backlighting intensity to a maximum level as the switch is held. The following standard controls will be integral to the gauge assembly and are located below the right hand gauges. All switches have backlit labels for low light applications. High idle engagement switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate and deactivate the high idle function when pressed and released. The "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged. "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement. The following standard controls will be provided adjacent to the cab gauge assembly within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications. Ignition switch: A three (3)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will disable the Command Zone audible alarm if held for three (3) to five (5) seconds. A green indicator lamp will be activated with vehicle ignition. Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation. 4-way hazard switch: A two (2)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate the 4-way hazard switch function. The second switch position will activate the 4-way hazard function. The switch actuator will be red and includes the international 4-way hazard symbol. Heater, defroster, and optional air conditioning control panel: A control panel with membrane switches will be provided to control heater/defroster temperature and heater, defroster, and air conditioning fan speeds. A green LED status bar will indicate the relative temperature and fan speed settings. Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight and windshield wiper/washer controls will be provided. The windshield wiper control will have high, low, and intermittent modes. Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided. Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel. CUSTOM SWITCH PANELS The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the overhead console on the driver's side, up to four (4) switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing the driver, up to four (4) switch panels in the overhead console on the officer's side and up to two (2) switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing the officer. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications. DIAGNOSTIC PANEL A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist. The diagnostic panel will include the following: - Engine diagnostic port - Transmission diagnostic port - ABS diagnostic port 25620Bid #: - SRS diagnostic port (where applicable) - Command Zone USB diagnostic port - ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) - Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) - Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) CAB LCD DISPLAY A digital four (4)-row by 20-character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel. The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (3) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function. The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature. The upper right section will display, along with other configuration specific information: - Odometer - Trip mileage - PTO hours - Fuel consumption - Engine hours The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm. The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist. 0509511 Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel, AXT, Dash CF, Enf MUX AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm shall be provided. 0032551 Light, Indicator, Cab Lock Downs,"Not Engaged" - Red indicator light on the cab dash that indicates whenever the cab locks are not fully engaged. 0668061 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus, Wln VTX609R Red LED "DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR There will be a Whelen, Model VTX609R, red LED indicator light with chrome trim located in the driving compartment. This light will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm when the parking brake is released. 0509042 Messages, Open Door/Do Not Move Truck, MUX w/Color Display DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone™, color display located within sight of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged). The following messages will be displayed (where applicable): Do Not Move Truck DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open) PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open) DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open) PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open) PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open) Rear Body Door Open DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down) PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down) Deck Gun Not Stowed Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed) Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed) Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed) Stabilizer Not Stowed Steps Not Stowed Handrail Not Stowed Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged. 0611681 Switching, Cab, Membrane, Impel/Velocity/Quantum, Dash CF, AXT WiFi MUX SWITCH PANELS The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight (8) membrane-type switches each rated for one million (1,000,000) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (8) switch assignments will include non-functioning black appliqués. Documentation will be provided by the manufacturer indicating the rated cycle life of the switches. The switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position above the windshield on the driver side overhead to allow for easy access. Additional switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position(s) above the windshield or in designated locations on the lower instrument panel layout. The switches will be membrane-type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever back lighting is activated and illuminated green whenever the switch is active. An active illuminated switch will flash when interlock requirements are not met or device is actively being load managed. For ease of use, a two (2)-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions. 26620Bid #: 0555915 Wiper Control, 2-Speed with Intermittent, MUX, Impel/Velocity WIPER CONTROL For simple operation and easy reach, the windshield wiper control will be an integral part of the directional light lever located on the steering column. The wiper control will include high and low wiper speed settings, a one (1)-speed intermittent wiper control and windshield washer switch. The control will have a "return to park" provision, which allows the wipers to return to the stored position when the wipers are not in use. 0680638 Hourmeter, Aerial Inside Cab, Removed from Cradle HOURMETER - AERIAL DEVICE An hourmeter for the aerial device will be provided and located within the cab display or instrument panel. The hourmeter will be activated when the aerial device is removed from the cradle, not when the aerial PTO is engaged. 0002615 Switch, Aerial 12V Master AERIAL MASTER There will be a master switch for the aerial operating electrical system provided. 0032828 No PTO switch req'd - w/aerial piggyback 0629279 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 6 Circuit Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5025 3rd SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery switched power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate back of officer side rear facing EMS cabinet in the outboard lower corner (SEE PHOTOS). Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model 5025, 6 circuit with negative bus bar. The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0767635 Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB Termination, Kussmaul 091-219-5 Sw Pnl 1st SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 6 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate in the switch panel one (1) at the end of the instrument console per job 32428 01-04. Termination will be a Kussmaul part number 091-219-5, switch panel dual USB charger socket. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0699928 Wiring, Spare, 40 A 12V DC, 6 Circuit Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5025 1st SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 40 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate back of officer side rear facing EMS cabinet in the outboard lower corner (SEE PHOTOS). Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model 5025, 6 circuit with negative bus bar. The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0708660 SP Wiring, Spare, 37.5 A 12V DC, Cust Install Radio, 30A Bat Dir, 7.5A Sw & Grnd CUSTOMER SUPPLIED RADIO WIRING There will be one (1) 12 volt combination wiring leads of which each will include one (1) direct battery, one (1) master battery switched and one (1) negative for use with radio equipment. Each lead will be 18.00" long and be provided this circuit to be used for two-way radio installation only. The leads will be clearly marked in a coil and terminate with butt splices. A breaker rated for 30 amps will be provided for circuit protection of the direct battery lead with a minimum of 10 gauge wire. A breaker rated for 7.5 amps will be provided for circuit protection of the master battery switched lead. The wires will be colored coded as follows: red for direct battery yellow for master battery switched black for ground 27620Bid #: 0547322 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC, Switch Feature 1st SPARE CIRCUIT There will be four (4) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate one (1) each in the following compartments: LS3, LS6, LS7 and RS7 (specific location to be determined at pre-construction). Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing. The circuits selected above will be controlled by a switch in the following locations: no switch location no additional switch location Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0547505 Wiring, Spare, 10 A 12V DC 1st SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery switched power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 10 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate underneath the passenger's side forward facing outboard crew cab seat. Label wire "DRUG BOX". Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0548004 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 1st SPARE CIRCUIT There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power The negative wire will be connected to ground Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC Power and ground will terminate inside the tiller cab to the right of the tillerman as directed at pre- construction Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0548006 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 2nd SPARE CIRCUIT There will be three (3) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate in the cab, one (1) to left of officer and aft of VDR plug and one (1) on the end of the instrument console (see instrument panel drawing for specific locations) and (1) in RS8 (mounted to rear back corner of PS EMS). Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0548007 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 3rd SPARE CIRCUIT There will be three (3) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate RS4 left inside wall back corner (SEE PHOTO IMG_5651). Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0548009 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC 1st SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery saver The negative wire will be connected to ground Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC Power and ground will terminate in the recess area in front of the officer (on the left verical wall through a grommet) Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 28620Bid #: 0560535 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 4th SPARE CIRCUIT There will be three (3) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate RS3 inboard of forward most vertical partition up as high as possible (SEE PHOTO). Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing. Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0583917 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 5th SPARE CIRCUIT There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate (1) LS4 left inside wall down low outboard of circuit breaker box (SEE PHOTO) and (1) RS5 right inside wall down low (SEE PHOTO). Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0566101 Recess, Dash Panel, Officer Side, Vel/Imp RECESS, DASH PANEL The dash panel across from the officer will be recessed to accommodate the mounting of miscellaneous items. The recess will be 8.25" down x 7.81" back and 20.88" wide. 0643196 Radio, AM/FM/CD/WB, Jensen, Front Aux In / USB / Bluetooth STEREO RADIO A Jensen, heavy duty AM/FM/CD/Weatherband stereo radio, with front auxiliary input will be installed per switch panel layout . There will be 5.25" speakers installed one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the cab and one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the crew cab. The antenna will be a roof-mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof . The following features will be included: CD Player with Electronic Skip Protection (ESP) Full 7-Channel NOAA Weatherband Tuner with SAME technology Built-in Clock Audio CD, CD-R, R/W, MP3 CD compatible Radio Broadcast Data System Text Display Front panel USB input Front and Rear Auxiliary Audio Input Receives audio (A2DP/AVRCP) from Bluetooth enabled device Supports Bluetooth HFP to receive phone calls from BT-enabled phones Low battery alert (<10.8Vdc) Heavy Duty design with Conformal Coated Circuit Boards for maximum durability under all conditions 0537251 Bracket, Mounting, For Push Buttons, Officer Side, VEL/IMP MOUNTING BRACKET FOR PUSH BUTTON CONTROLS There will be a mounting bracket provided within easy reach of the officer next to the defrost air intake for the mounting of push button controls. The mounting bracket will be large enough to mount (4) four buttons from top to bottom: siren brake, air horn, mechanical siren, radio PTT) controls vertically, one in front of the other. The bracket will be fabricated from smooth aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. 0615386 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX INFORMATION CENTER An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing. The information center will have the following specifications: Operate in temperatures from -40 to 185 degrees Fahrenheit An Optical Gel will be placed between the LCD and protective lens Five weather resistant user interface switches Grey with black accents Sunlight Readable Linux operating system Minimum of 1000nits rated display Display can be changed to an available foreign language A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area. Programmed to read US Customary GENERAL SCREEN DESIGN Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used. If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur: An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to 29620Bid #: indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages. A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol. HOME/TRANSIT SCREEN This screen will display the following: Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped) Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center) Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center) Seat Belt Monitoring Screen Seat Belt Monitoring Screen Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped) Digital Speedometer Active Alarms ON SCENE SCREEN This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped): Battery Voltage Fuel Oil Pressure Coolant Temperature RPM Water Level (if equipped) Foam Level (if equipped) Foam Concentration (if equipped) Water Flow Rate (if equipped) Water Used (if equipped) Active Alarms VIRTUAL BUTTONS There will be four (4) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels. PAGE SCREEN The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality: Diagnostics Faults Listed by order of occurrence Allows to sort by system Interlock Throttle Interlocks Pump Interlocks (if equipped) Aerial Interlocks (if equipped) PTO Interlocks (if equipped) Load Manager A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load. The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur. The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen. Systems Command Zone Module type and ID number Module Version Input or output number Circuit number connected to that input or output Status of the input or output Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Foam (if equipped) Pressure Controller (if equipped) Generator Frequency (if equipped) Live Data General Truck Data Maintenance Engine oil and filter Transmission oil and filter Pump oil (if equipped) Foam (if equipped) Aerial (if equipped) Setup Clock Setup Date & Time 12 or 24 hour format Set time and date Backlight Daytime Night time Sensitivity Unit Selection Home Screen Virtual Button Setup On Scene Screen Setup Configure Video Mode Set Video Contrast Set Video Color Set Video Tint Do Not Move The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for 30620Bid #: travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicate Driver Side Cab Door Passenger's Side Cab Door Driver Side Crew Cab Door Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Driver Side Body Doors Passenger's Side Body Doors Rear Body Door(s) Ladder Rack (if applicable) Deck Gun (if applicable) Light Tower (if applicable) Hatch Door (if applicable) Stabilizers (if applicable) Steps (if applicable) Notifications View Active Alarms Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced Timer Screen HVAC (if equipped) Tire Information (if equipped) Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped) Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. 0606247 Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ Display Seat Belt Monitor VEHICLE DATA RECORDER There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided. The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line. The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs: Vehicle Speed - MPH Acceleration - MPH/sec Deceleration - MPH/sec Engine Speed - RPM Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle ABS Event - On/Off Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off Time - 24 Hour Time Date - Year/Month/Day Seat Belt Monitoring System A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone™ color display. The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to 10 seating positions indicating the status of each seat position per the following: Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when: The home screen is active: and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated. The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. 0744547 SP Intercom, Firecom 5200D Dual Radio, 1 Wireless Base, (D,O,RPTT) ,2C,Til,Wired INTERCOM SYSTEM There will be digital, dual radio interface, intercom located to be determined at pre-construction in the cab. The front panel will have master volume, and squelch controls with illuminated indicators, allowing for independent level setting of radio and auxiliary audio devices. There will be two (2) radio listen only / transmit controls, allowing for simulcast interoperability with select, monitor, receive, and transmit indicators. There will be two (2) auxiliary audio inputs with select, and receive indicators. There will be one (1) wireless base station for up to five (1-5) headset users provided. Wired headset jacks will be provided for the driver, officer two 2 crew cab at two (2) inboard forward facing seats and tillerman positions. The driver will have a remote to talk button located near driver left of information center (PHOTO IMG_6174) and the officer will have a remote to talk button located left of officer on the button mounting bracket option #537251 (PHOTO IMG_6152). The wireless base station will have a 100' to 1100' range, line of sight. Objects between the transmitter and receiver affect range. The following Firecom components will be provided: One (1) 5200D Intercom Two (2) DM-1 Switch box assembly, dash mount One (1) WB505R wireless base station (1-5 wireless positions) Five (5) HM-10 Interior headset jacks All necessary power and station cabling 31620Bid #: 0657152 Cable, Radio to Intercom Interface, Firecom, 2 Radios RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE CABLE The apparatus manufacturer will supply and install two (2) radio interface cables before delivery of the vehicle. The radio equipment to be used by the customer will be: Make of First Radio: Motorola High Power, Model Number: APX8500 ALL BAND MP MOBILE (M37TSS9PW1AN). Make of Second Radio: Bendix King, Model Number: to be determined at pre-construction. 0681393 Headset, Firecom, FH-54 Over Head, Intercom Only, Mic On/Off OVER THE HEAD HEADSET, INTERCOM ONLY There will be five (5) Firecom, Model FH-54 over the head, intercom only headset(s) provided driver's seat, officer seat, driver's side outboard forward facing seat and passenger's side outboard forward facing seat. Each headset will feature: Coiled cord with rugged angled plug Noise cancelling electric microphone Flex boom rotates for left or right dress Adjustable volume control ComLeather ear seals with 24 dB noise reduction Microphone on/off button 0794480 SP Headset, Firecom, Wireless, UHW- 507 Under Helmet, Radio Transmit, Bluetooth WIRELESS CONVERTIBLE, RADIO TRANSMIT ONLY HEADSET There will be five (5) Firecom™, Model UHW-507 , wireless under helmet style, radio transmit headset(s) provided. A heavy duty, coiled 12 volt charging pigtail with plug will be provided to be determined at pre-construction. Each headset will feature: Noise cancelling electric microphone Flexible microphone boom Ear seals with 20 dB noise reduction Radio Push To Transmit button (Left or Right Side) Wireless Bluetooth technology Rechargeable battery operates for 24 hours on a full charge IP-65 when worn 0681408 Hangers For Headsets, NFPA, Each HEADSET HANGERS There will be five (5) headset hanger(s) installed driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side outboard forward facing seat, passenger's side outboard forward facing seat and tiller operator seat. The hanger(s) will meet NFPA 1901, Section 14.1.11, requirement for equipment mounting. 0660403 Remote Intercom Head, Firecom 5200 INTERCOM SYSTEM REMOTE HEAD A Firecom, Model 5200DRH remote intercom head will be provided and mounted overhead of the officer in switch panel #5 . 0000000 STF Radio, Mobile, Bendix King KNGM150 (DTF - GSFA APPROVED) BENDIX KING RADIO One (1) Bendix King model KNGM150 radio will be provided with the following options: Relm Mobile Radio 5000 CH Digital P25/Analog, 50 Watts Dash Mount w/ Ext Speaker & Install Kit KAA0290 Relm KNG Mobile Microphone Allows Control of KNG Radio 32620Bid #: 0000000 STF Radio, Mobile, Motorola APX8500 (DTF - GSFA APPROVED) MOTOROLA RADIO One (1) Motorola APX8500 model M37TSS9PW1AN all band mobile radio will be provided with the following options: GA00580AA, ADD: TDMA OPERATION APX G51AT, ENH:SMARTZONE GA09001AA, ADD: WI-FI CAPABILITY G361AH, ENH: P25 TRUNKING SOFTWARE APX GA00268AB, ADD: RFID LABEL APX W432AG, ENH: SPKR INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX G444AH, ADD: APX CONTROL HEAD SOFTWARE G442AJ, ADD: APX O5 CONTROL HEAD G806BL, ENH: ASTRO DIGITAL CAI OP APX GA05509AA, DEL: DELETE UHF BAND GA01517AA, DEL: NO J600 ADAPTER CABLE NEEDED G66BC, ADD: DASH MOUNT 05 GA00318AF, ADD: 5Y ESSENTIAL SERVICE GA00250AA, ADD: WIFI/GNSS FLEXIBLE CABLE LMR195 GA01513AA, ADD: ALL BAND MOBILE ANTENNA (7/8/V/U) W22BA, ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APX 0685177 Remote Mount Two-way Radio Mic Per Customer Drawing REMOTE MICROPHONE LOCATION The two way radio microphone will be remote mounted on the cab switch panel on the end of the instrument console (SEE PHOTO IMG_6170) per customer layout. 0780592 SP Speaker, Motorola, Model #HSN4040, (2) with On/Off Switch RADIO SPEAKER There will be Two (2) Motorola, Model #HSN4040, water resistant radio speakers one on the back of the cab, one on wall under the aerial device between LS2/RS3 with one (1) on/off switch provided and mounted as directed at pre-construction. Cables will terminate behind the officer's seat. 0640003 Install Customer Provided Modem MOBILE RADIO MODEM INSTALLATION There will be one (1) customer supplied modem(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer to be installed as directed at pre-construction. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. 0776385 SP Install Customer Provided Cat5 Ethernet Cable CAT 5 CABLE INSTALLATION There will be one (1) customer supplied Cat5 Ethernet cable sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer for installation. The cable will start at behind the officer's seat and terminate at below the PS forward facing fold-up seat base. No other components will be installed with this option. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. 0559503 Install Customer Provided Portable Radio Charger(s) PORTABLE RADIO CHARGER INSTALLATION There will be four (4) customer supplied portable two-way radio chargers(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed (1) near driver seat, (1) near officer seat, (1) in LS6 and (1) in RS7 - specific location TBD @ pre-construction. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. 0559156 Install Customer Provided Two-Way Radio(s) TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION There will be one (1) customer supplied two way radio(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed remote head in switch assembly #4 above the officer, with the transceiver mounted behind the officer's seat on the vertical rear facing compartment wall. RADIO SHALL BE POWERED BY THE SPARE CIRCUIT DETAILED IN OPTION #0708660 per the shipping document. No antenna mount or whip will be included in this option. Specific radio shipping requirements will be followed. 0660489 Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis, Fill in Blank Mounting and Cable Locations RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT There will be three (3) standard 1.125", 18 thread, NMO type antenna mounting base(s) installed all stubs are to be 18" behind A/C CONDENSOR, 18" between each other and 18" inboard from sides of cab per job 32428 01-04 on the cab roof with high efficiency, low loss, coaxial cable(s) routed within the cab / crew area to all antenna cables are to run down the PS of cab and terminate behind the officer's seat . A weatherproof cap will be installed on the mount. 33620Bid #: 0616417 SP Antenna, PCTel, GPSHPDLTEMIMO- SF, LTE MIMO/Dual WiFi/GPS Multiband GPS MULTIBAND ANTENNA There will be one (1) PCTel, Model GPSHPDLTEMIMO-SF, stud mount, low profile, multi-band antenna installed on the cab roof. The antenna will feature: Two (2) 4G LTE elements for 698-960MHz and 1710-2700MHz with 17.00' of Pro-Flex Plus 195 coaxial cable, each with SMA male connectors, routed to the mobile data terminal (MDT) Dual (MIMO 802.11n) broadband WiFi elements, 2.4-2.5GHz and 4.9-5.9GHz, with 17.00' of Pro- Flex Plus 195 coaxial cable, each with RP-SMA male connectors installed, routed to the WiFi device One (1) GPS element with 17.00' of RG-174/U coaxial cable with SMA male connector, routed to the mobile data terminal (MDT) 0564138 Camera System, Zone Defense, Rear Camera & 7" LCD Display VIDEO SYSTEM, REAR CAMERA & 7" LCD DISPLAY A Zone Defense 323-1-4 video system with wide angle color rear view video camera and 7" color LCD display monitor with swivel mount will be provided. The weatherproof, IP67 rated, camera will feature a built in microphone and 18 infrared emitters for 0 lux operation. The camera will be activated with the reverse signal or manually from the monitor. Images will be displayed in the cab on a 7" color LCD flat panel display with integral camera switcher and integrated speaker permitting audio from the active camera and located centered between the sunvisors on a panavise mount 0658499 SP Camera System, Tiller, Zone Defense, 5" RS/LS Adj Monitors, Forward Facing TILLER CAMERA SYSTEM There will be two (2) Zone Defense SYS.322.1.MS.NML camera systems provided. Each system will have a side mount video camera and 5.00" LCD display. The cameras will be located one (1) on the right and one (1) on the left side of the tiller body, located above the marker light that is forward of the wheel well, facing forward. The displays will be attached to adjustable height brackets, one (1) each side of the tiller cab and connected to that side camera to display whenever the ignition switch is on. 0653350 Guards, Vehicle Camera(s), Painted Smooth Aluminum VEHICLE CAMERA GUARDS There will be two (2) smooth, tapered aluminum guard(s) fastened over the cab / body camera(s) located over the cameras on each side of the tiller trailer. The guards will be painted to match the surface they are attached to. 0523921 Recess, Rear Vision Camera RECESS REAR CAMERA A rear camera recess will be provided in the center at the rear . 0615100 Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Diag LEDs, Vel, WiFi ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting. Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible. Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership. Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA. SOLID-STATE CONTROL SYSTEM A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J1939-11 recommended practices. The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX™ specifications providing a lower cost of ownership. For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes: Green LED indicator light for module power Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field re programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters Complete operating and troubleshooting manuals USB connection to the main control module for advanced troubleshooting To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications: 34620Bid #: Module circuit board will meet SAE J771 specifications Operating temperature from -40C to +70C Storage temperature from -40C to +70C Vibration to 50g IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 16 volts DC The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical. CIRCUIT PROTECTION AND CONTROL DIAGRAM Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information. ON-BOARD ADVANCED/VISUAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information: Text description of active warning or caution alarms Simplified warning indicators Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm Red warning indication with steady tone alarm All control system modules, with the exception of the main control module, will contain on-board visual diagnostic LEDs that assist in troubleshooting. The LEDs will be enclosed within the sealed, transparent module housing near the face of the module. One LED for each input or output will be provided and will illuminate whenever the respective input or output is active. Color- coded labels within the modules will encompass the LEDs for ease of identification. The LED indicator lights will provide point of use information for reduced troubleshooting time without the need for an additional computer. TECH MODULE WITH WIFI An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE 802.11 b/g/n capabilities while communicating at 2.4 Gigahertz. The module will provide an external antenna connection allowing a line of site communication range of up to 300 feet with a roof mounted antenna. The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone™, control and information system. The data logging capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone™, control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data logger will provide up to 2 Gigabytes of data storage. A USB connection will be provided on the Tech Module. It will provide a means to download data logger information and update software in the device. PROGNOSTICS A software based vehicle tool will be provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events. The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone, color display and/or wireless enabled device to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals. Prognostics will include: Engine oil and filter Transmission oil and filter Pump oil (if equipped) Foam oil (if equipped) Aerial oil and filter (if equipped) ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS An advanced, Windows-based, diagnostic software program will be provided for this control system. The software will provide troubleshooting tools to service technicians equipped with a Windows-based computer or wireless enabled device. The service and maintenance software will be easy to understand and use and have the ability to view system input/output (I/O) information. INDICATOR LIGHT AND ALARM PROVE-OUT SYSTEM A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. VOLTAGE MONITOR SYSTEM A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels. The alarm will activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes. DEDICATED RADIO EQUIPMENT CONNECTION POINTS There will be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following: 12-volt 40-amp battery switched power 12-volt 60-amp ignition switched power 12-volt 60-amp direct battery power There will also be a 12-volt 100-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center. ENHANCED SOFTWARE The solid-state control system will include the following software enhancements: All perimeter lights and scene lights (where applicable) will be deactivated when the parking brake is released. Cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors close. The dome lights will dim after ten (10) seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. Cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors close. The dome lights will dim after ten (10) seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. EMI/RFI PROTECTION 35620Bid #: To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source. The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter requirements. EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high- powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. 0624254 Electrical System, Velocity ELECTRICAL All 12-volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal. Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids. Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines: All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof. Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body. Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work. Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug). All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area. All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon (1890) applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal. All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108, will be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments. An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order. The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. 0597472 SP Batteries, (6) AC Delco Grp 31, 950 CCA each, Threaded Studs BATTERY SYSTEM Six (6) 12 volt, AC Delco, group 31 batteries that include the following features will be provided: 950 CCA, cold cranking amps 190 amp reserve capacity High cycle Rating of 5700 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit 1140 minutes of reserve capacity Threaded Studs Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a 45 degree tilt capacity. The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance. 0008621 Battery System, Single Start, All Custom Chassis BATTERY SYSTEM There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel. MASTER BATTERY SWITCH There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system. An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system. 36620Bid #: 0123174 Battery Compartment, Imp/Vel BATTERY COMPARTMENTS The batteries will be stored in well-ventilated compartments that are located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery compartments will be constructed of 3/16" steel plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of three (3) group 31 batteries in each compartment. The compartments will include formed fit heavy-duty roto-molded polyethylene battery tray inserts with drains on each side of the frame rails. The batteries will be mounted inside of the roto-molded trays. JUMPER STUDS One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be installed on the battery box on the driver's side. This will allow enough room for easy jumper cable access. 0637577 Charger, Sngl Sys, Kussmaul, Pump Plus 1200, 091-9-12V-1200-194-WT- ** BATTERY CHARGER/ AIR COMPRESSOR There will be a Kussmaul Pump Plus 1200, Model 091-9-12V-1200194-WT-XX, 40 amp single output battery charger/air compressor with Model 091-194-IND-WT-XX watertight digital display provided. The color of the charge indicator will be red. The 12-volt air compressor will be installed to maintain the air system pressure when the vehicle is not in use. There will be an auto pump timer installed between the pressure switch and the pump that will allow the pump to run for one hour than shut down for one hour. The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet. 0531349 Location, Charger/Compr, w/location feature Battery charger/compressor will be located in the forward facing center seatbase. 0536099 Location, Bat Chrg Ind, Driver's Step Area The battery charger indicator will be located in the driver's step area. 0016856 Shoreline, 15A 120V, Kussmaul Auto Eject, 091-55-15-120, Super KUSSMAUL AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE There will be one (1) Kussmaul Model 091-55-15-120, 15 amp 120 volt AC shoreline inlet(s) provided to operate the dedicated 120 volt AC circuits on the apparatus without the use of the generator. The shoreline inlet(s) will include red weatherproof flip up cover(s). There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting. The shoreline(s) will be connected to Kussmaul 1200 battery charger AND Kussmaul model 091- 92-12 "battery saver - low ripple". There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment. There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following: Line Voltage Current Ratting (amps) Phase Frequency 0026800 Shoreline Location The shoreline receptacle will be located on the driver side of cab, to the front of cab door. 0673241 Saver, Battery, Kussmaul 091-195- 12, 20 Amp BATTERY SAVER There will be one (1) Kussmaul, Model 091-195-12, 20 amp battery saver will be provided. The battery saver will be located next to the battery charger/air compressor. Battery saver is wired to the positive "+" side of the battery charger. . The items to be connected to this device are 20 A 12V spare wiring in front of officer for TABLET WIRING. This device will be connected to the 120 volt AC shoreline inlet. This device will be connected to the chassis batteries to charge items when the shoreline is not plugged in. 0647728 Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy 55SI ALTERNATOR A Delco Remy®, Model 55SI, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 430 amps, as measured by SAE method J56. The alternator will feature an integral regulator and rectifier system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257 degrees Fahrenheit (125 degrees Celsius). The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. 0686615 Set Command Zone Clock To Pacific Standard Time 0580123 SP Fan, Electrical Component Cooling 120 Volt, In EMS Cabinet, Qty Feature FAN, ELECTRICAL COOLING There will be one (1) 120v electrical cooling fan(s) with guard to exhaust the heat buildup due to the battery chargers stored in the EMS cabinet, located center forward facing crew cab seat riser - MAKE SURE THIS IS WIRED TO THE SHORELINE PER JOB 32428 01-04. The fan(s) will vent the heat outward from the compartment. Fan(s) to be wired to the auto transfer switch so they will run at all times, either off the shoreline, or off the generator. 37620Bid #: 0048324 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX, With Out Switch ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12-volt electrical system, automatically reduces the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restores the shed electrical loads when the low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system. The ELM will monitor the vehicle's voltage while at the scene (parking brake applied). The system will include the following features: System voltage monitoring. Load Managing will not start for 30 seconds after engine start up. Five (5) minute cycle time, to prevent load activation and quick deactivation. Automatic High Idle Activation, to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake. If enabled, Load Man Hi-Idle On will display on the information center. Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels. Priority levels can be set for individual outputs. Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed. The information center shows system voltage. Green indicator in the Indicator Light display, Load Manager is active. The information center includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following: Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition. Individual load managed item condition: ON = not shed SHED = shed OVRD = overridden SEQUENCER A warning light sequencer will be provided that automatically turns the emergency lights on and off in a preset sequence. The sequencer will be wired in conjunction with the emergency master light switch. When the switch is activated the lights will be turned on in sequence one by one at 1/2 second intervals thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. Sequenced light switch LED's will flash while waiting for activation. When turned off, the same process will deactivate the warning lights in sequence to allow a gradual decrease in alternator output, rather than dumping the load. The on/off switch for this system will be removed. 0780484 Headlights, Rect LED, HiViz FT-4X6- 4KIT, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel HEADLIGHTS There will be a HiViz part number FT-4X6-4KIT, that includes four (4) 4.00" high x 6.00" long rectangular LED lights with parking lamp illumination around the outside of the lamps mounted in the front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille: the outside lamp on each side will contain a part number FT-4X6-HL with low beam LEDs the inside lamp on each side will contain a part number FT-4X6-H with high beam LEDs the lights will be controlled through the headlight switch 0648425 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab Crn, Imp/Vel/AXT/Qtm/DCF DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen 600® series, LED combination directional/marker lights provided. The lights will be located on the outside cab corners, next to the headlights. The color of the lenses will be the same color as the LED's. 0648074 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front, P25 LED 7 Lts CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS There will be seven (7) amber LED lights provided to indicate the presence and overall width of the vehicle in the following locations: Three (3) amber LED identification lights will be installed in the center of the cab above the windshield. Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each outboard side of the cab above the windshield. Two (2) amber LED marker lights will be installed, one (1) on each side above the cab doors. 0620054 Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED 2lts INTERMEDIATE LIGHT There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED turn signal marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light. 38620Bid #: 0534987 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts, Aerial REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING There will be three (3) Truck-Lite®, Model 33050R, LED lights used as identification lights recessed and located at the rear of the apparatus per the following: As close as practical to the vertical centerline Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart Red in color All at the same height There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 33050R, LED lights recessed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following: To indicate the overall width of the vehicle One (1) each side of the vertical centerline As near the top as practical Red in color To be visible from the rear All at the same height There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 33050R, LED lights recessed on the side of the apparatus as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following: To indicate the overall length of the vehicle One (1) each side of the vertical centerline As near the top as practical Red in color To be visible from the side All at the same height There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One (1) each side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground. There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One (1) each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground. Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements. 0524895 Not Required, Light, Marker End Outline 0551870 Lights, Tail, Wln M6BTT* Red LED Stop/Tail & M6T* Amber LED Dir w/Flange REAR FMVSS LIGHTING The rear stop/tail and directional LED lighting will consist of the following: Two (2) Whelen®, Model M6BTT, red LED stop/tail lights Two (2) Whelen, Model M6T, amber LED arrow turn lights The lights shall be provided with color lenses. Each light will be installed separately at the rear with Whelen, Model M6FC, chrome flanges. 0551758 Lights, Backup, Wln M6BUW, LED, Flange Feature Two (2) Whelen Model M6BUW, LED backup lights, will be provided with a flange. 0664481 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED LICENSE PLATE BRACKET There will be one (1) license plate bracket mounted on the rear of the body. A white LED light will illuminate the license plate. A polished stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear. 0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040 BACK-UP ALARM A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels. 0614309 Synchronize, Wln Warning Lights, 1st SYNCHRONIZE WARNING LIGHTS The sync wires to the following two (2) lights located rear upper zone Rota Beam lights (option 0621947) on the apparatus will be connected together to maintain the flash patterns of the lights. The lights located right side light sweeps "outside" and faster as compared to job 32429 will remain on phase 1 or flash together. The lights located left side light sweeps "outside" and faster as compared to job 32429 will be changed to phase 2 or flash opposite the lights selected above. 0578264 Flash Pattern, California Title13, LED Warning Lights WARNING LIGHT FLASH PATTERN The flash pattern of all the exterior warning lights will be set to meet the certified California, Title XIII flash pattern by either the light manufacturer's default flash pattern or by a conversion change to the certified flash pattern. 39620Bid #: 0659005 Lights, Cornering/Scene, Wln M6BUW LED, White, Switches 2nd CORNERING/SCENE LIGHTS There will be one (1) pair of Whelen®, Model M6BUW, white 12 volt DC LED lights with chrome trim provided on the apparatus, no higher than the low beam headlights, one (1) each side of trailer below the body and directly in front of the tiller axle and slightly angled toward front. The LED lights will be wired so they activate and cancel when the battery switch is on, the headlight switch is on and with the directional light activation. The lights will also be activated by the following: no additional switch location no additional switch location no additional switch location a switch in the tiller cab 0659009 Lights, Cornering/Scene, Wln M6BUW LED, White, Switches 1st CORNERING/SCENE LIGHTS There will be one (1) pair of Whelen®, Model M6BUW, white 12 volt DC LED lights with chrome trim provided on the apparatus, no higher than the low beam headlights, one (1) each side of cab below bumper and directly in front of cab door . The LED lights will be wired so they activate and cancel when the battery switch is on, the headlight switch is on and with the directional light activation. The lights will also be activated by the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel no additional switch location no additional switch location no additional switch location 0797682 SP Lights, Cornering/Scene, Wln PELCC LED CORNERING/SCENE LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model PELCC, 79.6 candle power 2.18" high x 8.00" long x 1.50" deep 12 volt DC LED lights with 45 degree chrome trim provided one (1) each side far outside on angled step rear of tractor. The lights will be wired so they activate and cancel when the battery switch is on, the headlight switch is on and with the directional light activation. 0777784 SP Light, Indicator, Jackknife Angle, Green 0-30, Amb 30-60 and Red 60+ JACKKNIFE INDICATOR LIGHT There will be three (3) tricolor 0.54" LED Indicator light(s) with Jackknife Angle label(s) provided on the apparatus, as directed at pre-construction. The color of the LEDs will be activated per the following the green LED will be activated when the angle between the tractor cab and the trailer is less than 30 degrees the amber LED will be activated when the angle between the tractor cab and the trailer is between 30 and 60 degrees the red LED will be activated when the angle between the tractor cab and the trailer is greater than 60 degrees 0059809 Light, Marker, Weldon, 9186-1500 LED, Location MARKER LIGHTS There will be one (1) pair of Weldon, Model: 9186-1500-10 or 9186-1500-20, LED marker lights installed on this apparatus, one (1) light each side per the quantity selected. These lights will be activated with the headlight switch. These lights will be located on top of the trailer catwalk directly above the tiller trailer axle on each side mounted directly on the deck (see photos). These lights will be installed into the rub rail or with metal flanges to protect them from most damage. Amber lights will be used except for the rear most light at the rear of the apparatus which will be red. 0090531 Light, Marker, Truck-Lite, 35200, LED, Recessed, Qty Feature, Feature Location MARKER LIGHTS There will be two (2) lights of Truck-Lite, model 35200, LED, marker lights installed on this apparatus. The marker lights will be wired to the running lights of the vehicle. The lights will be located at the rear lower body corners, one each side in the rubrail. These lights will be installed either recessed or with metal flanges to protect them from most damage. Yellow lights will be installed in any location forward of the rear most point of the vehicle. A single red light will be installed at the rear most point only. 0770923 Lights, Cornering, Tiller, Wln, 70J000CR Halogen, 2 lts TILLER CORNERING LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen® Model 70J000CR, 3.00" high x 7.00" long 27 watt halogen lights installed per the following: one (1) light will be installed on the left side in front of the trailer axle one (1) light will be installed on the right side in front of the trailer axle The lights will be activated by the directional switch on the tiller cab steering column and the chassis directional light circuit. 0769420 Lights, Perimeter Cab, Amdor AY-LB- 12HW020 LED 4Dr CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS There will be four (4) Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens each, 20.00" white LED strip lights provided, one (1) for each cab door. These lights will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the exit doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter scene lights. 40620Bid #: 0616293 Not Required, Lights Perimeter Pump House, No Pump 0763173 Lights, Perimeter Body, Amdor AY- LB-12HW012 LED 4lts, Turntbl/Rr Stp, Tiller BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS There will be four (4) Amdor®, Model AY-LB-12HW012, 190 lumen, 12.00" long, white 12 volt DC LED strip lights provided. The lights will be mounted in the following locations: One (1) light will be provided under the driver's side turntable access steps. One (1) light will be provided under the driver's side tiller cab access steps. One (1) light will be provided under the passenger's side tiller cab access steps. One (1) light will be provided under the passenger's side turntable access steps. The perimeter scene lights will be activated when a switch within reach of the driver is activated and the parking brake is applied. 0769570 Lights, Perimeter, Amdor AY-LB- 12HW020 20" LED, Brkt ADDITIONAL PERIMETER LIGHTS There will be six (6) lights - Amdor® Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens, 20.00" long, with white LED's installed with one (1) light under compartment P3, one (1) light under compartment D4, one (1) light under compartment D5, one (1) light under compartment P5, one (1) light under compartment P6 and one (1) light under compartment D2. With the chassis battery switch energized, the lights will be activated by the same means as the body perimeter lights. 0644535 Lights, Step, P25 LED, Tiller 2002, Park Brk STEP LIGHTS There will be a total of sixteen (16) white LED step lights provided for access to the tiller cab and turntable. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. The step lights will be activated with the battery switch is on and the parking brake is applied. All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of NFPA 1901. 0565827 Special Switching, 12V Side Scene Lights, Reverse Activation Emerg Master ON SPECIAL SWITCHING FOR SCENE LIGHTS There will be two (2) 12V white lights located on the sides of the apparatus the scene light portion of the Whelen 6V2 lights on the FRONT OF THE CAB FORWARD OF DRIVER/OFFICER DOORS AND THE REAR FENDER OF THE TRAILER ON THE DRIVER/OFFICER SIDE that will be activated when the emergency master switch is on and the vehicle is shifted into reverse. Both conditions will be required for the 12V white lights to turn on. The lights will be deactivated if the emergency master switch is off, or if the vehicle is shifted out of reverse. 0693551 Lights, Tractor Scene, Wln M9LZC LED, pair SCENE LIGHTS There will be one (1) pair of Whelen, Model M9LZC, LED scene lights installed on the rear exterior wall of the tractor cab with chrome flanges. The lights will be controlled by the aerial master switch. 0639388 Light, Wln, 12V PSL2B* Pioneer SlimLine LED, Bail Brkt, Tiller Cab Side 2nd 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Whelen Pioneer SlimLine, Model PSL2B, 12 volt LED floodlight(s) installed in bail bracket(s) located above the side window on the tiller cab, one (1) on passenger's side of tiller cab per 28750. The painted parts of this light assembly to be black. The light(s) selected above will be controlled by the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel. a switch in a stainless steel cup located at the rear no more than 62.00" from the ground. no additional switch location. a switch in the tiller cab. These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0640627 Light, Wln, 12V PCPSM1* Pioneer LED Fld/Spt, Surface Mount 2nd 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Whelen, Model PCPSM1*, 12 volt surface mounted LED combination spot/flood light(s) located one (1) on the passenger's side of cab centered above the exterior access door (RS8). The lights will be mounted with black flange(s). The light(s) selected above will be controlled by the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel no additional switch location panel 9, row 2, pos 1 no additional switch location These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 41620Bid #: 0640629 Light, Wln, 12V PCPSM1* Pioneer LED Fld/Spt, Surface Mount 1st 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Whelen, Model PCPSM1*, 12 volt surface mounted LED combination spot/flood light(s) located one (1) on the driver's side of cab centered above the exterior access door (LS7). The lights will be mounted with black flange(s). The light(s) selected above will be controlled by the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel no additional switch location no additional switch location no additional switch location These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0653189 Light, Wln, 12V PSL2B* Pioneer SlimLine LED, Bail Brkt, Tiller Cab Side 1st 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Whelen Pioneer SlimLine, Model PSL2B, 12 volt LED floodlight(s) installed in bail bracket(s) located above the side window on the tiller cab, one (1) on driver's side of tiller cab per 28750. The painted parts of this light assembly to be black. The light(s) selected above will be controlled by the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel. a switch in a stainless steel cup located at the rear no more than 62.00" from the ground. no additional switch location. a switch in the tiller cab. These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set 0628885 Light, Centering, On Cab Roof, Tiller, Collapsible, Attwood 3520-7, Red/Grn LED CENTERING LIGHT There will be an Attwood, Model 3520-7, split red/green LED light installed with a 12.00" tall collapsible mast, centered on the crew cab roof. The light will be used by the tillerman to center the tiller trailer to the chassis tractor. The light will be wired to the headlight switch. 0618234 Light, Visor, Wln, 12V PSL2* Pioneer LED Spotlt 1st 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Whelen® Pioneer™, Model PSL2*, 12 volt DC LED floodlight(s) provided on the front visor, centered. The housing(s) painted parts of this light assembly to be black. The lights will be steady burning with the selected switch features. The light will be controlled by the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel a switch at the passenger's side switch panel no additional switch location no additional switch location These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0532322 Not Required, Hose Bed Lights, Alt. Rear Scene Lights, Aerials 0645677 Lights, Not Required, Rear Work, Alt. 12 Volt Lights At Rear Body 0606487 SP Light, Wln, 12V PSL2B* Pioneer SlimLine LED, Bail Brkt, Tiller Cab 3rd 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Whelen Pioneer SlimLine, Model PSL2B, 12 volt LED floodlight(s) installed in bail bracket(s) located on the tiller cab, at the rear of the tiller cab above the windshield and below the marker lights. The painted parts of this light assembly to be black. The light(s) selected above will be controlled by the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel. a switch in a stainless steel cup located at the rear no more than 62.00" from the ground. no additional switch location. a switch in the tiller cab. These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0762420 SP Light, Walking Surf, Amdor AY-LB- 12HW0** LED, and P25 LED WALKING SURFACE LIGHTS There will be an Amdor®, Model AY-LB-12HW0**, white 12 volt DC LED light strip provided to illuminate the cargo area. The light will be activated when the body step lights are on. There will be Model P25 LED lights to illuminate the top of the hose bed cover. The lights will be activated when the body step lights are on. 0744860 SP Switch, 12VDC, Connect to Fill in Blank, Sw Type SWITCH, ADDITIONAL Additional 12V switch(es) will be provided. There will be two (2) switches located near beauty trim near stabilizers OR under bubble levels - one (1) each side to control turntable lights included in option #0758120. The switch will be a cup style. 0090655 Aerial, Tiller, Alum Body 42620Bid #: 0554269 Body Skirt Height, 18" 0045810 Not Required, Water Tank, Tiller 0023410 Not Required, Overflow 0043076 Not Required, Hose Bed, Tiller 0013481 Not Required, Hose Bed Capacity 0013534 Not Required, Running Boards 0690023 Wall, Rear, Smooth Aluminum SMOOTH ALUMINUM REAR WALL The rear wall will be smooth aluminum. 0029503 Tow Eyes (2), Painted, Aerial TOW EYES Two (2) rear painted tow eyes will be located at the rear of the apparatus and will be mounted directly to the torque box. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will be radiused. 0090670 Construction, Compt, Alum, Tiller COMPARTMENTATION Body and compartments will be fabricated of .125", 5052-H32 aluminum. Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders. Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance. Compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip. The compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again .75" to form an angle. Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion or formed bright aluminum treadplate. The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear and outward side. These covers will have the corners welded. Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops. All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury. A support system will be used which will incorporate a floating substructure by using Neoprene Elastomer isolators to allow the body to remain rigid while the chassis goes through its natural flex. The isolators will have a broad range of proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail safe design, and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes. This will result in a 500 lb equipment rating for each lower compartment of the body. The compartmentation will include a 3.00" steel support assemblies which are bolted to the chassis frame rails. A steel framework will be mounted to the body above these support assemblies connected to the support assemblies with isolators. There will be one (1) support assembly mounted to each chassis frame rail. AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards. LOUVERS All body compartments will have a minimum of one (1) set of louvers stamped into a wall to provide the proper airflow inside the compartment and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. These louvers will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate. 0613805 SP Compt, Single Tractor Reservoir, F/D, Single Double Door Compt, 44"WB TRACTOR RESERVOIR COMPARTMENT A compartment will be provided ahead of the tractor fifth wheel. The compartment on the driver's side will be approximately 41.00" wide x 37.75" high x 24.00" deep with a door opening of 36.50" wide x 31.25" high. The compartment on the passenger's side will be approximately 41.00" wide x 36.75" high x 16.00" deep. The door opening will be 36.50" wide x 30.25" high. The floor of this compartment will be raised 1.00" to allow for proper clearance from exhaust components. The transverse section will be approximately 30.38" wide x 15.50" high. The compartment will be fabricated out of smooth aluminum painted job color. Bright aluminum treadplate will be provided on the top of the compartment. The compartment will be furnished with a double door compartment on each side that has a D handle latch and positive door hold open device. 43620Bid #: 0613813 SP Compt, F/H, Trans Roll, Shortened, Single Comp, 79.00" Wide, 6.00" Raised DRIVER SIDE COMPARTMENTATION Driver side compartmentation will consist of one large compartment. The compartment will be approximately 78.63" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep, with a door opening of approximately 70.25" wide x 53.75" high. The upper 44.75" of each compartment will be transverse to the passenger side front compartmentation. This compartment will have a roll-up door. 0608171 SP Compt, F/H, Trans Front, Roll, 6.00" Raised, Special, DS Center, Tiller Two (2) compartments will be provided in the center body section on the driver side. Each compartment will be full-height. The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 39.00" wide x 53.75" high. The upper 44.75" of the forward compartment will be transverse to the passenger side front compartmentation. The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 61.63" high with a door opening of approximately 39.00" wide x 53.75" high. The upper 44.75" of the rearward compartment will 48.00" deep. The remaining lower section of the rearward compartment will be 24.50" deep. Both compartments will have roll-up doors. 0611686 SP Compt, Low, Front/Rear, Roll, 4" Raised Floor, DS Rear, Tiller Two (2) compartments will be provided in the rear body section on the passenger side. The forward compartment will be 69.00" wide x 26.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of 63.50" wide x 18.75" high. This compartment will be located ahead of the rear wheels. The rearward compartment will be 49.00" wide x 20.00" high x 12.00" deep with a door opening of 43.50" wide x 16.25" high. The floor of this compartment will be raised approximately 4.00" from standard to increase the rear angle of departure. This compartment will be located behind the rear wheels. Both compartments will have roll-up doors. 0613808 SP Compt, F/H, Trans Roll, Shortened,Single Comp, 79.00" Wide, 6.00" Raised PASSENGER SIDE COMPARTMENTATION Passenger side compartmentation will consist of one large compartment. The compartment will be approximately 78.63" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep, with a door opening of approximately 70.25" wide x 53.75" high. The upper 44.75" of each compartment will be transverse to the passenger side front compartmentation. This compartment will have a roll-up door. 0683224 Compt, F/H, Trans Front, Roll, 6.00" Raised, RS Center, Tiller Two (2) compartments will be provided in the center body section on the right side. Each compartment will be full-height. The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 39.00" wide x 53.75" high. The upper 44.75" of the forward compartment will be transverse to the left side front compartmentation. The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 39.00" wide x 53.75" high. Both compartments will have roll-up doors. 0796469 Compt, F/H F/D Front Roll, Center Lift Past 90, F/H Rear Roll, 4" Raised Floor Three (3) compartments will be provided in the rear body section on the right side. The forward compartment will be approximately 69.00" wide x 49.63" high x 24.50" deep in the lower 24.13" of the compartment with the remaining upper portion being approximately 22.50" deep. The clear door opening will be approximately 63.25" wide x 41.00" high. This compartment will be located ahead of the rear wheels and will have a roll-up door. The compartment directly above the rear wheels will be approximately 59.88" wide x 19.75" high x 12.00" deep with a clear door opening of approximately 54.00" wide x 13.75" high. This compartment will be provided with a lift-up door. The lift-up door will be provided with a cylinder that allows it to open approximately 120 degrees. The rearward compartment will be approximately 49.00" wide x 45.63" high x 12.00" deep with a clear door opening of approximately 43.25" wide x 37.00" high. The floor of this compartment will be raised approximately 4.00" from standard to increase the rear angle of departure. This compartment will be located behind the rear wheels and will have roll-up a door. 44620Bid #: 0594014 Doors, Amdor, Rollup, Side Compartments ROLL-UP DOOR, SIDE COMPARTMENTS There will be ten (10) compartment doors installed on the side compartments, double faced, aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by AMDOR™ brand roll-up doors. Door(s) will be constructed using 1.00" extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools. The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement. Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One (1) fin will be designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression. The doors will be mounted in a one (1)-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials. Bottom panel flange of roll-up door will be equipped with two (2) cut-outs to allow for easier access with gloved hands. A stainless steel lift bar to be provided for opening the door and located at the bottom of each door with latches on the outer extrusion of the door frame. A ledge to be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door. The lift bar will be located at the bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals. All injection molded roll-up door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 nylon. Each roll-up door will have a 3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door. The header for the roll-up door assembly will not exceed 4.00". A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 0067768 Not Required, Bumper, Tiller 0524589 Scuffplate, Alum 4-Way, Top/Rear of Tractor Reservoir Compt, Tiller SCUFFPLATES The entire top and rear portion of the tractor reservoir compartment will be completely covered with bright aluminum treadplate scuffplates. These scuffplates will be fastened with self-tapping screws. 0026023 Scuffplate, S/S Around Air Bottle Fender Compt Openings SCUFFPLATE A polished stainless steel scuffplate will be furnished around the opening for all of the air bottle fender compartments. 0562375 Scuffplate, S/S, On Rear Outside, Corner of Body, Full-Height SCUFFPLATE A brushed stainless steel scuffplate will be furnished on the rear outside corners of the body. The stainless steel will have a 90 degree angle and will overlap the sides of the body approximately 1.00". The scuffplate will be full height and/or cover the available amount of vertical surface. 0019845 Guard, Drip Pan, S/S, Rollup Door DOOR GUARD There will be ten (10) compartment doors that will include a guard/drip pan designed to protect the roll-up door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed on each roll-up door. 0788393 SP Door Stop, Reduced in Height, Amdor Rollup Door REDUCED HEIGHT RUBBER DOOR STOP The black rubber stops provided above the horizontal door ledge on the roll up doors located LS1, LS2, LS3, LS4, LS5, RS1, RS3, RS4, RS5 and RS6 will be trimmed so that the door can be opened as much as possible. 0004010 Scuffplate, Polished S/S Bottom of Door Frame DOOR FRAME SCUFFPLATE Three (3) scuffplates will be provided for the lower door frame of LS6, RS2 and RS7. Each scuffplate will be polished stainless steel with a .38" lip down. 0004012 Scuffplate, S/S, Inside Each Compt Door SCUFFPLATE ON INTERIOR OF COMPARTMENT DOOR(S) The seven (7) compartment doors will include a polished stainless steel scuffplate to cover the entire width and height on the inside panel of each door pan. Scuffplate will be located LS6, RS2, RS7 and the ladder storage compartment door. 0636819 Trim, Rollup Door, Painted Job Color, by Amdor ROLL-UP DOOR TRIM The exterior of the aluminum trim around the door opening will be painted to match job color. There will be ten (10) compartments with the trim painted. 45620Bid #: 0689549 Lights, Compt, Pierce LED, Dual Light Strips, Each Side of Door COMPARTMENT LIGHTING There will be 13 compartment(s) with two (2) white 12 volt DC LED compartment light strips. The dual light strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. There will be two (2) light strips per compartment. The dual light strips will be in compartment(s): LS1, LS2, LS3, LS4, LS5, LS6, RS1, RS2, RS3, RS4, RS5, RS6 and RS7. Any remaining compartments without light strips will have a 6.00" diameter Truck-Lite, Model: 79384 light. Each light will have a number 1076 one filament, two wire bulb. Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0657239 Lights, Compt, Pierce, LED Light Strip, 82.5", Additional ADDITIONAL COMPARTMENT LIGHTING There will be three (3) 12 volt DC LED strip light(s) provided in the compartment(s) located (1) LS4/RS5 aft of partition and (2) LS5/RS6 aft of each partition. NOTE THESE LIGHTS ARE TO ACTIVATE WHEN EITHER THE "LEFT" SIDE OR "RIGHT" SIDE APPLICABLE ROLL UP DOORS ARE OPEN. Each light will be 82.50" in length. Opening the compartment door(s) will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0687135 Shelf Tracks, Unpainted MOUNTING TRACKS There will be one (1) set of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in RS4. These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s), and will be full height of the compartment. The tracks will be unpainted with a natural finish. 0618184 SP Shelves, Fixed, Low/Special Side Height FIXED SHELVES There will be one (1) shelf provided (1) in RS3 in between partitions up high (SEE PHOTO). The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum with a dual action finish. A capacity rating will not be available on this tray due to a reduced side height being less than 2.00". Each shelf will be fixed in its location in the compartment. The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts. The side height of the shelf/shelves will be as follows: Front: 2.00" high Rear: 2.00" high Left & Right Sides: 2.00" high 0687079 Shelves, Adjustable, 500 lb Capacity, Full Width/Depth, Brushed Aluminum ADJUSTABLE SHELF There will be one (1) shelf provided. Each shelf will be constructed of 0.188" aluminum with 2.00" high sides. Each shelf will as wide and as deep as the compartment space will allow. Each shelf will have a brushed finish. Each shelf will have a load capacity of 500 lb. Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track. The shelves will be held in place by 0.12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts. The location will be (1) in RS4. 0606749 Tray, 500 lb, Slide-out, 2-Way, Utility, Adj Height, 3" Sides, Full Trans, D/A TWO (2) WAY SLIDE-OUT UTILITY TRAY There will be one (1) slide-out tray provided. Each tray will be rated for up to 500 lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of .19" thick dual action finished aluminum for the tray bottom and special aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, ends and tracks. The corners will be welded. The tray will have 3.00" high sides, will span the full depth of the transverse compartment and will be as wide as possible for the compartment. The tray will be supported with a minimum of six (6) ball bearing rollers. The tray will slide out two thirds (2/3) of its length to either side of the apparatus. Automatic locks will be provided for both the in and out positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. The vertical location of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable. The tray(s) will be located (1) in LS4/RS5 aft of partition. 0020924 SP D/A Finish, All Shelves and Trays FINISH, TRAYS AND SHELVES All trays and shelves will be unpainted aluminum with a DA finish. 0709760 SP Tray, 250 lb Slide-out, 2" Sides, Adj. Height, Large as Possible, 30" Slides SLIDE-OUT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TRAY There will be one (1) slide-out tray provided. Each tray will have 2.00" high sides and a minimum capacity rating of 250 lb in the extended position. Each tray will be sized as large as possible to fit the compartment. The tray will be constructed of aluminum DA finished . Each tray will be mounted on a pair of 30" side mounted slides. The slide mechanisms will have ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. The slides will be mounted to shelf tracks to allow the tray to be adjustable up and down within the designated mounting location. An automatic lock will be provided for both the in and out tray positions. The lock trip mechanism will be located at the front of the tray and will be easily operated with a gloved hand. The tray(s) will be located LS3. 46620Bid #: 0765472 SP Cable, 1/8" Gauge Cable/Connect w/Stop,Single Hand Oper,Tilt/Slide Out/Utility SINGLE HANDED CABLE LATCH A red cable will be provided to tie together the two (2) spring loaded locks that are provided as standard at the front of a slide-out/tilt tray in order to provide single hand operation of the tray. The single hand operation cable will be provided on a total of 11 slide-out trays located slideout/tilt down trays: (4) @ 510777, (1) @ 519004, (1) @ 83986. Two way trays: (2) @ 606749 (one each side) and (2) @ 646005 (one each side). Toolboards: (2) @ 610451 (one each side). The cable will be 1/8" diameter. There will be a screw located through the vertical surface of the front of the tray, above the cable, to help prevent the cable from being pulled down too far. 0765612 SP Hand Protection Block, Slide-Out Trays SLIDE OUT TRAY HAND PROTECTION BLOCK An aluminum 1.00" x 1.00" tube spaced 1.00" in from the front of the tray to prevent the possibility of stored equipment sliding forward into someone's fingers will be provided. This will be provided on a total of ten (10) slide-out trays located slideout/tilt down trays: (4) @ 510777, (1) @ 519004, (1) @ 83986. Two way trays: (2) @ 606749 (one each side) and (2) @ 646005 (one each side). 0519004 SP Tray, 215 lb, Tilt/Slide-Out, 30 Deg, Adj, Max Width/Depth SLIDE-OUT/TILT-DOWN TRAY There will be one (1) slide-out tray provided. The bottom of each tray will constructed of 0.188" thick aluminum while special aluminum extrusions will be utilized for the tray sides, ends, and tracks. The corners will be welded to form a rigid unit. Each tray will be as wide and as deep as the compartment space will allow. A spring loaded lock will be provided on each side at the front of the tray. Releasing the locks will allow the tray to slide out approximately two-thirds (2/3) of its length from the stowed position and tip 30 degrees down from horizontal. The tray will be equipped with ball bearing rollers for smooth operation. Rubber padded stops will be provided for the tray in the extended positions. The capacity rating of the tray will be a minimum of 215 lb in the extended position. The vertical position of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable. The tray(s) will be located LS3 upper . 0510777 Tray, 215 lb, Tilt/Slide-Out, 30 Deg, Adj, 1/2 Trans SLIDE-OUT/TILT-DOWN TRAY There will be four (4) slide-out trays provided. The bottom of each tray will constructed of 0.188" thick aluminum while special aluminum extrusions will be utilized for the tray sides, ends, and tracks. The corners will be welded to form a rigid unit. The tray will be half depth of the transverse compartment. A spring loaded lock will be provided on each side at the front of the tray. Releasing the locks will allow the tray to slide out approximately two-thirds (2/3) of its length from the stowed position and tip 30 degrees down from horizontal. The tray will be equipped with ball bearing rollers for smooth operation. Rubber padded stops will be provided for the tray in the extended positions. The capacity rating of the tray will be a minimum of 215 lb in the extended position. The vertical position of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable. The tray(s) will be located (1) in LS4 aft of partition and (1) in RS5 aft of partition, (1) in LS5 in between the partitions and (1) in RS6 in between the partitions.. 0083986 Tray, 215 lb, Tilt/Slide-Out, 30 Deg, Adj SLIDE-OUT/TILT-DOWN TRAY There will be one (1) slide-out tray provided. The bottom of each tray will constructed of 0.188" thick aluminum while special aluminum extrusions will be utilized for the tray sides, ends, and tracks. The corners will be welded to form a rigid unit. A spring loaded lock will be provided on each side at the front of the tray. Releasing the locks will allow the tray to slide out approximately two-thirds (2/3) of its length from the stowed position and tip 30 degrees down from horizontal. The tray will be equipped with ball bearing rollers for smooth operation. Rubber padded stops will be provided for the tray in the extended positions. The capacity rating of the tray will be a minimum of 215 lb in the extended position. The vertical position of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable. The tray(s) will be located in RS4. 47620Bid #: 0627885 Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out, Low/Special Side Height, 2G SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY There will be one (1) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) provided (1) in RS4. A capacity rating will not be available on this tray due to a reduced side height being less than 2.00". The tray(s) will be constructed of a minimum .13" aluminum with welded corners. The finish will be unpainted aluminum with a DA finish. The side height of the tray(s) will be as follows: Front: no lip Rear: 2.00" high Left and Right Sides: 2.00" high There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250lb each provided. The pair of slides will have a safety factor rating of 2. To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117. To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50lb force for push-in or pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition. Proof of compliance will be provided upon request. Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 0647045 Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out, Full Width/Full Depth, 500lb, 2.00" Sides, 2G SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY There will be one (1) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) with 2.00" sides provided (1) in LS3 . Each tray will be rated for up to 500lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of a minimum .13" aluminum. The finish will be unpainted aluminum with a DA finish. The trays will be designed for maximum compartment width and depth. There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250lb each provided. The pair of slides will have a safety factor rating of 2. To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117. To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50lb force for push-in or pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition. Proof of compliance will be provided upon request. Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 0647472 Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out, w/ Side Slides, FW/FD, 500lb, 2.00" Sides, 2G SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY There will be six (6) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) with 2.00" sides provided (1) in LS4 aft of partition, (1) in LS5 forward of the partition below Hercules, (1) in LS5 aft of partition, (1) in RS5 aft of partition, (1) in RS6 aft of partition and (1) in RS6 forward of the partition and below Hercules. Each tray will be rated for up to 500lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of a minimum .13" aluminum. The finish will be unpainted aluminum with a DA finish. The tray(s) will be designed for maximum compartment width and depth. Slides will be equipped with ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. The slides will be located on the sides of the tray so that the tray can be located as close to the compartment floor as possible. Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 0646005 Tray, Floor Mounted, Utility, Two Way Slide-Out, 500lb, 3" Sides, Full Trans TWO (2) WAY UTILITY SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY There will be one (1) floor mounted utility slide-out tray(s) provided (1) in LS5/RS6 in between the partitions. Each tray will be rated for up to 500lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of .19" thick aluminum for the tray bottom and special aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, ends and tracks. The corners will be welded. The finish will be unpainted aluminum with a DA finish. The tray will be 3.00" high x full depth of the transverse compartment x as wide as possible for the compartment. The tray will be supported with a minimum of six (6) ball bearing rollers. The tray will slide out two thirds (2/3) of its length to either side of the apparatus. Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 0610451 SP Toolboard, Slide-out, 2-Way, Alum, .188", Peg Board, w/Tray, Full Trans TRANSVERSE TWO (2) WAY SLIDE-OUT TOOLBOARD An aluminum toolboard will be provided for use in a transverse side body compartment. The toolboard will be constructed of 0.19" thick aluminum that is DA finished. The toolboard will be provided with 0.20" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers between holes. A 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the pegboard. The toolboard will span the full depth of the transverse compartment and will be designed to be as tall as possible to fit in the specified mounting location. The toolboard will be mounted inside a 6.00" wide x 3.00" high, utility style slide-out tray. The bottom of the tray will be constructed of 0.19" thick aluminum while special aluminum extrusions will be utilized for the tray sides, ends and tracks. The corners will be welded. The tray will be supported with a minimum of six (6) ball bearing rollers. The toolboard and tray will slide out two thirds (2/3) of its length to either side of the apparatus. Positive locks will be provided for toolboard in both the stowed and extended positions. The toolboard will be rated for a maximum of 500 lb in the extended position. A total of One (1) toolboard(s) will be provided. The toolboard(s) will be located in LS5/RS6 aft of the rear most partition. 48620Bid #: 0674891 Lip, 1.00" Retaining, Each 1.00" RETAINING LIP A 1.00" lip will be provided one (1) in LS1 to contain the equipment. The lip will be finished to match the compartment interior. 0558488 Drawer Assembly, CTECH, One Drawer, Up To 36" Wide DRAWER ASSEMBLY A slideout drawer assembly will be installed One (1) CTECH drawer 28" wide in RS3, two (2) side by side drawers in LS2 each 29" wide. layouts in stage 6 job e-folder. The clear dimensions of the drawer will be 7.25" with a face plate that is 8.00" high x 21.00" deep and a maximum width of 36.00". The drawer will be capable of holding 250 pounds. The drawer will be mounted in a cabinet housing constructed of light gray powder coated aluminum with anodized aluminum frames. The housing will be 24.00" deep, and completely enclose the drawer. A full-length aluminum extruded rail will be provided at the top edge of each drawer. This rail will act as the latching mechanism as well as the handle for each drawer. There will be a total of three (3) provided. 0602325 SP Slide Out Work Surface, With Tool Storage, Adj. Height, SLIDE-OUT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WORK SURFACE There will be a total of two (2) slide-out work surface(s) provided. Each tray will include a two (2) section hinged, work surface that covers the entire top of the tray. Each section of the work surface will be hinged at the rear of the tray with a single continuous hinge. The work surface will open to 90 degrees. The tray will have 3.00" high sides, providing a storage area below the work surface. The tray will have a capacity of up to 500 lb in the extended position. Each tray will be as deep as possible for a standard depth compartment and as wide as possible for the specified mounting location. Each tray will be mounted on a pair of side mounted slides. The slide mechanisms will have ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. The slides will be mounted to shelf tracks to allow the tray to be adjustable up and down within the designated mounting location. An automatic lock will be provided for both the in and out tray positions. The lock trip mechanism will be located at the front of the tray and will be easily operated with a gloved hand. The slide-out work surface(s) will be located (1) in LS2 as high as possible (SEE PHOTO) and (1) in RS3 above drawers in between partitions (SEE PHOTO). 0662679 Partition, Horizontal, In Compt, Bolted Three (3) partitions horizontally mounted and bolted in place, will be installed in (3) in RS3. One each side outboard of full height partitions to act as a shelf, 12.25" clear from compartment floor to underside of shelf. The third will be directly above the work surface (SEE PHOTOS / LAYOUT FOR CORRECT POSITIONING) 0528058 Partition, Horizontal, In Compt HORIZONTAL PARTITION One (1) partition horizontally mounted and bolted or welded in place, will be installed in (1) in LS4/RS5 forward of the vertical partition to act as a floor for stokes storage. Locate the partition so there is 24.5" clear inside between the top of the partition and the bottom of the roll-up door protective guard 0003934 Dust Filter, Compt Louvers COMPARTMENT DUST FILTERS A total of 16 body compartment louvers will have a removable dust filter installed to restrict road dirt from easily entering the compartment and will be installed (2) LS1, (4) LS4, (1) LS5, (2) RS1, (4) RS5, (4) RS6 and (1) RS7 . 0004002 Matting, .13" Rubber in Compt COMPARTMENT MATTING Black rubber matting will be provided in two (2) compartments. The locations are LS2, RS3 on top of work surfaces (cover for trays). The matting will be .13" thick with corrugated top ribs. 0659383 Matting, Turtle Tile w/Ramp, Compt Floors MATTING, COMPARTMENT FLOOR Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in five (5) compartments on the compartment floor. The locations are, LS1, LS6, RS1, RS2 and RS7. The Turtle Tile will be red and the leading edge of the matting will include the beveled edge. The beveled edge will be red . 0028026 Matting, Turtle Tile, Compt Shelving only MATTING, COMPARTMENT SHELVING Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in 19 shelves. The locations are, each shelf and tray. The color of the Turtle Tile will be red. 0013908 Partition, Vertical Compartment PARTITION, VERTICAL COMPARTMENT Two (2) partitions shall be bolted in (2) full height in RS3 (SEE PHOTOS / LAYOUT FOR CORRECT POSITIONING). Each partition shall be the full vertical height of the compartment. 49620Bid #: 0524826 Partition, Vertical Compt, Transverse Compt, Aerials/HDRs PARTITION IN TRANSVERSE COMPARTMENT Three (3) partitions will be bolted in (1) in LS4/RS5, (2) in LS5/RS6 (the forward one runs down to the floor, the rear one is above the floor extension. Each partition will be the full vertical height of the compartment. 0096116 Partition, Vertical Compartment, Special Height VERTICAL COMPARTMENT PARTITION One (1) partition will be bolted in RS3 above work surface extending upwards to the fixed shelf (SEE PHOTOS / LAYOUT FOR CORRECT POSITIONING). Each partition will be the 13.25" clear inside vertical height of the compartment. Each partition will be DA finished. 0659095 Pegboard, 3/16" Alum, Back Wall Compt, w/Track ALUMINUM PEGBOARD Two (2) horizontally installed tracks, with 0.19" aluminum pegboard will be installed on the back wall of one (1) compartments. The holes will be .203" diameter , punched 1.00" on center. The pegboard will be with a brushed finish. The pegboard(s) will be located in RS3. Retainers will be used to mount the pegboard to the tracks. 0062238 Pegboard, Side Wall Mounted, 3/16" Alum PEGBOARD There will be 3/16" thick aluminum pegboard installed on the side wall(s) of two (2) compartments. The pegboard will be mounted using two (2) horizontal tracks. Retainers will be used to mount the pegboard to the tracks. The holes will be .203" diameter, punched 1.00" on center. The pegboard will be with a brushed finish. Pegboard will be provided in the RS3 (both side walls) compartments. The pegboard will be mounted TBD within the compartment(s). 0796216 Floor Extension, Compartment, 1.00" Downturned Lip FLOOR EXTENSION There will be a compartment floor extension provided. The floor extension will extend from the area over the frame rails to within an inch of the compartment door. The floor extension will have a 1.00" vertical downturned lip and no return flange. A total of two (2) will be provided and located (1) in LS5 leading up to the partition and (1) in RS6 leading up to the partition . 0569283 SP Access Panel, Removable, Qty, Location REMOVABLE ACCESS PANEL There will be a removable access panel provided. A total of two (2) will be provided and located in LS6 / RS7 full height/width each end of opening. 0024016 Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side & Rear of Body RUB RAIL Bottom edge of the side and rear of the body compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail. Trim will be 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity. The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage. 0510626 Fender Crowns, Rear, S/S, Wider Than Std. BODY FENDER CROWNS Stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings. These fender crowns must be wide enough to prevent splashing onto the body from the specified tires. A rubber welting will be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion. 0745265 SP Compt w/Rack, Air Bottle, 8"/9.50"/8" Square, Rear of Tiller, Smooth Alum Door AIR BOTTLE STORAGE COMPARTMENT WITH RACK An air bottle compartment will be provided at the rear of the tiller trailer under the tiller cab. The compartment will be located between the frame rails. The compartment will contain a rack to store three (3) air bottles horizontally. A smooth aluminum drop down door with two (2) lift and turn latches will be provided. The bottle storage bins will be approximately 27.00" deep x 8.50" high. Dividers will be located such to allow 8.00", 9.50" and 8.00" clear inside storage areas. The flooring of each bin will be rubber lined. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal. 0657524 Compt, Air Bottle, Single, Round, Fender Panel AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Single) A quantity of four (4) air bottle compartments, 7.75" in diameter x 26.00" deep, will be provided on the left side forward of the rear wheels, on the left side rearward of the rear wheels, on the right side forward of the rear wheels and on the right side rearward of the rear wheels. A painted stainless steel door with a Southco raised trigger C2 chrome lever latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal. Inside the compartment, black rubber matting will be provided. 50620Bid #: 0744503 SP Holder, Air Bottle, Zico Model UN-6- 30-2-SFPHS, Mounted in Compt w/Tracks AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS Two (2) brackets will be provided for mounting air bottles. Each bracket will be a Ziamatic, model UH-6-30-2-SFPHS, be mounted on tracks, and be used for adjusting the location of the bracket within the compartment. Install (1) in LS6 and (1) in RS7 on the 45 degree bracket (SEE PHOTOS). 0045527 Horizontal Mounting Tracks for Air Bottle Holders MOUNTING TRACKS There will be one (1) pair of horizontal mounting tracks provided for mounting air bottle brackets in LS5/RS6 compartment as high as possible above agent tank in easily removable position.. Each pair of mounting tracks will be provided with three (3) pair of mounting studs. 0628001 SP Bracket, 45 Degrees, To Mount Air Bottle Bracket, Compt Mount BRACKET TO MOUNT SCBA HOLDERAIR BOTTLE STORAGE BIN There will be two (2) bracket(s) provided for mounting air bottle brackets. Each bracket will be mounted on a 45 degree angle mounting plate located in compartment (1) in LS6 and (1) in RS7 (SEE PHOTOS). Each bracket will be designed to hold one (1) Ziamatic SCBA holder. 0004218 Ladder, 35' Duo-Safety 1200A 2-Sect EXTENSION LADDER There will be two (2) 35' two (2) section aluminum Duo-Safety Series 1200-A extension ladder(s) provided. 0004222 Ladder, 24' Duo-Safety 900A 2- Section AERIAL EXTENSION LADDER There will be two (2) 24' two (2) section aluminum Series 900-A extension ladder(s) provided and located in the ladder storage compartment. 0074230 Ladder, 20' Duo-Safety 875A Roof ROOF LADDER There will be one (1) 20' aluminum Duo-Safety Series 875-A roof ladder(s) provided. 0643252 SP Ladder, 12' Duo-Safety 775-DR Roof, 16.00" Width, Non-NFPA ADDED ROOF LADDER There will be one (1) 12' roof, aluminum, Series 775-DR, special 16.00" width provided. This ladder will have roof hooks at each end. This ladder is non compliant to NFPA 1931, Chapter 4.2.2, "Standard on Design of and Design Verification Tests for Fire Department Roof Ladders". Per Fire Department specification request of this ladder, the apparatus will be non compliant to NFPA 1901 standards at time of contract execution. 0049235 Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety 775A Roof ADDED ROOF LADDER There will be one (1) 10' roof, aluminum, Series 775-A provided. 0044235 Ladder, 16' Duo-Safety 875A Roof ADDED ROOF LADDER There will be two (2) 16' roof, aluminum, Series 875-A provided. 0004233 Ladder, 14' Duo-Safety Fresno 701 AERIAL ATTIC EXTENSION LADDER There will be one (1) 14' Fresno aluminum Duo-Safety Series 701 attic extension ladder(s) provided. 0004246 Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety Folding, 585A AERIAL FOLDING LADDER There will be one (1) 10' aluminum Duo-Safety Series 585-A folding ladder(s) provided and located in the ladder storage compartment. 0680193 Ladder Storage, Vertically Hinged Doors, Smooth Alum, Grabber Door Brkt, Tiller GROUND LADDER STORAGE The ground ladders will be removable from the center rear of the apparatus. The ladders will be individually stored in stainless steel slides and will be arranged in such a manner that any one (1) ladder can be removed without having to move or remove any other ladder. Black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be added to the stainless steel slides, on the bottom horizontal surfaces, of the ladder storage rack. Vertically hinged double lap doors will be provided at the rear to close the ladder compartment. Doors will be of double pan aluminum construction. Single sheet aluminum doors will not be considered. The lock door will be latched with Eberhard latches with "D" ring handles. There will be a Cast Products grabber door stay bracket provided on the outside of each door to hold it in the open position. 51620Bid #: 0652342 Ladder Brackets, Adjustable, Left Side, Tiller LADDER BRACKETS There will be two (2) side stacked ladder(s) provided on the left side of the rear body in lined brackets and held in place by chrome plated, quarter turn spring loaded clamps. If there is more than one (1) ladder stored here, the clamps will be such that when a ladder is removed, the clamps can be moved a half-turn to hold the remaining ladder in place. The ladder brackets will be adjustable side to side. There will be a 14' Duo-Safety 775-A roof and a 24' Duo-Safety 900-A, two (2) - section extension ladder(s) located in the bracket. 0761257 Lights, Torque Box Ladder Storage,Truck-Lite 44308C 2lts,LED Grommet Mt,Round 4" LADDER STORAGE LIGHTING There will be two (2) Truck Lite Model 44308C, 4.00" round LED lights with Model 40700, grommets used to illuminate the torque box ladder storage compartment. One (1) each side will be located on the side wall of the torque box near the ladder storage entry area. The lights will be activated when the ladder storage compartment door is opened. 0064245 Ladder, 12' Duo-Safety Folding, 585A ADDITIONAL FOLDING LADDER One (1) 12' aluminum, Series 585-A Duo-Safety folding ladder will be installed in a U-shaped trough inside the ladder storage compartment. 0653608 Ladder, Little Giant, Revolution XE - Model 17, 12017 ADDITIONAL FOLDING LADDER One (1) Revolution XE Model 12017 Little Giant folding ladder will be provided. The stored dimensions will be 55.50" high x 23.75" wide x 9.25" deep. The weight will be 31.50lb. The ladder will be located in the torque box per approved ladder layout print. 0670839 SP Anti-Migration Plate, Ladder, Ladder Storage LADDER PLATE A stainless plate with a two bend flange and a stainless steel hinge will be provided to secure the ladder complement. The plate assembly will be mounted to the bottom of the entrance of the ladder storage area. When the plate is vertical, it will secure the ladders and prevent them from migrating to the rear of the apparatus. 0786971 SP Slides, Dura-Surf, Ground Ladder Storage, All Horizontal and Vertical Surfaces DURA-SURF LADDER SLIDES Black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be added to all vertical and horizontal surfaces of the stainless steel, where the ladder could come in contact with the ladder storage rack. 0658170 Ladders, Nested, Right Side Ground Ladder Storage NESTED LADDER STORAGE There will be nested ladders on the right side of the ladder storage compartment. 0628670 SP Trough, Special Size, Folding Ladder, Torque Box SPECIAL SIZE LADDER TROUGH The folding ladder trough in the torque box will be slightly more narrow than standard. This is to allow for all required ladders to fit in the ladder storage area. 0604208 SP Pike Pole, 12' Fire Hooks Unlimited, Fiberglass, APH-12, w/ Pry/Chisel End PIKE POLES There will be one (1) Fire Hooks Unlimited, Model APH-12, 12' pike pole(s) with fiberglass handles and chisel end provided. The pike pole(s) will be located torque box. 0567897 Pike Pole, 8' Fire Hooks Unlimited, New York Roof Hook, Steel, Pry End, RH-8 8' PIKE POLE There will be two (2) Fire Hooks Unlimited, New York Hook , 8' long roof hook with steel shaft and chisel (pry) end provided. The poles will be located torque box. 0552649 Pike Pole, 6' Fire Hooks Unlimited, New York Roof Hook, Steel, Pry End, RH-6 6 FT PIKE POLE There will be three (3) Fire Hooks Unlimited NY roof hook RH-6, 6 foot pike pole(s) with steel handles and pry end provided (2) in torque box and (1) in tractor reservoir compartment LS6/RS7. 0548410 Not Required, Pole, Pike, 3' 0634573 SP Pike Pole, 8' Nupla, Fiberglass Round, Ceiling/Wall Hook, CWH- 8YD, D-Handle 8' CEILING/WALL HOOK POLES There will be one (1) Nupla 8' ceiling/wall hook(s) with fiberglass, classic round pole and D handle provided. The hook pole(s) will be located torque box. 0589730 Pike Pole, 6' Nupla, Fiberglass Round, Ceiling/Wall Hook, CWH- 6YDA,Alum D-Handle - one (1) 6 foot Nupla CWH-6YDA pike pole(s) with drywall hook and aluminum D-handle. 0089414 Pike Pole, 6' Nupla, Vent Hook RH- 6D, w/D Handle - two (2) 6 foot Nupla RH-6D Ventilation Hook(s): Fiberglass w/"D" handle 52620Bid #: 0063392 Pike Pole, 10' Fire Hooks Unlimited, New York Roof Hook, Steel, RH-10, Pry End ADDITIONAL PIKE POLE There will be three (3) Fire Hooks Unlimited, Model RH-10, 10' long pike pole(s) with steel handle and pry end provided. 0089413 Pike Pole, 8' Nupla, Vent Hook, RH- 8D, w/D Handle - two (2) 8 foot Nupla RH-8D Ventilation Hook(s): Fiberglass w/"D" handle 0744797 SP Pike Pole, 12' Fire Hooks Unlimited, Fiberglass, APH-12, w/D-Handle End 12' PIKE POLE There will be one (1) 12' Fire Hooks Unlimited pike pole(s), model APH with fiberglass handle and D-handle end provided. The pike pole(s) will be located torque box 0054795 Pike Pole, 16' Nupla, Featherlight, YPD-16 ADDITIONAL PIKE POLE(S) There will be two (2) 16 foot Nupla YPD-16 "Featherlight" pike pole(s) with fiberglass handles provided. 0770577 Pike Pole Tubes, in Torque Box/Ladder Storage, Aluminum PIKE POLE STORAGE IN TORQUE BOX/LADDER STORAGE There will be aluminum tubing provided in the torque box/ladder storage area for a total of two (2) pike poles. If the head of a pike pole can come into contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided. 0657484 Trough for D-Handled Pike Pole, Aluminum PIKE POLE STORAGE Smooth aluminum U-shaped trough(s) for the storage of one (1) pike pole, with D-handle style grip, will be provided and installed see ER approval drawing. 0680933 SP Trough for D-Handled, Pike Pole, Nupla Drywall Hook PIKE POLE STORAGE Stainless steel U-shaped trough(s) will be provided and installed torque box for the storage of four (4) pike poles, a with D-handle style grip and a drywall hook. The trough will be modified at the rear for the drywall hook to fit. 0058193 Tubes, Alum, Pike Pole Storage, Spcl Notch, NY PP Head PIKE POLE STORAGE Aluminum tubing will be used for the storage of seven (7) pike poles and will be located see ER approval drawing. If the head of a pike pole can come in contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided. The pike pole tube will be notched to allow a New York style pike pole to fit into the tube. 0673579 Mounting Bracket, Pike Pole, PAC Handlelok #1004, Ea PIKE POLE STORAGE There will be four (4) PAC, Handlelok Model 1004, pike pole mounting bracket(s) used for pike pole storage and located (4) in the tractor reservoir compartment (one set for 6' Nupla Vent Hook w/ D handle and one 6' New York Hook w/ chisel end). 0045867 Not Required, Pump 0012216 No Seal/Packing Required 0012690 Not Required, Trans, Pump 0669703 Not Required, Pumping Mode 0024484 Not Required, Pump Shift 0046295 Transmission Lock-up, Not Req'd, NO PUMP 0046296 Not Required, Auxiliary Cooling System, NO PUMP 0046283 Not Required, Transfer Valve, NO PUMP 0024513 Not Required, Intake Relief Valve 53620Bid #: 0046403 No Relief Valve Req'd, No Pump 0012336 No Pump Primer Req'd 0012816 Not Required, Pump Manuals 0785387 Pump Test, Hercules Self Contained Foam System HERCULES SELF CONTAINED FOAM SYSTEM TEST A complete functional test of the Hercules self contained foam system and its associated components will be conducted to ensure the system works as intended. 0090789 Not Required, Plumbing, No Pump 0014625 No Main Inlet Required 0584002 Not Required, Cap, Main Pump Inlet, No Side Inlet Caps Required, No Pump 0000000 STF Valve, Ball Intake Relief, Akron Revolution INLET VALVES WITH INTAKE RELIEF VALVE There will be Two (2) Akron Brass Revolution 7983 (straight inlet) manually operated aluminum ball intake valve(s) provided one (1) each side aerial inlet . The inlet connection will be 4.50" MNST with a cap and the outlet connection will be 5.0" FNST swivel rocker lug . A 12.5" diameter handwheel will be included to operate valve open and close functions. A position indicator will be included to indicate position of the ball. The ball intake valve will be equipped with an adjustable pressure relief valve. The relief valve will have a working range of 50 PSI to 250 PSI. A 3/4" bleeder/drain valve will be provided on the ball intake valve to exhaust excess air or water from the valve. The Intake Valve will be constructed of lightweight, corrosion-resistant, hard-anodized aluminum and stainless steel. To protect against corrosion, the casting will be coated with a powder coat finish and all components on the wet side of the valve will be constructed from stainless steel. 0089389 No Valves, (No Pump) 0055600 Not Required, Auxiliary Inlet, Left Side 0029147 Not Required, Inlet, Right Side 0681723 No Bleeder Valve, No Pump 0681730 Not Required, Tank to Pump, No Pump 0074900 Not Required, Tank Fill 0092570 Not Required, Outlets, Left Side Additional 0092571 Not Required, Outlets, Right Side Additional 0092572 Not Required, Outlet, Front 0092573 Not Required, Outlet, Hose Bed/Running Board Tray 0089391 Valve, Bleeder - None Req'd, (No Pump) 54620Bid #: 0035094 Not Required, Elbow, Left Side Outlets, Additional 0089584 Not Required, Elbow, Right Side Outlets, Additional 0089394 Not Required, Outlet Control, No Pump 55620Bid #: 0745575 SP Hercules, 30 Gallon, Self Contained CAFS System, (1) 6000PSI Bottle, Location(s) 30 GALLON SELF CONTAINED FOAM/CAFS SYSTEM A 30 gallon Hercules self contained foam/CAFS system will be installed [Location, Hercules Self Cont Agent Tank]. AGENT TANK The agent tank will be constructed of steel and hold 70 gallons of pre-mix foam agent. The tank will be manufactured in accordance with ASME standards. The inside and outside of the tank will be painted with a red, epoxy based paint to prevent corrosion. FOAM FILL The foam fill will be located [Location, Hercules Self Cont Foam Fill]. The foam fill will terminate with 0.75" FGHT-S threads and a 0.75" MGHT plug with cable. FOAM FILL FUNNEL A foam fill funnel and storage bracket will be shipped with loose equipment to allow filling of the system without spilling foam. The storage bracket will be finished the same color as the area around the agent tank. WATER FILL The water fill will be located under the [Location, Hercules Self Cont Water Fill] compartment and installed as close to the bottom of the compartment as possible. It will terminate with 1.50" FNST-S threads and a 1.50" MNST plug with chain. A check valve will be installed as close as possible to the water fill connection so that water does not run back out the water tank fill when the hose is disconnected. A 40 mesh water strainer will be installed as close as possible to the water fill connection to allow easy maintenance and prevent debris from entering the tank. One (1) 1.50" MNST x 0.75" FGHT-S adapter & one (1) 0.75" MGHT plug will be shipped with loose equipment for the customer to use garden hose connections on the water fill connection if needed. Swing style of check valves will be installed to isolate the water and foam tank fills if necessary. WATER OVERFLOW/BLEEDER VALVE One (1) 0.75" water overflow/bleeder valve will be located under the compartment next to the water fill connection. AGENT TANK DRAIN VALVE One (1) 0.75" agent tank drain valve will be located [Location, Hercules Self Cont Tank Drain (s)] within easy reach of the end user. This will allow the end user to completely drain the entire tank if needed. AIR SUPPLY The system will be powered by one (1) 6000 psi, 510cu ft breathing air bottle. The air bottle will be located [Location, Hercules Self Cont Air Bottle(s)]. The air bottle will be easily removable for hydro testing. All of the air bottle hose and connections will be rated for 6000 psi working pressure. The air pressurization/charging of the agent tank will be done by a electrically controlled valve installed on the high pressure side of the air regulator. This will allowing the system to be stored and transported without pressure in the agent tank until needed for fire fighting. DISCHARGE SYSTEM One (1), 1.00" Akron 8800 series of manual valve with outlet will be located [Location, Hercules Self Cont Outlet(s)] for discharging the foam/CAFS system. FOAM SYSTEM CONTROLS The foam system will have one (1) operator control panels for operating this system. The control panel will be located [Location, Hercules Self Cont Control Panel(s)]. The body compartment lighting will illuminate the controls on the operators panel. The control panel will have the following items installed on it. - One (1) pressure gauge for the 6000psi air bottle - One (1) pressure gauge for the main agent tank pressure - One (1) pressure gauge for the regulator pressure - One (1) remote activation switch (this switch will open the air bottle to charge the water/foam tank with air) - One (1) high flow, adjustable pressure regulator (0-400PSI) - One (1) needle valve for bleeding down the air bottle pressure when performing maintenance on the breathing air tank PERFORMANCE The system will be capable of discharging foam/CAFS up to distances of 75 feet or more depending upon the wind conditions. TAGS Tags will be provided near the control panel and the near agent tank with instructions on how to operate the system. Tags for suggested foam mixing/percentage rates along with system schematic tags will also be provided. LOOSE EQUIPMENT One (1) breathing air bottle refill adapter fitting rated at 5000psi (CGA347) will be shipped in loose equipment for the end user to use in this system in place of the 6000psi (CGA677) fitting if needed. 56620Bid #: 0779803 Demonstration, Hercules Self Contained Foam System, At Pierce HERCULES SELF CONTAINED FOAM SYSTEM TRAINING The fire department will order one (1) vehicle with this self contained foam system. A demonstration will be provided at the apparatus manufacturers facility on the operation of the system. This demonstration will include: - A review of the self contained foam system emphasizing key areas - A walk around review of the system components on the finished truck - A hands-on the self contained system start-up and discharge session 0043115 Not Required, Pump House, Tiller 0067658 Not Required, Step, Slide-Out Pump Op. Platform 0665700 Light, Slide-Out Pump Operator Step, Not Required 0046495 Not Required, Pump Access, No Pump 0092531 Not Required, Pump House Structure 0001836 No Light, No Pump Compartment 0046400 Throttle, Engine Not Req'd, No Pump / Skid Pump 0035650 Not Required, Water Level Gauge 0546331 Air Horn, (1) Grover, Stutter Tone, 24.50" Long, In Bumper AIR HORN SYSTEM One (1) chrome finish, stutter tone, Grover, Model 1510, air horn approximately 24.50" long will be provided and recessed in the front bumper. The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air in the brake system. 0606839 Location, Air Horn, Bumper, Left Side, Outside Frame, Inboard (Pos #6) Air Horn Location The air horn will be located on the left side of the bumper, just outside of the frame rail. 0016065 Control, Air Horn, Horn Ring, PS Chrome Push Button AIR HORN CONTROL The air horns will be actuated by a chrome push button located on the officer's side of the engine tunnel and by the horn button in the steering wheel. The driver will have the option to control the air horns or the chassis horns from the horn button by means of a selector switch located on the instrument panel. 0797192 SP Siren, Wln 295SLSC1, w/Detachable Mic Cord, Switched Battery ELECTRONIC SIREN A Whelen, Model: 295SLSC1, electronic siren with detachable noise canceling microphone will be provided. This siren to be active when the battery switch is on. 0510206 Location, Elect Siren, Recessed Overhead In Console Electronic siren head will be recessed in the overhead console above the engine tunnel on the officer side. 0076156 Control, Elec Siren, Head Only The electronic siren will be controlled on the siren head only. No horn button or foot switches will be provided. 0601306 Speaker, (1) Wln, SA315P, w/Pierce Polished Stainless Steel Grille, 100 watt SPEAKER There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model SA315P, black nylon composite, 100-watt, speaker with through bumper mounting brackets and polished stainless steel grille provided. The speaker will be connected to the siren amplifier. 0601555 Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper, Recessed, Left Side, Outside Frame,Outbrd (Pos 7) The speaker will be recessed in the left side of the front bumper, towards the outside. 57620Bid #: 0778347 SP Siren, Federal Q2B, Bat Dir, Chrome Push Button Siren Brake IPOS, Location AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN There will be a Federal Signal Model Q2B mechanical siren furnished on the front of the apparatus. The siren will be energized from a battery direct circuit through a 2-gauge cable to a solenoid that is energized from the emergency master switch. Additional customer selectable controls will be included for the momentary activation of this siren. The siren brake button will be a chrome push button located overhead of the driver and outboard of switch panel #1 per 32428 01-04. 0578974 Siren, Mechanical, Recessed In Grille, Imp/Vel The mechanical siren will be mounted recessed in the front grille. The siren mounting will include a reinforcement plate. 0681882 SP Control, Mech Siren, DS Foot Sw Location, PS Push Button MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROLS The mechanical siren will be actuated by one (1) foot switch located on the driver's side as far to the left (close to the door) as possible and a push button switch on the officer's side. 0693597 Microphone Extension, Wln Model CCMICX20, 20' SIREN MICROPHONE EXTENSION There will be a Whelen®, Model CCMICX20, 20 foot microphone extension provided. 0022899 Switch, Second Siren Brake, Chrome Push Button A second siren brake switch will be installed on the officer side dash of cab. The switch will be a chrome push button style. 0607632 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 81", RRRRWRRROptRRRWRRRR FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS There will be one (1) 81.00" Whelen Freedom IV LED lightbar mounted on the cab roof. The lightbar will include the following: One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side end position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side front corner position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side first front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side second front position. One (1) white flashing LED module in the driver's side third front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fourth front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fifth front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side sixth front position. One (1) 795 LED traffic light controller set to national standard high priority in the center positions. One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side sixth front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fifth front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fourth front position. One (1) white flashing LED module in the passenger's side third front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side second front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side first front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side front corner position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side end position. There will be clear lenses and colored filters included on the lightbar. The following switches may be a installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar: a switch to control the flashing LED modules. the traffic light controller by a cab switch with emergency master control. no momentary switch to activate the traffic light controller. The white flashing LED modules and the traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is applied. The ten (10) red flashing LED modules in the front positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0595396 Light, Front Zone, Wln M6* & M6R Sdy Burn 2 Lts, Colored Lens, 4lts Q Bezel FRONT ZONE LOWER WARNING LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M6* LED flashing warning lights and two (2) Whelen, Model M6R LED steady burning warning lights installed on the cab face, above the headlights, mounted in a common bezel. The driver's side front outside warning light to be red. The driver's side front inside steady burning warning light to be red. The passenger's side front inside steady burning warning light to be red. The passenger's side front outside warning light to be red. All four (4) lights will include a lens color that is the same as the LED's. There will be a switch located in the cab, on the switch panel, to control the four (4) lights. The driver's side inside lights may be load managed if colored or disabled if white, when the parking brake is set. 0558676 Daytime Running Lights, Headlights, Qtm, Vel/Imp, Enf/AXT-MUX, DCF (Low Beam) DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS (HEADLIGHTS) The low-beam headlights used as daytime running lights will be activated with the following measures: Ignition switch is turned on. Parking brake is released. These lights will be deactivated with any one of the following measures: Headlight switch is turned on. High-beam flash is turned on. Parking brake is set. 58620Bid #: 0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating HEADLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side. There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on. The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi-beam headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set. 0795855 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6V2** M6**, M6V2** 6lts Crnr/Scene Lt Sw's SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING There will be six (6) Whelen®, flashing LED warning lights with Model M6FC, chrome flanges located in the following positions: Two (2) Model M6V2**, combination warning and scene lights located, one (1) each side on the front cab corner The side front lights to be red. The white LED scene light will be provided as a cornering/scene light and mounted no higher than the low beam headlights. Two (2) Model M6**, lights located one (1) each side behind the tiller turntable access steps. The side middle lights to be red. Two (2) Model M6V2**, combination warning and scene lights located one (1) each side on the rear fender panel. The side rear lights to be red. The color of the lenses for the warning lights will be the same color as the LED's. There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the warning lights. The white LED cornering/scene lights will be wired so they activate and cancel when the battery switch is on, the headlight switch is on and with the directional light is activated. There will be a switch to control the driver's scene and a switch to control the passenger's scene lights. These LED cornering/scene lights will not be activated when the 4-way flashers are activated. The LED cornering/scene lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0698466 Lights, Door Interior Flash, 4 Dr Cab, Wln 0S*00FCR LED INTERIOR CAB DOOR WARNING LIGHTS There will be four (4) Whelen®, Model 0S*00FCR, amber LED flashing lights provided, one (1) light located inside of each cab and crew cab door pan, as far to the outside as practical. Each light will be activated by the door jam switch of the associated door. The lights will flash whenever the corresponding door is open. 0653165 Lights, Side, Wln WION* LED, Recessed in Cab Steps, 4lts, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Vel SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There will be four (4) Whelen, Model WION* wide angle flashing LED warning lights with Whelen, Model IONK1B black bail mounts provided: One (1) recessed in the driver's side cab step on the front, vertical surface, below bottom of door. One (1) recessed in the driver's side crew cab step on the front, vertical surface, below bottom of door. One (1) recessed in the passenger's side crew cab on the front, vertical surface, below bottom of door. One (1) recessed in the passenger's side cab step on the front, vertical surface, below bottom of door. The color of the lights will be red. These lights will be activated with the side warning switch. These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0672937 Lights, Side, Wln WIONSMC* LED, Chrome Flange, Mounted In Rub Rail, 1st SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There will be eight (8) Whelen, Model WIONSMC* LED light(s) provided and located in the body rub rails (1) centered below LS1, (1) centered below LS2, (1) centered below LS3/LS4, (1) centered below LS5, (1) centered below RS1, (1) centered below RS3, (1) centered below RS4/RS5 and (1) centered below RS6. The lights will NOT be mounted with the rubber gasket behind the light which will allow the light(s) to fit in the rub rails. The color of each light will be red LED with a clear lens. Each light will be provided with a chrome plated ABS flange. The light(s) will be activated with the side warning switch. 0745848 Lights, Side, Wln WIONSM** LED, Trim Fet, 3rd SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model WIONSM**, 1.69" high x 5.94" long x 1.13" deep flashing LED warning light(s) with chrome trim light(s) located, one (1) each side far outside on angled step rear of tractor. The light(s) to include red LEDs with a clear lens. The light(s) will be activated with the side warning switch. White LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied. Amber, blue, green or red LEDs may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0745869 Lights, Side, Wln WIONSM** LED, Trim Fet, 2nd SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model WIONSM**, 1.69" high x 5.94" long x 1.13" deep flashing LED warning light(s) with chrome trim light(s) located, rear of the tiller cab, one (1) each side outboard of the scene light. The light(s) to include red LEDs with a clear lens. The light(s) will be activated with the rear upper warning switch. White LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied. Amber, blue, green or red LEDs may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 59620Bid #: 0745871 Lights, Side, Wln WIONSM** LED, Trim Fet, 1st SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model WIONSM**, 1.69" high x 5.94" long x 1.13" deep flashing LED warning light(s) with chrome trim light(s) located, (1) centered between LS3/LS4 on upper portion of body and (1) centered between RS4/RS5 on upper portion of body. The light(s) to include red LEDs with a clear lens. The light(s) will be activated with the side warning switch. White LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied. Amber, blue, green or red LEDs may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0540777 Lights, Rear Zone Lower, Wln M6* LED, Colored Lens REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING Two (2) Whelen, Model M6* LED flashing warning lights with bezels will be located at the rear of the apparatus. The driver's side rear light to be amber. The passenger's side rear light to be red. Both lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's. There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0621947 SP Light, Rear Zone Upper, Wln Rota- Beam R316*F LED Beacon, Color Lens REAR OF HOSE BED WARNING LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen® Rota-Beam™, Model R316*F, 4.00" high x 7.19" wide beacons with the same color domes as the LEDs provided. The rear zone upper lights to be red on the driver side and amber on the officer side. There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the beacons. 0006551 Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper Zone Blocking 0791493 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAM65 36" Long LED TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT There will be one (1) Whelen® Model TAM65, 36.00" long x 2.87" high x 2.25" deep, amber LED traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus. The Whelen Model TACTL5 control head will be included with this installation. The control head will be energized when the battery switch is on. The auxiliary flash to be activated when the emergency master switch is on. 0529278 Location, Traf Dir Lt, Surface Mount This traffic directing light will be surface mounted at the rear of the apparatus as high as practical. 0530282 Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller, Overhead Switch Panel DS Right End The traffic directing light control head will be located in the driver side overhead switch panel in the right panel position. 0006646 Electrical System, 120/240VAC, General Design ELECTRICAL SYSTEM GENERAL DESIGN for ALTERNATING CURRENT The following guidelines will apply to the 120/240 VAC system installation: General Any fixed line voltage power source producing alternating current (ac) line voltage will produce electric power at 60 cycles plus or minus 3 cycles. Except where superseded by the requirements of NFPA 1901, all components, equipment and installation procedures will conform to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (herein referred to as the NEC). Line voltage electrical system equipment and materials included on the apparatus will be listed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. All products will be used only in the manner for which they have been listed. Grounding Grounding will be in accordance with Section 250-6 "Portable and Vehicle Mounted Generators" of the NEC. Ungrounded systems will not be used. Only stranded or braided copper conductors will be used for grounding and bonding. An equipment grounding means will be provided in accordance with Section 250-91 (Grounding Conductor Material) of the NEC. The grounded current carrying conductor (neutral) will be insulated from the equipment grounding conductors and from the equipment enclosures and other grounded parts. The neutral conductor will be colored white or gray in accordance with Section 200-6 (Means of Identifying Grounding Conductors) of the NEC. In addition to the bonding required for the low voltage return current, each body and driving or crew compartment enclosure will be bonded to the vehicle frame by a copper conductor. This conductor will have a minimum amperage rating of 115 percent of the nameplate current rating of the power source specification label as defined in Section 310-15 (amp capacities) of the NEC. A single conductor properly sized to meet the low voltage and line voltage requirements will be permitted to be used. All power source system mechanical and electrical components will be sized to support the continuous duty nameplate rating of the power source. Operation Instructions that provide the operator with the essential power source operating instructions, including the power-up and power-down sequence, will be permanently attached to the apparatus at any point where such operations can take place. Provisions will be made for quickly and easily placing the power source into operation. The control will be marked to indicate when it is correctly positioned for power source operation. Any control device used in the drive train will be equipped with a means to prevent the unintentional movement of the control device from its set position. A power source specification label will be permanently attached to the apparatus near the operator's control station. The label will provide the operator with the following information: 60620Bid #: Rated voltage(s) and type (ac or dc) Phase Rated frequency Rated amperage Continuous rated watts Power source engine speed Direct drive (PTO) and portable generator installations will comply with Article 445 (Generators) of the NEC. Overcurrent protection The conductors used in the power supply assembly between the output terminals of the power source and the main over current protection device will not exceed 144.00" (3658 mm) in length. For fixed power supplies, all conductors in the power supply assembly will be type THHW, THW, or use stranded conductors enclosed in nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated for a minimum of 194 degree Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius). For portable power supplies, conductors located between the power source and the line side of the main overcurrent protection device will be type SO or type SEO with suffix WA flexible cord rated for 600-volts at 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius). Wiring Methods Fixed wiring systems will be limited to the following: Metallic or nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius) or Type SO or Type SEO cord with a WA suffix, rated at 600 volts at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius) Electrical cord or conduit will not be attached to chassis suspension components, water or fuel lines, air or air brake lines, fire pump piping, hydraulic lines, exhaust system components, or low voltage wiring. In addition the wiring will be run as follows. Separated by a minimum of 12.00" (305 mm), or properly shielded, from exhaust piping Separated from fuel lines by a minimum of 6.00" (152 mm) distance Electrical cord or conduit will be supported within 6.00" (152 mm) of any junction box and at a minimum of every 24.00" (610 mm) of continuous run. Supports will be made of nonmetallic materials or corrosion protected metal. All supports will be of a design that does not cut or abrade the conduit or cable and will be mechanically fastened to the vehicle. Wiring Identification All line voltage conductors located in the main panel board will be individually and permanently identified. The identification will reference the wiring schematic or indicate the final termination point. When prewiring for future power sources or devices, the unterminated ends will be labeled showing function and wire size. Wet Locations All wet location receptacle outlets and inlet devices, including those on hardwired remote power distribution boxes, will be of the grounding type provided with a wet location cover and installed in accordance with Section 210-7 "Receptacles and Cord Connections" of the NEC. All receptacles located in a wet location will be not less than 24.00" (610 mm) from the ground. Receptacles on off-road vehicles will be a minimum of 30.00" (762 mm) from the ground. The face of any wet location receptacle will be installed in a plane from vertical to not more than 45 degrees off vertical. No receptacle will be installed in a face up position. Dry Locations All receptacles located in a dry location will be of the grounding type. Receptacles will be not less than 30.00" (762 mm) above the interior floor height. All receptacles will be marked with the type of line voltage (120-volts or 240-volts) and the current rating in amps. If the receptacles are direct current, or other than single phase, they will be so marked. Listing All receptacles and electrical inlet devices will be listed to UL 498, Standard for Safety Attachment Plugs and Receptacles, or other appropriate performance standards. Receptacles used for direct current voltages will be rated for the appropriate service. Electrical System Testing The wiring and associated equipment will be tested by the apparatus manufacturer or the installer of the line voltage system. The wiring and permanently connected devices and equipment will be subjected to a dielectric voltage withstand test of 900-volts for one (1) minute. The test will be conducted between live parts and the neutral conductor, and between live parts and the vehicle frame with any switches in the circuit(s) closed. This test will be conducted after all body work has been completed. Electrical polarity verification will be made of all permanently wired equipment and receptacles to determine that connections have been properly made. Operational Test per Current NFPA 1901 Standard The apparatus manufacturer will perform the following operation test and ensure that the power source and any devices that are attached to the line voltage electrical system are properly connected and in working order. The test will be witnessed and the results certified by an independent third-party certification organization. The prime mover will be started from a cold start condition and the line voltage electrical system loaded to 100 percent of the nameplate rating. The power source will be operated at 100 percent of its nameplate voltage for a minimum of two (2) hours unless the system meets category certification as defined in the current NFPA 1901 standard. Where the line voltage power is derived from the vehicle's low voltage system, the minimum continuous electrical load as defined in the current NFPA 1901 standard will be applied to the low voltage electrical system during the operational test. 61620Bid #: 0529551 Generator, Harrison 10kW 10.0MAS- 16R/D-11011/15/1, Hydraulic, Hotshift PTO GENERATOR The apparatus will be equipped with a complete AC (alternating current) electrical power system. The generator will be a Harrison, Model 10.0MAS-16R/D-11011/15/1, 10,000 watt hydraulic driven unit. The generator will be driven by a transmission power take off unit, through a hydraulic pump and motor. The hydraulic engagement supply will be operational at any time (no interlocks). An electric/hydraulic valve will supply hydraulic fluid to the clutch engagement unit provided on the chassis PTO drive. Generator Instruments and Controls To properly monitor the generator performance a digital meter panel will be furnished and mounted near the circuit breaker panel. 0505796 Location, Hydraulic Generator Above Gooseneck of Tiller GENERATOR LOCATION The generator will be mounted in the area above the goose neck of the tiller trailer. The flooring in this area will be either reinforced or constructed, in such a manner, that it will handle the additional weight of the generator. 0016752 Starting Sw, Truck Engine Powered Gen, Cab Sw Pnl GENERATOR START There will be a switch provided on the cab instrument panel to engage the generator. 0592586 Remote Start, Hydraulic Generator, PTO and Field - SAME SWITCH, Location Feature GENERATOR REMOTE START There will be one (1) remote start switch(s) provided tiller cab panel #1 per instrument panel layout to engage the hydraulic generator PTO and field. A light at each switch location will be provided to indicate that the generator is running. 0016740 Not Required, Fuel System 0016767 Not Required, Oil Drain Extension, Generator 0016771 Not Required, Routing Exhaust, Generator 0036738 Circuit Breaker Panel, Included With PTO Generator CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL The circuit breaker panel will be located below the horizontal partition, as high as possible on the left wall of LS4. 0652963 Light, Wln P*P2AP1 LED, Ground Tripod 1st AC POWERED TRIPOD LIGHTING There will be two (2) Whelen, ground tripod light assemblies installed on the apparatus. The light head(s) will be Whelen, Model PCP2AP1, 150 watt 120 volt AC light(s) with switches on the light heads. The painted parts of this light assembly to be black. The light(s) will be installed on ground portable tripods, located on top of the trailer one (1) each above LS2 and RS3 as far FORWARD as possible and as FAR OUTBOARD to the sides of the body as possible. The light(s) selected above will include a 20 amp, 120 volt twist lock receptacle and plug. 0753027 SP Control for Tripod Recpt from Light Control, 1st CONTROL FOR RECEPTACLE The one (1) receptacles for the tripod lights located above LS2 will be controlled by the scene light controls selected for the scene lights located on DS of tiller cab. Both DS lights will be on one switch labeled "left trailer scene". Switch will be overhead in both tractor and tiller cabs. . 0753028 SP Control for Tripod Recpt from Light Control, 2nd CONTROL FOR RECEPTACLE The one (1) receptacles for the tripod lights located above RS3 will be controlled by the scene light controls selected for the scene lights located on PS of tiller cab. Both PS lights will be on one switch labeled "right trailer scene". Switch will be overhead in both tractor and tiller cabs.. 0788933 Box, Junc, Akron, 3Wire, 2-15/20A 120V Dup SB, 2-20A 120V TL PORTABLE JUNCTION BOX There will be two (2) Akron EJBX electric junction box(es) provided. There will be a cable strain relief and a 1.00' pigtail with black plastic ribbed grip, NEMA L5-20, 20 amp, 120 volt twist lock plug provided for each box. Each box will be provided with the following: two (2) 15/20 amp 120 volt AC duplex straight blade receptacle with flip up covers two (2) 20 amp 120 volt AC twist lock single receptacles with flip up covers a 120 volt AC light inside the box 0006824 Holder, Junction Box, Tread Plate Aluminum JUNCTION BOX HOLDER There will be an aluminum junction box holder installed adjacent to the cord reel. A total of two (2) will be mounted at pick-up. 62620Bid #: 0781579 Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr, NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 1st, Interior Cab 120 VOLT RECEPTACLE There will be one (1), 15/20 amp 120 volt AC three (3) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s) with interior stainless steel wall plate(s), installed in the cab as directed at pre-construction. The NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be 5-20R. The receptacle(s) will be powered from the shoreline inlet. There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following: Line Voltage Current Ratting (amps) Phase Frequency Power Source 0779701 Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr SB Dup, 4 place, Interior Body 120 VOLT RECEPTACLE There will be one (1), 4-place receptacle box(es) with four (4) 15/20 amp 120 volt AC three (3) wire straight blade receptacles with an interior stainless steel wall plate installed LS5 right inside wall down low (SEE PHOTO). The NEMA configuration for the receptacles will be 5-20R. The receptacle(s) will be powered from the on board generator. There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following: Line Voltage Current Ratting (amps) Phase Frequency Power Source 0779718 Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr, NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 2nd, Interior Body 120 VOLT RECEPTACLE There will be two (2), 15/20 amp 120 volt AC three (3) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s) with an interior stainless steel wall plate, installed one (1) each in the following compartments: LS3 and RS4 (specific location to be determined at pre-construction). The NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be 5-20R. The receptacle(s) will be powered from the shoreline inlet. There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following: Line Voltage Current Ratting (amps) Phase Frequency Power Source 0779722 Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr, NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 1st, Interior Body 120 VOLT RECEPTACLE There will be two (2), 15/20 amp 120 volt AC three (3) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s) with interior stainless steel wall plate(s), installed (1) in LS4 right inside wall down low (SEE PHOTO) and (1) in RS5 left inside wall down low (SEE PHOTO). The NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be 5-20R. The receptacle(s) will be powered from the shoreline inlet. There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following: Line Voltage Current Ratting (amps) Phase Frequency Power Source 0519546 Brand, Hydraulic Tool System, Holmatro 0755072 Aerial, 107' ASL, 750/500 Tip, 50 MPH Wind, Tiller FOUR (4)-SECTION 107 FOOT TRACTOR-DRAWN AERIAL LADDER CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS The ladder will be constructed to meet all of the requirements as described in the current NFPA 1901 standards. The aerial device will be a true ladder type device; therefore ladders attached to booms will not be considered. These capabilities will be established in an unsupported configuration. All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of a ductile material will have a design stress of not more than 50% of the minimum yield strength of the material based on the combination of the live load and the dead load. This 2:1 structural safety factor meets the current NFPA 1901 standard. All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of non-ductile material will have a design stress of not more than 20% of the minimum ultimate strength of the material, based on the combination of the rated capacity and the dead load. This 5:1 safety factor meets the current NFPA 1901 standard. Wire ropes and attaching systems used to extend and retract the fly sections will have a 5:1 safety factor based on the ultimate strength under all operating conditions. The factor of safety for the wire rope will remain above 2:1 during any extension or retraction stall. The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used will be 1:12. Wire ropes will be constructed of seven (7) strands over an inner wire core for increased flexibility. The wire rope will be galvanized to reduce corrosion. The aerial base pivot bearings will be maintenance free type bearings and require no external lubrication. The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-half times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position in which the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a firm level surface. 63620Bid #: The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-third times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a slope of five degrees downward in the direction most likely to cause overturning. With the aerial device out of the cradle and in the fully extended position at zero degrees elevation, a test load will be applied in a horizontal direction normal to the centerline of the ladder. The turntable will not rotate and the ladder will not deflect beyond what the product specification allows. All welding of aerial components, including the aerial ladder sections, turntable, pedestal, and outriggers, will be in compliance with the American Welding Society standards. All welding personnel will be certified, as qualified under AWS welding codes. The aerial device will be capable of operating in conditions of wind up to 50 mph and icing conditions of up to a .25" coating over the aerial structure. All of the design criteria must be supported by the following test data: - Strain gage testing of the complete aerial device - Analysis of deflection data taken while the aerial device was under test load The following standards for materials are to be used in the design of the aerial device: - Materials are to be certified by the mill that manufactured the material - Material testing that is performed after the mill test will be for verification only and not with the intent of changing the classification - All welded structural components for the ladder will be traceable to their mill lots. LADDER CONSTRUCTION The ladder is comprised of four (4) sections. The ladder will have the capability to support a minimum of 750 pounds at the tip in the unsupported configuration, based upon 360 degree rotation, up to full extension and from -10 degrees to +77 degrees. The ladder (handrails, baserails, trusses, K-braces and rungs) will be constructed of high strength low alloy steel, minimum 100,000 pounds per square inch yield, with full traceability on all structural members. Each section will be trussed diagonally, vertically and horizontally using welded steel tubing. All ladder rungs are round and welded to each section utilizing "K" bracing for lateral and torsional rigidity. The inside width dimensions of the ladder will be: - Base Section 41.87" - Lower Mid Section 34.88" - Upper Mid Section 27.87" - Fly Section 21.63" The height of the handrails above the centerline of the rungs will be: - Base Section 26.28" - Lower Mid Section 22.68" - Upper Mid Section 20.06" - Fly Section 17.32" The ladder will be designed to provide continuous egress for firefighters and civilians from an elevated position to the ground. The egress section will be designed to maintain the rated load of the aerial device. It will be bolted on for easy replacement. There will be a tow eye welded on to each side of the egress. VERTICAL HEIGHT The ladder will extend to a minimum height of 107' above the ground at full extension and elevation. The measurement of height will be consistent with NFPA standards. HORIZONTAL REACH The rated horizontal reach will be 100'. The measurement of horizontal reach will be consistent with NFPA standards. TURNTABLE The upper turntable assembly will connect the aerial ladder to the turntable bearing. The steel structure will have a mounting position for the aerial elevation cylinders, ladder connecting pins, and upper turntable operator's position. The turntable will be a 0.375" thick steel deck, coated with an non-skid, chemical resistant material in the walking areas. The stepping surfaces will meet the skid-resistance requirements of the current NFPA 1901 standard. The turntable handrails will be a minimum 42.00" high and will not increase the overall travel height of the vehicle. The handrails will be constructed from aluminum and have a slip resistant knurled surface. The turntable vertical handrail spacing will be designed with a 44.00" wide x 27.00" high opening to allow for equipment to pass through from the ground to the aerial ladder. The opening will be located at the center, rear of the turntable. ELEVATION SYSTEM Dual 5.50" diameter elevating cylinders will be mounted on the underside of the base section of the ladder, one (1) on each side. One (1) 2.25" diameter stainless steel pin will fasten each cylinder to the ladder and one (1) 2.50" diameter stainless steel pin will fasten each cylinder to the turntable. The pins will have 125,000 psi minimum yield strength and will be secured with 0.50" Grade 8 bolts with castle nut and cotter pin. The bolts are to ensure that the pins do not walk out of the mounting brackets on the turntable and base section. The elevating cylinders will be mounted utilizing maintenance-free spherical bearings on both ends of the cylinders. The aerial base pivot bearings will be maintenance-free type bearings with no external lubrication required.The cylinders will function only to elevate the ladder and not as a structural member to stabilize the ladder side movement. The elevating cylinders will be provided with pilot-operated check valves on the barrel and rod side of the piston to prevent movement of the ladder in case of a loss of hydraulic pressure. The operation envelope will be 10 degrees below horizontal to 77 degrees above horizontal. The elevation system will be designed following NFPA standards. The elevation hydraulic cylinders will incorporate cushions on the upper limit of travel. The lift cylinders will be equipped with integral holding valves located in the cylinder to prevent the unit from descending should the charged lines be severed, at any point within the hydraulic system and to maintain the ladder in the bedded position during road travel. The integral holding valves will NOT be located in the transfer tubes. The elevation system will be controlled by the microprocessor. Linear transducers will measure the extension of the elevation cylinder. The microprocessor will provide the following features: - Collision avoidance of the elevation system to prevent accidental body damage 64620Bid #: - Automatic deceleration when the aerial device is lowered into the cradle - Automatic deceleration at the end of stroke, in maximum raise and lower positions - Deceleration of the aerial device at the limits of travel. EXTENSION/RETRACTION SYSTEM A hydraulically powered, extension and retraction system will be provided through dual hydraulic cylinders and wire ropes. Each set will be capable of operating the ladder in the event of a failure, of the other. The extension cylinder rod will be chrome plated to provide smooth operation of the aerial device and reduce seal wear. The extension/retraction cylinders will be equipped, with integral holding valves, to prevent the unit from retracting should the charged line be severed, at any point within the hydraulic system. The integral holding valves will NOT be located in the transfer tubes. Wire ropes and attaching systems used to extend and retract the fly sections will have a 5:1 safety factor based on the ultimate strength under all operating conditions. The factor of safety for the wire rope will remain above 2:1 during any extension or retraction stall. The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used will be 1:12. Wire ropes will be constructed of seven (7) strands over an inner wire for increased flexibility. The wire rope will be galvanized to reduce corrosion. The extension/retraction system will be controlled by the microprocessor. Linear transducers will measure the ladder extension. The microprocessor will provide the following features: - Automatic deceleration at the end of stroke, in maximum extend and retract positions All sheaves will require lubrication. They will have bronze bushings and grease zerks. MANUAL OVERRIDE CONTROLS Manual override controls will be provided for all aerial and stabilizer functions. LADDER SLIDE MECHANISM UHMW polyethylene wear pads will be used between the telescoping ladder sections, to provide greater bearing surface area for load transfer. Adjustable slide pads will be used to control side play between the ladder sections. ROTATION SYSTEM The aerial will be supplied with a powered rotation system as outlined in NFPA standards. The hydraulic rotation motor will provide continuous rotation under all rated conditions and be supplied with a brake to prevent unintentional rotation. One (1) hydraulically driven, planetary gear box with drive speed reducers will be used to provide infinite and minute rotation control throughout the entire rotational travel. One (1) spring applied, hydraulically released disc type swing brake will be furnished to provide positive braking of the turntable assembly. Provisions will be made for emergency operation of the rotation system should complete loss of normal hydraulic power occur. The hydraulic system will be equipped with pressure relief valves which will limit the rotational torque to a nondestructive power. The gearbox will have a minimum continuous torque rating of 80,000 in. lbs. and a minimum intermittent rating of 160,000 in. lbs. The turntable bearing, ring gear teeth, pinion gear, planetary gearbox,and output shaft will be certified by the manufacturer of the components for the application. The rotation system will be controlled by the microprocessor. The microprocessor will provide the following features: - Collision avoidance to prevent accidental body damage - Prevent the aerial from being rotated into an unstable condition. ROTATION INTERLOCK The microprocessor will be used to prevent the rotation of the aerial device to the side in which the stabilizers have not been fully deployed (short-jacked). The microprocessor will allow full and unrestricted use of the aerial, in the 180 degree area, on the side(s) where the stabilizers have been fully deployed. The system will also have a manual override, to comply with NFPA 1901. SYSTEMS THAT PERMIT THE AERIAL TO ROTATE TO THE "SHORT JACK" SIDE, WITHOUT AUTOMATICALLY STOPPING THE ROTATION AND/OR WITHOUT ACTUATION OF THE "MANUAL OVERRIDE", will NOT BE ACCEPTED. SYSTEMS THAT ONLY INCLUDE AN ALARM ARE NOT CONSIDERED AN INTERLOCK AND will NOT BE ACCEPTED. LADDER CRADLE INTERLOCK SYSTEM A ladder cradle interlock system will be provided through the microprocessor to prevent the lifting of the aerial device from the nested position until the operator places all the stabilizers in a load supporting configuration. A switch will be installed at the boom support to prevent operation of the stabilizers once the aerial has been elevated from the nested position.. AERIAL TORQUE BOX/PEDESTAL The pedestal assembly will be a welded assembly made of high strength 0.25" plate. The vertical member will be a 0.375" reinforced wall cylinder with a 28.00" outside diameter and will connect the rotation bearing mounting plate to the lower substructure. The pedestal assembly will be bolted to the chassis frame with 0.88" diameter Grade 8 bolts, and will be utilized to mount the outrigger jacks and reservoir for the aerial hydraulic system. LOAD CAPACITIES The following load capacities will be established with the stabilizers at full horizontal extension and placed in the down position to level the truck and to relieve the weight from the tires and axles. Capacities will be based upon full extension and 360 degree rotation. A load chart, visible at the operator's station, will be provided. The load chart will show the recommended safe load at any condition of the aerial device's elevation and extension. 50 MPH WIND CONDITIONS/WATERWAY DRY Degrees of Elevation -10 to 9 10 to 19 20 to 29 30 to 39 40 to 49 50 to 59 60 to 69 70 to 77 Egress 65620Bid #: 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 Fly - - - - - 250 500 750 Upper Mid - - - - 250 500 1000 1000 Lower Mid - - - - 500 750 1000 1000 Base - - - 500 500 1000 1000 1000 50 MPH WIND CONDITIONS/WATERWAY CHARGED Degrees of Elevation -10 to 9 10 to 19 20 to 29 30 to 39 40 to 49 50 to 59 60 to 69 70 to 77 Egress 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 Fly - - - - - 250 500 500 Upper Mid - - - - 250 500 750 1000 Lower Mid - - - 250 500 66620Bid #: 750 1000 1000 Base - - 250 500 750 1000 1000 1000 Reduced loads at the tip can be redistributed in 250 lb. increments to the fly, mid, or base sections as needed. The tip capacity will be reduced to zero when flowing water with the nozzle above the waterway centerline. BOOM SUPPORT A heavy-duty boom support will be provided for support of the ladder in the travel position. On the base section of the ladder, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided where the ladder comes into contact with the boom support. 0663833 Boom Support, Raised, Tiller SPECIAL HEIGHT BOOM SUPPORT A special height boom support will be provided to raise the aerial device to clear the compartment on top of the body. 0799362 Light, Boom Support, Wln 50C03ZCR, LED AERIAL BOOM SUPPORT LIGHT There will be one (1) Whelen, Model 50C03ZCR, white LED light mounted on the boom support cradle. This light will be activated when the aerial master switch is activated. 0755127 Tie Down, Rope, Per Pair, 9000lb Rating, Trailer Gooseneck, Tiller ROPE TIE DOWN AT GOOSENECK There will be two (2) pairs of rope tie downs provided each side of the tiller gooseneck in the forward and rearward locations. Equal quantities will be provided on each side. The tie downs will be rated for a straight line pull of 9000 lb and will be nickel plated. 0745396 SP Skid Plate, Steel, Under Tiller Trailer Rear Wall Substructure SKID PLATE AT REAR OF TRAILER BODY There will be a full width stainless steel skid plate bolted under the very rear of the tiller trailer. 0680821 Boom Panel, Pair AERIAL BOOM PANEL There will be one boom panel provided on each side of the aerial ladder base section. The boom panel will be painted Red #644. Customer requests that NO bolts show on the exterior of the panel per job 27235. The boom panels will be designed so no mounting bolts are in the face of the panel. This will keep the lettering surface free of holes. 0526885 Indicator, Extension, Inside and Outside Handrails, Every 10' EXTENSION INDICATOR Extension markings and corresponding numerical indicators will be provided along each inside and outside top rail of the base section of the aerial every 10'. They will indicate various positions of extension up to full. Markings and indicators will be clearly visible to the console operator. To aid in visibility during hours of darkness, the markings and numerical indicators will be red reflective material. 0591645 Steps, Folding, Four, Aerial Device, Trident FOLDING STEPS One (1) set of folding steps will be provided at the tip of the ladder. An additional set of folding steps will be provided at the base of the fly section. The steps will be bright finished, non-skid with a luminescent coating that is rechargeable from any light source and can hold a charge for up to 24 hours. 0688232 Rung Covers, Aerial Device AERIAL DEVICE RUNG COVERS Each rung will be covered with a secure, heavy-duty, fiberglass pultrusion that incorporates an aggressive, no-slip coating. The rung covers will be glued to each rung, and will be easily replaceable should the rung cover become damaged. The center portion of each rung cover will be black and the outside 2.00" edge at each side will be safety yellow. Under no circumstances will the rung covers be fastened to the rungs using screws or rivets. The rung covers will have a 10-year, limited warranty. 0674963 Scabbard, Temporary Vent Saw Storage, Aerial Ladder TEMPORARY SCABBARD AT END OF AERIAL There will be a total of two (2) vent saw scabbard(s) provided. The scabbard(s) will be mounted on the right side of the aerial tip. The scabbard(s) will be DA finished. 67620Bid #: 0676785 Bracket Only, Rubbish Hook, Aerial Fly Section RUBBISH HOOK MOUNTING BRACKET Mounting will be provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial ladder for a rubbish hook. The bracket will be sized to hold a Nupla 8' roof vent rubbish hook with D handle. 0678539 Brackets Only, Roof Ladder, Aerial Fly Section LADDER STORAGE MOUNTING BRACKETS There will be brackets that are painted to match the aerial device provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial for mounting a roof ladder. The mounting brackets will accommodate a 12' Duo-Safety 775-A, 16.00" wide roof ladder as determined by the type of aerial device and the available space. 0678641 Brackets Only, Pike Pole, Aerial Fly Section PIKE POLE MOUNTING BRACKETS Mounting will be provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial ladder for one (1) pike pole (s). The bracket will be sized to hold a Fire Hooks Unlimited 10' pike pole. 0605565 Inclinometer, Large Style, Rieker Model, Backlit, Additional, Aerial Device INCLINOMETER There will be a Rieker Model 4120WW-12V inclinometer provided at the base section of the aerial device. The inclinometer will be white in color with larger numbers and have a black ball to indicate the angle of the aerial device. 0601972 Lights, Turntable Walkway, P25, LED LIGHTS FOR TURNTABLE WALKWAY There will be white LED lights provided at the aerial turntable. The lights will be located to illuminate the entire walking surface of the turntable including the area around the turntable console. These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch. 0601949 Light, Turntable Console, TecNiq T- 10, LED Strip Light TURNTABLE CONSOLE LIGHTING There will be one (1), TecNiq Model T10, white LED light strip mounted in the turntable console cover to illuminate the controls located on both the upper and lower portion of the turntable control station. These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch. 0771409 SP Hoist Rings, S/S, Forward Area of Turntable, Ascendant HOIST RINGS There will be two (2) stainless steel hoist rings located on the turntable. One (1) to be mounted on each side of the vertical surface of the lift cylinder ear at the front of the turntable (aerial side). The rating of each hoist ring will be a maximum of 1000 lb. There will be a label indicating this rating provided next to the hoist rings. 0771410 SP Eyes, (2) At Rear Of Turntable, 6.00" Off Center, Rope Tie Off EYELETS FOR ROPE TIE OFF POINTS Two (2) eyelets will be mounted near the edge at the rear edge of the turntable to be used in as a rope tie off point. Eyelets will be provided that are approximately 6.00" off the center on each side. They will be spaced as not to interfere with handrail mounting. The rating on each of these eyelets will be no more than 750 lbs. 0679974 SP Turntable Handrails, Offset Rear - MDL Style for ASL Tiller TURNTABLE HANDRAIL The turntable handrail will be the offset rear style. This will provide approximately 24.00" clearance between the handrails at the turntable entrance. 0682164 Cover, Treadplate, Around Aerial Rotation Bearing ROTATION BEARING COVER An aluminum treadplate cover will be fitted over the aerial rotation bearing and drive pinion gear (s). The cover will be attached to the underside of the turntable deck. 0619248 SP Cover, Raised, Control Station CONTROL STATION COVER The cover provided at the turntable control station will be made taller than standard to allow the intercom controls, speaker, 120 volt tip light switch (if applicable), and/or waterway shutoff valve control (if applicable) to be installed under the console cover. 0790401 Control Stations, ASL Tiller, MUX, Color Display INFORMATION CENTER There will be an information center provided at the aerial turntable control station. The information center will operate in temperatures from -40 to 185 degrees Fahrenheit. The information center will employ a Linux operating system and a 7.00" (diagonal measurement) LCD display. The LCD will have a minimum 400nits rated, color display. The LCD will be sunlight readable. The LCD display will be encased in an ABS, black plastic housing with a gray decal. There will be five (5), weather-resistant user interface switches provided. The LCD display can be changed to an available foreign language. OPERATION The information center will be designed for easy operation in everyday use. There will be a page button to cycle from one screen to the next screen in a rotating fashion. A video button will allow an NTSC signal into the information center to be displayed on the LCD. If any button is pressed while viewing a video feed, the information center will return to the vehicle information screens. There will be a menu button to provide access to maintenance, setup, and diagnostic screens. All 68620Bid #: other button labels will be specific to the information being viewed. GENERAL SCREEN DESIGN Where possible, background colors will be used to provide vehicle information At A Glance. If the information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background color will be used. If the information provided on a screen is not within acceptable limits, an amber background color will indicate a caution condition and a red background color will indicate a warning condition. Every screen in the information center will include the aerial tip temperature, the time (12- or 24- hour mode) and a text Alert Center. The time will be synchronized between all Command Zone color displays located on the vehicle. The Alert Center will display text messages for audible alarms. The text messages will identify any items causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) audible alarm is activated, the text message for each alarm will cycle every second until the problems have been resolved. The background for the Alert Center will change to indicate the severity of the warning message. Amber will indicate a caution condition and red will indicate a warning condition. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all Alert Center messages. A label will be provided for each button. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. If the button is not utilized on specific screens, it will have a button label with no text. Symbols will accurately depict the aerial device type the information pertains to such as rear mount ladder, rear mount platform, mid-mount ladder or mid-mount platform. PAGE SCREENS The Information center will include the following pages: The Aerial Main and Load Chart page will indicate the following information: - Rungs Aligned and Rungs Not Aligned will be indicated with text and respective green or red colored ladder symbols. - Ladder Elevation will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle with ladder symbol with the degree of elevation indicated between the vehicle and ladder. - Water Flow (if applicable) will be indicated via a water nozzle symbol and text indicating flow / time. - Breathing Air Levels will be indicated via an air bottle symbol and text indicating the percent (%) of air remaining. A green bar graphs shown inside the bottle will indicate oxygen levels above 20%. A red bar graph will indicate oxygen levels at or below 20%. When oxygen levels are at or below 10% the red bar graph will flash. - The Aerial Load Chart will indicate the load limit on each section of the ladder based on actual ladder position and water flow (if applicable). - At A Glance color features will be utilized on this screen. Caution type conditions will be indicated via a yellow background. Warning type conditions will be indicated via a red background. Conditions operating within acceptable limits will be indicated via a green background. The Aerial Reach and Hydraulic Systems page will indicate the following information: - Aerial Hydraulic Oil Temperature will be indicated with symbol and text. At a glance features will be utilized. - Aerial Hydraulic Oil Pressure will be indicated with a symbol and text. At a glance features will be utilized. - The following calculations will be indicated on a representative vehicle symbol: - Aerial Device Extension length. - Aerial Device Height indicating the height of the aerial device tip from the ground. - Aerial Device Reach indicating the horizontal distance the aerial reaches from the turntable. - Aerial Device Angle indicating the angle from the vehicle which the device is at. - At A Glance color features will be utilized on this screen. Caution type conditions will be indicated via a yellow background. Warning type conditions will be indicated via a red background. Conditions operating within acceptable limits will be indicated via a green background. The Level Vehicle page will indicate the following information: - The grade of the vehicle will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle symbol with the degree of grade shown in text format. The symbol will tilt dependent on the vehicle grade. - The slope of the vehicle will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle symbol with the degree of slope shown in text format. The symbol will tilt dependent on the vehicle slope. - Outriggers status will be indicated via a colored symbol for each outrigger present. Each outrigger status will be defined as one of the following: - Outrigger stowed indicated with a silver pan located close to the vehicle - Outrigger fully extended indicated with a fully deployed green outrigger - Outrigger short-jacked indicated by a yellow outrigger partially deployed - Outrigger not set indicated by a red outrigger that is not set on the ground - A text box located on the vehicle symbol will be utilized to identify the overall status of the outrigger leveling system. The following status will be indicated in the text box: - Deployed status will indicate all outriggers are properly set on the ground at full extension - Shortjacked status will indicate one or more outriggers are set on the ground but not fully extended. - Not Set status will indicate one or more outriggers is not properly set on the ground. - Stowed status will indicate all outriggers are stowed for vehicle travel. - A bedding assist alert will indicate that the aerial device is being aligned by the Command Zone system as the operator lowers the aerial device into the cradle with the joystick. - At A Glance color features will be utilized on this screen. Caution type conditions will be indicated via a yellow background. Warning type conditions will be indicated via a red background. Conditions operating within acceptable limits will be indicated via a green background. MENU SCREENS The following screens will be available through the Menu button: The View System Information screen will display aerial device hours, aerial PTO hours, ladder aligned for stowing, aerial rotation angle, total water flow (if applicable), and aerial waterway valve status (if applicable). The Set Display Brightness screen will allow brightness increase and decrease and include a default setting button. The Configure Video Mode screen will allow setting of video contrast, video color and video tint. The Set Startup screen allows setting of the screen that will be active at vehicle power-up. The Set Date and Time screen has a 12- or 24-hour format, and allows setting of the time and 69620Bid #: date. The View Active Alarms screen shows a list of all active alarms including the date and time of each alarm occurrence and shows all alarms that are silenced. The System Diagnostics screen allows the user to view system status for each module and it's respective inputs and outputs. Viewable data will include the module type and ID number; the module version; and module diagnostics information including input or output number, the circuit number connected to that input or output, the circuit name (item connected to the circuit), status of the input or output, and other module diagnostic information. Aerial calibrations screen indicates items that may be calibrated by the user and instructions to follow for proper calibration of the aerial device. Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. STABILIZER CONTROL STATION There will be an easily accessible control station located on the trailer gooseneck, one (1) each side of the apparatus. The following controls and indicator lights will be clearly identified and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing at each control station. - Driver Side/Passenger Side In/Out control switches - Driver Side/Passenger Side Up/Down control switches - Driver Side/Passenger Side Fully Extended indicator lights - Driver Side/Passenger Side Firm On Ground indicator lights - Stabilizer Emergency Power control switch - Trailer Level Assist control toggle switch - Global Safety Interlock Override red guarded switch - Aerial system Emergency Stop switch - Aerial system Emergency Stop Activated indicator light TURNTABLE CONTROL STATION There will be one (1) device control station located on the right side of the turntable so the operator may easily observe the ladder tip while operating the controls. All elevation, extension and rotation controls will operate from this location. The controls will permit the operator to regulate the speed of the aerial functions, within the safe limits, as determined by the manufacturer and NFPA standards. Each control will be equipped, with a positive lock to hold the control in a neutral position, preventing accidental activation. In addition to the neutral lock, a console cover will be provided at the turntable control station. The following items will also be provided at the turntable control station, clearly identified and lighted for nighttime operation and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing: - Intercom controls - Tip tracking light switch - Emergency stop switch - Emergency power unit switch - Operator's load chart - Two (2) position switch for selecting aerial operational speed HIGH IDLE The high idle will be controlled by the microprocessor. The microprocessor will automatically adjust the engine rpm to compensate for the amount of load placed upon the system. The system will include a safety device that allows activation of the high idle, only when the parking brake is set and the transmission is placed in neutral. 70620Bid #: 0789602 Stabilizers, ASL Tractor Drawn Steel Aerial, Split Pan, 17' Spread STABILIZERS The vehicle will come equipped with a stabilization system consisting of two (2) hydraulically operated out and down style stabilizers. This system will meet or exceed all requirements of the NFPA specifications related to stabilization and setup on sloped surfaces. The stabilizer/leveling jacks will have a maximum spread of 17' measured from the centerline of the jack footpads when the beams are fully extended. The beams will be 6.81" wide x 8.88" high with 3/4" thick top and bottom plates and 1/2" thick sides of 100,000-PSI minimum yield strength steel. The cylinders will have pilot-operated check valves with thermal relief designed to insure that the beams will not drift out of the stowed position during travel. Wear pads will guide the stabilizers. The horizontal extension cylinders will be totally enclosed within the beams and will incorporate telescoping hydraulic tubing to supply the jack cylinder hydraulic power. Stabilizer hydraulic hoses will remain stationary during operation of the stabilizers to prevent hose wear and potential failure. The cylinders will be equipped with decelerators to reduce the speed of extension and retraction when the beams are near the fully retracted and extended positions. The stabilizer extension hydraulic cylinders will have the following dimensions: 2.25" bore, 1.38" rod, and 57.25" stroke. The vertical jack cylinders will be capable of 12.00" ground penetration. The cylinders will be supplied with pilot operated check valves on each jack cylinder to hold the cylinder in the stowed or working position, should a charged line be severed at any point in the hydraulic system. For safety, the integral holding valves will be located in the cylinder base end, NOT in the transfer tube. Vertical jack cylinder rods will be fully enclosed by a telescoping inner box to protect the cylinder rods from damage. The stabilizer jack hydraulic cylinders will have the following dimensions: 4.25" bore, 3.00" rod, and 28.88" stroke. Each stabilizer jack will have a polished stainless steel shield. The stainless steel shield will be of the split-pan design and will be a maximum 12.50" wide so as to allow the extension of the stabilizer between parked cars or other obstacles. This plate will serve as a protective guard and a mounting surface for warning lights. The top, forward, and rear edges will be flanged back 90 degrees for added strength. STABILIZER PADS The stabilizer footpad will be 12.00" in diameter. The footpad will be attached to the jack cylinder rod by means of a machined ball at the end of the jack cylinder rod which mates to a socket machined into the footpad. The footpad will have the ability to pivot 20 degrees from horizontal in any direction to allow setup on uneven terrain. AUXILIARY STABILIZER PADS An auxiliary ground pad will be supplied for each stabilizer to provide additional load distribution on soft surfaces. The pads will be 24.00" square and made from lightweight composite material. The ground pressure will not exceed 75 pounds per square inch when the ground pads are used and the apparatus is fully loaded and the aerial device is carrying its rated capacity in any position. There will be one (1) pad located on each side of the apparatus, behind the stabilizers. STABILIZER CONTROLS An electrically controlled hydraulic valve will power stabilizer movement. The valve can also be manually controlled in the event of electrical malfunction. Hydraulic power override controls will be incorporated into the valve. The manual override mechanism will be completely sealed within the valve assembly to prevent any possibility of corrosion. The stabilizer controls will be located on the trailer gooseneck, one (1) each side of the apparatus, to provide the operator with a full view of each stabilizer being positioned. Each stabilizer control panel will include the following: - Driver Side/Passenger Side In/Out control toggle switches - Driver Side/Passenger Side Up/Down control toggle switches - Driver Side/Passenger Side Fully Extended indicator lights - Driver Side/Passenger Side Firm On Ground indicator lights - Stabilizer Emergency Power control toggle switch - Trailer Level Assist control toggle switch - Global Safety Interlock Override red guarded toggle switch - Aerial system Emergency Stop mushroom switch - Aerial system Emergency Stop Activated indicator light As a safety device, an electrically actuated diverter valve will be provided. The hydraulic power will be diverted to the aerial ladder controls automatically the instant all stabilizer jacks are firmly planted on the ground. Once the aerial ladder is raised from the bedded position, the stabilizer hydraulic power is cut off so the stabilizers will not accidentally be moved while the aerial is being operated. To aid in leveling the unit, two bubble type angle indicators will be located near the stabilizer controls. One indicator will show the angle of the truck from the front to rear and the other will show the side to side angle of the truck. The indicators will be color coded green to show when the truck has been properly leveled allowing the aerial device to be operated at full capacity. A stabilizer deployment audible warning alarm will be provided at each side of the body, activated by the stabilizer movement. A "Stabilizers Not Stowed" indicator light will be provided in the cab within view of the driver. It will illuminate automatically whenever the stabilizers are not fully stowed to prevent damage to the vehicle if it is moved. The stabilizer system will also be wired to the "Do Not Move Truck" indicator light. This light will flash whenever the apparatus parking brake is not engaged and the stabilizers are not fully stowed. 0530819 Not Required, Aerial Stabilizer Pins STABILIZER PINS The stabilizer jacks will not have holes for the stabilizer pins. 0779621 Doors, Stabilizer Control Box, Valve/Electrical Distribution Box, Tiller STABILIZER CONTROL BOX DOORS There will be aluminum treadplate doors hinged on the bottom with a flush lift and turn latch provided over each stabilizer control box. VALVE/POWER DISTRIBUTION BOX ACCESS DOOR There will be aluminum treadplate doors with a flush lift and turn latch provided over the valve and power distribution box doors. These doors will be bottom hinged. 71620Bid #: 0615058 Stabilizer Placement, Cameras w/Command Zone Color Display, 1 Set STABILIZER PLACEMENT There will be two (2) cameras provided and installed on the body, one (1) directly above each stabilizer. The cameras will be activated with a switch in the cab and will provide a picture to specify the fully extended stabilizer position allowing the driver the ability to position the vehicle with the proper clearance for stabilizer deployment. 0796833 Inclinometer, Mechanical, Rieker 1023 12VT, Backlit, Tiller, IPOS, Special Locat INCLINOMETER There will be four (4) inclinometers provided near the stabilizer control stations to assist with leveling the truck. The inclinometers will be located as directed at pre-construction. Each inclinometer will be a backlit Rieker Model 1023. 0786011 Hydraulic System, ASL Tiller HYDRAULIC SYSTEM All hose assemblies will be assembled and crimped by the hose manufacturers certified technician. All manufacturing employees responsible for the installation of hydraulic components will be properly trained. Training will include: proper handling, installation, torque requirements, cleanliness and quality control procedures for hydraulic components. Hoses used in the aerial hydraulic system will be of a premium quality hose with a high abrasion resistant cover. All pressure hoses will have a working pressure of 4000 psi and a burst pressure rating of 16,000 psi. All hydraulic fittings and tubing will be plated to minimize corrosion. The fitting will use an O-ring seal where possible to minimize hydraulic leaks. An interlock will be provided that prevents activation of the hydraulic pump until the transmission is placed in neutral and the parking brake is set as outlined in the current NFPA 1901 standard. The system will meet the performance requirement of the current NFPA 1901 standard, which requires adequate cooling less than 2.5 hours of operations. All hydraulic components that are non-sealing whose failure could result in the movement of the aerial will comply with current NFPA 1901 standards and have burst strength of 4:1. Dynamic sealing components whose failure could cause aerial movement will have a margin of 2:1 on maximum operating pressure per the current NFPA 1901 standard. All hydraulic hoses, tubes, and connections will have a minimum burst strength of 4:1 per the current NFPA 1901 standard. A chassis mounted positive displacement piston pump for consistent pressure and rapid responses will supply hydraulic power for all aerial operations. The positive displacement pump will provide 3,150psi. The hydraulic pump will be solely dedicated to aerial operations. The hydraulic oil will be a premium Multi-Vis product having a leading edge additive package, provide oxidation stability, be extremely shear stable and maximum anti-wear properties. All oil delivered to the manufacturing site will have a minimum ISO cleanliness level of 18/15/13. Each aerial will be evaluated as to the region and climate where it will be used to determine the optimum viscosity and proper oil grade. Oil viscosity will be based on an optimum range of 80 to 1000 SUS during normal aerial use. Before shipment of the unit, an oil sample will be taken and analyzed to confirm the oil is within the allowable ISO grade tolerance. The aerial hydraulic system will have a minimum oil cleanliness level of ISO 18/15/13 based on the ISO 4406:1999 cleanliness standard. Each customer will receive a certificate of actual cleanliness test results and an explanation of the rating system. Each aerial will include an oil sample port, identified with a yellow dust cap and a label, for subsequent customer testing. Ball valves will be provided in the hydraulic suction lines to permit component servicing without draining the oil reservoir. The aerial will incorporate the use of trombone steel tubes inside the stabilizer beams to eliminate hydraulic hose wear and leaks. Hydraulic power to the ladder will be transferred from the pedestal by a hydraulic swivel. The system hydraulic pressure will be displayed on the turntable display. The hydraulic system will be additionally protected from excessive pressure by a secondary pressure relief valve set at 3,150 psi. In the event the main hydraulic pump compensator malfunctions, the secondary relief will prevent system damage. HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS All cylinders used on the aerial device will be produced by a manufacturer that specializes in the manufacture of hydraulic cylinders. Each cylinder will include integral safety holding cartridges. Each cylinder will be designed to a minimum safety factor of 4:1 to failure. All safety holding cartridges will be installed at the cylinder manufacturer, in a controlled clean environment to avoid possible contamination and or failure. POWER TAKEOFF/HYDRAULIC PUMP The apparatus will be equipped with a power takeoff driven by the chassis transmission and actuated by an electric shift, located inside the cab. The power takeoff which drives the hydraulic pump will meet all the requirements for the aerial unit operations. Am amber indicator light will be installed on the cab instrument panel to notify the operator that the power takeoff is engaged. An interlock will be provided that allows operation of the aerial power takeoff shift only after the chassis spring brake has been set and the chassis transmission has either been placed in the neutral position or drive position after the driveline has been disengaged from the rear axle. The hydraulic system will be supplied by a variable displacement load and pressure compensating piston pump. The pump will meet the demands of all three simultaneous aerial functions. The pump will provide proper flow for single aerial function with the engine at idle speed. A switch will be provided on the control console to increase the engine speed for multiple function operation. EMERGENCY PUMP The hydraulic system will be designed with an auxiliary power unit meeting the guidelines of the current NFPA 1901 standard. The aerial will be equipped with an emergency hydraulic pump, electrically driven from the truck batteries. The pump will be capable of running for 30 minutes for limited aerial functions to stow the unit in case of a main pump or truck system failure. A momentary switch will be located at the stabilizer and aerial control locations to activate the emergency pump. 72620Bid #: AERIAL CONTROL VALVE The aerial hydraulic control valve will be designed with special spool flows, limiting the oil flow for the designed function speed. The valve will be electrically controlled and be located in the control console with the handles oriented downward for manual operation. The activation handles will be spaced a minimum of 3.50" for ease of operation. The valve spools will be designed to bleed off downstream pressure, in the neutral position and allow proper sealing of any cylinder holding cartridge. OIL RESERVOIR The oil reservoir will have a minimum capacity of 40 gallons. The oil fill location will be easily accessible and be labeled "Hydraulic Oil Only" and also indicate the grade of oil that is installed in the reservoir. The fill cap will have a 40 micron filter to provide protection from contamination. A drain hose will be included and will terminate with a quarter turn ball valve. Two suction ports will be provided, one for the main hydraulic pump and one for the emergency pump. The main suction will be slightly elevated off the bottom of the reservoir and include a 100 mesh suction strainer. The emergency suction port will be closer to the bottom of the reservoir to provide some reserve oil for emergency operation. A six (6) disc type magnetic drain will also be provided to collect any ferrous contaminants. A combination sight glass and thermometer will be mounted to the reservoir in an easily viewable location. The hydraulic oil reservoir will be labeled per the current edition of NFPA 1901 standard. RETURN FILTER The low pressure oil return filter will be remote mounted and designed to prevent oil loss during filter change. A 50 psi bypass will be included to protect the element and hydraulic system during lower than normal operating temperatures. The system will incorporate the following filter to provide dependable service: return filter: beta 200 at 6 micron 0786880 Swivels, D-Series w/Encoder, ASL- Tandem/Tiller, MUX (32 Collector Rings) HYDRAULIC SWIVEL The aerial ladder will be equipped with a three (3) port, high pressure hydraulic swivel which will connect the hydraulic lines from the hydraulic pump and reservoir through the rotation point to the aerial control bank. The hydraulic swivel will allow for 360 degree continuous rotation of the aerial. ELECTRIC SWIVEL The ladder will be equipped with an electric swivel to allow 360 degrees rotation of the aerial while connecting all electrical circuits through the rotation point. A minimum of 32 collector rings will be provided that are capable of supplying 20 amp continuous service. All collector rings will be enclosed and protected with desiccant plugs against condensation and corrosion. No oil or silicone will be used. 12-BIT ABSOLUTE ENCODER The aerial ladder will be equipped with a 12-Bit Absolute Encoder which provides 4096 counts per shaft turn for position and direction reference. The 12-Bit Absolute Encoder will provide a unique binary word to reference each position and direction for all 360 degrees of rotation. If the power is interrupted for any reason, the 12-Bit Absolute Encoder will allow power to be returned to the system without having to re-zero the settings. The 12-Bit Absolute Encoder will be an integral part of a micro-processor based control system. 73620Bid #: 0709718 Electrical System, ASL Tiller ELECTRICAL SYSTEM The aerial device will utilize a microprocessor-based control system. The system will consist of the following components: Control System Modules Each of the control system modules will be configured as follows: Sealed to a NEMA 4X rating Operating range from -40 degrees F to 156 degrees F (-40 degrees C to 70 degrees C) Communicate using J1939 data link Two (2) diagnostic LED lights One (1) green light that illuminates when module has power (B+) and ground One (1) red light that flashes to indicate the module is capable of communicating via the data link Up to 16 diagnostic LEDs on each module Ground matrix identification system The following control system modules will be used: Control Module Main controller for the system USB connection allows for computer diagnostics Power Module Built-in fault sensing Eight (8) digital outputs Pulse width modulating (PWM) capable 10A continuous per output Circuit protection based on actual current draw (not affected by heat) Current Control Module Built-in fault sensing Three (3) analog inputs Eight (8) digital outputs Pulse width modulating (PWM) capable 3A continuous per output Closed Loop System Circuit protection based on actual current draw (not affected by heat) Input Module 16 software selectable (digital or analog) inputs Output Module 16 digital outputs Input/Output Module Eight (8) software selectable (digital or analog) inputs Eight (8) digital outputs 0750827 SP Lights, Wln MPB* Micro LED, Trk & Tip, 6lts 102 or 107ASL SPOTLIGHTS There will be six (6) Whelen® Micro Pioneer, Model MPB*,12 volt DC LED bail mount lights furnished. One (1) will be mounted on the driver's side of the base section of the ladder One (1) will be mounted on the passenger's side of the base section of the ladder One (1) will be mounted high on the driver's side tip of aerial One (1) will be mounted high on the passenger's side tip of aerial One (1) will be mounted low on the driver's side tip of the aerial One (1) will be mounted low on the passenger's side tip of the aerial The painted parts of this light assembly to be black. Power to the "tracking lights" will be controlled by an on/off switch at the turntable control operator's position. The lights at the tip will be controlled by platform/tip and turntable. 0653677 Lighting, Rung, LED, TecNiq, 4 Section, Base, Lower/Upper Mid, Fly LIGHTING ON AERIAL LADDER There will be TecNiq, Model D02 LED rung lighting provided on both sides of the aerial ladder base, lower and upper mid, and fly sections. The lighting will be located adjacent to the ladder rungs along the lower rail of the ladder sections and will run the length of the ladder section. The color of the sections will be: The base section of the ladder to be blue. The lower mid section of the ladder to be blue. The upper mid section of the ladder to be blue. The fly section of the ladder to be blue. The LED rung lighting will be activated when a switch at the turntable operator's panel is activated through the master battery switch. The lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0653817 Light, Locator, Wln VTX609*, LED, at Tip, PAL/PAP, 2lts AERIAL LOCATOR LIGHT There will be two (2) Whelen Model VTX609*, 1.00" high x 2.25" in diameter LED modules with chrome flanges installed at the aerial tip for the purpose of locating the aerial device while in operation. Both modules will be activated whenever the aerial is raised from the cradle. The color of the locator light will be amber. The lens color will be clear. 0540725 Lights, Stabilizer Warn (1) Set, Wln M6* LED, Rear Colored Lens STABILIZER WARNING LIGHTS There will be two (2) LED flashing warning lights with chrome flanges installed on the stabilizer cover panels, one (1) each side. The rear stabilizer pan lights will be red LED with a lens the same color as the LEDs. These warning lights will be activated by the same switch as the side warning lights. 74620Bid #: 0068703 Lights, Grote Supernova LED, Stabilizer Beam, (1) Set STABILIZER BEAM WARNING LIGHTS Two (2) 4.00" diameter red LED flashing lights will be mounted on each stabilizer, one (1) facing forward and one (1) facing rearward. The lights will be Grote Supernova 40 series LED lights. The lights will be recessed in the horizontal beam of the stabilizer. These warning lights will be activated with the aerial master switch. 0771147 SP Lights, Stabilizer Scene, (1) set, HiViz FT-WL-3500-*-*, LED STABILIZER SCENE LIGHTS There will be two (2) HiViz Model FT-WL-3500-*-*, 1,981 effective lumens lights with white LEDs, adjustable mounts, spot optics, and the painted parts of the light housing and brackets to be black installed under the stabilizer beams to illuminate the surrounding area per the following: one (1) light installed under the left side stabilizer one (1) light installed under the right side stabilizer The lights will be activated when the aerial master switch is activated. 0006929 Not Required, 120v To Tip 0758120 SP Light, Wln P*H1*1, 12 Volt LED @ Turntable 12 VOLT LIGHTING AT TURNTABLE There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model P*H1*1, 9,260 lumens 12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs, switch and flood optics provided at the aerial device turntable per the following: One (1) light installed behind the turntable control console One (1) light installed on the turntable hand rail location on the opposite side of the turntable control panel The light(s) to be installed on pull up through mount outside pole length to be 12.00" long with sensor connecting the pole to the Do Not Move Truck Indicator circuit The painted parts of this light assembly to be black Light(s) will be activated when the battery switch is on and the switch on the light head(s) are on. The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0652167 SP Intercom, 2-Way Fire Research ICA900 Hands Free (Special Location) 2-WAY AERIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM There will be a Fire Research, Model ICA900-112, two-way intercom system provided. The control module with LED volume display and push-button volume control and speaker will be located in the turntable operator console, provided there is room. A hands free module will be located at the aerial tip or platform and constantly transmit to the other module unless the control module push-to-talk button is pressed. Each intercom unit will be weatherproof. 0540895 Not Required, Breathing Air to Tip, Aerial Ladder 0024742 Not Required, Mask, Breathing Air To Tip 0066919 Not Required, Raised Pedestal, Tiller 0645472 Rope Tie Bar At Base Section, Lyfe Pulley, Painted Box, Ascendant, 105', Tiller ROPE TIE BAR AT BASE SECTION, RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM A removable bracket shall be supplied at the rear of the base section, attached between the left hand and right hand rear hand rails. The bracket shall provide Lyfe Pulley rope tie off and/or guide points spaced 5.75" apart, centered between the rear hand rails. The bracket shall be designed to be easily removable and not interfere with a fully retracted ladder assembly when attached to the base section. A storage box for the bracket shall be provided on the outside rear of the base section. The storage box will be painted to match the aerial device. 0604457 Lifting Eye Assembly, Rope Rescue Attachment, ASL LIFTING EYE ASSEMBLY - ROPE RESCUE ATTACHMENT A lifting eye assembly will be provided that is designed to evenly distribute load at the tip of the aerial. The lift eye assembly is retained by two (2) locking pins, one (1) at each end outboard side of the egress. Leveling is maintained by the lifting eye assembly rotating within the egress mounting. 0565615 LyfePulley, Rescue System RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM A rescue lifting attachment will be provided. The lifting attachmentwill mount to the aerial egress and will consist of a pair of nylatron pulleys mounted to a stainless steel shaft. The pulleys will be adjustable from side to side and will have a total lifting capacity of 500lb, regardless of whether one (1) or both pulleys are being utilized. 0544198 Control, Air Horn, Red, at Turntable AIR HORN CONTROL AT AERIAL TURNTABLE An air horn control button will be provided at the aerial turntable. This button will be red in color and properly labeled. Collector ring space must be available for this option to be utilized. 75620Bid #: 0618625 SP Aerial Hourmeter to Activate w/Aerial Master and Aerial PTO Input AERIAL HOURMETER This unit has a generator and an aerial pump off the same PTO, so the hourmeter will be activated when the aerial master and aerial PTO are activated. This will prevent generator hours from adding to the aerial hours. 0536374 Turntable Access, ManSaver Bars, Red MANSAVER™ BARS, AERIAL TURNTABLE ManSaver™ bars will be red in color and installed at the aerial turntable. 0763138 SP Waterway, High Flow, ASL-Tiller, w/Shortened Egress WATER SYSTEM A waterway system will be provided consisting of the following components and features: A 5.00" pipe will be connected to the water supply on one end and to a 5.00" internal diameter water swivel at the rotation point of the turntable. The water swivel will permit 360 degree continuous rotation of the aerial device. The 5.00" waterway swivel is to be routed through the rotation point up to the heel pin swivel. The heel pin swivel will allow the water to flow to the ladder pipe while elevating the aerial ladder from -10 degrees to 77 degrees. The heel pivot pin is not integral with the waterway swivel at any point. The design of the waterway will allow complete servicing of the waterway swivel without disturbing the heel pivot pin. The integral telescopic water system will consist of a 4.50" diameter tube in the base section, a 4.00" diameter tube in the mid-section and a 3.50" diameter tube in the fly section. The telescopic waterway will be constructed of anodized aluminum pipe. The aerial will be capable of discharging up to 1000 gpm at 100 psi parallel to the ladder and 90 degrees to each side of center while maintaining the rated tip load. The aerial will be capable of discharging between 1001 and up to 1500 gallons per minute at 100 psi parallel to the ladder and 40 degrees to each side of center while maintaining the rated tip load. The master stream will be capable of flow up to 30 degrees above horizontal. The monitor mounting bracket will be modified to move the monitor 8.00" rearward to accommodate a shortened trailer and egress. An adjustable pressure relief valve will be furnished to protect the aerial waterway from a pressure surge. Two (2) 1.50" drain valves will be located at the lowest points of the waterway system and will be routed to drain through the center of the 5th wheel. WATERWAY SEALS The waterway seals will be of type-B PolyPak design, composed of nitroxile seal and a nitrile wiper, which together offer maximum stability and extrusion resistance on the waterway. The seal will be capable of withstanding pressures up to 2000 psi, temperatures in excess of 250 degrees Fahrenheit and have resistance to all foam generating solutions. The seals will be internally lubricated. The waterway seals will have automatic centering guides constructed of synthetic thermalpolymer. The guides will provide positive centering of the extendible sections within each other and the base section to insure longer service life and smoother operation. 0632855 Monitor, Akron 3480 StreamMaster II Electric w/Extended Vertical Travel AERIAL MONITOR An Akron Model 3480 monitor with stow and deploy will be provided at the tip with a Akron 1250 gpm Model 1578. This monitor will allow for an additional 30 degrees of travel above horizontal at the aerial tip. The monitor's functions will be controlled electrically from two (2) separate locations. One (1) control will be located at the control console and the other at the ladder tip. There will be a courtesy light at the tip of the aerial to illuminate the controls. If the aerial has a quick-lock waterway, a limit switch will be provided to disable the extended vertical travel when the monitor is locked to the lower ladder section. 0010758 Flow Meter, Waterway, PAL, 110' Ascendant, MUX AERIAL WATERWAY FLOW METER Waterway flow, including total water flowed, will be monitored by the microprocessor. An LCD display will be located at the turntable control station. 0512000 Inlet, Aerial Waterway, 4.00" Plumbing with 5.00" Inlet, Tiller AERIAL WATERWAY INLET The aerial waterway will be plumbed from the fifth wheel area to the waterway swivel with 4.00" pipe. A 5.00" inlet will be located on each side of the apparatus complete with a chrome plated cap. The individual "line" pressure gauges for the inlets will be manufactured by Class 1. They will be a minimum of 3.50" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering. Gauges will be compound type with a vacuum/pressure range of 30.00"-0-600#. The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the inlet as practical. 0673128 Quick-Lock Waterway Locking System, 100' HDL, 105' HDL, ASL WATERWAY LOCKING SYSTEM The aerial ladder waterway monitor will be capable of being positioned at either the fly section or at the next lower section of the ladder. The monitor location will be changeable by the use of a single handle, located at the side of the ladder. The handle, attached to a cam bracket, will simply be moved forward to lock the monitor at the fly section and back to lock it to the previous section. There will be no pins to remove and reinstall. The monitor will be operational at all times, regardless of its position, without connecting or disconnecting electrical lines. 76620Bid #: 0059513 Label, Pinnable Waterway Lock QUICK-LOCK WATER WAY LOCK LABELING The Quick-Lock waterway locking mechanism will be labeled "LOWER FLY" "RELEASE" "UPPER FLY". Three (3) labels will be installed on the side and three (3) on the top of the pinnable waterway release lever mounting bracket. 0047901 Not Required, Tools, Aerial, PAL/PAP 0559494 Manuals and Training, 3 Consecutive Days, Ascendant Ladder, PAL MANUALS Two (2) operator maintenance manuals and two (2) wiring diagrams pertaining to the aerial device will be provided with the apparatus at time of pick-up. INITIAL INSTRUCTION On initial delivery of the fire apparatus, the contractor will supply a qualified representative to demonstrate the apparatus and provide initial instruction to the fire department regarding the operation, care, and maintenance of the apparatus for a period of three (3) consecutive days. 0593168 Cab, Tiller, Sliding Doors TILLER CAB A permanently mounted tiller cab will be located on top of the tiller trailer, to the rear of the aerial ladder. The maximum overall height of the tiller cab will not exceed 134.00". The tiller cab will be totally enclosed. The cab windshield will be automotive approved tinted safety glass and will provide a minimum of 1,513 square inches of clear viewing area. A smoked Lexan™ sun visor will be provided in the tiller cab above the windshield. There will be a black plastic thumb latch provided to help secure the sun visor in the stowed position. Each side window, directly rearward of the windshield, will be more than 536 square inches. The side windows, combined with the windshield, will provide a minimum of 2,585 square inches of unobstructed viewing area. In order to provide maximum visibility for the tillerman, there will be no corner posts at the forward corners of the windshield. Two (2) slide back doors, one each side of cab shall be provided. Doors will be mounted on top and bottom slides which will be lockable in either open or closed position. A minimum door opening of 21.50" shall be provided when entering and exiting the tiller cab. The tiller cab doors shall be equipped with drop-down windows. The windows shall be 18.00" wide x 31.00" high. The rear wall of the tiller cab shall have a vertically-split sliding window. The window shall be 33.50" wide x 27.75" high. The tiller cab floor will be constructed of aluminum treadplate. A two (2) speed electric windshield wiper with washer will be provided for the front windshield. The windshield washer reservoir will have a capacity of two (2) quarts and will be located forward of the tiller cab. An adjustable, telescopic steering column will be provided. The diagnostic plug for the trailer ABS system will be provided in the driver side tiller access stepwell, behind the fuel fill door. The following controls/alarms will be provided inside the tiller cab: - Buzzer signaling system with push button in tiller cab steering wheel as well as a labeled push button in the tractor cab, within reach of the driver. - Jackknife alarm The following will be provided on the steering column support pedestal: - Two (2) heater/defroster outlets - Heater/defroster control switch The following controls/gauges will be located in the upper control panel: - Step light switch - Tiller wheel position indicator gauge. (L-C-R) - Two (2) 2.00" diameter amber turn signal - Windshield wiper/washer control switch 0636262 Light, Dome, Weldon Dual LED 1lt TILLER CAB DOME LIGHT There will be one (1) P1006, dual LED dome light with grey bezel installed in the tiller cab. The color of the LED will be red and white. The white LED will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch. The color LED will be controlled by the lens switch. 0601871 SP Heater/Defroster, Tiller Cab, Tiller 2002, Electric, Dual 12V TILLER CAB HEATER/DEFROSTER There will be two (2) DC Thermal, Model SA12-4000, combination heater/defroster provided in the tiller cab. The system will be 12 volt and will be powered through the tractor ignition circuit. A thermostat integral to the unit will be provided. 0555790 Air Conditioner, Tiller Cab, Tiller 2002 TILLER CAB AIR CONDITIONING Air conditioning will be provided for the tiller cab. The unit will be manufactured by Danhard Inc. The air conditioner will have cooling capacity of 13,500 BTU. The unit will be 120 volt AC and will be run off of the onboard generator. The full load amperage draw will be 12.00 amps in the cooling mode. The condenser will be located ahead of the tiller cab on the top deck of the tiller trailer. The air conditioning unit will not increase the overall height of the tiller cab. 77620Bid #: 0695671 Seat, Tiller, Pierce PS6, Premium, Air Ride Hi-Back TILLER CAB SEAT A seat will be provided in the tiller cab. The seat will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel-bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. The seat will have a reclining back adjustable from 20 degrees back to 0 degrees forward. The seat back will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever, and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0744341 SP Steps,Narrow Rear,Small Top Step w/Side Stacked Ladders,Fwd Steps w/Sliding Dr TILLER CAB STEPS For access to the tiller cab, two (2) sets of steps will be furnished at the rear of the apparatus, one set each side. The bottom three (3) access steps will be 21.00" wide, and located just behind the tiller axle. The top step will be sized to accommodate side stacked ladders. The steps will be securely reinforced and constructed of aluminum treadplate. The outside corners at the rear edges of the steps will be mitered at 45 degrees. Handrails will be provided on each side of the step assemblies for maximum safety. The steps will be illuminated for nighttime operation. 0636285 SP Ind Warn, Cab Seatbelt Warn, Jackknife Warn Wln VTX609B, Floyd Bell Alrm, Dual JACKKNIFE ALARM There will be two (2) Floyd Bell, Model UT-09-515-S, staccato tone audible alarms and two (2) Whelen, Model VTX609B, blue flashing LED lights activated when the jackknife position approaches the maximum allowable angle which is 60 degrees. There will also be two (2) Floyd Bell, Model UO-09-515-S, whoop tone audible alarms activated when the jackknife position approaches actual collision which is 80 degrees. One (1) of each alarm and light will be installed in the tractor cab within view of the tractor driver. One (1) of each alarm and light will be installed in the tiller cab within view of the tiller driver. At 80 degrees jackknife position both alarms will sound, the staccato alarm will not deactivate at 80 degrees jackknife position. TILLER WARNING INDICATOR A warning indicator in the tractor cab will be activated if the parking brake is released and the tiller driver is not seated and buckled in the tiller cab. 0644604 SP Mirror, 6" Round Convex, Interior of Tiller Cab CONVEX MIRRORS IN TILLER CAB There will be a 6.00" diameter round convex mirror with adjustable arm installed on the interior of each side of the tiller cab. The mirrors will be located in the upper corner portion. 0746216 SP Insulation, Tiller Cab TILLER CAB INSULATION There will be insulation added to the inside of the tiller cab as applicable. 0600100 SP Bracket, Wedge, 30 Degree, HVAC Controls HVAC CONTROL BRACKET There will be one 30 degree wedge bracket for mounting the A/C/heater/defroster controls onto. This will allow the Tillerman to view the control screens from where he is seated. 0081819 SP Air Conditioning Tag, Tiller Cab TAG, AIR CONDITIONER, TILLER CAB A tag will be located next to the power control for the tiller cab air conditioning. The tag will indicate that the generator will be on in order for the air conditioning to operate. 0099824 Footswitch, Engine Start in Tiller Cab, W/Master Override Switch In Tractor Cab ENGINE START IN TILLER CAB A foot switch will be provided in the tiller cab on the passenger side to allow the truck to be started. If the switch is not pressed the truck will not start. There will be a master override switch located in the cab which will allow the truck to be started in the unlikely event that the switch at the tiller cab would fail. The switch in the cab will be a covered momentary switch. 0661114 Tinted Glass, 14%, Tiller Cab Rear Wall Window WINDOW TINT The tiller cab rear wall sliding window will be tinted with 14% light transmission tint. 0051052 Window Defrost Fans (2)WINDOW DEFROST FANS Two (2) window defrost fans will be mounted one each side of the tiller steering column . 0753037 SP Handrails, 10.00" Additional on Tiller Cab, Hansen, Knurled, Alum, LED TILLER CAB HANDRAILS A total of two (2) Hansen knurled aluminum handrail(s) will be provided on the tiller cab extending all the way to the top, on both PS and DS. Each handrail will be provided with blue LED lights. The lights will be activated when the headlight switch is activated and the parking brake is applied. The LED lights may be load managed. 78620Bid #: 0503743 Door Stop, Rubber Bumper, Tiller Cab Doors DOOR STOP Rubber material will be provided on an angled bracket to stop the open travel for each of the tiller cab doors. 0600082 SP Scufftape, at Bottom of Tiller Cab Doors TILLER CAB DOOR PROTECTIVE TAPE A strip of vinyl scuff tape will be provided on the bottom surface of the tiller cab doors. 0626264 Trailer, 3.00" Extended Gooseneck, Shorter Trailer, Single Axle, Tiller TILLER TRAILER The gooseneck area of the tiller trailer will be constructed of 100,000 psi minimum yield strength steel. The gooseneck area will have a section modulus of 289.00 cu. in. and a resistance to bending moment of 28,900,000 inch pounds. The gooseneck area will be 46.00" wide x 13.50" deep. The tiller trailer frame will be box type construction to effectively resist trailer twist. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the trailer, with a continuous smooth taper to a 10.75" over the tiller axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 80,000 psi minimum yield strength heat treated .38" thick steel, with 3.50" wide flanges and covered by top and bottom plates to form a ridged box structure. Cover plates will be 50,000 psi minimum yield strength steel. The tiller trailer frame will have a section modulus of 257.70 cu. in., and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 12,880,000 inch pounds over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cu. in. with an rbm of 2,085,803 inch pounds over the rear axle. The overall length of the tiller trailer will be 458.00". This will be shorter than standard, but will include a 3.00" extended gooseneck area of the trailer. 0090681 Walkway, Turntable to Body, Tiller WALKWAY, TURNTABLE TO BODY A walkway will be provided from the aerial turntable to the tiller body. 0052481 Axle, Tiller Trailer, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non Drive, 22,800# TILLER TRAILER NON DRIVE AXLE The tiller trailer axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 22,800 lb. Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of 100,000-psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting will be made of 55,000-psi yield ductile iron. The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000-psi yield strength steel. Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations. The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative chamber above rated load. Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life. The kingpin bearing will be of low friction design and be sealed for life. Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the trailer will be provided. The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle. The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase. The turning angle will be 24 degrees or greater. TILLER TRAILER NON DRIVE AXLE WARRANTY The non drive axle system will have a three (3) year parts and labor warranty. 0032125 Steering, Sheppard M110 w/tilt, TAK- 4, Tiller Trailer TILLER TRAILER STEERING Dual Sheppard M110 steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, and capable of tilting and telescoping. 0032170 Brakes, Knorr/Bendix 17", Disc, TAK- 4, Tiller, Non-NFPA Compliant BRAKES The tiller trailer brakes will be Knorr/Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. NFPA 1901, 2016 Edition, Section 12.3.2.4 states that clearance for tire chains will be provided in accordance with SAE J683, Tire Chain Clearance - Trucks, Buses, and Combinations of Vehicles. This brake system does not allow adequate clearance for tire chains, therefore, the apparatus will be non-NFPA compliant at time of delivery. 79620Bid #: 0052483 Suspension, Tiller 2002, 22,800# SUSPENSION Independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 22,800 lb. The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces, and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment. Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension. The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms. The torsion bar type spring and anchor lock system will allow for simple lean adjustments without the use of shims. Adjustment for a lean will be accomplished within 15 minutes. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows 4.00" of ride height adjustment per side. The independent suspension will have been put through a durability test that simulated a minimum of 140,000 miles of inner city driving. 0037018 Tires, Goodyear, G296 MSA, 425/65R22.5 20 Ply (tiller) TIRES Tiller trailer tires will be Goodyear 425/65R22.50 radials, 20 ply G296 tread, rated for 22,800 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed. 0037030 Wheels, Alum. Alcoa, 22.50" x 12.25" (385/425), Tiller WHEELS, TILLER The tires will be mounted on Alcoa® 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc type wheels with a ten (10)-stud 11.25" bolt circle. 0037050 Oil Seals, Tiller Axle OIL SEALS Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the tiller axle. 0086981 No Tiller Trailer Accessories Req'd 0752595 SP Nozzle, Elkhart Chief, 1.50" w/Blue Pistol Grip, 7/8" Smooth Bore Tip SHIP LOOSE NOZZLE One (1) 1.50" Elkhart ball shut off valve with Blue pistol grips with 7/8" tip smooth bore nozzle will be provided for the end of the attack hose. 0007150 Bag of Nuts and Bolts LOOSE EQUIPMENT The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit: - One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit. 0752598 SP Hose Assembly, Ultima, Blue, 1.5 W/ 1.5" Coupliing, 50' Length, 10' Whip HOSE Qty, length(s) of 1.50" ID double jacket, pressure rated @ 400 psi service pressure, w/ 1-1/2" NST couplings, 50 ft long, color blue. A 10' whip will be provided to easily connect the hose from outside the truck. 0757326 Hose, 50', 1.50", Mercedes Kraken EXO, Blue, DJ, w/1.5"NST Couplings HOSE four (4) length(s) of 50' of 1.50", Mercedes Kraken EXO, Blue, double jacket polyester hose with 1.50" NST couplings will be provided in loose equipment. 80620Bid #: 0602507 NFPA Required Loose Equipment, Aerial, NFPA 2016, Provided by Fire Department NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 8.9.3 will be provided by the fire department. Two (2) 3 ft - 4 ft plaster hooks with D handles mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. Two (2) crowbars. Two (2) claw tools. Two (2) 12 lb (5 kg) sledgehammers. One (1) SCBA complying with NFPA 1981 for each assigned seating position, but not fewer than four (4), mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus or stored in containers supplied by the SCBA manufacturer. One (1) spare SCBA cylinder for each SCBA carried, each mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus or stored in a specially designed storage space(s). One (1) first aid kit. Six (6) salvage covers, each a minimum size of 12 ft × 18 ft (3.6 m × 5.5 m). Four (4) combination spanner wrenches. Two (2) scoop shovels. One (1) pair of bolt cutters, 24" (0.6 m) minimum. Four (4) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983. One (1) 150 ft (45 m) light-use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983. One (1) 150 ft (45 m) general-use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983. Two (2) 150 ft (45 m) utility ropes having a breaking strength of at least 5000 lb (2300 kg). One (1) box of tools to include the following: - one (1) hacksaw with three (3) blades - one (1) keyhole saw - one (1) 12" (.3 m) pipe wrench -one (1) 24" (.6 m) pipe wrench - one (1) ballpeen hammer - one (1) pair of tin snips - one (1) pair of pliers - one (1) pair of lineman's pliers - assorted types and sizes of screwdrivers - assorted adjustable wrenches - assorted combination wrenches One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207, Standard for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front. Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro-reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro-reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the 6.00" (152 mm) band. Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities. One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED). One (1) double female 2.50" adapter with National Hose Threads (if equipped with a fire pump). One (1) double male 2.50" adapter with National Hose Threads (if equipped with a fire pump). One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections (if equipped with a fire pump). Two (2) hydrant wrenches (if equipped with a fire pump). If the supply hose carried does not use sexless couplings, an additional double female adapter and double male adapter, sized to fit the supply hose carried, will be carried mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus (if equipped with a fire pump). If none of the pump intakes are valved, a hose appliance that is equipped with one or more gated intakes with female swivel connection(s) compatible with the supply hose used on one side and a swivel connection with pump intake threads on the other side will be carried. Any intake connection larger than 3.00" (75 mm) will include a pressure relief device that meets the requirements of 16.6.6 (if equipped with a fire pump). If the apparatus does not have a 2.50" National Hose (NH) intake, an adapter from 2.50" NH female to a pump intake will be carried, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the intake (if equipped with a fire pump). If the supply hose carried has other than 2.50" National Hose (NH) threads, adapters will be carried to allow feeding the supply hose from a 2.50" NH thread male discharge and to allow the hose to connect to a 2.50" NH female intake, mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the discharge or intake (if equipped with a fire pump). 0744804 SP Extinguisher, Ansul Red Line 20lb High Flow B:C Extinguisher ANSUL EXTINGUISHER One (1) extinguisher,, Ansul, Red Line 20lb high flow B:C fire extinguisher will be provided. There will be no mounting bracket supplied. 0602535 Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, Aerial NFPA 2016, Provided by Fire Department DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 8.9.3 requires one (1) approved dry chemical portable fire extinguisher with a minimum 80-B:C rating mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher. 0674558 SP Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized Water, Amerex 240 WATER EXTINGUISHER Two (2) extinguishers, will be provided. Amerex model 240 2.50 gallon pressurized water extinguishers will be provided. 0007482 Not Required, Crowbars 81620Bid #: 0007484 Not Required, Claw Tools 0602675 Axes, (2) Flathead, Aerial NFPA 2016, Provided by Fire Department FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 8.9.3 requires two (2) flathead axes mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. The axes are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axes. 0602673 Axes, (3) Pickhead, Provided by Fire Department, Aerial NFPA 2016 PICKHEAD AXES PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 8.9.3 requires three (3) pickhead axes mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. The axes are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axes. 0007494 Not Required, Sledgehammers 82620Bid #: 0774247 SP Paint, Two Tone, Cab, Metallic Upper Only, w/Special Shield PAINT The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows: Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate. Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment - All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature 3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion. A final pure water rinse will be applied to all metal surfaces. Surfacer Primer - The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a two- component high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded. Finish Sanding - The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultra- smooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat. Sealer Primer - The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated. Basecoat Paint - Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment. Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacture. Specifications are written to define cyclic corrosion testing, physical strengths, durability and minimum appearance requirements must be met in order for an exterior paint finish to be considered acceptable as a Pierce quality finish. Each batch of basecoat color is checked for a proper match before painting of the cab and the body. After the cab and body are painted, the color is verified again to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment is used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications are used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading is used to determine a good color match within each family color. All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly. The cab will be two-tone, with the upper section and a special shield design painted metallic Grey #479 with the lower section of the cab and body painted Red #644. Paint break and shield design to be clarified on the lettering and striping print. PAINT - ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT Contractor will meet or exceed all current State regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions: Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free. Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals. Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a 99.99% efficiency factor. Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98.00%. Water wash systems will be 99.97% efficient Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean. Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner. Empty metal paint containers will be to recover the metal. Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse. Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his State EPA rules and regulations. 0612782 SP Paint, Two Tone, Upper Metallic, Tiller Cab PAINT The cab will be two-tone, with the upper section painted metallic Grey #479 and the lower section of the cab painted Red #644. The paint break will be located per LSP drawing. 83620Bid #: 0646897 Paint Chassis Frame Assy, E-Coat, Standard PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY The chassis frame assembly will be finished with a single system black top coat before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc. Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint: Two (2) C-channel frame rails Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted not e-coated are: Cross members Axles Suspensions Steering gear Battery boxes Bumper extension weldment Frame extensions Body mounting angles Rear Body support substructure (front and rear) Pump house substructure Air tanks Steel fuel tank Castings Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. 0693797 No Paint Required, Aluminum Front Wheels 0693792 No Paint Required, Aluminum Rear Wheels 0778854 SP Safe-Stride, Top Horizontal Surface of Tiller Rear Trailer Body, Incl Catwalks REAR BODY MODULE HORIZONTAL COATING The top, horizontal surface of the front, center, and rear body modules will be coated with black Safe-Stride® anti-slip coating. The top surfaces will be coated, including any low side catwalks (over the rear wheels). 0581434 Transit Coating, Carwell, Corrosion Protection, Including Underside TRANSIT COATING All non-painted metal surfaces on the exterior of the vehicle will be sprayed with a corrosion protective coating provided by Carwell. The coating can be removed with soap and water. The coating is made of a linseed oil base and is biodegradable. The underside non-painted metal surfaces will also be coated with a corrosion protective coating. 0007234 Compartment, Unpainted, D/A Finished COMPARTMENT INTERIOR FINISH The interior of the compartments will be dual action finished and not painted. 0790913 Aerial Ladder Paint, Tiller AERIAL DEVICE PAINT COLOR The aerial device paint procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows: 1. Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the aerial device structural components above the rotation point will be thoroughly cleaned and mechanically shot-blasted to remove metal impurities and prepare the aerial for painting. 2. Zinc Rich Primer - Zinc rich primer will be applied to the torque box and stabilizers. 3. Primer/Surfacer Coats - A two (2) component epoxy primer/surfacer will be applied to the mechanically shot-blasted metal surfaces to provide a strong corrosion protective base coat and to smooth out the surface. All seams will be caulked with a two (2) component epoxy caulk before painting. 4. Hand Sanding - The primer/surfacer coat of the outer surfaces of the hand rails and base rails will be lightly sanded to a smooth finish. 5. Primer Coat - A two (2) component epoxy primer coat will be applied over the sanded primer. 6. Topcoat Paint - Urethane base coat will be applied to opacity for correct color matching. 7. Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of an automotive grade two (2) component urethane will be applied. Surfaces that will not be painted include all chrome plated, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate. All buy out components, such as monitor, nozzle, gauges, etc. will be supplied as received from the vendor. Removable items such as brackets will be removed and painted separately to ensure paint coverage behind all mounted items. The aerial device components will be painted as follows using the aforementioned seven (7) step finishing process: Aerial device ladder sections and extension cylinders: charcoal metallic 479 Aerial turntable: charcoal metallic 479 Aerial control console: charcoal metallic 479 Aerial lift cylinders: charcoal metallic 479 Aerial rotation motor (if applicable): charcoal metallic 479 Aerial torque box, support structure, components below the rotation point, tiller axle and suspension: red 644 Aerial stabilizers: red 644 Aerial egress: #444 orange day glow (will be contrasting color to the aerial device ladder sections) Aerial boom support: red 644 84620Bid #: 0612909 SP Reflective Band, 2" Vinyl- 6" Reflective, w/1.0" Gap VINYL & REFLECTIVE STRIPES Two (2) stripes will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body. The band will consist of a 2.00" Dark Charcoal Metallic vinyl stripe at the top, with a 1" gap, then a 6.00" Black reflective stripe on the bottom. 0510041 Reflective across Cab Face, Imp/Vel The reflective band provided on the cab face will be below the headlights on the fiberglass. 0583446 Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Diamond Grade, Tiller REAR CHEVRON STRIPING There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus including the rear door. The tillerman cab and rear bumper will not be covered. The colors will be red and fluorescent yellow green diamond grade. Each stripe will be 6.00" in width. This will meet the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1901, which states that 50% of the rear surface will be covered with chevron striping. 0598754 Stripe, Reflective/Diamond Grade, 4.00" on Stabilizers REFLECTIVE STRIPE ON STABILIZERS There will be a 4.00" wide fluorescent yellow green diamond grade reflective stripe provided on the forward and rear facing side of all aerial stabilizers. 0017359 Stripe, Black Outline, Vinyl on Reflective Band REFLECTIVE STRIPE OUTLINE A black outline will be applied on the top and the bottom of the reflective band. There will be one (1) set of outline stripes required. 0087355 Stripe, Reflective, 6" Inside Compt Door REFLECTIVE STRIPE INSIDE COMPARTMENT DOOR A 6.00" black reflective stripe will be provided inside six (6) compartment doors. D6, D7(double doors), P7 and P8. 0065687 Stripe, Reflective, Cab Doors Interior CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE A 6.00" x 16.00" black reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel. This stripe will meet the NFPA 1901 requirement. 0543998 Stripe, Reflective, Tillerman Doors Interior REFLECTIVE STRIPE, TILLERMAN DOORS A 6.00" x 16.00" black reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each tillerman's entry door. The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel. This stripe will meet the NFPA 1901 requirement. 0680368 Stripe, Gold Leaf, Two-Tone Paint Break, Tiller Cab TILLER CAB STRIPE There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe provided on the paint break located at the tiller cab. 0680371 Stripe, Gold Leaf, Two-Tone Paint Break with Shield, IPO Chrome Molding CAB STRIPE There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe provided on both sides of the cab in place of the chrome molding and on the cab face with shield. 0027372 Lettering Specifications, (GOLD STAR Process) LETTERING The lettering will be totally encapsulated between two (2) layers of clear vinyl. 0686394 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 4.00", Each LETTERING There will be genuine gold leaf lettering, 4.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 17 letters provided. 0685985 Lettering, Reflective, 12.00", Each LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 12.00" high, with no outline or shade provided. There will be six (6) letters provided. 0686013 Lettering, Reflective, 6.00", Each LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 6.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be three (3) letters provided. 0686018 Lettering, Reflective, 5.00", Each LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 5.00" high, with no outline or shade provided. There will be 18 letters provided. 85620Bid #: 0686217 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 7.00", (21-40) LETTERING Twenty-one (21) to forty (40) genuine gold leaf lettering, 7.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided. 0686236 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 5.00", Each LETTERING There will be genuine gold leaf lettering, 5.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 20 letters provided. 0686259 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 2.00", (41-60) LETTERING Forty-one (41) to sixty (60) genuine gold leaf lettering, 2.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided. 0686285 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 3.00", (1-20) LETTERING One (1) to twenty (20) genuine gold leaf lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided. 0037227 Lettering, Reflective, Reverse Cut Into Reflective Band REFLECTIVE LETTERING 18 letters, 5.00" high will be cut into the reflective stripe to allow the painted surface to form the letter. The letters will be one (1) each side of body on the D1 and P1 doors. 0020216 Lettering, Reverse Cut Into Reflective Band, Additional REFLECTIVE LETTERING three (3) letters, 4.00" high will be cut into the reflective stripe to allow the painted surface to form the letter. 0645076 Plate, Painted Alum. for Lettering/Numerals PAINTED PLATE(S) FOR LETTERING/NUMERALS There will be one (1) painted aluminum plate(s) provided for department lettering. They will be mounted on top of cab roof per LSP print and will be 36"H x 38"W in size. 0655896 Sign Kit, Painted, Holder and Insert, Each SIGN KIT FOR LETTERING/NUMERALS six (6) painted stainless steel plate(s) and holder(s) will be provided for department lettering. They will be mounted Located on front bumper, cab sides, rear & boom panels and 8"H x 14"W in size. 0674199 SP Emblem, Per Quote, Stabilizer Extention, Per Quote, Contra Costa 0594393 SP Emblem, "Waiving American Flag With Pole, Pair (mirror images) "AMERICAN FLAG" EMBLEMS There will be one (1) pair of color imaged emblems, 10.00" wide, featuring a "Waiving American Flag" with pole and 9-11-01, installed one each side of cab on the upper portion of the exterior access door for the EMS compartment. The pair will be mirror images of each other. 0695610 Emblem, Reflective, Per Dept. Submittal, Each EMBLEM There will be two (2) reflective emblem(s), approximately 14.00" - 16.00" in size, installed one each side front cab door. the emblem will be modeled after the department submitted information (art, patch, etc). 0624039 Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, (1) Hard Coy, (1) USB Flash Drive, Custom FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUALS There will be two (2) custom parts manuals for the complete fire apparatus provided. There shall be one (1) hard copy and one (1) USB flash drive copy provided. The manuals will contain the following: Job number Part numbers with full descriptions Table of contents Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly Parts section sorted in alphabetical order Instructions on how to locate parts The manuals will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. SERVICE PARTS INTERNET SITE The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the factory website. The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly. 86620Bid #: 0624037 Manual, Chassis Service, (1) Hard Copy, One (1) USB Flash Drive, Custom CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS There will be two (2) chassis service manuals containing parts and service information on major components provided. There will be one (1) hard copy and one (1) USB flash drive copy provided with the completed unit. The manual will contain the following sections: Job number Table of contents Troubleshooting Front Axle/Suspension Brakes EngineTires Wheels Cab Electrical, DC Air Systems Plumbing Appendix The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. 0605803 Manual, Chassis Operation, (2) Hard Copy, (1) USB Flash Drive, Custom CHASSIS OPERATION MANUALS There will be two (2) hard copies and one (1) USB flash drive provided that will include all of the same information. 0030008 Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus, WA0008 ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal. 0611136 Warranty, Chassis, 3 Year, Velocity/Impel, WA0284 THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The Pierce custom chassis limited warranty certificate, WA0284, is included with this proposal. 0696698 Warranty, Engine, Cummins, 5 Year, WA0181 ENGINE WARRANTY A Cummins five (5) year limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA0181, is included with this proposal. 0684952 Warranty, Steering Gear, TRW Ross TAS, 1 Year WA0202 STEERING GEAR WARRANTY A TRW one (1) year limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. 0595767 Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Velocity/Impel, Dash CF, WA0038 FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce custom chassis frame and crossmembers limited warranty certificate, WA0038, is included with this proposal. 0777373 Warranty, Axle, 2 Year, Meritor, General Service, WA0328 FRONT AXLE TWO (2) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor axle limited warranty certificate, WA0046, is included with this proposal. 0777368 Warranty, Axle, 2 Year, Meritor, General Service, WA0328 REAR AXLE TWO (2) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor axle limited warranty certificate, WA0046, is included with this proposal. 0652758 Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3 Year, Meritor Wabco, WA0232 ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor Wabco™ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal. 0019914 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom Cab, WA0012 TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal. 0595813 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, Pro- Rate, WA0055 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal. 0524627 Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX, WA0014 FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA0014, is included with this proposal. 0647720 Warranty, Pierce LED Strip Lights, WA0203 COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY The Pierce 12 volt DC LED strip lights limited warranty certificate, WA0203, is included with this proposal. 87620Bid #: 0046369 Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission, Standard Custom, WA0187 TRANSMISSION WARRANTY The transmission will have a five (5) year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission. Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations. 0685945 Warranty, Transmission Cooler, WA0216 TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. 0033401 Not Required, Tank Warranty 0596025 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body, WA0009 TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal. 0693126 Warranty, AMDOR, Roll-up Door, 10 Year/5 Year Painted, WA0185 ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY An AMDOR roll-up door limited warranty will be provided. The roll-up door will be warranted against manufacturing defects for a period of ten (10) years. A five (5) year limited warranty will be provided on painted roll up doors. The limited warranty certificate, WA0185, is included with this proposal. 0012599 Warranty, Pump, Not Required 0046370 Not Required, Warranty, No Plumbing 0006999 Warranty, Structure, 20 Year, Aerial Device, WA0052 TWENTY (20) YEAR AERIAL DEVICE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY WARRANTY The Pierce device limited warranty certificate, WA0052, is included with this proposal. 0687388 Warranty, Swivels, 5 Year, Aerial Device, WA0197 AERIAL SWIVEL WARRANTY An Amity five (5) year limited swivel warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. 0088889 Not Required, Additional Aerial Warranty 0687327 Warranty, Waterway, 10 Year, Aerial Device, WA0198 AERIAL WATERWAY WARRANTY An Amity ten (10) year limited waterway warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. 0595860 Warranty, Paint, 4 Year, Aerial Device, Pro-Rated, WA0047 FOUR (4) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce aerial device limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0047, is included with this proposal. 0609981 Warranty, Harrison Generator, 6 Year, WA0285 SIX (6) YEAR GENERATOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Harrison Hydra-Gen limited warranty certificate, WA0285, is included with this proposal. 0595820 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, Pro- Rate, WA0057 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal. 0595421 Warranty, Goldstar, 3 Year, Apparatus, WA0018 THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The Pierce Goldstar gold leaf lamination limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0018, is included with this proposal. 0683627 Certification, Vehicle Stability, CD0156 VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1901, current edition, section 4.13, Vehicle Stability. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. 88620Bid #: 0794805 Certification, Engine Installation, Velocity, Cummins X15, 2017, CD0153 ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. 0686786 Certification, Power Steering, CD0098 POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. 0667417 Certification, Cab Integrity, Velocity FR, CD0009 CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab integrity certification with this proposal. The certification will state that the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third-party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state-licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below: European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29. SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks. SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks. Roof Crush The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,050 lb. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of 10 metric tons. Additional Roof Crush The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 100,000 lbs. This value exceeds the ECE 29 criteria by nearly 4.5 times. Side Impact The same cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 13,275 lb moving barrier slams into the side of the cab at 5.5 mph at a force of 13,000 ft-lbs. This test is part of the SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident. Frontal Impact The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft-lbs of force using a moving barrier in accordance with SAE J2420. Additional Frontal Impact The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,200 ft-lbs of force using a moving barrier, (twice the force required by SAE J2420). The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area. 0548950 Certification, Cab Door Durability, Velocity/Impel, CD0001 CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 0548967 Certification, Windshield Wiper Durability, Impel/Velocity, CD0005 WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 0667411 Certification, Electric Window Durability, Velocity/Impel FR, CD0004 ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete 30,000 complete up-down cycles and still function normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear. 0549273 Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and Mounting, Imp/Vel/Vel SLT, CD0018 SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages. The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. 89620Bid #: 0667416 Certification, Cab Heater and Defroster, Velocity/Impel FR, CD0015 CAB DEFROSTER CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles.The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria. CAB HEATER CERTIFICATION Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. The cab heaters will warm the cab 75 F from a cold- soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J381. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria. 0674479 Certification, Not Available, Cab Air Conditioning Performance 0545073 Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current Edition AMP DRAW REPORT The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system. The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following: Documentation of the electrical system performance tests. A written load analysis, which will include the following: The nameplate rating of the alternator. The alternator rating under the conditions specified per: Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per: Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load. Each individual intermittent load. All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). 0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance 0799248 Appleton/Florida BTO 0000029 TILLER BODY 0000012 PIERCE CHASSIS 0004713 ENGINE, OTHER 0046396 EVS 4000 Series TRANSMISSION 0020037 NO PUMP 0020013 NO WATER TANK 0020007 AKRON VALVES 0020015 ABS SYSTEM 0658751 PUMPER BASE 90620Bid #: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Twenty (20) Year Structural Integrity Pierce Aerial Device Limited WarrantyLimited WarrantyLimited WarrantyLimited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Each new Pierce Aerial Device shall be free from defects in material and workmanship. Aerial Device Models Covered by this warranty include: Aerial Platforms Aerial Ladders SkyBoom 1. LIMITED WARRANTY (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This warranty applies only to the torque box, turntable, aerial sections and other structural components of the aerial device, as identified in the Pierce specifications for the aerial device. This warranty shall be void if, or to the extent that the aerial device is not maintained in strict compliance with NFPA Standard 1911 in effect at time of sale, including such periodic inspections and testing by qualified third parties as are required by that Standard as it may be in effect from time to time. Proof of such compliance shall accompany any claims under this warranty. Third party testing agencies known to Pierce to be qualified for such purposes may be obtained from the Pierce Customer Service Department This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. Twenty (20) Years - or - 100,000 Miles Warranty Period Ends After: Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.10/23/2013 WA0052 THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0012 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This warranty applies only to the cab tubular support and mounting structures and other structural components of the cab of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus. This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity Custom Cab Ten (10) Years - or - 100,000 Miles Warranty Period Ends After: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: The Pierce Custom Cab shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. No specific exclusions apply Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: One (1) Year Material and Workmanship Basic Apparatus Twelve (12) months.Warranty Period Ends After: The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first.Warranty Begins: Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY PARTICIPATING OEM SALES DISTRIBUTOR SALES LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following terms, conditions, and limitations. WHAT IS COVERED WARRANTY APPLIES — This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period. REPAIRS COVERED — The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission’s option, to correct any transmission malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances. TOWING — Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission. PAYMENT TERMS — Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in section “APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE.” OBTAINING REPAIRS — To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or Dealer to perform necessary repairs. TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION — Labor costs for the removal and re-installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty. WARRANTY PERIOD — The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser, with the following exception: Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers). If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty. APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE WARRANTY LIMITATIONS (Whichever occurs first) ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE PAID BY THE CUSTOMER APPLICABLE MODELS Months Transmission Miles Or Kilometers Parts Labor MT, MD 3000, 3200, 3500, 3700 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Hydraulic Controls 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge AT, 1000 Series, 2000 Series, 2400 Series 0–36 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Electronic Controls 0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge HD 1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS 2350 EVS, 2500 EVS, 2550 EVS, 3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000, 4000 EVS, 4500, 4500 EVS, 4700, 4700 EVS, 4800, 4800 EVS 0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge Page 1 of 2 WHAT IS NOT COVERED DAMAGE DUE TO ACCIDENT, MISUSE, or ALTERATION — Defects and damage caused as the result of any of the following are not covered: — Flood, collision, fire, theft, freezing, vandalism, riot, explosion, or objects striking the vehicle; — Misuse of the vehicle; — Installation into unapproved applications and installations; — Alterations or modification of the transmission or the vehicle, and — Damage resulting from improper storage (refer to long-term storage procedure outlined in the applicable Allison Service Manual) — Anything other than defects in Allison Transmission material or workmanship NOTE: This warranty is void on transmissions used in vehicles currently or previously titled as salvaged, scrapped, junked, or totaled. CHASSIS, BODY, and COMPONENTS — The chassis and body company (assemblers) and other component and equipment manufacturers are solely responsible for warranties on the chassis, body, component(s), and equipment they provide. Any transmission repair caused by an alteration(s) made to the Allison transmission or the vehicle which allows the transmission to be installed or operated outside of the limits defined in the appropriate Allison Installation Guideline is solely the responsibility of the entity making the alteration(s). DAMAGE CAUSED by LACK of MAINTENANCE or by the USE of TRANSMISSION FLUIDS NOT RECOMMENDED in the OPERATOR’S MANUAL — Defects and damage caused by any of the following are not covered: — Failure to follow the recommendations of the maintenance schedule intervals applicable to the transmission; — Failure to use transmission fluids or maintain transmission fluid levels recommended in the Operator’s Manual. MAINTENANCE — Normal maintenance (such as replacement of filters, screens, and transmission fluid) is not covered and is the owner’s responsibility. REPAIRS by UNAUTHORIZED DEALERS — Defects and damage caused by a service outlet that is not an authorized Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer are not covered. USE of OTHER THAN GENUINE ALLISON TRANSMISSION PARTS — Defects and damage caused by the use of parts that are not genuine Allison Transmission parts are not covered. EXTRA EXPENSES — Economic loss and extra expenses are not covered. Examples include but are not limited to: loss of vehicle use; inconvenience; storage; payment for loss of time or pay; vehicle rental expense; lodging; meals; or other travel costs. “DENIED PARTY” OWNERSHIP — Warranty repair parts and labor costs are not reimbursed to any participating or non-participating OEMs, dealers or distributors who perform warranty work for, or on behalf of, end users identified by the United States as being a “denied party” or who are citizens of sanctioned or embargoed countries as defined by the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control. Furthermore, warranty reimbursements are not guaranteed if the reimbursement would be contrary to any United States export control laws or regulations as defined by the U.S. Department of Commerce, the U.S. Department of State, or the U.S. Department of Treasury. OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO CONSUMERS AS DEFINED by the MAGNUSON-MOSS WARRANTY ACT This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. Allison Transmission does not authorize any person to create for it any other obligation or liability in connection with these transmissions. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLICABLE TO THESE TRANSMISSIONS IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY. PERFORMANCE OF REPAIRS AND NEEDED ADJUSTMENTS IS THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY UNDER THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST WAGES OR VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES) RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY.** ** Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty will last or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO OTHER END-USERS THIS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO THE ALLISON TRANSMISSION MODELS LISTED ABOVE AND IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ALLISON TRANSMISSION DOES NOT AUTHORIZE ANY PERSON TO CREATE FOR IT ANY OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH TRANSMISSIONS. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. QUESTIONS If you have any questions regarding this warranty or the performance of warranty obligations, you may contact any Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer or write to: Allison Transmission, Inc. P.O. Box 894 Indianapolis, IN 46206-0894 Attention: Warranty Administration PF-9 Form SE0616EN (201009) Page 2 of 2 Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0014 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This limited warranty applies to all of the control modules for the Command Zone system, including the full color graphic displays. Related wire harnesses, cables and connectors are not covered under this limited warranty and are instead covered under the Pierce One Year Basic Apparatus Limited Warranty. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship Command Zone Electronics Five (5) YearsWarranty Period Ends After: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: Command Zone control modules shall be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/22/2010 WA0018 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This warranty does not cover damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual). Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship Goldstar® Gold Leaf Lamination Three (3) YearsWarranty Period Ends After: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: Each Goldstar® gold leaf lamination shall be free from defects in material and workmanship. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity Chassis Frame & Crossmembers Fifty (50) Years (Expected Life of Apparatus) Warranty Period Ends After: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: Custom chassis frame rail and cross members manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/16/2010 WA0038 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion Cab Ten (10) YearsWarranty Period Ends After: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: Exterior surfaces of the cab painted by Pierce shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0055 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any: Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking 0-72 months 100% 73-96 months 50% 97-120 months 25% Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100% 37-84 months 50% 85-120 months 25% Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice 0-36 months 100% 37-48 months 50% 49-72 months 25% 73-120 months 10% Corrosion Perforation 0-120 months 100% This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty. Items not covered by this warranty include: (a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual). (b) UV paint fade. (c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0057 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any: Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking 0-72 months 100% 73-96 months 50% 97-120 months 25% Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100% 37-84 months 50% 85-120 months 25% Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice 0-36 months 100% 37-48 months 50% 49-72 months 25% 73-120 months 10% Corrosion Perforation 0-120 months 100% This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty. Items not covered by this warranty include: (a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual). (b) UV paint fade. (c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion Custom Body Ten (10) YearsWarranty Period Ends After: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: Exterior surfaces of the body shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0047 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any: Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking 0-24 months 100% 25-48 months 50% Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-24 months 100% 25-48 months 50% Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice 0-24 months 100% 25-48 months 50% Corrosion Perforation 0-24 months 100% 25-48 months 50% This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Items not covered by this warranty include: (a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual). (b) UV paint fade. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Four (4) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion Aerial Device Four (4) YearsWarranty Period Ends After: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: Aerial device shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection for exterior surfaces. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0009 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This warranty applies only to the body tubular support and mounting structures and other structural components of the body of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus. This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity Apparatus Body Ten (10) Years - or - 100,000 Miles Warranty Period Ends After: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: The apparatus body shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. | 14233 West Road | Houston TX 77041 | Tel 281.807.4420 | Fax 281.807.4815 | www.harrisonhydragen.com | MANUFACTURER’S LIMITED WARRANTY - HYDRAULIC GENERATORS FIRE & EMERGENCY VOCATION Harrison Hydra-Gen (Seller) extends to the original purchaser (Buyer) of goods for use (whether it be an OEM, dealer, re-seller, or end-user) the following warranty covering the Harrison Hydra-Gen Generator System, subject to the qualifications indicated. Harrison Hydra-Gen Generator Systems shall consist of a Harrison generator tray assembly and its’ components, a Harrison hydraulic pump assembly, and a Harrison supplied meter assembly; unless otherwise specified in below guidelines. Harrison Hydra-Gen warrants the original purchaser that the Generator System manufactured or supplied by Harrison Hydra-Gen will be free from defects in materials and workmanship, provided such goods are: 1. Installed, operated and maintained in accordance with the Harrison Hydra-Gen owner’s manual, and/or written installation addendums. 2. Each new application has been reviewed and approved by the Harrison Hydra-Gen Application Engineering Group. PERIOD OF WARRANTY *Six (6) years or 1000 hours of usage, whichever comes first, from the date the product is shipped from Harrison to the Installer. *The END USER must complete and return to Harrison Hydra-Gen the Harrison Hydra- Gen Warranty Registration Card, Form WR-1, provided in the generator manual and provided online @ www.harrisonhydragen.com, within 45 days of delivery. Warranty includes all parts and labor. In addition, maintenance items that are contaminated or damaged by a proven warrantable failure are covered in years 1 -2, and Labor time up to 4 hours, travel time up to 2.5 hours, and mileage up to 100 miles for warranty related repairs are covered in years 1-2. Repair or replacement parts are warranted for ninety (90) days from date of purchase, excluding labor and travel expenses. Any part repaired or replaced during the warranty period assumes the remainder of the warranty or ninety (90) days, whichever is greater. Only components supplied by Harrison Hydra-Gen are covered under this warranty. | 14233 West Road | Houston TX 77041 | Tel 281.807.4420 | Fax 281.807.4815 | www.harrisonhydragen.com | There is no other express warranty. Implied warranties, including merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, are limited to periods set forth above and to the extent permitted by law. Any and all implied warranties are excluded. In no event is Harrison Hydra-Gen liable for incidental or consequential damages. The Buyer (OEM, dealer, re-seller, or end-user) must notify Harrison Hydra-Gen, an Authorized Distributor, or a designated Harrison Hydra-Gen Service Representative, in writing, within thirty (30) calendar days after goods or parts failed to meet this warranty. The sole liability of Harrison Hydra-Gen and the Buyer’s sole remedy for a failure of goods under this warranty and for any and all other claims arising out of the purchase and use of the goods, including negligence on the part of the manufacturer, shall be limited to the repair or replacement of the product, at the option of Harrison Hydra-Gen, of the parts that do not conform to this warranty, provided that the product or parts are returned to the Harrison Hydra- Gen manufacturing facility. A Returned Goods Authorization (RGA) is required for all products and parts being returned, and may be requested by phone, fax, email, or mail. Failure to make timely delivery to Harrison Hydra-Gen of the goods claimed to be defective shall void any warranty. Unless previous written agreements have been made between the Buyer and Harrison Hydra- Gen, the Buyer shall be responsible for all freight and shipping charges in connection with the delivery of the goods claimed to be defective, to Harrison Hydra-Gen at its manufacturing facility, and the return of repaired or replacement goods to the Buyer. If Harrison Hydra-Gen determines that no warranty coverage is available for goods claimed to be defective, whether determination is based on the warranty being voided, the product failure being due to a cause not covered by the warranty, the failure to make a timely and proper warranty claim, or otherwise, the Buyer shall have the option of either: 1. Having the goods not repaired and returned to the Buyer, freight collect. 2. Having the goods repaired, If Harrison Hydra-Gen determines that the product is repairable, and returned to the Buyer, freight collect. The Buyer will be responsible for all costs associated with the repair and testing of the goods and shall authorize Harrison Hydra-Gen, in writing, to have the goods repaired and tested by Harrison Hydra- Gen. The owner is obligated to operate and maintain the goods in accordance with the recommendations published by Harrison Hydra-Gen in the owner’s manual. The owner is | 14233 West Road | Houston TX 77041 | Tel 281.807.4420 | Fax 281.807.4815 | www.harrisonhydragen.com | responsible for the costs associated with such maintenance and any adjustments that may be required. This warranty shall not apply to: 1. Damages or defects caused by normal wear, accident, misuse, abuse, abnormal operating conditions, negligence, corrosion, accident causes, or attributable to written specifications or instructions furnished by the installer. 2. Damages or defects caused by improper maintenance in accordance with the Harrison Hydra-Gen product manuals and operating guidelines. 3. Damages caused by operator error. 4. Damages or defects caused by improper installation. 5. Damages or defects caused by inadequate water drainage provided by the installer in the area where the generator is installed or stored. 6. Damages or defects caused by inadequate air flow space or ventilation provided by the installer in the area where the generator is installed. 7. Any product or part altered or modified by the installer or service facility without written prior consent by Harrison Hydra-Gen. 8. Cost of normal maintenance, adjustments, installation or start-up. 9. Normal wear items and components needing periodic maintenance such a rubber hoses and filters. 10. Excessive labor due to components being concealed in vehicle as a result of installation. 11. Water, road debris, excessive dirt, salt, abrasive particles, or large foreign objects found in the generator. 12. Telephone or other communications expense. 13. Paint, hydraulic fluid, and interconnecting hoses (internal or external to system assemblies). This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that may vary from state to state or province to province. No person is authorized to give any other warranties or to assume any other liabilities behalf of Harrison Hydra-Gen, unless made or assumed in writing by an officer of Harrison Hydra- Gen. Contact Harrison Hydra-Gen for questions regarding your warranty rights and responsibilities at (281) 807-4420; or visit our website at www.harrisonhydragen.com. NOTE: Please refer to the MANUFACTURER’S LIMITED WARRANTY; IHT SYSTEMS for warranty guidelines specific to the IHT system. Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship Velocity and Impel Custom Chassis Limited WarrantyLimited WarrantyLimited WarrantyLimited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship 1. LIMITED WARRANTY (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first.Warranty Begins: This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This limited warranty applies, where applicable, to Goldstar lamination, defroster heater coil and motor blower assembly (excluding the FET PWM module), heater, air conditioning condenser coil and fan/motor assembly, air conditioning evaporator coil and motor blower assembly (excluding the drain pan pump and thermostat), under seat heaters coil and motor blower assembly (excluding the FET PWM module), HVAC electronic switches, HVAC hoses and hard lines, heater water valve, Pierce PS6 seat frames and hardware, Pierce One-Eleven mirrors, Pierce hands-free scba holder, cracking or color loss of roto-molded components, Meritor rear axle, Wabco ABS system, cab door handles, Standen spring suspension components, and the gauge instrument cluster. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. Three (3) Years, or 30,000 Miles, or 5000 Engine Hours Warranty Period Ends After: Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.7/2/2015 WA0284 THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Ten (10) Year Material and Workmanship Pierce 12V LED Strip Light Limited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Pierce 12V LED strip lights installed on the apparatus occuring during the warranty period. 1. LIMITED WARRANTY (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This limited warranty does not apply to related wire harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. Ten (10) YearWarranty Period Ends After: Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 7/5/2011 WA0203 THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. )LUHDQG5HVFXH$SSDUDWXV Coverage: 7KUHH <HDU0DWHULDODQG:RUNPDQVKLS 0HULWRU:DEFR$%6%UDNH6\VWHP Limited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: The Meritor Wabco ABS brake system shall be covered by Meritor Wabco as indicated in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty coverage description /,0,7(':$55$17< (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. Three (3) YearWarranty Period Ends After: The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty description shall apply. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 (;&/86,212)&216(48(17,$/$1',1&,'(17$/'$0$*(6 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. %8<(5 6(;&/86,9(5(0('< Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.2/25/2013 WA0232 THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. ',6&/$,0(562):$55$17,(6 capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. Warranty Model Year 2018 Vehicles SIMPLER IS BETTER Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the full details of your coverage can be challenging. This straightforward approach allows you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications will be covered in your region. Our component warranty coverage is provided according to vocation/usage categories listed below. • Linehaul covers high mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) on well maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction. • General Service covers moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) on well maintained public roads (less than 10 percent off-road) typically with less than three (3) stops per mile. • Heavy Service (Vocational) covers vehicles with more than 10 percent off-road OR moderate to frequent starts/stops typically with more than three (3) stops per mile. • Off-Highway Service covers lower mileage operations. Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use. 2 3 Linehaul Service ...............................................................................................4 General Service ................................................................................................4 Heavy Service ..................................................................................................5 Industrial/Off-Highway Service ........................................................................6 Terms and Conditions ......................................................................................7 How to Read Warranty Coverage (Example) Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) Unl=Unlimited P=Parts Only P&L=Parts & Labor 3 300 P CONTENTS Effective Model Year 2018 Vehicles 5 Heavy Service Vehicles Meritor WABCO Components1 ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 3/300/P&L ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic 2/200/P&L Electronic Braking System (EBS) 3/300/P&L Electronic Stability Control (ESC) 3/300/P&L Roll Stability Control (RSC) 3/300/P&L Air Dryers (ALL) 1/100/P&L Leveling Valves 1/100/P&L Air Brake Valves 1/100/P&L Emission Valves (SCR) 2/200/P&L Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L Air Compressors (ALL)2 1/100/P&L OnGuard™ 3/300/P&L OnGuardACTIVE™ 3/300/P&L OnLane™ Lane Departure Warning 3/300/P&L Blind Spot Detection 3/300/P&L OptiRide™ 2/200/P&L Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS) 3/300/P&L Trailer Control Line Filter3 1/100/P&L Trailer ABS Valve3 3/300/P&L 1 WABCO and Meritor WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by Meritor WABCO. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will be applied when a Meritor WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a Meritor WABCO Trailer ABS valve. • Airport Rescue Fire (ARF) • Airport Shuttle • Asphalt Truck • Block Truck • Bottom Dump Trailer Combination • Cementing Vehicle • City Bus • Commercial Pick-Up • Concrete Pumper • Construction Material Hauler • Crash Fire Rescue (CFR) • Mixer • Demolition • Drill Rig • Dump • Emergency Service • Equipment Hauling • Flatbed Trailer Hauler • Flatbed Truck • Fracturing Truck • Front Loader • Geophysical Exploration • Hopper Trailer Combinations • Landscaping Truck • Liquid Waste Hauler • Log Hauling • Lowboy • Michigan Special Gravel Trains • Michigan Special Log Hauler • Michigan Special Steel Hauler • Michigan Special Waste Vehicle • Municipal Dump • Newspaper Delivery • Package Delivery • Pick-up and Delivery • Rapid Intervention Vehicle (RIV) • Rear Loader • Recycling Truck • Residential Pick-Up/Waste • Rigging Truck • R o l l - O ff • Scrap Truck • Semi-End Dump • Sewer/Septic Vacuum • Shuttle Bus • Side Loader • Snowplow/Snowblower • Steel Hauling • Tanker • Tank Truck • Tractors with Pole Trailers • Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps • Transfer Dump • Transfer Vehicle • Transit Bus • Trolley • Utility Truck • Winch Truck Heavy Service Typically Is • On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) OR • Moderate to frequent starts/stops typically more than three (3) stops per mile HEAVY SERVICE (VOCATIONAL) WARRANTY INFORMATION 7 Coverage Exclusions Product Description All The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered product due to the following: (1) damage to the product or its component parts caused by incorrect use, installation, maintenance or repair, including without limitation (a) improper fit of mating components or brackets, (b) damaged threads, (c) cut, broken, chafed, pinched or otherwise damaged wiring (sensors, harnesses and connectors), (d) damaged sensors from removal when seized in block, or associated with sensor adjustments/ alignments, and (e) damage resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine Meritor WABCO components or materials; (2) damage to the product, its component parts, or diminished product or component part performance due to incorrect operation, deviation from approved conditions or misapplication; (3) any unauthorized disassembly of the product or its component parts including without limitation (a) obliterated, defaced or missing WABCO or Meritor WABCO name plate, serial numbers or label identifying the device as a Meritor WABCO product or WABCO component, (b) changes to sealed adjusting screws, and (c) opening or attempted repair of non-serviceable components; (4) malfunction of the component due to internal contamination out of the vehicle system including without limitation (a) water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a non-genuine air dryer cartridge or (b) valve failures due to contamination in air system, (5) complaints associated with noise, (6) damage resulting from corrosion (including oxidation of electrical devices and connections). Air Dryers Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only. Air System Components Normal wear items; Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs, valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals. ABS, Electronic Stability Control (ESC), Roll Stability Control (RSC), OptiRide™, OnGuard™ and OnLane™, collectively “Electronics” Failure of electronic components due to overvoltage condition, improper grounding, electrostatic discharge (ESD), improper shielding, electromagnetic interference (EMI), or other wiring or installation issues. Malfunctions and failure codes caused by other electronic subsystem failures (data bus, engine, transmission, dashboard, etc.) Hydraulic Components For certain components, brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4 is used as the operating medium. Use of any other fluid will void all warranties associated with that component. For hydraulic braking applications the brake fluid is considered a maintenance item. Maintenance intervals are listed in TB-1367. Coverage Limitations Product Description All Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, 1/Unl/P. For vehicles that operate full- or part-time outside of the United States and Canada, a 1-Year/Unlimited Miles parts only (1/Unl/P) will apply. TOOLBOX™ Software Proper diagnostics of Meritor WABCO Electronics may require the latest version of TOOLBOX™. Additional labor due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™. TOOLBOX™ software, and/or the time to purchase or install latest version of TOOLBOX™ are not covered under product warranty. TERMS AND CONDITIONS 8 TERMS AND CONDITIONS (1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty? Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems warrants to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins from the original in-service date to the limits provided and runs concurrently with any warranties provided by OEMs and/or any service contracts that cover the components listed in this publication, if any. If the components listed in this publication are covered by an OEM warranty and/or service contract, then the OEM’s warranty and/ or service contract shall supersede Meritor WABCO’s warranty and Owner shall comply with all OEM’s warranty and/or service contract requirements for claims under such OEM’s warranty and/or service contract until those agreements expire. Once those agreements expire and provided the Meritor WABCO warranty has not expired under the terms stated above, the Meritor WABCO warranty would be in effect until its expiration date. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed previously in this publication. Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. Additional diagnostic time due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™, time to purchase or install latest version of TOOLBOX™ are the responsibility of the authorized Meritor WABCO service location and are not covered under product warranty. Components installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Meritor WABCO through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Meritor WABCO components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with Meritor WABCO directly. Failure to notify Meritor WABCO of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Meritor WABCO as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Meritor WABCO or through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under Meritor WABCO’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor WABCO, approvals. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty. (4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? In addition to the items listed on page 7, this warranty does not cover normal wear and tear, or service items; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (a) improper handling, storage, installation, adjustment, repair or modification including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by Meritor WABCO, (b) accident, fire or other casualty, natural disaster, road debris, negligence, misuse, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the brake system capacity), or (c) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from maintenance intervals, approved lubricants, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by Meritor WABCO. (5) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Meritor WABCO’s option. Meritor WABCO reserves the right to require that all applicable covered components are available and/or returned to Meritor WABCO for review and evaluation. (6) DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY. THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SOME STATES LIMIT OR DO NOT ALLOW THE DISCLAIMER OF IMPLIED OR OTHER WARRANTIES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO THE EXTENT SUCH STATE’S LAW IS APPLICABLE TO THESE TERMS. (7) LIMITATION OF REMEDIES. IN NO EVENT SHALL MERITOR WABCO BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCI- DENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, TOW- ING, DOWNTIME, LOST PRODUCTIVITY, CARGO DAMAGE, TAXES, LOST PROFITS, COSTS OF PROCUREMENT OF A SUBSTITUTE COMPONENT OR ANY OTHER LOSSES OR COSTS RESULTING FROM A COVERED COMPONENT. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO THE EXTENT SUCH STATE’S LAW IS APPLICABLE TO THESE TERMS. (8) TIME LIMIT ON COMMENCING LEGAL ACTION. ANY LEGAL ACTION OR CLAIM ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO THIS WARRANTY, IN CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, MUST BE COMMENCED WITHIN ONE YEAR FROM THE ACCRUAL OF THAT CAUSE OF ACTION, OR BE BARRED FOREVER. (9) To Obtain Service. If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Meritor WABCO or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Meritor WABCO service location. The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Meritor WABCO for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by Meritor WABCO, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Meritor WABCO component covered by this warranty. (10) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between Meritor WABCO and the Owner about warranty and no Meritor, Meritor WABCO employee, or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Meritor WABCO unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of Meritor WABCO. meritorwabco.com ©2017 Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems is a joint venture of Meritor™ and WABCO For more information on Meritor WABCO Warranty, call our OnTrac Customer Service team at 866-OnTrac1 (866-668-7221) or visit meritorwabco.com. Litho in USA. Revised 06/17. SP-1375 (47865/11900) Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems 2135 West Maple Road, Troy, Michigan 48084, USA Phone: 866-ONTRAC1 (866-668-7221) Fax: 248-435-8002 TRW COMMERCIAL STEERING SYSTEMS 800 HEATH STREET LAFAYETTE, INDIANA 47904 PRODUCT WPRODUCT WPRODUCT WPRODUCT WPRODUCT WARRANTYARRANTYARRANTYARRANTYARRANTY I. WARRANTY: The Commercial Steering Systems group of TRW, Inc., hereinafter referred to as “CSS”, warrants that each new product supplied by CSS to its customer, when properly installed, used and maintained, shall be free from defect in material and workmanship for the period specified below: (A) CSS Product installed in New On-highway Motor Vehicle: Within twelve (12) months after date of delivery of such vehicle to the original retail purchaser, or before such vehicle has been driven one hundred thousand (100,000) miles, whichever event shall first occur. (B) CSS Product installed in New Agricultural, Turf, Industrial, or Construction Vehicles and Related Equipment: Within twelve (12) months after date of delivery of such vehicle/equipment to the original retail purchaser or before such vehicle/equipment has been operated for two thousand (2000) hours or fifty thousand (50,000) miles, whichever occurs first. (C) CSS Product installed in New End Product, Not Specifically Mentioned in Classifications (A) or (B) Above and All Other Off-Highway/Severe Applications: Within six (6) months after date of delivery of the original equipment manufacturer’s end product to the original retail purchaser. II. REMEDY: Customer’s sole remedy under the foregoing warranty is limited to correction by means of repair, replacement or issuance of credit, at the option of CSS, of any product which is: (A) Returned to CSS within the specified warranty time period, with prior notice to, and the written consent of, CSS, with transportation and handling charges prepaid, together with a statement describing the alleged defect, the part number, model number and application, and mileage or hours of use of such product; and (B) Upon examination, determined by CSS not to conform to the warranty. III.Any product which is repaired or replaced under this warranty will be returned to customer prepaid. Disposition of any product determined not to be covered by this warranty will be at the customer’s expense. IV.CSS will not be liable for any repairs, replacements, or adjustments to any product or any cost of labor performed by or at the request of customer without the express prior written consent of CSS. V. EXCEPTIONS: The provision of this warranty shall not apply to any CSS product which is used for a purpose for which it is not designed, or which shall have been repaired or altered in any way, or which has been subject to misuse, negligence or accident, neglect of normal maintenance services, so as, in the judgement of CSS to adversely affect its performance and reliability. In no case will the CSS warranty exceed the standard published warranty of its customer in terms of time and/or distance. In all events, the CSS warranty will expire thirty (30) months after the date of manufacture as stamped on the Product. In the case of hydraulic equipment, operation with unapproved fluid or temperatures voids this warranty. VI. EXCLUSION OF ALL OTHER REMEDIES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY: Customer’s sole and exclusive remedy under the foregoing warranty shall be for the repair, replacement or issuance of credit with respect to a defective product, as set forth and described above. Other provisions hereof notwithstanding, CSS shall not be liable to Customer, or any successor in interest, beneficiary or assignee of Customer, based upon any claim against CSS, whether in contract, warranty, negligence, strict liability, indemnity or otherwise, for any special, consequential, incidental or other damages relating in any way to the design, manufacture, sale, installation or other use of any product purchased from CSS. VII. EXCLUSION OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES: THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS THE EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY BY CSS AND IS IN LIEU OF AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS, WHETHER ORAL, WRITTEN, EX- PRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. TRW COMMERCIAL STEERING SYSTEMS Revised November 2001 Warranty Begins: The transmission cooler shall be free from component or structural failures caused by defects in material and/or workmanship. Collateral damage up to $10,000 per occurrence is available for the first three (3) years. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. Five (5) Years on Oil Cooler and three (3) years on collateral damage coverage Warranty Period Ends After: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship - Transmission Oil Cooler Three (3) Year Collateral Damage Coverage 1. LIMITED WARRANTY The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: The date of delivery to the first retail purchaser. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This warranty does not cover repair due to accidents, misuse, and excessive vibration, flying debris, storage damage (freezing), negligence or modification. This warranty is void if any modification or repairs are performed without authorization. This also voids any future warranty. This warranty does not cover cost of maintenance or repairs due to lack of required maintenance services as recommended. Performance of the required maintenance and use of proper fluids are the responsibility of the owner. Towing is covered to the nearest distributor or authorized dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission. Labor costs for the removal and reinstallation of goods may be covered when necessary to make repairs. Please contact your OEM for authorization. Replacement of cooler during the warranty period is limited to 100% of reasonable labor costs up to a maximum of $700 to remove, replace, or repair the oil cooler. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.2/22/2012 WA0216 THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. {00046826;v2} AMITY FIRE AND SAFETY, INC. 3750 CHESTNUT ROAD ALBURTIS, PA 18011-0451 Phone: 610-966-3115 Fax: 610-965-6313 * STANDARD TEN YEAR WARRANTY * (standard warranty is in effect for parts shipped after 4/15/10) Telescopic Waterways A. PRESHIPMENT TESTING All waterways fabricated by Amity are final inspected using the following pressure minimums: 1. Hydrostatic applications will be tested to 400 PSI unless specified otherwise on approved drawings. Operating pressures on installed systems are not to exceed 250 PSI at any point in the system. Warranty will be voided and Amity will not be held liable for failure and/or damage occurring from Water Hammering or freezing of water in any system. B. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION AND MAINTENANCE 1. All components are thoroughly greased at assembly. Since internally lubricated seals are used, regular greasing is not required. We recommend components not be greased at installation. 2. Slip Tube Assemblies may be greased at the Amity’s regularly scheduled Aerial Inspections. The seals in the Slip Tube Assemblies are self-lubricating, so greasing is not mandatory. We do recommend a visual inspection of the Slip Tube Assembly while it is fully extended after initial installation, from that point on we recommend inspection every ten hours of aerial operation. If any deposits of aluminum appear, they are to be rubbed off using a Teflon scouring pad. Slip Tube Assemblies are designed to give long maintenance free service; however, like any product, problems may occur and periodic visual inspections will aid in determining if a potential problem exists and warrants a call to us. Care must be taken to keep debris off of extended tubes. We recommend wiping tubes with light oil (10 weight) or hydraulic oil after use, if tubes appear to have contamination on them. Under no circumstance are tubes to be cleaned with lacquer thinner, or any other solvent. C. LIMITED WARRANTY, LIMITATIONS, CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES REQUIRED. 1. Products are warranted to be free of defects in labor and/or materials for a period of ten years from the date of purchase from the Amity and shall be repaired or replaced at the sole option and expense of the Amity provided the products alleged to be defective was used for its intended normal use operation and subject to the following qualifications and limitations. 2. Any alteration of product without consent from Amity is strictly forbidden and shall void warranty. 3. No welding shall be performed on finished product. 4. No responsibility is assumed for any malfunctions or damages which are occasionally caused by foreign objects which may be ingested into water system such as, but not limited to stones, sand or metal chips. 5. Amity assumes responsibility for our product, which is defective only, and therefore, it will not assume responsibility for labor to either remove or install our product unless it agrees in writing to assume such responsibility. 6. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Amity all returns of defective (or allegedly defective products) are at Purchaser’s expense and must include a RGA number issued by the Amity. 7. All warranty claims must be presented at the time the problem occurs, or as soon as practical thereafter, either called or faxed to the Amity and include the numbers on the assembly’s Amity’s label with a detailed explanation of the difficulty in order for the matter to be appropriately evaluated and resolved. 8. Amity will not be held liable for damage incurred during shipment. 9. No responsibility shall be assumed for misuse or improper mounting, unreasonably use or abuse of the Product and or failure to provide or use improper maintenance, failure to follow written installation and use in instruction or any use other than the customary designed use. THE REMEDIES PROVIDED IN THE ABOVE EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTY AND ARE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AVAILABLE. NO OTHER EXPRESS WARRANTIES ARE MADE. ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR {00046826;v2} FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE ARE LIMITED IN DURATION AS SET FORTH ABOVE. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AMITY ASSUME OR BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. THE WITHIN DESCRIBED WARRANTY SHALL ONLY BE AFFORDED TO THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OR FOR INCORPORATION INTO ANOTHER UNIT AND TO FIRST PURCHASER AS PART OF COMPLETED UNIT, HOWEVER, THE WARRANTY PERIOD OF TEN YEARS COMMENCES UPON INSTALLATION INTO FINAL ASSEMBLY WITH THE UNDERSTANDING IT IS INSTALLED WITHIN SIX MONTHS OF PURCHASE. Dated: ____________________ ____, 20___ {00046826;v2} AMITY FIRE AND SAFETY, INC. 3750 CHESTNUT ROAD ALBURTIS, PA 18011-0451 Phone: 610-966-3115 Fax: 610-965-6313 * STANDARD FIVE YEAR WARRANTY * (standard warranty is in effect for parts shipped after 4/15/10) Three Function Swivel A. PRESHIPMENT TESTING The Three Function Swivel fabricated by Amity which is exposed to pressure during normal use is subject to final inspection using the following pressure minimums: 1. Hydrostatic applications will be tested to 400 PSI unless specified otherwise on approved drawings. Operating pressures on installed systems are not to exceed 250 PSI at any point in the system. Warranty will be voided and Amity will not be held liable for failure and/or damage occurring from Water Hammering or freezing of water in any system. 2. Hydraulic applications will be tested to 4000 PSI. System operating pressure in application to be 3000 PSI maximum. 3. Dielectric and Continuity Test all circuits. 30 Amp max current loading. B. THREE FUNCTION SWIVEL MAINTENANCE – Our Three Function Swivel has been fully tested at assembly. Under no circumstances is there to be any maintenance performed internally or externally to the Three Function Swivel by Purchaser or any other third party other than an authorized representative of or Amity itself. The Three Function Swivel is sealed and must remain so. The Three Function Swivel is designed for a long maintenance free life. Should any problems occur or replacement be necessary, first contact Amity. There is to be no field maintenance performed on the Three Function Swivel . C. MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS – The following are the mounting requirements for the Three Function Swivel: 1. Mounting points and methods are to be determined at the initial design stage. All drawings and applicable documentation must be signed off by both parties and filed for future reference. No deviation to the approved mounting is allowed without approval from Amity. 2. The Three Function Swivel is to be mounted concentric to the center of the turntable bearing. 3. All inlet and outlet plumbing to conform to swivel mounting, under no circumstances is the Three Function Swivel to be positioned to match connections. This will avoid putting excessive loads on the Three Function Swivel. All tubing or piping to be supported by means other than the Three Function Swivel. D. LIMITED WARRANTY, LIMITATIONS, CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES REQUIRED. 1. The Three Function Swivel is warranted to be free of defects in labor and/or materials for a period of five (5) years from the Date of Service. For purposes here, “Date of Service” shall mean the date when the Three Function Swivel, or the unit to which the Three Function Swivel is incorporated, passes final Underwriters Laboratory testing, or similarly compliant testing, and is certified for service. Evidence of such Date of Service shall be required in connection with any warranty claim by Purchaser. 2. The Three Function Swivel shall be repaired or replaced at the sole option and expense of the Amity provided the Three Function Swivel alleged to be defective was used for its intended normal use of operation and subject to the following qualifications and limitations. 3. Any alteration of the Three Function Swivel without consent from Amity is strictly forbidden and shall void warranty. 4. No welding shall be performed on finished Three Function Swivel. 5. No responsibility is assumed for any malfunctions or damages which are occasionally caused by foreign objects which may be ingested into water or hydraulic systems such as, but not limited to stones, sand or metal chips. 6. Amity assumes responsibility for our Three Function Swivel, which is defective only, and therefore, it will not assume responsibility for labor to either remove or install our Three Function Swivel unless it agrees in writing to assume such responsibility. 7. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Amity all returns of defective Three Function Swivels (or allegedly defective Three Function Swivels) are at Purchaser’s expense and must include a RGA number issued by the Amity. {00046826;v2} 8. All warranty claims must be presented at the time the problem occurs, or as soon as practical thereafter, either called or faxed to the Amity and include the numbers on the assembly’s Amity’s label with a detailed explanation of the difficulty in order for the matter to be appropriately evaluated and resolved. 9. Amity will not be held liable for damage incurred during shipment. 10. No responsibility shall be assumed for misuse or improper mounting, unreasonably use or abuse of the Three Function Swivel and or failure to provide or use improper maintenance, failure to follow written installation and use in instruction or any use other than the customary designed use. THE REMEDIES PROVIDED IN THE ABOVE EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTY AND ARE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AVAILABLE. NO OTHER EXPRESS WARRANTIES ARE MADE. ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE ARE LIMITED IN DURATION AS SET FORTH ABOVE. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AMITY ASSUME OR BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. THE WITHIN DESCRIBED WARRANTY SHALL ONLY BE AFFORDED TO THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OR FOR INCORPORATION INTO ANOTHER UNIT AND TO FIRST PURCHASER AS PART OF COMPLETED UNIT, HOWEVER, THE WARRANTY PERIOD OF FIVE YEARS IS FROM THE DATE OF SERVICE WITH THE UNDERSTANDING IT IS INSTALLED WITHIN A REASONABLE TIME PERIOD. Dated: _______________ ____, 20__ Effective March 15, 2010 AMDOR Inc. TERMS OF BUSINESS AND GENERAL INFORMATION Warranty: All AMDOR Inc. roll-up door products are warranted for a period of 10 years from the date of delivery (with the exception of wet paint adhesion - please see below). AMDOR Inc. liability covers the replacement or repair of any component that fails due to defects in material and / or workmanship during the coverage period. We accept no liability for claims made for damages to any part (or parts) of a vehicle and / or machine (of any type) or injury claims by a person or persons assumed or alleged to have been brought about by the use or misuse of any product supplied by AMDOR Inc. Warranty coverage does not extend to door attachments including (but not limited to) decals, emblems, stripes and adhesives. In order to initiate the claims process please contact your authorized representative of AMDOR Inc. Warranty claims must be accompanied by a written description providing full and reasonable details as to the nature of the defect. Upon receipt of your claim arrangements will be made to inspect the defective product (if necessary). Justified warranty claims will be repaired, exchanged, or credited to the customer's account at AMDOR Inc.'s discretion. All warranty claims must be approved in writing by the Customer Service Manager for AMDOR Inc. There are no exceptions to this clause. Limited warranty coverage includes the labor associated with the disassembly and assembly of products deemed to be defective by AMDOR Inc. Labor allowances are based on a set time schedule as determined by AMDOR Inc. The maximum allowable hourly labor rate is $ 50. All warranty labor claims must be approved in writing by an authorized representative of AMDOR Inc. prior to commencement of work. Allowances for removal and installation: Curtain replacement: 3/4 hour Balancer replacement: 1 hour Door ajar switch 3/4 hour Bottom Panel Assembly: 1/2 hour Slat replacement: 3/4 hour Door removal and replacement 1 1/2 hours Items authorized for return must be accompanied by a Return Goods Authorization (RGA) number. We will accept collect shipments of items deemed to be defective provided that they are returned via the most economical carrier. Should items be returned by means other than the most economical carrier the difference will be charged back to the sender. AMDOR Inc. reserves the right to reject any claim when a product has been opened, interfered with or modified. Claims may also be rejected when damage to the product (or any sub-assembly) has been brought about by accident, misuse, abuse, vandalism, incorrect installation, temperature extremes, chemical exposure or any factor other than regular operating conditions. Limited Wet Paint Match Adhesion Warranty AMDOR Inc. warrants wet paint finishes applied by AMDOR utilizing our approved factory paint specification. All wet paint match colors must be approved in writing by an authorized OEM representative. AMDOR Inc. will provide a color spray out for this purpose. The time required for shipping and consideration of initial color spray outs will be considered over and above stated lead times. Warranty coverage will extend for a period of not less than 5 years from the date of delivery as determined by AMDOR Inc.'s Packing Slip. AMDOR reserves the right to determine whether individual units will be replaced and / or repaired by an AMDOR approved vendor. An allowance will be made for labor associated with the disassembly and assembly of individual units at the prescribed hourly rate of $ 50 per hour. Compensation for labor will not exceed the maximum time allowance permitted for door removal and replacement. Written approval including specified allowance for time must be obtained from AMDOR prior to initiating work. Warranty coverage will extend to the following visible paint system defects: 1./ Loss of mechanical adhesion as evidenced by peeling, cracking or blistering which exposes the substrate material. 2./ Corrosion of the substrate due to paint system failure. 3./ Fading which results in a substantial departure from the primary AMDOR approved body color. Wet paint adhesion limited warranty coverage will be excluded when damages to the system are determined by AMDOR Inc. to be a result of the following: 1./ Damage caused through the use of attachments including (but not limited to) decals, labels, adhesives, non factory approved coatings. 2./ Loss of gloss, discoloration or damage due to improper maintenance (including but not limited to) mechanical wash systems, pressure washers, steam cleaners, non approved wash or polishing agents. 3./ Abuse, acts of nature, excessive heat / cold, chemical exposure, vandalism and / or accidents. 4./ Scratches, chips, abrasions, or dents from any source. This document supercedes all previous written and / or verbal warranties provided by AMDOR Inc. and / or it's affiliates. Cummins Warranty Worldwide Fire Apparatus/Crash Trucks Coverage Products Warranted This Warranty applies to new diesel Engines sold by Cummins and delivered to the first user on or after April 1,2007,that are used in fire apparatus truck and crash truck*applications Worldwide. Base Engine Warranty The Base Engine Warranty covers any failures of the Engine which result,under normal use and service, from a defect in material or factory workmanship (Warrantable Failure).This Coverage begins with the sale of the Engine by Cummins and ends five years or 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers),whichever occurs first,after the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user. Engine aftertreatment components included in the Cummins Critical Parts List (CPL)and marked with a Cummins part number are covered under Base Engine Warranty. Additional Coverage is outlined in the Emission Warranty section. These Warranties are made to all Owners in the chain of distribution and Coverage continues to all subsequent Owners until the end of the periods of Coverage. Cummins Responsibilities Cummins will pay for all parts and labor needed to repair the damage to the Engine resulting from a Warrantable Failure. Cummins will pay for the lubricating oil,antifreeze, filter elements,belts,hoses and other maintenance items that are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure. Cummins will pay for reasonable labor costs for Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to repair a Warrantable Failure. Cummins will pay reasonable costs for towing a vehicle disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the nearest authorized repair location.In lieu of the towing expense,Cummins will pay reasonable costs for mechanics to travel to and from the location of the vehicle,including meals,mileage and lodging when the repair is performed at the site of the failure. Owner Responsibilities Owner is responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Engine as specified in Cummins Operation and Maintenance Manuals.Owner is also responsible for providing proof that all recommended maintenance has been performed. Before the expiration of the applicable Warranty, Owner must notify a Cummins distributor,authorized dealer or other repair location approved by Cummins of any Warrantable Failure and make the Engine available for repair by such facility.Except for Engines disabled by a Warrantable Failure,Owner must also deliver the Engine to the repair facility. Service locations are listed on the Cummins Worldwide Service Locator at cummins.com. Owner is responsible for the cost of lubricating oil, antifreeze,filter elements and other maintenance items provided during Warranty repairs unless such items are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure. Owner is responsible for communication expenses, meals,lodging and similar costs incurred as a result of a Warrantable Failure. Owner is responsible for non-Engine repairs and for ‘‘downtime’’expenses,cargo damage,fines,all applicable taxes,all business costs and other losses resulting from a Warrantable Failure. Owner is responsible for a $100 (U.S.Dollars) deductible per each service visit under this plan in the 3rd,4th and 5th years of Base Engine Warranty.The deductible will not be charged during the first 2 years of the Base Engine Warranty. Limitations Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse or neglect,including,but not limited to:operation without adequate coolants or lubricants;overfueling; overspeeding;lack of maintenance of lubricating, cooling or intake systems;improper storage,starting, warm-up,run-in or shutdown practices;unauthorized modifications of the Engine. Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty. Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by incorrect oil,fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel,oil or diesel exhaust fluid. This Warranty does not apply to accessories supplied by Cummins which bear the name of another company.Such non-warranted accessories include,but are not limited to:alternators,starters,fans,air conditioning compressors,clutches,filters, transmissions,torque converters,vacuum pumps, power steering pumps,fan drives and air compressors. Cummins branded alternators and starters are covered for the first two years from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user,or the expiration of the Base Engine Warranty,whichever occurs first. Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption are not covered beyond the duration of the Coverage or 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers)or 7,000 hours from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user, whichever of the three occurs first.Before a claim for excessive oil consumption will be considered,Owner must submit adequate documentation to show that consumption exceeds Cummins published standards. Failures of belts and hoses supplied by Cummins are not covered beyond the first year from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user or the duration of the Warranty,whichever occurs first. Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new Cummins parts,Cummins approved rebuilt parts or repaired parts.Cummins is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by Cummins. A new Cummins or Cummins approved rebuilt part used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the identity of the part it replaced and is entitled to the remaining Coverage hereunder. Cummins Inc.reserves the right to interrogate Electronic Control Module (ECM)data for purposes of failure analysis. CUMMINS DOES NOT COVER WEAR OR WEAROUT OF COVERED PARTS. CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. THIS WARRANTY AND THE EMISSION WARRANTY SET FORTH HEREINAFTER ARE THE SOLE WARRANTIES MADE BY CUMMINS IN REGARD TO THESE ENGINES.CUMMINS MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES,EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,OR OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. This Warranty gives you specific legal rights,and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. Emission Warranty Products Warranted This Emission Warranty applies to new Engines marketed by Cummins that are used in the United States**in vehicles designed for transporting persons or property on a street or highway.This Warranty applies to Engines delivered to the first user on or after September 1,1992. Coverage Cummins warrants to the first user and each subsequent purchaser that the Engine is designed, built and equipped so as to conform at the time of sale by Cummins with all U.S.federal emission regulations applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free from defects in material or factory workmanship which would cause it not to meet these regulations within the longer of the following periods:(A)Five years or 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers)of operation, whichever occurs first,as measured from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user or (B)The Base Engine Warranty. If the vehicle in which the Engine is installed is registered in the state of California,a separate California Emission Warranty also applies. Limitations Failures,other than those resulting from defects in material or factory workmanship,are not covered by this Warranty. Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse or neglect,including,but not limited to:operation without adequate coolants or lubricants;overfueling; overspeeding;lack of maintenance of lubricating, cooling or intake systems;improper storage,starting, warm-up,run-in or shutdown practices;unauthorized modifications of the Engine. Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty. Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by incorrect oil,fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel,oil or diesel exhaust fluid. Cummins is not responsible for non-Engine repairs, ‘‘downtime’’expenses,cargo damage,fines,all applicable taxes,all business costs or other losses resulting from a Warrantable Failure. Cummins Inc. Box 3005 Columbus, IN 47202-3005 U.S.A. Bulletin 3381161 Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 08/09 ©2001 Cummins Inc. CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. *Airport operated crash trucks and fire department operated trucks employed to respond to fires, hazardous material releases,rescue and other emergency-type situations. **United States includes American Samoa,the Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands,Guam, Puerto Rico and the U.S.Virgin Islands. Cummins Inc. Box 3005 Columbus,IN 47202-3005 U.S.A. Bulletin 3381161PrintedinU.S.A.Rev.08/092001CumminsInc. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor warranty description shall apply. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. Two (2) YearWarranty Period Ends After: Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 8/22/2017 WA0328 THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Two (2) Year Material and Workmanship Meritor Axles Limited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: The Meritor axle shall be covered by Meritor as indicated in the attached Meritor warranty coverage description 1. LIMITED WARRANTY (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: MERITOR® COMMERCIAL VEHICLE SYSTEMS WARRANTY/MODEL YEAR 2018 VEHICLES Advantage Program Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting www.meritor.com or by contacting Meritor at 866-OnTrac1 (866-668-7221). 2 Linehaul .............................................................................................................3-4 General Service ...................................................................................................5-6 Heavy Service ......................................................................................................7-8 Off-Highway Service ................................................................................................9 Terms and Conditions ............................................................................................10 How to Read Warranty Coverage Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) Unl=Unlimited P=Parts Only P&L=Parts & Labor Notice: Models or components that are approved for use by Meritor’s vocational guidelines contained in Meritor Publication TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P). Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P). Effective Model Year 2018 Vehicles WARRANTY INFORMATION CONTENTS n Auto Hauler n Bulk Hauler n Chip Hauler (Truck)* n Doubles n Flatbed n General Freight n Grain Hauler n Livestock Hauler n Moving Van n Pipe Hauler n Refrigerated Freight n Tanker n Triples FD-965 FF-941 FF-942 FF-943 FF-944 FF-961 FF-966 FF-967 FG-941 FG-943 MFS-10-122A MFS-10-143A-N MFS-10-144A-N MFS-12-122A-N MFS-12-122B-N MFS-12-122C-N MFS-12E-122A-N MFS-12-132B-N MFS-12-132C-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-12E-143A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-13-122A-N MFS-13-122B-N MFS-13-122C-N MFS-13-132B-N MFS-13-132C-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-14-122A-N MFS-14-143A-N n High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) n Well maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction n Greater than 30 miles between starting and stopping Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. * Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideration. Linehaul Vehicles Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/750/P&L Linehaul Typically Is RPL 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L 155N 1/Unl/P 92N 1/Unl/P Drivelines RS-19-144/145/A MS-19-14X MS-21-144 RS-21-145 RS-21-160 RS-23-160 RS-23-161 RS-23-186 Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/750/P&L 1 These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. RT-34-144/P/A RT-40-145/A RT-40-160/P1,2 RT-46-160/P1,2 RT-46-164EH/P1,2 RT-50-160/P1,2 MA-40-165 MA-40-175 MT-34-14X/P MT-40-14X/P MT-40-14X/P MT-40-144/P MT-40-943 MT-40-943-SP RZ-1662 RZ-188 Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/750/P&L LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION 3 Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P, 1/100/L LX500 Feature1 5/750/P&L Q+ Drum Brake™ 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L ASA 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P STEELite X30 Drum Brake™2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 5/500/P, 1/Unl/L 1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 3/500/P&L. 2 Based on stamped wear diameter max. MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)1 Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L Curbing Damage Warranty2 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L Bushings 7/700/P, 5/500/L PinLoc Air Controls 1/100/P&L PinLoc Actuator 3/300/P&L MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram) Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L Bushings 7/700/P, 5/500/L MTA (Trailing Arm) Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L Air Springs & Rebound Straps 2/200/P, 1/100/L Bushings 5/500/P, 3/300/L 1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl P&L when torqued by Meritor (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame rails, crossmembers, and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage. Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferrable to another trailer VIN, and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped, or otherwise not salvageable. TQ, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 5/750/P&L 1 For brake components and ABS Coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. MTIS Components 3/500/P&L Beam and Brackets 5/500/P, 1/100/L Wheel End Systems1 Standard System2 1/100/P&L PreSet by Meritor3 5/500/P&L AxlePak54 5P/L AxlePak75 7P/L 1 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 2 When installed by Meritor. 3 Requires approved hubcap stating PreSet by Meritor on hubcap face. 4 When specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/500P, 3/500L. 5 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 7/750P, 3/500L. (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) Brake Components Trailer Air Suspension Systems TAG/Pusher Axles1 Meritor Tire Inflation System by PSI Trailer Axles 4 LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION n Aerial Ladder Truck n Aerial Platform n Ambulance n Auto Hauler n Beverage Truck n Chip Hauler n Cross Country Coach n Flatbed n Front Engine Commercial Chassis n Front Engine Integral Coach n General Freight n Intercity Coach n Intermodal Chassis n Livestock Hauler n Meat Packer n Moving Van n Municipal Truck n Newspaper Delivery n Pick-Up and Delivery n Pipe Hauler n Platform Auto Hauler n Pumper n Rear Engine Integral Coach n Recreational Vehicles n Refrigerated Freight n School Bus n Stake Truck n Tanker n Tanker Truck n Tour Bus n Wrecker FD-965 FF-941 FF-942 FF-943 FF-944 FF-946 FF-961 FF-966 FF-967 FG-941 FH-941 FH-9461 FL-941 FL-943 MFS-6-151A-N MFS-6-153B-N MFS-6-162B-N MFS-6-153C-N MFS-6-162C-N MFS-7-113C-N MFS-7-153C-N MFS-7-163C-N MFS-8-113B-N MFS-8-143A-N MFS-8-153B-N MFS-8-163B-N MFS-10-122A MFS-10-143A-N MFS-10-144A-N MFS-12-122A-N MFS-12E-122A-N MFS-12-122B-N MFS-12-122C-N MFS-12-132B-N MFS-12-132C-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-12E-143A-N MFS-13-122A-N MFS-13-122B-N MFS-13-122C-N MFS-13-132B-N MFS-13-132C-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-14-122A-N MFS-14-143A-N MFS-16-122A-N MFS-16-143A-N MFS-18-133A-N MFS-18-135A-N MFS-18-193A-N MFS-20-133A-N MFS-20-135A-N MFS-20H-193A-N MFS-22H-135A-N MFS-22H-193A-N n Lower mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) n Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road) n An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. RT-40-160/P RT-46-160/P RT-46-164EH/P RT-50-160/P General Service Vehicles Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L General Service Typically Is Rear Drive Tandem – 3/Unl/P&L RPL 4/400/P, 1/Unl/P&L MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L 155N 1/Unl/P 92N 1/Unl/P Drivelines MS-17-13X MS-17-14X MS-19-13X MS-19-14X RS-17-144/145/A RS-19-144/145/A MS-21-13X MS-21-14X MS-21-144 MS-23-17X RS-21-145/A RS-21-160 RC-22-145 RC-22-145/A RC-23-160 RC-23-161 RC-23-1621 RC-23-1651 RS-23-160 RS-23-161 RS-23-186 RS-24-160 RC-25-160 RS-26-185 MS-26-616 MS-26-616-SP RS-30-185 MS-30-616 MS-30-616-SP RS-35-380 71162 71163 79163 Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L 1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Meritor. MT-34-14X/P RT-34-144/P/A MT-40-14X/P MT-40-144/P RT-40-145/A MT-44-14X/P RT-44-145/P RT-46-169 MT-52-616 RT-52-1851 MT-58-616 RT-58-1851 MT-70-380 RZ-166 RZ-188 Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L 1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION 1 Can also be used with reduced steer angles in tag position in Coach Applications. 5 Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L LX500 Feature1 3/Unl/P&L Cam P3 2/200/P Cam 3/Unl/P Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L Q+ Drum Brake ™3 2/200/P&L ASA 3/Unl/P ASA3 2/200/P Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P STEELite X30 Drum Brake™2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 2/Unl/P&L 1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/Unl/P. 2 Based on stamped wear diameter max. 3 Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only. Beam and Brackets1 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Wheel End Systems2 Standard System3 1/Unl/P&L AxlePak54 5P/L AxlePak75 7P/L 1 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L 2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 3 When installed by Meritor. 4 When specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/500P, 3/500L. 5 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 7/750P, 3/500L. (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) Beam & Brackets 6/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Wheel End Systems1 Standard System 1/Unl/P&L AxlePak7 7P/L Beam and Brackets 7P/1L 1 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)1 Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Curbing Damage Warranty2 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Bushings 7/700/P, 5/500/L PinLoc Air Controls 1/Unl/P&L PinLoc Air Actuator 3/Unl/P&L MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram) Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Bushings 7/700/P, 5/500/L MTA (Trailing Arm) Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Bushings3 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl P&L when torqued by Meritor 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame rails, crossmembers, and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage. Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferrable to another trailer VIN, and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped, or otherwise not salvageable. 3 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L MTIS Components 3/500/P&L TQ, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets1 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L MC12002, MC14002, MC16003, FH946 2/Unl/P&L (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 1 3/UNL/P&L if sold with PreSet by Meritor. Brake Components Trailer Axles Chassis Axles (2000 Series/ChassiPak) Trailer Air Suspension Systems Meritor® Tire Inflation System by PSI TAG/Pusher Axles 6 GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION Heavy Service Vehicles n Airport Rescue Fire (ARF) n Airport Shuttle n Asphalt Truck n Block Truck n Bottom Dump Trailer Combination n Cementing Vehicle n City Bus n Commercial Pick-Up n Concrete Pumper n Construction Material Hauler n Crash Fire Rescue (CFR) n Mixer n Demolition n Drill Rig n Dump n Emergency Service n Equipment Hauling n Flatbed Trailer Hauler n Flatbed Truck n Fracturing Truck n Front Loader n Geophysical Exploration n Hopper Trailer Combinations n Landscaping Truck n Liquid Waste Hauler n Log Hauling n Lowboy n Michigan Special Gravel Trains n Michigan Special Log Hauler n Michigan Special Steel Hauler n Michigan Special Waste Vehicle n Municipal Dump n Rapid Intervention Vehicle (RIV) n Rear Loader (Refuse) n Recycling Truck n Residential Pick-Up (Refuse) n Rigging Truck n Roll-Off n Scrap Truck n Semi-End Dump n Sewer/Septic Vacuum n Shuttle Bus n Side Loader n Snowplow/Snowblower n Steel Hauling n Tanker n Tank Truck n Tractors with Pole Trailers n Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps n Transfer Dump n Transfer Vehicle n Transit Bus n Trolley n Utility Truck n Winch Truck n Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) n On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) n Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/ or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. Heavy Service Typically Is FD-965 FF-941 FF-942 FF-943 FF-944 FF-946 FF-961 FF-966 FF-967 FG-941 FG-943 FH-941 FH-946 FL-941 FL-943 MFS-6-151A-N MFS-6-153B MFS-6-162B MFS-6-162C MFS-7-113C-N MFS-7-153C-N MFS-7-163C-N MFS-8-113B-N MFS-8-153B-N MFS-8-163B-N MFS-10-122A MFS-10-143A-N MFS-10-144A-N MFS-12-122 MFS-12-122B-N MFS-12-122C-N MFS-12E-122 MFS-12-132B-N MFS-12-132C-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-12-155 MFS-13-122 MFS-13-122B-N MFS-13-122C-N MFS-13-132B-N MFS-13-132C-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-13-155 MFS-14-122 MFS-14-143A-N MFS-16-122A-N MFS-16-143A-N MFS-18-133A-N MFS-18-135A-N MFS-18-193A-N MFS-20-133A-N MFS-20-135A-N MFS-20H-193A-N MFS-22H-135A-N MFS-22H-193A-N RF-16-145 RF-21-160 MX-10-120 MX-10-120 EVO MX-12-120 MX-12-120 EVO MX-14-120 MX-16-120 MX-18-120 MX-17-140 MX-19-140 MX-21-140 MX-21-160 MX-23-160 MX-810 MS-17-14X RS-17-144/145/A MS-19-14X RS-19-144 MS-21-114 MS-21-14X RS-21-145 RS-21-145/A RS-21-160 RC-22-145 RC-23-160 RH-23-160 RS-23-160 RC-23-161 RS-23-161 RS-23-186/380 RC-23-162 RC-23-165 RS-24-160 RS-25-160 MS-26-616 MS-26-616-SP RS-26-185/380 MS-30-616 MS-30-616-SP RS-30-185/380 MS-35-380 RS-38-380 RC-25-160 RC-26-633 MT-58-616 MT-58-616-SP 71162 71163 79163 Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L RPL 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/P&L 92N 1/Unl/P&L MXL 1/Unl/P&L Drivelines HEAVY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION 7 MT-34-14X/P RT-34-144/P/A MT-40-14X/P RT-40-145/A MT-44-14X/P RT-44-145/P RT-46-169 MT-52-616 MT-52-616-SP RT-52-185/3801,2 MT-58-616 MT-58-616-SP RT-58-185/3801,2 RT-70-380 MT-70-380 RZ-166 RZ-188 Cam P 3/Unl/P Cam P3 2/100/P Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L Q+ Drum Brake™2 2/100/P&L ASA 3/Unl/P ASA2 2/100/P Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P EX+ Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L 1 Based on stamped wear diameter max. 2 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. 3 Warranty for all non-Meritor ASAs supplied by Meritor for all Heavy Service vocations is 1/100/P. RT-40-160/P/A3 RT-46-160/P/A1,3 RT-46-164EH/P/A2,3 RT-50-160/P/A3 1 U.S. only. Canadian warranty = 1/Unl/P for combination vehicles only. 2 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 3 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. MTA (Trailing Arm) Major Structural Components1 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Bushings1 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L 1 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) MTC-4208 MTC-4210 MTC-4213 T-2111 T-2119 MTIS Components 3/500/P&L MC26000 71063 79063 Beam and Brackets1 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Wheel End Systems2 Standard System3 1/Unl/P&L 1 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. 2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 3 When installed by Meritor. (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 1 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L Brake Components Rear Drive Tandem – 3/Unl/P&L Trailer Air Suspension Systems Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P Meritor Tire Inflation System by PSI Center Non-drive Axles – 2/Unl/P&L Trailer Axles 8 HEAVY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION Industrial And Off-Highway Service Vehicles n Load-On/Load-Off n Port Tractor n Rail Yard Spotter n Roll-On/Roll-Off n Stevedoring Tractor n Trailer Spotter n Yard Jockey n All-Terrain Crane n Rough Terrain Crane n Forestry n Material Handling n Specialized Heavy Haul n Specialized Mining n Excavator n Compactor n Fertilizer Spreader n Snow Blower n Mining n Rail Car Mover n Loader n Tow Tractor n Pushback Tractor n Low mileage operation n Low speed vehicle speed restriction n Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use n Six (6) starts/stops per mile (typical) Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. MOR MOX MOC RPL MXL MOR MOX MOC MOT Cam P 3/Unl/P Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L ASA 3/Unl/P Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P FF - 941 FF - 943 FF - 961 FF - 966 FG - 941 FG - 943 FL - 941 FL - 943 MFS-12-143A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-14-143A-N MFS-16-122A-N MFS-16-143A-N MFS-18-133A-N MFS-18-135A-N MFS-18-193A-N MFS-20-133A-N MFS-20-135A-N MFS-20H-193A-N MFS-22H-135A-N MFS-22H-193A-N MON-Z0 FAMILY MT-44-14X/P MT-52-616 MT-52-616-SP MT-58-616 MT-58-616-SP MT-70-380 RT-44-145/P RT-46-160/P RT-46-164EH/P RT-50-160/P RZ-166 RS-23-186 RS-23-380 RS-24-160 RS-24-160-SP MS-30-616 MS-30-616-SP RS-30-185 RS-30-380 MS-35-380 Industrial And Off-Highway Service Typically Is Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P Drivelines – 1/Unl/P Planetary Axles – 1/Unl/P Brake Components Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P Rear Drive Tandem Axles – 2/Unl/P Rear Drive Single Axles – 1/Unl/P OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION 9 Coverage Exclusions Product Description All The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion. For axle assemblies supplied by Meritor with suspension and in- terface brackets designed and/or attached by non-Meritor parties, Meritor warranty coverage does not apply to the brackets, bracket attachment methods, and field issues caused by brackets or bracket attachments to any covered component unless specified in a separate OEM agreement. Front Axles King Pin Bushings. Rear Axles Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton. ASA Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over-torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies. Cam Brake Brake lining wear and brake shoe “rust-jacking.” Disc Brake Pad wear, rotor wear. Coverage Limitations Product Description All Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P). Front Axles Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. Rear Axles Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Meritor. If yoke is not installed by Meritor, then Meritor does not warrant pinion seals. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. Rear Axles The Meritor® breather part number A-2297-C-8765 with A-3196-J-1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and/or loss of lube in axles. Cam Brake Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity. STEELite X30 Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum. Disc Brake Warranty coverage for boots, seals, bushings and pins is 2/200/P. Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P. Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Meritor representative for specific details. 10 TERMS AND CONDITIONS For more information: call Ontrac at 866-668-7221 or visit meritor.com ©2017 Meritor, Inc. Litho in USA, SP-95155 Revised 01-17 (47865/11900) Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC 2135 West Maple Road Troy, Michigan 48084 USA Vehicle models, brands and names depicted herein are the property of their respective owners, and are not in any way associated with Meritor, Inc., or its affiliates. TERMS AND CONDITIONS (1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty? Meritor Inc. warrants to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on-highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM’s vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement. Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as re- placements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information about lubrication and maintenance, see Meritor publication Maintenance Manual Number l and the applicable Meritor maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Meritor through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Meritor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with Meritor directly. Failure to notify Meritor of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Meritor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Meritor or through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under Meritor’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty. (4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (I) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by Meritor), (II) accident, natural disaster, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the axle and/or driveline capacity), or (III) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by Meritor. For vehicles that operate full or part time outside of the United States and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) will apply. (5) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Meritor’s option. Meritor reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are available and/or returned to Meritor for review and evaluation. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty. THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE. (7) Limitation of Remedies. In no event shall Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect, or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes, or any other losses or costs resulting from a defective covered component. (8) To Obtain Service. If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Meritor service location. The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Meritor for an evalu- ation of the claim. When authorized by Meritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Meritor component covered by this warranty. (9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Meritor. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Meritor and the Owner. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor warranty description shall apply. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. Two (2) YearWarranty Period Ends After: Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 8/22/2017 WA0328 THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Two (2) Year Material and Workmanship Meritor Axles Limited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: The Meritor axle shall be covered by Meritor as indicated in the attached Meritor warranty coverage description 1. LIMITED WARRANTY (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: MERITOR® COMMERCIAL VEHICLE SYSTEMS WARRANTY/MODEL YEAR 2018 VEHICLES Advantage Program Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting www.meritor.com or by contacting Meritor at 866-OnTrac1 (866-668-7221). 2 Linehaul .............................................................................................................3-4 General Service ...................................................................................................5-6 Heavy Service ......................................................................................................7-8 Off-Highway Service ................................................................................................9 Terms and Conditions ............................................................................................10 How to Read Warranty Coverage Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) Unl=Unlimited P=Parts Only P&L=Parts & Labor Notice: Models or components that are approved for use by Meritor’s vocational guidelines contained in Meritor Publication TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P). Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P). Effective Model Year 2018 Vehicles WARRANTY INFORMATION CONTENTS n Auto Hauler n Bulk Hauler n Chip Hauler (Truck)* n Doubles n Flatbed n General Freight n Grain Hauler n Livestock Hauler n Moving Van n Pipe Hauler n Refrigerated Freight n Tanker n Triples FD-965 FF-941 FF-942 FF-943 FF-944 FF-961 FF-966 FF-967 FG-941 FG-943 MFS-10-122A MFS-10-143A-N MFS-10-144A-N MFS-12-122A-N MFS-12-122B-N MFS-12-122C-N MFS-12E-122A-N MFS-12-132B-N MFS-12-132C-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-12E-143A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-13-122A-N MFS-13-122B-N MFS-13-122C-N MFS-13-132B-N MFS-13-132C-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-14-122A-N MFS-14-143A-N n High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) n Well maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction n Greater than 30 miles between starting and stopping Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. * Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideration. Linehaul Vehicles Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/750/P&L Linehaul Typically Is RPL 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L 155N 1/Unl/P 92N 1/Unl/P Drivelines RS-19-144/145/A MS-19-14X MS-21-144 RS-21-145 RS-21-160 RS-23-160 RS-23-161 RS-23-186 Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/750/P&L 1 These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. RT-34-144/P/A RT-40-145/A RT-40-160/P1,2 RT-46-160/P1,2 RT-46-164EH/P1,2 RT-50-160/P1,2 MA-40-165 MA-40-175 MT-34-14X/P MT-40-14X/P MT-40-14X/P MT-40-144/P MT-40-943 MT-40-943-SP RZ-1662 RZ-188 Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/750/P&L LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION 3 Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P, 1/100/L LX500 Feature1 5/750/P&L Q+ Drum Brake™ 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L ASA 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P STEELite X30 Drum Brake™2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 5/500/P, 1/Unl/L 1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 3/500/P&L. 2 Based on stamped wear diameter max. MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)1 Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L Curbing Damage Warranty2 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L Bushings 7/700/P, 5/500/L PinLoc Air Controls 1/100/P&L PinLoc Actuator 3/300/P&L MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram) Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L Bushings 7/700/P, 5/500/L MTA (Trailing Arm) Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L Air Springs & Rebound Straps 2/200/P, 1/100/L Bushings 5/500/P, 3/300/L 1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl P&L when torqued by Meritor (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame rails, crossmembers, and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage. Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferrable to another trailer VIN, and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped, or otherwise not salvageable. TQ, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 5/750/P&L 1 For brake components and ABS Coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. MTIS Components 3/500/P&L Beam and Brackets 5/500/P, 1/100/L Wheel End Systems1 Standard System2 1/100/P&L PreSet by Meritor3 5/500/P&L AxlePak54 5P/L AxlePak75 7P/L 1 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 2 When installed by Meritor. 3 Requires approved hubcap stating PreSet by Meritor on hubcap face. 4 When specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/500P, 3/500L. 5 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 7/750P, 3/500L. (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) Brake Components Trailer Air Suspension Systems TAG/Pusher Axles1 Meritor Tire Inflation System by PSI Trailer Axles 4 LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION n Aerial Ladder Truck n Aerial Platform n Ambulance n Auto Hauler n Beverage Truck n Chip Hauler n Cross Country Coach n Flatbed n Front Engine Commercial Chassis n Front Engine Integral Coach n General Freight n Intercity Coach n Intermodal Chassis n Livestock Hauler n Meat Packer n Moving Van n Municipal Truck n Newspaper Delivery n Pick-Up and Delivery n Pipe Hauler n Platform Auto Hauler n Pumper n Rear Engine Integral Coach n Recreational Vehicles n Refrigerated Freight n School Bus n Stake Truck n Tanker n Tanker Truck n Tour Bus n Wrecker FD-965 FF-941 FF-942 FF-943 FF-944 FF-946 FF-961 FF-966 FF-967 FG-941 FH-941 FH-9461 FL-941 FL-943 MFS-6-151A-N MFS-6-153B-N MFS-6-162B-N MFS-6-153C-N MFS-6-162C-N MFS-7-113C-N MFS-7-153C-N MFS-7-163C-N MFS-8-113B-N MFS-8-143A-N MFS-8-153B-N MFS-8-163B-N MFS-10-122A MFS-10-143A-N MFS-10-144A-N MFS-12-122A-N MFS-12E-122A-N MFS-12-122B-N MFS-12-122C-N MFS-12-132B-N MFS-12-132C-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-12E-143A-N MFS-13-122A-N MFS-13-122B-N MFS-13-122C-N MFS-13-132B-N MFS-13-132C-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-14-122A-N MFS-14-143A-N MFS-16-122A-N MFS-16-143A-N MFS-18-133A-N MFS-18-135A-N MFS-18-193A-N MFS-20-133A-N MFS-20-135A-N MFS-20H-193A-N MFS-22H-135A-N MFS-22H-193A-N n Lower mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) n Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road) n An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. RT-40-160/P RT-46-160/P RT-46-164EH/P RT-50-160/P General Service Vehicles Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L General Service Typically Is Rear Drive Tandem – 3/Unl/P&L RPL 4/400/P, 1/Unl/P&L MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L 155N 1/Unl/P 92N 1/Unl/P Drivelines MS-17-13X MS-17-14X MS-19-13X MS-19-14X RS-17-144/145/A RS-19-144/145/A MS-21-13X MS-21-14X MS-21-144 MS-23-17X RS-21-145/A RS-21-160 RC-22-145 RC-22-145/A RC-23-160 RC-23-161 RC-23-1621 RC-23-1651 RS-23-160 RS-23-161 RS-23-186 RS-24-160 RC-25-160 RS-26-185 MS-26-616 MS-26-616-SP RS-30-185 MS-30-616 MS-30-616-SP RS-35-380 71162 71163 79163 Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L 1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Meritor. MT-34-14X/P RT-34-144/P/A MT-40-14X/P MT-40-144/P RT-40-145/A MT-44-14X/P RT-44-145/P RT-46-169 MT-52-616 RT-52-1851 MT-58-616 RT-58-1851 MT-70-380 RZ-166 RZ-188 Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L 1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION 1 Can also be used with reduced steer angles in tag position in Coach Applications. 5 Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L LX500 Feature1 3/Unl/P&L Cam P3 2/200/P Cam 3/Unl/P Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L Q+ Drum Brake ™3 2/200/P&L ASA 3/Unl/P ASA3 2/200/P Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P STEELite X30 Drum Brake™2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 2/Unl/P&L 1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/Unl/P. 2 Based on stamped wear diameter max. 3 Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only. Beam and Brackets1 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Wheel End Systems2 Standard System3 1/Unl/P&L AxlePak54 5P/L AxlePak75 7P/L 1 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L 2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 3 When installed by Meritor. 4 When specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/500P, 3/500L. 5 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 7/750P, 3/500L. (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) Beam & Brackets 6/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Wheel End Systems1 Standard System 1/Unl/P&L AxlePak7 7P/L Beam and Brackets 7P/1L 1 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)1 Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Curbing Damage Warranty2 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Bushings 7/700/P, 5/500/L PinLoc Air Controls 1/Unl/P&L PinLoc Air Actuator 3/Unl/P&L MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram) Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Bushings 7/700/P, 5/500/L MTA (Trailing Arm) Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Bushings3 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl P&L when torqued by Meritor 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame rails, crossmembers, and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage. Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferrable to another trailer VIN, and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped, or otherwise not salvageable. 3 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L MTIS Components 3/500/P&L TQ, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets1 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L MC12002, MC14002, MC16003, FH946 2/Unl/P&L (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 1 3/UNL/P&L if sold with PreSet by Meritor. Brake Components Trailer Axles Chassis Axles (2000 Series/ChassiPak) Trailer Air Suspension Systems Meritor® Tire Inflation System by PSI TAG/Pusher Axles 6 GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION Heavy Service Vehicles n Airport Rescue Fire (ARF) n Airport Shuttle n Asphalt Truck n Block Truck n Bottom Dump Trailer Combination n Cementing Vehicle n City Bus n Commercial Pick-Up n Concrete Pumper n Construction Material Hauler n Crash Fire Rescue (CFR) n Mixer n Demolition n Drill Rig n Dump n Emergency Service n Equipment Hauling n Flatbed Trailer Hauler n Flatbed Truck n Fracturing Truck n Front Loader n Geophysical Exploration n Hopper Trailer Combinations n Landscaping Truck n Liquid Waste Hauler n Log Hauling n Lowboy n Michigan Special Gravel Trains n Michigan Special Log Hauler n Michigan Special Steel Hauler n Michigan Special Waste Vehicle n Municipal Dump n Rapid Intervention Vehicle (RIV) n Rear Loader (Refuse) n Recycling Truck n Residential Pick-Up (Refuse) n Rigging Truck n Roll-Off n Scrap Truck n Semi-End Dump n Sewer/Septic Vacuum n Shuttle Bus n Side Loader n Snowplow/Snowblower n Steel Hauling n Tanker n Tank Truck n Tractors with Pole Trailers n Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps n Transfer Dump n Transfer Vehicle n Transit Bus n Trolley n Utility Truck n Winch Truck n Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) n On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) n Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/ or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. Heavy Service Typically Is FD-965 FF-941 FF-942 FF-943 FF-944 FF-946 FF-961 FF-966 FF-967 FG-941 FG-943 FH-941 FH-946 FL-941 FL-943 MFS-6-151A-N MFS-6-153B MFS-6-162B MFS-6-162C MFS-7-113C-N MFS-7-153C-N MFS-7-163C-N MFS-8-113B-N MFS-8-153B-N MFS-8-163B-N MFS-10-122A MFS-10-143A-N MFS-10-144A-N MFS-12-122 MFS-12-122B-N MFS-12-122C-N MFS-12E-122 MFS-12-132B-N MFS-12-132C-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-12-155 MFS-13-122 MFS-13-122B-N MFS-13-122C-N MFS-13-132B-N MFS-13-132C-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-13-155 MFS-14-122 MFS-14-143A-N MFS-16-122A-N MFS-16-143A-N MFS-18-133A-N MFS-18-135A-N MFS-18-193A-N MFS-20-133A-N MFS-20-135A-N MFS-20H-193A-N MFS-22H-135A-N MFS-22H-193A-N RF-16-145 RF-21-160 MX-10-120 MX-10-120 EVO MX-12-120 MX-12-120 EVO MX-14-120 MX-16-120 MX-18-120 MX-17-140 MX-19-140 MX-21-140 MX-21-160 MX-23-160 MX-810 MS-17-14X RS-17-144/145/A MS-19-14X RS-19-144 MS-21-114 MS-21-14X RS-21-145 RS-21-145/A RS-21-160 RC-22-145 RC-23-160 RH-23-160 RS-23-160 RC-23-161 RS-23-161 RS-23-186/380 RC-23-162 RC-23-165 RS-24-160 RS-25-160 MS-26-616 MS-26-616-SP RS-26-185/380 MS-30-616 MS-30-616-SP RS-30-185/380 MS-35-380 RS-38-380 RC-25-160 RC-26-633 MT-58-616 MT-58-616-SP 71162 71163 79163 Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L RPL 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/P&L 92N 1/Unl/P&L MXL 1/Unl/P&L Drivelines HEAVY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION 7 MT-34-14X/P RT-34-144/P/A MT-40-14X/P RT-40-145/A MT-44-14X/P RT-44-145/P RT-46-169 MT-52-616 MT-52-616-SP RT-52-185/3801,2 MT-58-616 MT-58-616-SP RT-58-185/3801,2 RT-70-380 MT-70-380 RZ-166 RZ-188 Cam P 3/Unl/P Cam P3 2/100/P Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L Q+ Drum Brake™2 2/100/P&L ASA 3/Unl/P ASA2 2/100/P Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P EX+ Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L 1 Based on stamped wear diameter max. 2 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. 3 Warranty for all non-Meritor ASAs supplied by Meritor for all Heavy Service vocations is 1/100/P. RT-40-160/P/A3 RT-46-160/P/A1,3 RT-46-164EH/P/A2,3 RT-50-160/P/A3 1 U.S. only. Canadian warranty = 1/Unl/P for combination vehicles only. 2 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 3 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. MTA (Trailing Arm) Major Structural Components1 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Bushings1 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L 1 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) MTC-4208 MTC-4210 MTC-4213 T-2111 T-2119 MTIS Components 3/500/P&L MC26000 71063 79063 Beam and Brackets1 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Wheel End Systems2 Standard System3 1/Unl/P&L 1 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. 2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 3 When installed by Meritor. (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 1 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L Brake Components Rear Drive Tandem – 3/Unl/P&L Trailer Air Suspension Systems Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P Meritor Tire Inflation System by PSI Center Non-drive Axles – 2/Unl/P&L Trailer Axles 8 HEAVY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION Industrial And Off-Highway Service Vehicles n Load-On/Load-Off n Port Tractor n Rail Yard Spotter n Roll-On/Roll-Off n Stevedoring Tractor n Trailer Spotter n Yard Jockey n All-Terrain Crane n Rough Terrain Crane n Forestry n Material Handling n Specialized Heavy Haul n Specialized Mining n Excavator n Compactor n Fertilizer Spreader n Snow Blower n Mining n Rail Car Mover n Loader n Tow Tractor n Pushback Tractor n Low mileage operation n Low speed vehicle speed restriction n Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use n Six (6) starts/stops per mile (typical) Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. MOR MOX MOC RPL MXL MOR MOX MOC MOT Cam P 3/Unl/P Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L ASA 3/Unl/P Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P FF - 941 FF - 943 FF - 961 FF - 966 FG - 941 FG - 943 FL - 941 FL - 943 MFS-12-143A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-14-143A-N MFS-16-122A-N MFS-16-143A-N MFS-18-133A-N MFS-18-135A-N MFS-18-193A-N MFS-20-133A-N MFS-20-135A-N MFS-20H-193A-N MFS-22H-135A-N MFS-22H-193A-N MON-Z0 FAMILY MT-44-14X/P MT-52-616 MT-52-616-SP MT-58-616 MT-58-616-SP MT-70-380 RT-44-145/P RT-46-160/P RT-46-164EH/P RT-50-160/P RZ-166 RS-23-186 RS-23-380 RS-24-160 RS-24-160-SP MS-30-616 MS-30-616-SP RS-30-185 RS-30-380 MS-35-380 Industrial And Off-Highway Service Typically Is Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P Drivelines – 1/Unl/P Planetary Axles – 1/Unl/P Brake Components Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P Rear Drive Tandem Axles – 2/Unl/P Rear Drive Single Axles – 1/Unl/P OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION 9 Coverage Exclusions Product Description All The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion. For axle assemblies supplied by Meritor with suspension and in- terface brackets designed and/or attached by non-Meritor parties, Meritor warranty coverage does not apply to the brackets, bracket attachment methods, and field issues caused by brackets or bracket attachments to any covered component unless specified in a separate OEM agreement. Front Axles King Pin Bushings. Rear Axles Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton. ASA Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over-torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies. Cam Brake Brake lining wear and brake shoe “rust-jacking.” Disc Brake Pad wear, rotor wear. Coverage Limitations Product Description All Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P). Front Axles Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. Rear Axles Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Meritor. If yoke is not installed by Meritor, then Meritor does not warrant pinion seals. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. Rear Axles The Meritor® breather part number A-2297-C-8765 with A-3196-J-1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and/or loss of lube in axles. Cam Brake Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity. STEELite X30 Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum. Disc Brake Warranty coverage for boots, seals, bushings and pins is 2/200/P. Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P. Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Meritor representative for specific details. 10 TERMS AND CONDITIONS For more information: call Ontrac at 866-668-7221 or visit meritor.com ©2017 Meritor, Inc. Litho in USA, SP-95155 Revised 01-17 (47865/11900) Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC 2135 West Maple Road Troy, Michigan 48084 USA Vehicle models, brands and names depicted herein are the property of their respective owners, and are not in any way associated with Meritor, Inc., or its affiliates. TERMS AND CONDITIONS (1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty? Meritor Inc. warrants to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on-highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM’s vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement. Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as re- placements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information about lubrication and maintenance, see Meritor publication Maintenance Manual Number l and the applicable Meritor maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Meritor through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Meritor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with Meritor directly. Failure to notify Meritor of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Meritor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Meritor or through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under Meritor’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty. (4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (I) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by Meritor), (II) accident, natural disaster, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the axle and/or driveline capacity), or (III) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by Meritor. For vehicles that operate full or part time outside of the United States and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) will apply. (5) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Meritor’s option. Meritor reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are available and/or returned to Meritor for review and evaluation. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty. THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE. (7) Limitation of Remedies. In no event shall Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect, or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes, or any other losses or costs resulting from a defective covered component. (8) To Obtain Service. If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Meritor service location. The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Meritor for an evalu- ation of the claim. When authorized by Meritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Meritor component covered by this warranty. (9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Meritor. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Meritor and the Owner. RECOMMENDATION(S): APPROVE and AUTHORIZE the Auditor-Controller, on behalf of the Contra Costa County Fire Protection District, to make a payment to the State of California Department of Health Care Services in the amount of $494,573.97 for the Ground Emergency Medical Transportation Quality Assurance Fee for ambulance transports provided by the Contra Costa County Fire Protection District in the months of July, August, and September (Quarter 3) of 2019. FISCAL IMPACT: The Ground Emergency Medical Transportation (GEMT) / Quality Assurance Fee (QAF) program increases the historic base rate of Medi-Cal reimbursement by $220.80 per transport. The GEMT/QAF program, therefore, increases the per transport reimbursement from the historic base rate of $118.20 to $339.00. To fund this program, the State of California Department of Health Care Services (DHCS) began assessing all transport providers within the State of California a fee of $25.23 per transport effective July 1, 2018. The fee was increased to $26.07 for payments due on or after July 1, 2019. The increased fee was approved by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) on September 6, 2019. The District received the attached invoice from DHCS on November 14, 2019. APPROVE OTHER RECOMMENDATION OF CNTY ADMINISTRATOR RECOMMENDATION OF BOARD COMMITTEE Action of Board On: 12/10/2019 APPROVED AS RECOMMENDED OTHER Clerks Notes: VOTE OF SUPERVISORS Contact: Jackie Lorrekovich, Chief Admin Svcs (925) 941-3300 I hereby certify that this is a true and correct copy of an action taken and entered on the minutes of the Board of Supervisors on the date shown. ATTESTED: December 10, 2019 David J. Twa, County Administrator and Clerk of the Board of Supervisors By: , Deputy cc: C. 4 To:Contra Costa County Fire Protection District Board of Directors From:Lewis T. Broschard III, Chief, Contra Costa Fire Protection District Date:December 10, 2019 Contra Costa County Subject:GEMT QAF Payment to California Department of Health Care Services CY 2019 Q3 FISCAL IMPACT: (CONT'D) The fiscal impact will be revenue generating for the District due to the significant number of Medi-Cal transports within the District’s ambulance operating area. Medi-Cal is the second highest payer type (second to Medicare). The net revenue the District receives will be calculated by multiplying the $220.80 per transport uplift for Medi-Cal fee-for-service and Medi-Cal managed care transports less the (revised) $26.07 QAF the District is required to pay on all transports. The net revenue estimate (uplift less QAF) for the District for 2019 is approximately $2 million under the current funding and fee parameters. BACKGROUND: CMS approved State Plan Amendment (SPA) 18-004 authorizing the GEMT/QAF program in March 2019. The Quality Assurance Fee (QAF) is an add-on fee used to increase Medi-Cal funding. Essentially, emergency medical transportation providers in California must pay this fee on all transports, and in return, providers will receive an uplift that increases the Medi-Cal reimbursement base rate for Medi-Cal fee-for-service and managed care recipients. CMS approved SPA 19-0020 in September 2019. SPA 19-0200 increases the QAF from $25.23 per transport to $26.07 per transport on all payments due July 1, 2019, and thereafter. This request is for 2019 quarter three fees (for July-September 2019 transports). The payment is due on or before January 1, 2020. State program representatives indicated there would be no exceptions and late fees may be assessed by the State for payments not received by the due date. CONSEQUENCE OF NEGATIVE ACTION: The QAF payment is mandatory for all providers (public and private) within the State. If not paid, the State can assess late payment penalties and withhold provider payments for ambulance services provided to Medi-Cal recipients. ATTACHMENTS 2019 Q3 GEMT QAF Invoice State of California—Health and Human Services Agency Department of Health Care Services JENNIFER KENT GAVIN NEWSOM DIRECTOR GOVERNOR Third Party Liability and Recovery Division, General Collection Section, MS 4720 P.O. Box 997425, Sacramento, CA 95899-7425 Ground Emergency Medical Transport (GEMT) Quality Assurance Fee (QAF) – Quarterly Payment Provider Invoice Provider Information: Due Date: Payment Details: Year: ___________ QTR: _______ Invoice Number: Amount Due: $_____________________ Fiscal Year Reporting Structure Account App Ref Service Location Activity Program Alt Account Fund Project 9990 Emergency Transport Type: Quantity: Medi-Cal Fee-for-Service Medi-Cal Managed Care Medicare Other Dual Medicare/Medi-Cal Amount Due = Sum of Total Transports x QAF Rate ( ) = $ Payment Instructions: 1.Please use the invoice number provided above to pay via Electronic FundsTransfer (http://dhcs.ca.gov/epay). OR 2. Please submit this invoice and payment to:Department of Health Care Services Accounting Section/Cashiers Unit, MS1101 GEMT QAF P.O. Box 997415 Sacramento, CA 95899-7415 2019-20 980 80005 3323 Name: Provider Name:____________________ DHCS Account Number: 4260KB0B 4129200 CONTRA COSTA COUNTY FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT 1/1/2020 GEM1316339609 2019 Q3 GEM0120G472 494,573.97 821 4219 6185 5299 2447 494,573.97 $26.07